Lr ans Sees VAN === RS TORONTO. IBR Univ or [ PROGEEDINGS OF THE Academy of Natural Sciences OF PHILADELPHIA VOLUME LIV 1902 PHILADELPHIA : THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES LOGAN SQUARE y \ g 1902-1903 \’ oe J THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PH{LADELPHIA, MakcH 13, 1903. I hereby certify that printed copies of the PRocEEDrNas for 1902 have been presented to the meetings of the Academy and mailed as follows :— Pages 1to 16 mailed April 22, 1902 ; presented April 22, 1902. ‘cto 489) FApril 23, 1902 ; se April 29, 1902. <> J49toO RGSS eMay; 9, 1902 ; Pe May 13, 1902. “65 to1l12 “ May 16, 1902 ; es May 20. 1902. “ 1138to144 ‘“ June 3, 1902 ; es June 3, 1902. « 145to192 ‘“ June 11, 1902 ; “¢ June 17, 1902. « 198to0208 ‘“ June 20, 1902 ; EE June 24, 1902. ‘© 209 to 240 “ July 11, 1902 ; we July 1, 1902. “24110256 “ July 15, 1902 ; Ke July 11, 1902. “25710320 “ August 8, 1902; oe August 19, 1902. 321 to 384 “© = August 23, 1902 ; < September 16, 1902. «385 to 400 ‘‘ September 3, 1902; is September 16, 1902. * 401to416 ‘* September 11, 1902; « September 16, 1902. “ 417to 496 ‘ September 30, 1902; ss September 30, 1902. “ 497to0544 ‘“ October 20, 1902; es October 21, 1902. “* 545 t0592 ‘“ November 6, 1902; Ke November 11, 1902. “593 to 624.“ November 21, 1902 ; us November 25, 1902. “* 625 to640 ‘“ December 8, 1902; sf December 16, 1902. “641 to 672 ‘ December 12, 1902; fe December 16, 1902. ‘«” 673 to 736 ‘“ January 20, 1908; ix January 20, 1908. “737 to 768 <‘“ February 14, 1903; Bs February 17, 1903. “ —769to800 ‘ March 6, 1908 ; KS, March 10, 1903. EDWARD J. NOLAN, Recording Secretary. COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION: Henry SKINNER, M.D., Puiuie P. Catvert, Ph.D., Henry A. Piispry, Se.D., Witmer Sronp, Epwarp J. Nouan, M.D., - The President, Samurt G. Drxon, M.D., ex-officio. Eprror: Epwarp J, Nouayx, M.D. CONTENTS. For Announcements, Reports, ete., see General Index. BuaispELi, F. E., M.D. The Frons in Bembidium, with Description of New Species (Plate III), Brown, ArtHuR Erwiy. A _ Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians from Borneo and the Loo Choo Islands, A List of Reptiles and Batrachians in the Harrison— Hiller Collection fron: Sumatra, 3 CHAMBERLIN, RatpH V. , f pel! A a , ; i P ' Wael f é ‘ i ais Wik ; Pag he A bd 4 2 4 A Os oe pier ” ’ : au } oy ‘ , ’ f ; ; ah» Che { * = ‘ waie Vie er Phy 7 4 | t | f j { 44 * ’ ‘ ! ’ \(— i a Ri ‘ Bs . _ - « ~ i ' * - » ‘ 7 ax - : as » ‘ : —_ P. ~ ‘a al on <, 4 > 4 PROCEBBINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1902. JANUARY 7. The President, Samurnt G, Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. Thirty-two persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : ‘«'The Progressive Movement of Gregarines,’’ by Howard Crawley. «« A Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians from Borneo and the Loo Choo Islands,’’ by Arthur Erwin Brown. The Council reported that the following Standing Committees had been appointed to serve during the ensuing year: On Lisrary.—Dr. C. N. Pierce, Thomas A. Robinson, Henry C. Chapman, M.D., Charles Schaeffer, M.D., and George Vaux, Jr. On Pusiications.—Henry Skinner, M.D., H.A. Pilsbry, Se. D., Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., Edward J.. Nolan, M.D., and Witmer Stone. ~ 1 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Jan., On Instruction anp Lecrures.—Benjamin Smith Lyman, Uselma C. Smith, Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., Charles Morris and Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D. CoMMITTEE OF CounciL on By-Laws.—Charles Roberts, Isaac J. Wistar, Theodore D. Rand and Arthur Erwin Brown. JANUARY 14. The President, SamuEeL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. Sixteen persons present. A paper entitled <‘ A New Genus and Three New Species of Chi- lopods,’’? by Ralph V. Chamberlin, was presented for publication. JANUARY 21. The President, Samuget G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. Nine persons present. A paper entitled ‘‘ A New Pseudophyllus from Sumatra,’ James A. G. Rehn, was presented for publication. by The deaths of Caleb C. Cresson, a member, and of Alpheus C. Hyatt, a correspondent, were announced. JANUARY 28, The President, Samurt G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair. Thirty persons present. - : Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : «< Contributions to the Life-Histories of Plants, No. X VI,’’. by Thomas Meehan. «« New Land Mollusca from Japan and the Bonin Islands,’’ by Henry A. Pilsbry. 1902. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 The death of Charles Roberts, on the 22d inst., having been announced, the following minute was adopted : The Academy deeply regrets the death of its member, Charles Roberts, who, since his first association with the society manifested his interest in its welfare so constantly and practically. The qual- ities which characterized him as a model citizen in his connection with public interests, his strict integrity, clearness of judgment and self-sacrificing devotion to duty were of the highest value in one concerned with the administration of the affairs of the Academy ; as a member of the Council, he has been judicious as an adviser and helpful in all that made for the advancement of science. The Academy tenders its sincere condolence to his widow. The following were elected members: J. Chester Bradley, Marian G. Nimlet, Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., H. N. Hiller, M.D., Judson Daland, M.D., Owen S. Paxson, F. Ehrenfeld, and Burnett Smith. The following were ordered to be printed: 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., THE PROGRESSIVE MOVEMENT OF GREGARINES. BY HOWARD CRAWLEY. I. Iyrropuction. While making observations on living specimens of Stenophora juli,’ incident to a study of the life-history of this gregarine, I became impressed by the fact that Schewiakoff’s currently accepted explanation for the progressive moyement of gregarines does not satisfactorily account for all of the phenomena which the animals display. I was working at the time in the Zoological Laboratory of Harvard University, and at the suggestion of the Director, Prof. E. L. Mark, an investigation of gregarine movements of all sorts was undertaken. I desire to take this opportunity to express my sincere gratitude to Prof. Mark for the valuable aid which he rendered me. The work was done almost exclusively on living animals, after the method used by Schewiakoff, which will be described below. Stenophora juli, from the intestine of Julus, and Echinomera hispida, from the intestine of Lithobius, were the species studied. Il. Hrisrorican AND CRITICAL. The movements displayed by gregarines are of two kinds. The one, which consists of contractions of the body, is readily explain- able by the existence of the muscular layer. The other, for which I shall use the term progression, is a movement of translation, during which the animal glides from place to place. It is usually described as taking place without the slightest bodily movement. This supposition, combined with the fact that gregarines possess no motor organs, rendered their progression apparently causeless, and until 1894, when Schewiakoff published his paper, it was regarded as one of the unsolyed problems of biology. Prior to this date, biological literature contains but two suggested solutions of the problem. Lankester (1872, p. 847) says: ‘‘ On slitting up a large ''The nomenclature used in this paper is that given by Labbé (1899). . 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 Sipunculus, and allowing its abundant pink perivisceral fluid to run into a glass dish, my attention was attracted by two white flakes, of about an eighth of an inch in length, which were swim- ming actively in the liquid. Their movement was like that of some planarians, and seemed to depend on the undulation of their lateral margins, which were plainly to be seen in a state of vibra- tion. These white flakes turned out to be specimens of Monocystis sipunculi.”’ It is probable, however, that the movements here seen were noth- ing but the violent contortions which gregarines frequently show when first removed from their native environment. Such contor- tions might readily cause progression were the animals floating freely in a fluid. Moreover, Lankester himself appears never to have laid much stress on this single observation, for to my knowl- edge it is not referred to again in any of his later contributions on the Gregarinida. Frenzel (1891 p. 287 et seq.) suggested that the progression of gregarines is due to a chemotactic affinity between them and their food. Such an explanation, however, is manifestly inadequate. Schewiakoff (1894), as the result of a painstaking study, came to the conclusion that gregarines progress by means of the extrusion of gelatinous fibres. These fibres are derived from a layer of sub- stance which is deposited between the cuticle and the ectoplasm. They pass out to the exterior through slit-like openings through the cuticle which occur in the grooves between the longitudinal thick- enings. Upon their emergence, they do not project radially from the surface of the gregarine, but run backward until the posterior end of the animal is reached. Somewhat hardened by the action of the surrounding watery media, they then project backward and free of the animal. This extrusion, which takes place over the entire surface of the gregarine, results in the formation behind it of a hollow cylinder, the walls of which have by now acquired a certain amount of rigidity. The posterior end of this cylinder, impinging upon some resistant body, becomes fixed. The extrusion continuing, the cylinder lengthens, and the gregarine is pushed passively forward. Schewiakoff undertook his studies in the light of Lauterborn’s discovery that diatoms progress by means of the extrusion of gelati- nous threads. There is a difference in the progressive movements 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., of these two groups of organisms in that diatoms move indifferently in two directions, whereas gregarines always move forward. But in both cases the movement takes place without visible cause, and when Lauterborn showed that diatoms progress by means of the extrusion of threads of an invisible substance, a presumption was established that the cause for gregarine progression was to be sought for along similar lines. Accordingly, Schewiakoff undertook a study of living gregarines. As mounting media, he employed either normal salt solution or an albumin solution of the following formula: Bep-albumin 2). .) 2-22 te eee a eee sce! Distillediwater;c., ~ <° “39 -Ouy nee eee 00Kec: sohim Cally 5 4 2 o o + o « 1 gr. Powdered carmine, Chinese black and, in some cases, native sepia were added to the fluid, so that invisible extrusions from the grega- rines could be detected. The results were to show that gregarines usually caught up and pulled after them a number of particles of carmine, ete., thus demonstrating the presence of a sticky substance. Further, as a gregarine progressed through a medium thickly filled with carmine particles, there was always left behind it a clear trail. Schewiakoff says that this does not happen with other Protozoa, and so furnishes proof that gregarines leave something behind them. This substance was wholly invisible under ordinary circumstances, but very delicate manipulation enabled him to stain it and to demonstrate that grega- rines actually are followed by long fibres of extreme tenuity. Stress was laid upon the fact that carmine particles in the neighborhood of a motionless gregarine could be seen to show molecular moye- ments; next to slip backward along the surface of the animal and to collect in a lump at the posterior end, and that only after this had taken place would the animal progress. In the course of what follows, there will be frequent occasion to refer to Schewiakoff’s statements, and the conclusions that he draws from them, in much greater detail. I have given above only his results, and a few of the more important observations upon which these results were based. His explanation of the cause of gre- garine progression has been accepted by most authors, yet in some cases with a considerable amount of reserve. Lang (1901, p. 127) and Doflein (1901, p. 161) accept it without comment. Calkins 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7 (1901, p. 149) says: ‘‘ although very improbable at first sight, it is the only one thus far that fits the case.’’ Wasielewski (1896, p- 22) rejects it, while Delage et Hérouard (1896, footnote on p. 261) say: ‘* Pour bizarre qu’elle paraisse, il faut bien l’accepter jusqu’a nouvel ordre, car elle repose sur des faits observés et on n’en connait aucun autre 4 lui substituer.”’ Schaudinn (1900) and Siedlecki (1899) are credited with having confirmed Schewiakoff, the former by Lang (1901, p. 128) and the latter by Calkins (1901, p. 149).? Schaudinn (pp. 222-224) gives data which show that the sporozoites and merozoites of Coccidium schubergii extrude fibres of a gelatinous substance. These fibres carry backward such small particles as may be in the immediate vicinity of the coccidians, and form a trail behind them. In so far as the extrusion of a gelatinous substance is concerned, Schau- dinn’s observations unquestionably confirm those of Schewiakoff, but, as will be seen later, they do not necessarily show that this gelatinous substance is the cause of progression. Siedlecki (1899, p. 521) says: ‘‘ Es lisst sich aber bei Mono- cystis ascidie leicht noch ein anderer Bewegungsmodus beobachten : ohne irgendwie ihre Gestallt zu wechseln gleitet sie namlich plotzlich vorwirts. Die Ursache der Bewegung liegt, wie es Schewiakoff fiir andere Gregarinen beschrieben hat, in einer plotzlichen Aus- scheidung von Schleim aus dem Hinterende des Kérpers, und es ist leicht festzustellen, wie das Thier durch einen aus ihm plotzlich herauswachsenden Schleimfaden vorwarts geschoben wird.’’ This can scarcely be regarded as a confirmation of Schewiakoff. III. OxsserRvVATIONS. 1. As a necessary preliminary, attention is here called to two points of considerable importance. The first of these concerns the shape of gregarines. The statement that gregarines are flat, like trematodes, is made in some text-books, but this is an error when applied to the Polycystidea. The gregarines of this group are monaxial animals, with a circular cross-section, and any plane passing through the axis divides them into morphologically identical halves. This is shown by sectioned gregarines, and it may readily be seen by watching the living animals. 2 The date, 1900, given by Calkins to Siedlecki’s paper is incorrect. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., The second point concerns progression. Gregarines are stated to show a ‘‘ gliding ’’ movement, and this, as we have seen, has been carefully studied. But I have been unable to find in the published literature on these animals any conclusive statement bearing upon the question as to whether gregarines creep or swim. Gliding could readily be effected in either of these two ways. When considera- tion is taken of their native environment, a very strong presumption is established that gregarines creep, yet certainly the matter is one which necessitates a demonstration. This demonstration is not at all difficult. In all microscopic mounts, gregarines either lie against the under surface of the cover- glass or upon the slide, which can be shown by raising or lowering the tube of the microscope. Either the upper or under surface of the animals remains in focus until everything else has disappeared from view. This shows that all studies on progression have been made on animals which are in contact with a surface. Gregarines possess and at times exert the power to progress con- tinuously in straight lines. But more usually the progression is neither straight nor continuous. The animal advances by fits and starts, and the path pursued may be a zigzag or a series of curves, Plate I, fig. 1 shows the positions occupied by a progressing greg- arine, a being the earliest and f the latest. To the right is sketched the line generated by any given point of the animal’s body. Under such circumstances the advance is not continuous, but slow and hesitating, and accompanied by frequent stops. There may be an advance of perhaps the body length, followed by a short pause. Upon progression being resumed, it may be in the same or in a slightly different direction. The proper idea wili be obtained by Supposing the stops to take place anywhere along the broken line shown in the figure. This mode of progression is very common, and at least in Steno- pohora juli is much more frequently seen than continuous progres- sion in a straight line. The alterations in the direction of the path are not, however, always so frequent as those shown in fig. 1, and the animal may advance along a series of curves. On the other hand, very short turns are often seen (Plate I, figs. 2, 3 and 4). While progressing in any of these ways, gregarines may or may not display evident muscular movements. In all published accounts of gregarine progression, the statement is made that the animals 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9 glide forward without any alteration in the body form, and this is frequently the appearance. The conyerse statement, that gliding takes place while the animals are displaying evident muscular con- tractions, has never, to my knowledge, been made, although the fact itself can scarcely have escaped frequent observation. Yet progression without alteration in the outline of the body is no more frequently seen than progression accompanied by obvious muscular contractions. Gregarines may also progress, in either a straight line or in zigzags, with the body held rigidly in a contorted form. My observations here differ from those of Schewiakoff. On p. 348 he says that progressing gregarines may alter the direction of their progression, and continues: ‘‘ In solechen Fiillen bemerkt man jedes Mal, wenn die Bewegungsrichtung veriindert wird, dass an der einen Seite der Gregarine eine Querfalte auftritt. ... . Die Gregarine wird aus der friiheren Bewegungsrichtung nach der Seite hin abgelenkt, auf welcher die Einschniirung am Gregarinenkérper erfolete. Bleibt die Einschniirung liingere Zeit hindurch bestehen, so wird die Bewegung bogenférmig, ja sie kann sogar zu einer spiraligen oder schleifenférmigen werden. Wird die Hinsch- niirung aufgehoben, d. h., die Gregarine wieder gerade gestreckt, so wird die Bewegung von Neuem geradlinig.’’ He believes that the bending of the body is the cause of the turning. For when the body is bent, the extrusion of the gelatinous fibres from the bent side is hindered. The result is a weakening of the propelling force on the bent side, with the natural result of a turning to that side. Straightening of the body brings about a uniform protrusion of the gelatinous fibres on all sides, with a resumption of progres- sion in a straight line. According to my observations, however, it is impossible to estab- lish any definite correlation between alterations in the direction of progression and extensive muscular contractions. The animals may turn without the slightest bending of the body. As Sche- wiakoff says, they may turn and bend to the same side, but, on the contrary, they frequently turn {o one side and bend to the other. Further, they may progress in a straight line with the body held rigidly in a contorted form, as stated above. Progressing gregarines, without their progression being in any ways checked, will often bend and suddenly straighten with a jerk. This movement may take place a number of times and it has a 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan., certain bearing on the mode whereby progression is effected. The bending of the body necessarily throws either the anterior or the posterior end of the animal out of the line of progression (figs. 5 and 6). The former case (fig. 5) is not inconsistent with Sche- wiakoff’s views, but the latter is (fig. 6). For such a moyement would presumably detach the animal from the gelatinous stalk, yet it is effected with absolutely no pause in the progression. Observations made on Echinomera hispida are equally suggestive. Fig. 7a-d shows the several positions successively occupied by a progressing individual of this species in making a turn. It will be seen that the animal bent sharply, so that the axis of the anterior part formed nearly a right angle with that of the posterior part. The narrow posterior part then swung rapidly around until it lay in line with the rest of the animal. It seems impossible to avoid the conclusion that this would haye resulted in the breaking loose from any attached stalk, with the consequent cessation of progression. Yet there was not the slightest slackening in the speed of the animal, which was considerable. 2. On encountering obstructions, gregarines may simply slip off to one side or the other. Frequently, however, when an obstruction is met head-on, the protomerite holds its position for the moment and the animal swings to and fro like a pendulum. There may be one or two to several of these swings, after which the progressive movement may be resumed. This may take place without notice- able change in the shape of the body. I am again obliged to differ with Schewiakoff, who (p. 343) says: ‘‘ Trifft die Gregarine auf ein Hindernis, so steht sie einige Zeit still; es tritt dann eine Knickung am Kérper der Gregarine auf, worauf die Bewegung in einer neuen, durch die Knickung des Vorderendes yorgezeichneten Richtung fortgesetzt wird.’’ This may happen, but, according to my observations, more often there is no alteration in the shape of the body. It apparently depends upon the force with which the gregarine strikes the obstruction, this force being not necessarily powerful enough to cause the animal to bend. I believe that the swinging to and fro tells strongly against the idea that gregarines are followed by an attached stalk of gelatinous fibres. It is not easy to see how such a swinging could fail to break the animal loose from any such stalk, whereupon it would 1902. ] NATURAL SUIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 come to rest. But this does not happen. Such a turn as that shown in fig. 3 may be a matter of only a second or two. Another case is shown in fig. 4, where a—f show six positions successively occupied by a progressing gregarine. It is difficult to see how the gelatinous stalk can explain a progressive movement of this sort, which was seen a number of times. 3. Schewiakoff arrived at his conclusions partly from a study of the action of carmine particles, etc., in the vicinity of progressing gregarines. Such particles are seen to slip backward along the surface of the gregarine, and Schewiakoff believed they were being pushed or carried backward by the extruding gelatinous substance. He states that this takes place just before a gregarine begins to dis- play a progressive movement, and continues during progression. This is true, but these particles show such varied movements that it is probable the extruding gelatin is not in all cases the cause. If the extrusion of gelatinous fibres be the cause of gregarine progres- sion, then the rate at which the gelatinous fibres are passed back- ward should bear a direct ratio to the speed of the progressing gregarine. The movement of the particles along the animal’s sur- face should mark the rate of extrusion, which should itself condition. the rate of progression. But these particles may slip backward either more rapidly or more slowly than the gregarine is progres- sing. They may also slip rapidly backward along the surface of a gregarine which is not changing place, and further remain at a fixed point on the surface of a progressing individual. As a rule, the slipping is seen in progressing animals, but often it is not. Fre- quently a progressing individual causes little or no disturbance among the loose particles lying in its path, merely pushing them aside as it advances. The particles may also move forward along the animal’s surface. This is seldom seen in progressing grega- rines, but is frequent in those which are displaying changes of body form. The movements of these small particles are so multifarious as to suggest that they are due to different causes. It is probable that surface tension is in part responsible. At the same time, the evi- dence that gregarines extrude a gelatinous substance is wholly con- clusive. The animals are sticky, and will often remain adhering to the cover-glass in spite of rapid currents in the mounting fluid. I have also seen the substance arising from the surface of a progres- ~12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan , sing gregarine, and constituting a trail behind it. I made this observation but once, the gregarine being Echinomera hispida. With Stenophora juli I haye never been able to see it. My observa- tion differs from those of Schewiakoff in that the trail does not consist of fibres, but of a series of splashes (Plate IT, fig. 8). The substance arose from the surface of the gregarine as short rods, which almost instanty expanded into irregular drops. These drops then became detached from the surface of the gregarine to con- stitute the trail. I do not think that this observation gives any reason for ques- tioning Schewiakoff’s statement that the gelatinous substance passes backward as fibres. But since an extrusion of the sort shown in fig. 8 could hardly push the animal forward, the observation appears to me significant in indicating that the trail is the effect of progres- sion and not its cause. It is an intrinsic weakness of Schewiakoff’s explanation that it gives no reason why the gelatinous substance should pass backward instead of either forward or radially. If, however, the cause for progression is to be sought for elsewhere, it is easy to see why it passes backward. Upon its emergence on the surface of the gregarine, it is merely left behind, in precisely the same way as the mucus secreted by a snail is left behind as the animal advances. The passing backward of the gelatinous substance is the effect of progression, and not its cause. As Schewiakoff states, progressing gregarines gather up and drag behind them masses of loose particles. The size of these masses is shown in figs. 9, 10 and 11. It often happens, however, that a gregarine may travel for a considerable distance without gathering up any such appendage. Except for perhaps half a dozen carmine particles or minute fat-drops, the animal drags nothing along behind it. This suggests that the quantity of adhesive substance on the surface of gregarines is subject to variation. Whether Schewiakoff believes that the ability to extrude a gela- tinous substance has been developed in gregarines for the purpose of locomotion does not appear. The extrusion of slimy substances by endo-parasites is, however, a common phenomenon, and we should look to find this power in a gregarine, just as we find it in a cestode. In some cases, however, the sticky substance on the surface of gregarines appears to be derived from the host-tissue. To study 1902. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 gregarines, the method is to break up the appropriate host-organ on a slide, add a drop of some fluid, and place a coyer-glass over the mount. There is necessarily released a quantity of various organic fluids, and these fluids are nearly always mucilaginous. That they are responsible for certain of the phenomena displayed by grega- rines is suggested by the following observations, which also bear upon the question of gregarine progression. Fig. 12 shows a gregarine distant a trifle more than its own length from a solid mass of host-tissue. Between the gregarine and the host-tissue are a number of small particles. If an animal so situated be watched, it will be seen to advance slowly and unsteadily for a very short distance, possibly the half of its length, but usually much less. It will then stop, remain motionless for the fraction of a second, and finally, with a sudden jerk, return to the position which it occupied originally. The particles follow the movement of the gregarine, those nearest to it moving the greatest distance. This suggests that there is behind the gregarine a mass of an invisible, elastic substance, in which both the gregarine and the small particles are entangled. As the animal advances, this elastic substance is stretched, and when the force which has caused the animal to advance is released, it is brought back into its original position by the sudden shorten- ing of the elastic substance. This phenomenon, which was seen time and again, first caused me to question the truth of Schewiakoff’s explanation of gregarine progression. For, if the advance be due to the elongation of a stalk behind the animal, this stalk should prevent the slipping back- ward. As will be developed later, I believe gregarine progression is due to slight muscular movements, not apparent under ordinary observational conditions. In such cases as the one now under con- sideration, the advance is resisted by the elastic sticky substance, and when the power is released the gregarine is jerked passively backward. Since it is those gregarines which are lying near the host-tissue which behaye in this manner, it is probable that the elastic substance is derived in part from the host-cells. Gregarines some distance from any host-tissue were never seen to act in this way. 4. My studies had advanced to this point with no more result than to conclude that Schewiakoff’s explanation of gregarine pro- gression was probably incorrect. The case shown by fig. 12 sug- gested that the problem was to be solved by watching the gregarine 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., itself, although, assuming Schewiakoff to be incorrect, there was no other conclusion possible. The existence of locomotor organs, such as small cilia or temporary protoplasmic processes, was next considered. There was not, however, the slightest evidence for such organs to be detected with living gregarines, and the most rigid staining methods gave wholly negative results. Varying the obser- vational conditions was next tried. I had been making my studies after the methods which I suppose have been generally employed in work on living gregarines. The highest powers used were those obtained with a one-eighth-inch dry lens anda No. 4 eye-piece. I had also followed the instinctive tendency to focus on the periphery of the gregarines, which results in studying no more than an optical section of the animals. Knowing that Stenophora juli has the longitudinal elevations of the cuticle well developed, it occurred to me that they might furnish a means of getting at additional data. Accordingly, I began to make observations on the upper surface of the gregarines, using a one-twelfth-inch oil-immersion lens. It developed at once that this could not be done with ordinary illumination, on account of the opacity of most gregarines. But with the use of a lamp, it was easy to get an illumination sufficiently intense to render the grega- rines almost transparent. The light was permitted to pass from the mirror to the sub-stage condenser without the interposition of blue or ground glass, and the diaphragm was left well open. The difficulty of managing a wet mount when studied under an oil- immersion lens was obyiated in some cases by gluing the coyer-glass to the slide with vaseline or spermaceti. This is not always neces- sary, for frequently the surface tension of the fluid of the mount will hold the cover-glass perfectly rigid. This method very quickly revealed the fact that gregarines show a movement which hitherto appears to haye escaped observation. This I shall designate as the transverse movement. It may be seen to take place when gregarines are behaying in any of the ways already described. It manifests itself as a shifting of the cuticular striations in a direction at right angles to the long axis of the ani- mal. The more superficial granules of the endoplasm also take part in it, which indicates that the myocyte, or muscular layer, is in- volved. ‘There is often to be seen in contracting gregarines a flow of granules which calls to mind the flow of granules seen in an ameeba. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 A deep constriction in the deutomerite will cause such a flow. The phenomenon just mentioned, however, is to all appearances of a totally different nature. It shows itself as a shifting, en masse, of all the granules in sight. There is no flowing, and, so far as it is possible to see, the granules maintain somewhat the same relative positions. The reasons for supposing the muscular layer is involved in this phenomenon are as follows: The muscular layer lies upon and is directly continuous with the endoplasm. The latter is beset with granules to its extreme limit. Away from the surface, there is nothing to prevent a flow of these granules, but on the surface (of the endoplasm) it is not unreasonable to suppose that the netlike muscular layer entangles a number of these granules. In conse- quence, when the muscular layer contracts, the superficial granules are carried along with it. That there are granules embedded in the muscular layer is indicated by what is seen in plasmolyzed gregarines. In such animals, when the muscular layer is torn loose from the endoplasm, it always carries with it a number of granules. The transverse movement is indifferently to one side or the other, or else to and fro. It is displayed conspicuously when the grega- rine is behaying in the manner described on pp. 12 and 13, and illustrated in fig. 12. It also takes place when the animals turn, and frequently in such cases the cuticular markings and superficial granules are seen to sweep rapidly to one side, suggesting that the gregarine is rotating on its long axis. That such a rotation actually takes place can be confirmed by watching gregarines which have the nucleus out of the middle line, or some other mark which ren- ders it possible to distinguish one side from the other. In other cases there is nothing to demonstrate a rotation. The transverse movement is slight and slow, being first to one side and then to the other. This is seen when the animal is displaying the slow typical glide. Should the animal then turn, the transverse movement becomes more extensive and more rapid, while if pro- gression be in any ways interfered with, a still greater increase in the speed and extent of the transverse movement takes place. All of this occurs without the extensive muscular contractions which gregarines so frequently display. But it is possible to estab- lish a correlation between the transverse movement and what is clearly a display of muscular activity. When a gregarine displays 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Jan. the common movement of a lateral displacement of the protomerite, or a bending just behind the septum, it can be seen with moderate powers that a wave of disturbance passes down the upper surface well to the rear end of the animal. Under high powers, with their limited focal depth, this wave is not readily seen unless it is the upper surface of the animal that is being watched. It is a very common phenomenon, and it establishes the fact that those muscu- lar impulses which are most evident in the anterior part of the body make their influence felt nearly as far as the posterior extremity. Under moderate powers, it appears only as a wave passing down the upper surface, but if higher powers be used, it ean be seen that this wave is the same as the transverse movement described above. That is, bending of the anterior part of the body causes a trans- verse movement of the cuticular striations and superficial granules. Moreover, the character of the bending bears a direct relation to the character of the transverse movement. When the bending is rapid and extensive, so also is the transverse movement, and it is under such circumstances that evident rotation may take place. These phenomena are well seen in those animals which are entan- gled in some sticky elastic substance, as described on pp. 12 and 13, and shown in fig. 12. Such animals show frequently a more or less continuous bending of the anterior part of the body, and simultaneously the transverse movement. In the case of animals which are gliding freely, the transverse movement is always much less extensive. With these it usually requires an oil-immersion lens to make satisfactory observations, with the result that it is altogether impossible, on account of the large size of Stenophora, to keep enough of the animal under observation at any one time to see if both the bending and the transverse move- ment take place together. Since, however, it is easy to see that an extensive bending is accompanied by an extensive transverse move- ment, it is supposable, by analogy, that the slight transverse move- ment is accompanied by slight bending. I was able to obtain a certain amount of evidence that-this is so. Observations were made on the protomerite of gliding gregarines, with the result of detecting frequent lateral displacements of this part of the animal. These movements were mostly so slight in extent that it required steady watching to detect them, and they would never be noticed with low or medium powers. They occur 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 at frequent intervals. As stated above, Stenophora is so large that it is impossible to keep both the protomerite and the upper surface of the deutomerite in focus at the same time. But gregarines which showed these slight displacements of the protomerite were displaying the typical gliding movement, and such gregarines usually show the transverse movement. Moreover, by transferring the attention from the upper surface of the deutomerite to the pro- tomerite, it was possible to see that both of these two sorts of move- ment take place at only very slightly separated periods of time. It is evident that lateral movements of the protomerite which are at all evident must take place in a horizontal plane. A movement in a vertical plane would need to be far more extensive in order to be detected. Vertical displacements, however, can often be seen. That is, gliding gregarines move the protomerite indifferently in any direction. This appears to me a fact of considerable signifi- cance. It indicates that bendings of the protomerite may take place even when it is not possible to see them. Fig. 13 is a dia- gram of the anterior part of a gregarine. The solid line represents the longitudinal axis. The dotted line represents the axis of the protomerite when displaced in a horizontal plane. This displace- ment is so slight that it is clear, were it to be effected in a vertical plane, the highest powers and the most rigid attention would wholly fail to detect it. It therefore seems reasonable to suppose that the transverse moye- ment is directly correlated with either displacements of the pro- tomerite or bendings of the body in the region of the septum. When both are extensive the connection is readily established, but when the transverse movement is slight, this can only be done by somewhat indirect means, as I have just pointed out. Yet it would be improbable that the transverse movement should at one time be correlated with bendings of the anterior part of the body, and not at other times, when the difference in the two cases is merely one of degree. Tf, as I hope, my conclusions are warranted by the observational data, the cause for gregarine progression is extremely simple, and while the exact mechanics of the process are probably beyond observation, it may be suggested that it is effected in a manner somewhat as follows: The muscular impulse, starting backward from the region of the septum, necessarily causes the contact of the 2 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan., gregarine with the cover-glass to be different in this region from what it is in the more posterior parts. Further, since the transverse movement takes place at the same time as the backward movement, that part of the gregarine’s surface where the contact relations are temporarily different moves not only backward, but from side to side as well. It is not difficult to see how movements of this sort may produce locomotion, when it be recollected that gregarines are sticky. If a particular part of the surface be in close con- tact with the cover-glass or slide, a muscular movement which ecar- ries this particular part backward would not be followed by a mere slipping of this part, but by a movement of the gregarine in the opposite direction. It is easy to see, when observing the upper sur- face of a progressing gregarine, that the contact relations of differ- ent parts are different. The upper surface loses its normal curved contour, and shows considerable irregularities. The observational conditions are too difficult to permit the changes of contour to be followed, and in consequence wholly direct evidence that progression is brought about in the manner outlined above is not to be had. It seems to me, however, that the explanation of gregarine progression here given is, on @ priori grounds, more probable than that given by Schewiakoff, for it is based on the fact that gregarines possess ‘a well-developed muscular system, and it is in line with the general principles of animal locomotion. On the other hand, a passive locomotion by means of the extru- sion of gelatinous threads is without parallel in the animal kingdom. Moreover, when the form of certain of the polyeystid gregarines is taken into account, this mode of progression is almost incon- ceivable. Thus, Porospora gigantea, which inhabits the intestine of the lobster, is shaped like a serpent, and is about forty times as long as it is broad. Several genera, Dactylophorus, Schneideria and Stichospora, for examples, have the form of greatly elongated cones, with the posterior end terminating in a point. Specimens of Echinomera hispida frequently show an outline which recalls that of a tadpole. It is difficult to believe that the projection of gelatinous fibres from the extreme posterior ends of animals of this shape could push them forward. It may not be amiss to call attention to the conditions in other Sporozoa. An adult coccidian possesses no muscular system, and lacks the power to move. On the other hand, intra-cellular grega- 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 19 rines, when squeezed out of the cells, show muscular contortions, and occasionally the typical progression of the free-living sporont. The Hzemosporidia and Myxosporidia, both of which are motile, possess muscle fibres similar to those of polycystid gregarines, whereas the Amoebosporidia (Schizo-gregarines) show no muscle, and are not known to possess the power to move. In general, throughout the Sporozoa, the possession of muscle fibres and the power of moving from place to place go hand in hand, while the forms which are not known to move lack muscular elements, It would, therefore, seem somewhat extraordinary if the polyeystid gregarines, in which the muscular system is well organized, should have developed such a unique mode of progression as that described by Schewiakoff. BIBLIOGRAPHY. CALKINS, G. N., 1901. Columbia University Biological Series, No. 6> The Protozoa. New York, The Macmillan Co., 1901. DELAGE ET HEROVARD, 1896. Traité de Zoologie Concréte, Tome I, La Cellule et les Protozoaires, Paris, Schleicher Fréres, 1896. DoFLeIN, F., 1896. Die Protozoen als Parasiten und Krankheitserreger. Jena, G. Fischer, 1896. FRENZEL, J., 1891. Ueber einige argentinische Gregarinen. Ein Bei- trag zur Organisation und Physiologie der Gregarinen iiberhaupt. Jena Zeitschr., Bd. 27, pp. 233-336, Taf. 8. LABBE, A., 1899. Das Tierreich; 5 Lief., Sporozoa. Berlin, R. Fried- lander und Sohn, 1899. Lane, A., 1901. Lehrbuch der verg]. Anatomie der wirbellosen Thiere. 2 Aufl., 2 Lief., Protozoa. Jena, G. Fischer, 1901. LANKEsTER, E. RAy, 1872. Remarks on the Structure of the Gregar- ine, and on the Development of G. (Monocystis) sipunculi K6ll. Quart. Jour. Mier. Sci., N. 8., Vol. 12, pp. 542-351, Pl. 20. SCHAUDINN, Fr., 1900. Untersuchungen iiber den Generationswechsel bei Coccidien. Zool. Jahrb., Bad. 13, Abth. f. Anat., pp. 197-292, Taf. 18-16. SCHEWIAKOFF, V., 1894. Ueber die Ursache der fortschreitenden Bewegung der Gregarinen. Zeitschr. f, wiss. Zool., Bd. 58, pp. 340-304, Taf. 20 u. 21. SIEDLEcKI, M., 1900. Ueber die geschlechtliche Vermehrung der Mon- ocystis ascidie R. Lank. Bull. intern. de l’Acad. des Sci. de Cracovie. Compt. Rendus des .Séances de |’Ann. 1890, pp. 515- 537, 1 pl. (Plate appeared in the number for May, 1901.) EXPLANATION OF PLATES I AND IL. PLATE I.—Fig. 1.—The successive positions occupied by a gregarine (Stenophora jult) progressing in a zigzag. The line to the right shows the nature of the path followed. Fig. 2.—The successive positions taken by a progressing gregarine {Sienephora juis) when turning without alterations in the shape of the ody. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Fig. 3.—The successive positions taken by a gregarine (Stenophora juli) after running head-on into an obstruction. Fig. 4.—The same phenomenon as that shown in fig. 3. Here the change from } to c is accomplished in the same way as the change from #4 to e in fig. 3, and the change from d to e and from e to f in the same way as the change from the first to the jast positions in fig. 2. Fig. 5.—A progressing gregarine (Stenophora juli) throwing the anterior end out of the line of progression, which is shown by the ruled line. (This line is incorrectly drawn too far to the left.) Fig. 6.—A progressing gregarine (Stenophora juli) throwing the pos- terior end out of the line of progression. Fig. 7.—A progressing gregarine (Hehinomera hispida) making a turn. Between c and d the narrow posterior end swung rapidly around until it lay in line with the rest of the animal. Puiate II.—Fig. 8.—The irail of gelatinous substance left bebind by a progressing gregarine (Hcehinomera hispida). Figs. 9, 10, 11.—The appendages of carmine, etc., which progressing gregarines gather up and drag behind them. Fig. 12.—A gregarine (Stenophora juli) behind which are a number of small particles, lying near a mass of host-tissue. Both the gregarine and the small particles are entangled in an invisible, elastic substance (see pp. 12-13 of the text). Fig. 13.—Anterior end of a gregarine (Stenophora juli). The solid line represents the longitudinal axis; the broken line the axis of the protomerite when displaced in the horizontal plane. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 A NEW SPECIES OF THE ORTHOPTEROUS GENUS PSEUDOPHYLLUS FROM SUMATRA. BY JAMES A. G. REHN. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia has been the recipient of a collection of zoological material from the island of Sumatra, presented by Mr. A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. The collection included an alcoholic specimen of a species of the genus Pseudophyllus, which on examination proves to be new, and which I take pleasure in dedicating to one of the donors. Pseudophyllus harrisoni 0. sp. Type, female, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Allied to P. nertifolius Serville,’ but differing in the obtuse ante- rior angles of the mesosternum, in the bluntly bituberculate pro- sternum, and the central position of the metasternal foveole. From P. brullei Pictet and Saussure it is distinguished by the centrally bent transverse veins, and by the anteriorly inserted radial vein. Size large. Head with the vertex produced, acuminate, supe- riorly suleate; eyes suboyate, exserted; antennz filiform, Pro- notum with anterior margin subarcuate, posterior broadly rounded ; lateral lobes with the lower margin obtusely trian- gular; transverse sulci two in number, the posterior very deeply incised. Tegmina elongate, moderately broad; radial vein inserted decidedly before the middle; transverse veins toward the apex centrally bent, giving them a subarcuate appearance. Wings exceeding the tegmina in length, apex acuminate. Prosternum bluntly bituberculate; mesosternum with the anterior border sinuate, the anterior angles obtuse and bearing a spine directed downward; metasternum with the anterior border truncate, as long as the same portion of the mesosternum, foyeolz placed in the central portion, rather close together. Anterior femora with a few very obscure spines on the lower margins; tibize with the upper 1§ee Brunner, Monographie der Pseudophylliden, p. 37, for a study of the synonymy of this species. 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., surface deplanate, foramina moderately inflated. Median femora bearing eight spines on the outer margin, six on the inner, the spines increasing to six on the outer margin as the distal portion is approached; tibize compressed, the inner margin of the upper sur- face with four spines. Posterior femora rather weak, genicular lobes produced and apically rounded, outer lower margin bearing twelve large dentiform spines, inner lower margin with ten or twelve spines; tibize compressed, quadrate, all margins spined, the outer upper margin with several very obscure spines, the inner upper margin with very distinct spines. Ovipositor very robust, lower margin arcuate, upper margin with the basal third straight, apical two-thirds slightly curved. Subgenital plate very small, triangular, apex moderately emarginate. General color greenish; antennz annulate with blackish; ovi- positor with the apical portion black. Length of body (excluding ovipositor),. . . . 88 mm. ibenpth of pronotum: 0) 0-7 eee ee ee ar Length of teomina,)" 0) Oe ee ee een Greatest width of tegmina,. . . . . . . . 22.5 [Length of hind!‘femora, vi sae ee ee OO ILength; of Tovipositor, » 0: aii Galen ee 2 Ss 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 FEBRUARY 4. Mr. Userma C. Smrre in the Chair. Fourteen persons present. FEBRuARY 11. Mr. Lewis Wooiman in the Chair. Eight persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : ‘«‘ The Frons in Bembidium, with Descriptions of New Species,”’ by F. E. Blaisdell, M.D. «¢ A New Bat of the Genus Glossophaga,’’ by James A. G. Rehn. Frepruary 18. , J. Cursron Morris, M.D., in the Chair. Fourteen persons present. FEBRUARY, 25. Epwin G. Conxtry, Pa. D., Vice-President, in the Chair. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : «¢ Contributions to a Knowledge of the Hymenoptera of Brazil, No. 8. Eumenids, continued (Genus Odynerus),’’ by William J. Fox. 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb..; ‘¢Some Bermuda Oligocheta with a Description of a New Species,’’ by J. Percy Moore. ‘« Structure and Development of the Thyroid Gland in Petro- myzon,’’ by Albert M. Reese. “«« Karyokenesis and Cytokenesis in the Maturation, Fertilization and Cleavage of Crepidula and Other Gasteropods,’’ by Edwin G. Conklin. “¢ Certain Aboriginal Remains of the Northwest Florida aes Part I,’’ by Clarence B. Moore. The following were elected members: J. P. Murlin, Ph.D.,' A. F. K. Krout, Ph.D., James A. Nelson and A. B. Gordon-Davis. The following were ordered to be printed: ot or 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Di NEW LAND MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN AND THE BONIN ISLANDS. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. A monographic account of the non-marine mollusks of the Bonin Islands (Ogasawara-jima) is now in preparation, in which all of the species will be illustrated. As Mr. Nakada is still collecting in the islands for Mr. Hirase, and will probably spend a month or two more there, it has been thought desirable to publish brief notices of his discoveries, reserving the consideration of the extrinsic relations of the Ogasawaran fauna for the article to follow. Besides the material sent by Mr. Hirase, I am indebted to Mr. 8. Yoshiwara, of the College of Science, Imperial University, at Tokyo, for valuable specimens and data which will be fully utilized in the projected monograph. One of the most interesting of Mr, Yoshiwara’s discoveries is the true locality of Mandarina ruschen- bergeriana (Pils.), which he found on the islet Minami, off the southern end of Chichijima. HELICINA Lam. This genus is represented in the Bonin Islands by several species and varieties, all more or less related, and doubtless claiming a common ancestor, though several of them are conspicuously diverse. Those now known from Hahajima may be determined by the fol- lowing key: a.—Spire elevated, conic; lip simple, blunt, unexpanded. Whorls At, Alt. 4, diam. 5.2mm., . . . A. capsulan. sp. a',—Spire convex or merely somewhat conoidal; base convex; lip more or less expanded or thickened. b.—Periphery conspicuously carinate; lip expanded and thickened. e.—Whorls 4; strongly striate spirally above. Alt. 3.2 or 3.3, diam. 5mm., . H. ogasawarana n. sp. c.—Much depressed and very acutely carinate; pale yellowish-corneous; whorls 44. Alt. 2.7 to 3, diam. 5.8to6mm., . . . H. hirasein. sp. b'.—Periphery more or less angular, or rounded though com- pressed. 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., e.—Surface delicately striate spirally. Alt. 3.5, diam. 5.3to5.8mm., . . . HH. yoshiwarana n. sp. c'.—Upper surface strongly striate spirally, H. yoshiwarana yar. arata 2. v. c’.—Smaller, delicately striate. Alt. 2.2, diam. 4.5 mm., H. yoshiwarana var. mierotheca n. v. Only one form is yet known from Chichijima, H. ogasawarana var. discrepans. It differs from the typical form in having the spiral strize obsolete on the last whorl. Alyczus biexcisus un. sp. Shell similar in general form, size and sculpture to A. reinhardti Pils., but differing in the aperture. The lip is thickened and built forward. The parietal margin of the lip is continuous, raised in a blunt, somewhat triangular process. The columellar margin is excised in a broad curve, and there isa more or less pronounced notch at the junction of the basal and outer margins. The neck is only slightly constricted, and is striate. Whorls 34. Diam. 34 mm. Suimura, Awa. Types No. 82,660 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 8316 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. This is one of the most differentiated of the Japanese species of Alyceus. Blanfordia japonica var. simplex nov. The specimens of Blanfordia from Nippon which IT have seen differ from B. japonica of Sado Island, as defined by A. Adams, in having the lip only a mere trifle expanded, hardly perceptibly so, and not doubled, as it is said to be in B. japonica. The shell consists of 5 whorls, the first one more or less worn, and it is coy- ered with a yellowish-olivaceous cuticle. It is shorter and broader than B. bensoni of Yesso. Length 6, diam. 4 mm. Nishigo, Uzen. Types No. 78,836 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 406 of Mr. Hirase’s collection, Similar specimens have been sent from Kajima, Satsuma, and one immature shell before-me from Ibuki, Omi (No. 842 of Mr. Hirase’s collection), may prove to be the same variety. The species of Blanfordia now known are as follows: B. bensoni (A. Adams). Tomichia bensoni A. Ad., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, (3), VIII, p 808 (October, 1861). -1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 Blanfordia bensonit A. Ad., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), XII, p. 424, Pl. 7, fig. 11. Blanfordia bensoni A. Ad., Méllendorff, Nachr’bl. d. D. Malak. Ges., 1897, p. 32 (description of specimens from Hakodate). Pomatiopsis hirasei Pils., Nautilus, May, 1900, p. 12. Southern Yesso, in the Province Ojima, at Matsumai (A. Ad.), Kayabe (Y. Hirase), and Hakodate (B. Schmacker). B. japonica (A. Adams). Tomichia japonica A. Ad., Ann. and Mag. (3), VIII, p. 308 (Octo- ber, 1861). Blanfordia japonica A. Ad., Ann. and Mag. (3), XII, p. 424, Pl. 7, fig. 12. Sado Island (A. Ad.). B. japonica var. simplex Pils. See above. Blanfordia japonica Mildff., Nachr’bl. d. D. Malak. Ges., 1900, p. 153. Nishigo, Uzen, Nippon; Kajima, Satsuma, Kiushiu (Y. Hirase). I have given the references in full because several authors, nota- bly von Moéllendorff and Kobelt, have expressed ignorance of the existence of descriptions of A. Adams’ species; the former author, with characteristic temerity, stating that one of them had never been described. Cyclophorus kikaiensis n. sp. Shell depressed-turbinate, moderately solid but not thick, openly umbilicate; pale yellowish, encircled by many dark red-brown dotted or spotted lines and bands, those above usually more or less confluent, and usually marked with radiating zigzag light streaks ; the earlier whorls purplish-brown ; sculptured with minute, thread- like strize, coarser and more separated on the early whorls. | Whorls 43, very convex, the last rounded or sometimes indistinctly angular in front, convex below. Aperture circular, oblique, bluish inside, the peristome built forward beyond a yery slight expansion, in fully mature individuals; in contact with the preceding whorl for a very short distance only. Alt. 114, diam. 15 mm. Alt. 12, diam. 16 mm. Alt. 124, diam. 17 mm. Kikai-ga-shima, Osumi. Types No. 81,940 Coll. A. N.S. P., from No. 547 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. I formerly thought this a small variety of C. turgidus Pfr., but further study of larger series shows it to be distinct. It is a smaller, 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Feb-, . less elevated shell, with decidedly larger umbilicus, the whorls being more loosely coiled. Specimens from the fossil-bed on the same island (Hirase’s No. 6846) are a little larger, the largest measuring alt. 15, diam. 20 mm. ‘They show the same open umbilicus and rather lax coil. C. turgidus Pfr., from the same deposit, is decidedly larger than the typical form, diam. 27-28 mm. Diplommatina kiiensis n. sp. Shell cylindric, conie above, the tapering portion less than half the length of the shell; dull red; sculptured with strong but narrow thread-like rib-strize, slightly coarser on the cone than on the last two whorls. Whorls 64, convex, the last narrower, strongly ascend- ing in front. Aperture circular, the lip narrowly expanded, re- inforced by a narrow rib or crest close behind it; continuous across the parietal wall. Columellar denticle strong. Palatal fold very long. Length 3.3, diam. nearly 2 mm. Nachi, Kii. Types No. 82,656, Coll. A. N.S. P., from No. 837a of Mr. Hirase’s collection; also No. 8376, from the same locality. Some specimens are superficially eroded, and whitish ash-colored. The palatal fold is unusually long. It is a smaller species than D. tenuiplica, larger than nipponensis or cassa. Diplommatina kobelti var. ampla noy. Shell with the spire long and regularly tapering to an obtuse apex. Whorls 8 to 83, convex, the last narrower and ascending as usual; pale reddish or corneous; evenly sculptured with delicate thread-like rib-strize, subobsolete on the last half of the last whorl. Aperture subcireular, with straightened, sinuous columellar margin. Columellar tooth strong. Palatal fold curved, covered by the expanded parietal callus. Length 4, diam. 2 mm. Goto, Uzen. Types No. 82,664, Coll. A. N.S. P., from No. 812 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. It is larger than D. kobelti, with more whorls. Diplommatira pudica n. sp. Shell cylindric below, tapering in a long, slender spire above, the apex small, somewhat obtuse; dull red, the spire and apex blush- ing deep rose. Sculpture of thread-like riblets, conspicuous and 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29 very widely spaced on the spire, rapidly becoming finer at the beginning of the penultimate whorl, which is very finely and closely striate; last whorl contracted, similarly sculptured but with the strize partially effaced, ascending as usual. Aperture somewhat oblique, subcircular, the peristome expanded and reflexed, but not doubled and with no rib behind it. The columellar tooth is rather small, and deeply placed. No palatal fold is visible through the shell. Length 3, diam. 1.5 mm. Nachi, Kii. Types No. 82,652, Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 836a of Mr. Hirase’s collection. A very distinct species, like D. kobelti in the long spire, but in D pudieca the cone is more slender above. The disparity in seulp- ture between the whorls of the cone and the last two is unusually marked. The color of fresh, unworn shells is deeper than in the other species of Nippon known to me. Mandarina exoptata var. obtusa nov. More depressed than the typical form, and merely angular at the periphery; whorls 44. Alt. 13, diam. 224 mm. Hahajima, No. 845 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Mandarina mandarina var hahajimana noy. Shell small, thinner than typical mandarina, pale yellowish; uniform or with a pale reddish band above, another below the periphery. Whorls 43, the last slightly angular in front, soon becoming rounded at the periphery. Surface very densely engraved with clear-cut, minutely crimped spiral strize, obsolete immediately around the axis. Alt. 134, diam. 184 mm. Sekimon-zan, Hahajima (Mr. 8. Yoshiwara); Hahajima (Mr. Y. Hirase). Genus HIRASEA Pilsbry. This group has been modified to fill many places in the Ogasa- waran snail fauna. Six species have already been found on Haha- jima alone, and one on Chichijima. Those known from the former island may be determined by the following key: 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., I.—Spire more or less convex or low-conic; periphery angular or carinate. a.—Basal lip produced forward beyond the outer and upper margins; periphery angular above; whorls 5%, closely coiled; upper surface dull, striate, base glossy. b.—Spire but slightly convex. Alt. 2.1, diam. 4.3 mm., H. sinuosa. b'.—Spire low-conic; base very convex. Alt. 2, diam. Selmnm., Aes, een eutnece: a‘.—Aperture normally oblique, the outer and upper margins projecting forward of the basal. b.—Base translucent, thin, polished; whorls 53; peri- phery merely angular. Alt. 2, diam. 4.6 mm., H. hypolia. b'.—Base opaque, finely ribbed, like the upper surface; periphery acutely carinate. c.—Biconvex; whorls 44 to 4%. Alt. 2.2, diam. Almim., «£8 5 2ey Fey a ee eeneniorere: c.—Much depressed, the keel very acute; whorls 4. Alt. 1.6, diam. 4 mm., . . FH. acutissima. II.—Spire concave, the earlier whorls sunken; periphery rounded. a.—Disk-shaped ; rich brown, and densely, minutely rib-striate above and at the periphery, becoming polished and somewhat translucent beneath, whitish near the axis. Whorls 5, the last rounded at the periphery; aperture lunate, the lip simple and acute in the specimens seen, which are probably not adult. Alt. 1.7, diam. 4 mm., H. biconeava. Another genus or subgenus, apparently allied to Hirasea, is re- presented by one species sent from Hahajima, and by Helix oper- culina of Gould, collected on Peel Island [Chichijima] by the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, but not yet obtained by Mr. Hirase. This group may be defined as follows: FAMETESTA subgen. noy. Shell disk-shaped, excessively depressed and acutely carinate, coneave below the keel, imperforate, thin, minutely striate. Aper- ture oblique, extremely narrow, the basal lip thickened within. Type H. mirabilis. Two species are now known. Both are pale brown with 5 whorls. They differ thus : a.—Diameter three times the altitude, 2.5 x 7.5mm. Chichijima, H. operculina Gld, 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31 a',—Diameter five times the altitude, 1.5 x 7mm. Hahajima, A. mirabilis n. sp. The last species is so flat it looks as though trodden upon. Kaliella ogasawarana 0. sp. Shell large for the genus, subperforate, conic, pale yellowish- corneous, subtransparent, glossy, smooth except for slight growth- lines. Spire almost straightly conic, the apex obtuse. Whorls 73, somewhat convex, the last strongly angular at the periphery, mod- erately convex below. Aperture slightly curved, in crescent form, truncate at the ends; lip thin and acute, the columella concaye, with narrowly reflexed margin. Alt. 5, diam. 5 mm. Hahajima, Ogasawara (Y. Hirase, No. 846). Nesopupa dedecora 0. sp. Exceedingly small, obesely oval, dark red-brown, faintly striate. Whorls 43, convex, the last swelling in a very conspicuous crest some distance behind the aperture, and grooved at the position of the upper palatal fold. Aperture squarish, well rounded below, the lip expanded, brown. Parietal lamella long and strong; angular lamella well developed, not united with the parietal. Columellar lamella deeply placed, small. Basal fold small, close to the colum- ella. Lower palatal fold very small and deeply situated. Upper palatal Jarge and prominent All the teeth are whitish. Length about 1.6, diam. 1 mm. Hahajima, Ogasawara (No. 855 of Mr. Hirase’s collection ). Eulota senckenbergiana var. awaensis Noy. Very large, dark brown with wide, ill-defined darker brown, and lighter dusky yellowish streaks, a narrow blackish supra-peripheral band bordered with yellow on both sides, and the interior of the umbilicus blackish. It wants the bright yellow variegation of typi- cal senckenbergiana. Surface conspicuously malleate. Alt. 30, diam. 55 mm. Alt. 33, diam. 534 mm. Suimura, Awa. Types No. 82,608 Coll. A. N. 8. P., from No. 828 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. The species has not hitherto been reported from Shikoku Island. 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb , Eulota vulgivaga var. lanx noy. Shell’more depressed than vulgivaga, the base less convex. Last whorl;deflexed in front. Aperture more oblique. Fringe at the periphery and sometimes along the suture well developed. Alt. 9, diam. 22 mm. Suimura, Awa, Shikoku Island (Mr. Hirase, No. 825). Aflarge form of vulgivaga occurs at Mt. Ibuki, Omi, having almost 7 whorls, a dome-like spire, and comparatively smooth cuti- cle; but smaller specimens seem to occur with the large ones, so that with the material now in hand I do not see that a distinct local race is indicated. 1902. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIFE-HISTORY OF PLANTS, NO. XVI. BY THOMAS MEEHAN." Tur BARTRAM OAK, IN CONNECTION WITH VARIATION AND HypripIsM. My recent discovery that the mature wood of trees may so change their original lines as to alter the whole form of the skeleton, and that these changes in form are characteristic of the species, may enable us to settle some disputed questions. In the case, somewhat famous, of the Bartram oak, Quereus heterophylla Mx., we may now say with absolute certainty that it is but a form of the pin oak, Quercus palustris. The angular divergence of the mature branches is the same in both; while other resemblances to the latter species are well known. Much of the confusion in regard to this matter has arisen from the tree, still in the Bartram gardens, that for many years past has been pointed out to botanists as a seedling from the original tree long since destroyed. Specimens from this tree are widely diffused through herbariums. It is but a somewhat lobed- leaved form of the willow oak, Quercus Phellos, a condition not infrequent among trees of this species, and of which form there are numerous specimens in the herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. If any one had thought to compare »” the error these specimens with the plate in Michaux’s ‘‘ Sylva, would have been noted. Dr. Engelmann was familiar with Michaux’s plant only through these misleading Bartram specimens, and hence described his Quercus palustris-imbricaria, which proves to be identical with Michaux’s Q. heterophylla. Dr. Engelmann was led to write positively in regard to the hybridity in a great degree from his belief in the sterility of hybrids—the St. Louis tree producing only a single acorn, so far as any one knew, during 1The manuscript of this article was found among the late Mr. Mee- han’s papers after his death and sent to the Academy for publication by his son, Mr. 8. Mendelson Meehan. It possesses a special interest as being the last contribution from one who for nearly forty years enriched the Proceedings with the results of his acute and devoted study of nature. Mr. Meehan’s first paper in the Proceedings of the Academy was published in 1862.—Eprror. 3 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., its existence. From this acorn grew the tree now on my grounds. It is remarkably fertile, wholly destroying the ‘< sterile ’’ idea, even though it were a hybrid, and with the leaves and skeleton characters of Q. palustris, as already noted. Seedlings from Delaware trees, the acorns sent by Mr. Commons, a well-known Jocal botanist, all retain the character of occasional entire leaves, but in other respects coincide with Q. palustris. While the absence of deep lobing struck Michaux, it is remarkable that he did not note the opposite in other cases. Tt is not unusual to note individual trees of Quercus palustris with the leaves so deeply incised that there is left little of leaf- blade but the strong veins and midribs. Indeed, this variation in the lobing of leaves may be noted in all species of oak. There is no need to call in hybridism to account for this varying condition. We find in many plants a tendency to have lobed leayes in an early stage and wholly entire at a later. The evergreen ivy, Hedera Helix, is a familiar example. We now know that these changes result from varying degrees of growth-energy, and not from any external agency in which hybridism may be included. In the light of modern knowledge, explanations of the past seem remark- able. Referring to Quercus heterophylla Michaux says: ‘‘ Every botanist who has visited different regions of the earth must haye remarked certain species of vegetables which are so little multiplied that they seem likely at no distant period to disappear from the earth. To this class belongs the Bartram oak.’? When we remem- ber that this was said of a young tree, described as ‘‘ 50 feet high and 8 inches in diameter,’ growing in the midst of numerous pin oak trees of great age, that formed almost the chief oak character of that region, and from which this young tree must have had its origin, one can only surmise that for once Michaux had lost his usual high judicial ability. The main point of this note is to illustrate by the Bartram oak the value, in settling important questions in long dispute, of the discovery that old wood may change its direction so as to give a specific character to the main branches or skeleton of the tree, and incidentally to show that we gain a great point in biology when we note how striking variations may occur by varying degrees of vital energy, and without calling in the aid of survival, hybridism or of any external agency. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 OBSERVATIONS ON THE FLOWERING OF LOBELIA CARDINALIS AND LOBELIA SYPHILITICA. In my garden during the past year, 1900, I had some fifty plants each of Lobelia syphilitiea and Lobelia cardinalis in rows side by side. They were so near each other that some of the flower stems of the latter fell over and seemed to be blooming among the plants of the former. It surprised me one day to note that while numer- ous winged insects visited the blue-flowered species, none cared for the scarlet ones. This excited an interest that led to a continuous observation through the whole flowering period. At no time did I see an insect visitor on the cardinal flower, while every day the blue-flowered species had abundant attention. On one occasion I found a humming-bird, Trochilus colubris, at work on the cardinal flower, and the zest with which numerous flowers were examined by the bird attested to the presence of nectar, a fact which my own test subsequently verified. The bird is not numerous on my ground, and with an abundance of flowers of various kinds over many acres of ground, it may be inferred that it was not a frequent visitor to the cardinal flower. I observed it only on this occasion. It wholly neglected the blue-flowered species, that seemed so attractive to the insects. Toward the end of the season the foreman in charge, Mr. Hemming, captured specimens of all that were visitors to Lobelia syphilitica during one day. These were identified by Mr. William J. Fox as follows: Xylocopa virginica, Bombus penn- sylvanicus, Bombus fervidus, Bombus americanorum var. pallidus, Apis mellifera, and a sand wasp, Seolia dubia. It is worthy of note that the honey-bee did not visit the flowers till late in the season. About fifty yards away from these plants was a large bed of Sedum spectabile, which at the earlier stage of these observations were crowded by this well-known honey gatherer. It may be inferred that as long as they lasted they collected all needed from these flowers. Honey-bees at any rate are not numerous in this vicinity. At the end of the season no difference could be observed in the fertility of the two species. Eyery capsule seemed abundantly seed- bearing. The presence or absence of insect visitors had no effect. Dissecting the flowers from time to time, and in various stages before and after anthesis, some original and interesting phenomena 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., were observed. At the period when the anthers have reached their full development a rest is taken, apparently till the next day. Then the style elongates until it seems to be held fast by the united anther cap. After a short rest it is again in motion, the anther-cells burst, and the pollen is ejected so forcibly through the crown as to some- times cover the scarlet petals with powder. In the case of the blue- flowered species, bees occasionally get a portion of the pollen shower. Aside from the interesting fact in regard to the forcible ejection of the pollen, and the free fertility under self-fertilization—for, not- withstanding the freedom of insect visitors, Lobelia syphilitica is absolutely self-fertilized—note may be taken of differing obserya- tions. Of Lobelia fulgens, which is essentially identical with Lobelia cardinalis, Mr. Darwin says, in his ‘‘ Cross and Self- fertilization in the Vegetable Kingdom’’: ‘‘ This plant is never visited in my garden by bees, and is quite sterile; but in a nursery garden at a few miles’ distance I saw humble-bees visiting the flowers, and they produced some capsules.’? Mr. Darwin once stated that one might as well use organic dust as to endeayor to get seeds of Linum perenne by the aid of its own pollen. I found Tinum perenne of our Rocky Mountains abundantly fertile with own-pollen, and said so in one of my papers. Mr. Darwin took this to be an attempt to discredit his observation, and naturally felt aggrieved. My thought is rather that plants and insects behave differently under different conditions, and that failure or facture in perfecting seeds should often be referred to phases of nutrition aside from the action of insects. The facts here recorded afford a valuable lesson on this matter. Lobelia syphilitica, with its shorter and more open corolla, could be more easily rifled of its nectar, and as the flowers were in great abundance, and fresh flowers opened daily, the insects worked in the easiest lines. In the case of the Sedum it will also be noted that the bees continued their easier work on this, before seeking the more difficult Lobelia. The failure of Mr. Darwin’s Lobelia to produce, while mine were fertile, is obviously due to nutritive conditions. He was mistaken in referring the failure to the absence of insects, but no one would for a moment discredit his observation. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37 A NEW BAT OF THE GENUS GLOSSOPHAGA. BY JAMES A. G. REHN. Along with several other bats recently submitted to me for exam- ination by Dr. J. Perey Moore, of the University of Pennsylvania, were three specimens of the genus Glossophaga. On comparison with a ‘series of specimens from northern South America, loaned from the collection of the United States National Museum through the kindness of Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, Jv., of that institution, it was found that they represent a northern form of G. soricina Pallas,‘ and do not appear to closely resemble any of the other species of the genus. From longirostris and elongata Miller it is well separated; from the former it is immediately differentiated by the broader posterior portion of the bony palate, from the latter by the much shorter skull. On examination of the names usually placed as synonyms of G. soricina I find that none are available for this form. Glossophaga soricina antillarum n. subsp. Type.—No. 6,619 Collection Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Port Antonio, Jamaica, December 30, 1890. Female. Collected and presented by Dr. J. Perey Moore. Distribution.—Jamaica and Bahamas. The collection of the Academy contains a skull from the latter locality. General characters.—Larger than typical G. soricina, the skull much more elongate, the rostrum narrower, and second upper molar larger. Size.—Large, the forearm considerably greater than in true soricina. The ear and foot show an increase in size, while the hind tibia is practically the same length. 1As Pallas gave no locality for his Vespertilio sorictnus (Misc. Zool., p. 48), the typical form must be restricted by other means. In his figure (tab. V) the species is represented with a comparatively short rostrum, and as this is characteristic of the form from northern South America (and possibly others from that continent), I have restricted the name soricina to the form occurring in that region. 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF “[Feb., Color.—As far as can be judged from the alcholic Jamaican specimens, the form appears to have a more reddish appearance, the fur being walnut-brown, while the available alcoholic specimens and one skin of G. soricina are between a cloye-brown and sepia. This appears to apply also to the membranes. Skull.—Large, comparatively slender, the rostrum narrower than in G. soricina. Posterior bony extension of the palate rather broad. Teeth.—Kssentially as in G. soricina, but the second upper molar has the internal lobe longer, thus making the tooth heavier and more quadrate. Remarks.—This northern form ot G. soricina 1s very distinctly differentiated from typical soricina as restricted. The greater general size and more elongate skull, with the slender rostrum, immediately separate it. With G. longirostris and elongata, as shown above, no comparison is necessary. Specimens examined. — Three alcoholic specimens from Port Antonio, Jamaica (type and cotypes). Skull from Bahamas. Comparative measurements. Wes: antiliarum. | -@. soricina. x hy =a is > <88| 22 | ufs| a3 Qa 4 ae so B48) $5 |bee| PS e285) 28 | s82| ge ge°| e° (8 ES i al Sid ie! Length of forearm.......... 182 ee vee | 88 | 85.2 | 34.7 en ribioh hind tise a. er ac, ne cieiss chen 13.5 | 14 | 13.2 Meneihv ofr fO0b.. sens <- hee ote at pee 9.5 9 9 Dien eth offen tne jrwd waver veeiealtosk tee eee 13.5 12.5 | 13 Extent of interfemoral membrane ........... | 18.5 | 15 | 14 Tren Pun OtwAK UI ct. cixicis cis ge sole peeee ete | 22.5 | 28 20 =| 21 Length of rostrum from interorbital constric- | BION. Mefers hie mice icicles sve ars aia o wie bveloeu Maher e Ee 11 11.2 10 9.5 Width of brain case........... sia ef ene Neo | 9.2) 9.2) 8.5 8.5 Width of rostrum at canines................. ae 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 A NEW GENUS AND THREE NEW SPECIES OF CHILOPODS. BY RALPH VY. CHAMBERLIN, Heretofore no Scolopendride of the sub-family Cryptopine have been reported from the Pacific States, and in consequence the author’s present announcement of the finding of two new species belonging to this group in California will be of interest to myriapo- dists. Of these two species one belongs to the genus Theatops, making the third known from the United States, while the other represents a new genus, in some respects intermediate between Cryptops and Theatops. But two mature specimens of the latter species being in the collection, no detailed examination of the mouth parts has been possible, and accordingly a complete deserip- tion of the genus is not now presented. Its general relationships will be understood from the diagnosis assigned in the analysis. The new Lithobius here described belongs to that group in which the coxal pores are arranged in several series (Bothropolys). Its nearest relative, as seen from the key to the American species, is Lithobius xanti (Wood), which is found in California and Oregon, itself coming from the Wahsatch Mountains, Utah. Analysis of the Genera of Cryptopine. a,.—Last dorsal plate not enlarged; anal legs but little crassate. b,.—Ocelli present, single, . . . lERemops Bollman. 1. b,.—Ocelli absent or indistinct. ¢,.—First and second tarsal joints of anal legs toothed below; claw of anal legs unarmed; last pleurze free, without processes; anal and genital segment very short, without a dorsal scutum, Cryprors Leach. 2. ¢,.—First and second tarsal joints of anal legs unarmed below; claw of anal legs armed with two spines; last pleurze not exposed laterally, with strong pro- cesses posteriorly; anal and genital segment not shortened, dorsal seutum present, ANETHOPS gen. noy. 3. a,.—Last dorsal plate twice as long as the preceding; anal legs strongly crassate, . . . . . THEatops Newport. 4. 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Anethops occidentalis gen. et spec. noy. Brown or fulvous brown, the feet paler; head punctate “with moderately small punctz, suboval, the posterior margin rounded ; basal plate exposed; dorsal scuta lightly punctate, impressed with two deep marginal sulci, and upon the middle portion with six sulci, the two outermost and the two innermost indistinet, the inter- mediate ones deep; ventral scuta densely minutely punctate, each plate, excepting the three anterior and the three posterior, with a cruciform impression, the longitudinal suleus wide and much deeper. Antennz rather long, swollen at base, attenuated distally; articles 17, mostly rather short; densely clothed with short stiff bristles which become very short on the distal joints. Prosternal margin without teeth or spines, glabrous; coxal tooth small, black, acute. Legs sparsely aculeate distally; the first tarsal joint, excepting in the last pair, armed beneath with one spine and above with two, the second tarsal joint armed beneath with a spine, claws of all legs armed at base with two spines, tibize not armed. Anal legs scarcely swollen, not shortened, the third and ‘the fourth joints not armed with teeth or spines. Last ventral plate wide, covering the pleure laterally, scarcely converging caudad, the posterior border widely sinuate ; last pleurze narrow, with conspicuous processes posteriorly, each ending in a stout, acute black point. Length 33.5 mm., width 3 mm.; length of antenne not quite 7 mm. Habitat.—San Gabriel Canyon, Los Angeles county, Cal. The type specimens were collected May 25, 1901, by Mr. Charles FE. Hutchinson. Etymology.—Genus: Greek d, privative, 700s, character, and dd, eye. Key to American Species of Theatops. a,.—Femora of anal legs unarmed; none of the tibial or tarsal joints armed above; all tarsal joints armed beneath except the last two; processes of last pleure unarmeil with spines, posticus (Say). 1. a;.—Femora of anal legs armed with one or two spines at the supe- rior interior angle; tibise, except the last three, armed above; tarsal joints, except in last two pairs, armed above and be- neath (first tarsal joint of first legs not armed beneath) ; processes of last pleurse unarmed with spines, spinicaudus (Wood). 2. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 @,.—Femora and tibiz of anal legs armed with a single spine at the inferior angle; tibis, except of anal legs, unarmed; first tarsal joint, except in last pairs, armed above and below with one spine, second joint armed beneath; processes of last pleure with a stout spine, . . californiensis, sp. noy. 3. 1. Theatops posticus (Say). Oryptops postica Say (1821). Theatops postica Newport (1844). Opisthemega postica Wood (1862). Opisthemega crassipes Meinert (1886). Theatops crassipes Bollman (1888). Habitat.—Eastern United States, south of Virginia, Indiana and I[linois. 2, Theatops spinicaudus (Wood). Opisthemega spinicauda Wood (1862). Theatops spinicaudus Bollman (1888). Habitat.—Acapuleo, Mex., and southwestern United States, extending northeast through Tennessee to Pennsylvania. 8. Theatops californiensis spec. noy. Brown, feet and antennz yellowish; head sparsely punctate, sub- oval, posteriorly truncate; dorsal scuta sublightly, sparsely punc- tate, deeply bisulcate, first plate triangularly impressed anteriorly ; ventral plates sparsely lightly punctate. Articles of the antenn:e 17, terminal articles densely shortly hirsute, median and basal joints sparsely shortly hirsute. Prosternal teeth 3-3, large, short; coxal tooth large, stout, obtuse. None of the tibis armed either beneath or above; first joint of tarsus, except in ultimate and penult pairs, armed below and above with one spine, the second tarsal joint armed beneath. Anal lees much erassate, contiguous, moderately short, claw long, strong, superior internal margin carinate; femur armed on the inferior interior margin with a single, rather stout tooth; tibia armed similarly to femur. Last ventral plate long, wide, the sides scarcely sinuate, strongly converging posteriorly, the posterior angles rounded, posterior border gently sinuate ; last pleurze wide, subsmooth, posteriorly widely sinuate, processes armed with a stout spine or tooth. Length 41-46 mm. ; width 4 mm. ; length of anal legs 7-8 mm. Habitat.—Near Quiney, Cal. Found at a mining claim, altitude 3,500 feet, by Mr. Edward Garner. 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb , Key to American Species of Lithobius, having the Coxal Pores in several series (Bothropolys). a,.—Posterior angles of none of the dorsal plates produced. b,.—Prosternal teeth 9-9; spines of first legs 2, 3, 1, of anal 1, 3, 2, 1; length 25-29 mm. bipunctatus (Wood). 1. b,.—Prosternal teeth 6-6; spines of first legs 2, 3, 2, of anal 1, 4, 3, 1-1, 4, 3, 2; length 18 mm., monticola Stuxberg. 2. a,.—Posterior angles of the 9th, 11th and 13th dorsal plates produced. b,.—Spines of first legs 2, 2, 1-2, 3, 1, of penult 1, 3, 3, 2; middle lobe of claw of genital forceps much longest, pointed; inner lobe much reduced; basal spmes 3-3; antenne long, . . wanti (W ood). 3. b,.—Spines of the first legs 2, 3, 2 2, of the penult 1, 3, 3, 1; middle lobe of claw of genital forceps not much longest, short and blunt, inner lobe subequal to outer, not reduced; basal spines 2-2, antennse short, permundus sp. noy. 4. a,. —Posterior angles of 6th, 7th, 9th, 11th and 13th dorsal plates produced; prosternal teeth 7~ if ie 9-9 ; poe of first legs 2, 3, 1-2, 3, 2, of anal 1, 3, 2, 1-1, 3, ie Dy multidentatus N Newport. 5. 1. Lithobius bipunctatus (Wood). Bothropolys bipunctatus Wood (1863). Lithobius bipunctatus Stuxberg (1877). Habitat.—‘ West of Rocky Mountains’? (Wood); Salt Lake, Utah, and Uintah counties, Utah (author). 2. Lithobius monticola Stuxberg. Lithobius monticola Stuxberg (1875). Habitat.—Sierra Nevada Mountains (seq. Stuxberg). 8. Lithobius xanti (Wood). Bothropolys xanti Wood (1863). Lithobius rugosus Meinert. Lithobius xanti Stuxberg (1877). Habitat. —California and Oregon (Wood, Bollman,- author). 4. Lithobius permundus spec. noy. Lithobius xanti Chamberlin, Proc. U. 8: N. Museum, Vol. XXIV, p. 24 (1901). Body robust, polished; head but little wider than long, sparsely punctate, especially anteriorly, sparsely pilose; dorsal scuta nearly glabrous except at margins, weakly furrowed, the furrows in part 1902.] ‘ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 more or less converging anteriorly or parallel, not raised into rugee; ferruginous, the head and the last dorsal and ventral plates usually darker, coloration of head deeper immediately caudad to the frontal suture. Antenne rather short, pilose; articles 20-23, large, de- creasing in size from first to last. Ocelli on each side in an oblong to narrowly oval patch, 16-25 in number, arranged in 3-5 longi- tudinal series. Prosternal teeth 7-7 to 9-9, black, uniform. Spines of first legs 2, 3, 2, of penult 1, 3, 3, 1 with 2 claws, of anal 1, 3, 2, 1 with the claw single; cox of the last two pairs of legs armed beneath and also laterally with a stout spine. Coxal pores usually of several sizes, numerous (often 25 and over), arranged in 2-4 series. Claw of genital forceps of female tripartite, the middle Jobe a little longest, the lateral subequal, all short and blunt; basal spines 2-2, moderately stout, the outer pair longer and stouter than the inner. Length 19-27 mm. ; width 2-3 mm; length of anal legs 8-11 mm. ; length of antennse 811.5 mm. Juvenis.—Specimens 13-15 mm. long measure 1.5 mm. in width; length of anal legs 4.5 mm.; Jength of antenne 5 mm. Color brown. Ocelli 10-15 in 2-3 series. Prosternal teeth 5-5 to 7-7. Spines of the first and penult pairs of legs normal, those of the anal pair normal orl, 3, 2, 0. Coxal pores 6-12 in 2-3 series. Habitat.—Along the middle and lower courses of canyon streams throughout the greater extent of the Wahsatch Mountains, Utah. Etymology.—Latin permundus, very elegant. 5, Lithobius multidentatus Newport. Lithobius multidentatus Newport (1845); id. Gervais (1847). Bothropolys nobilis Wood (1863). Bothropolys multidentatus Wood (1865). Lithobius multidentatus Stuxberg (1877). Habitat.—Eastern United States, south from Missouri, Illinois Michigan and Pennsylvania (seg. Wood, Bollman et ai. ). 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb. , CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE HYMENOPTERA OF BRAZIL, NO. 8.-EUMENID#, continued (GENUS ODYNERUS). BY WILLIAM J. FOX. As in most of the preceding papers of this series the work is based upon material collected by Mr. Herbert H. Smith, and which has now become the property of the Carnegie Museum, Pitts- burgh, Pa. The types of all the new species described in these papers will therefore be under the care of that Museum, Odynerus (Stenancistrocerus) apicipennis u. sp. 2.—Black, clothed with a grayish pile, especially on abdomen; anterior orbits below emargination, dot on tegule posteriorly, inter- rupted line on postscutellum anteriorly, line at apex and at sides of first dorsal segment, and sometimes an obscure line at apex of second, yellow; fore tibize internally yellow, the tips of all femora with a yellowish or reddish spot; antenne reddish beneath toward apex; wings black basally, especially in costal region, clear apically; head with a fovea behind ocelli, and on each side of fovea a small patch of stiff hairs; front deeply punctured; clypeus broader than long, subpyriform, shallowly punctured, emarginate so as to present two acute, separated, teeth; scape fully as long as following four joints united; space between hind ocelli, if anything, slightly less than that between them and eyes; pronotum margined, obtuse laterally; dorsulum with strong, rather close punctures, the scutellum less closely punctured, flat, subquadrate; postscutellum subtriangular, entire; middle segment with strong, separated punc- tures, not so coarse as on dorsulum and becoming sparse apically and on sides, broadly depressed down middle, not ridged, presenting two convex surfaces; carina of first segment not very strong, the longitudinal furrow of upper surface rather feeble, the surface behind carina strongly punctured, anterior to it sparsely so; dorsals 2-5 strongly punctured, the punctures becoming closer and coarser from apex of segment 2, the last dorsal with shallow punctures; 1 Except those described in Paper No. 6, which are in the Museu Paulista of Sao Paulo, Brazil. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 ventral segments with separated punctures; nervures black, stigma ferruginous. Length 11 mm. 3'.—Sculpture coarser, especially at apex of second dorsal seg- ment; in addition to the yellow markings of female the male has two yellow spots on clypeus apically, and there is a greater amount of red and yellow on legs; clypeal teeth larger, the emargination triangular; space between hind ocelli, if anything, slightly greater than that between them and eyes; antenne hooked at end, the last joint acuminate, slightly curved, barely as long as joint 11; postscutellum crenulated; second, or second and third segments obscurely margined with yellow at apex, and the apex of middle segment marked with that color; in one example there are three lineated macula on pronotum, which may indicate that this part is sometimes margined with yellow posteriorly. Length 9-10 mm. Chapada (March, December); Corumba (April). Two Q. three o’ specimens. Odynerus (Stenancistrocerus) convolutus n. sp. 2.—Black, with a thin grayish pile; scape, flagellum beneath, mandibles, clypeus, eye-emarginations and the orbits below them, spot between antenne, larger one at summit of cheeks, pronotum, tegule, mesopleurs above, and a large spot on the postero-lateral angles of middle segment, rufous; hind margin of pronotum, base and apex of tegul, a dot beneath the latter, dot near each antero- lateral angle of scutellum, postscutellum entirely, and the apex of first and second abdominal segments rather broadly pale yellow; forelegs reddish-brown from just beyond base of femora; other legs black, with a spot near apex of medial femora, and a stripe on the four hind tibiz, pale yellow; wings dark subhyaline, fuscous along costal margin and in marginal cell; neryures and stigma black. Head with deep, separated punctures, especially above; a rounded fovea behind ocelli; hind ocelli bordered internally by a smooth tubercle, the space between them perhaps a little less than that separating them from the eyes; clypeus convex, with shallow punc- tures, pyriform, triangularly emarginate at apex; pronotum with deep, separated punctures, scarcely margined, but dentate laterally ; dorsulum and scutellum with larger punctures, those on meso- pleurz smaller; postscutellum entire, somewhat angular posteriorly ; middle segment deeply punctured, smooth at base of sides, broadly 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., depressed medially, the depression extending from base to apex, not margined, no horizontal surface medially, the postero-lateral region conyex; first dorsal segment deeply punctured on its hori- zontal surface, which is rather long, the carina, when viewed from the front, highly arched; second dorsal less strongly and closely punctured, shallowly so beneath, the apical margin slightly reflexed, the ventral surface is slightly swollen transversely, but not much, near base; the third and fourth segments are punctured on apical half only, and much more finely; apical segment smooth. Length 8-9 mm. 3.—Differs chiefly in the pale yellow clypeus, mandibles, spot between antennse and eye-emargination ; the reddish base of flagel- lum and much more swollen base of second ventral segment; hind tibie suddenly enlarged within at apex; first hind tarsal joint having a twisted and sinuous shape; antennz hooked, the terminal joint curved, about as long as the eleventh joint, which in turn is about one-fifth longer than the tenth; clypeus narrower; four hind legs partly brownish. Length 8-9 mm. Corumba (April). Two 2, seven do specimens. Apparently related to O. Fariasi and O. incommodus. Odynerus (Stenancistrocerus) suffusus 2. sp. 3.—Black; clypeus, spot on mandibles, scape in front, line between antenne, and eye-emargination pale yellow; spot on cheeks above, hind margin of pronotum, dot behind tegule, and apical margin of segments 1-6, bright yellow; that on segments 2-6 quite broad, in fact segments 3-6 appear entirely yellow above; apical segment brownish; pronotum anteriorly, spot beneath wing, post- seutellum and on middle segment postero-laterally, rufous and yellow; tegule brown; sides of abdominal segments 1 and 2 more or less suffused with rufous; legs reddish, anterior coxse and most of hind femora black, the remaining cox yellow anteriorly, as well as a stripe on the fore and medial femora and a spot on hind pair at apex; flagellum reddish beneath; head with strong deep punc- tures; front presenting two convex surfaces; each hind ocelli mar- gined internally by a tubercle; no fovea behind them; clypeus lozenge-shaped, longer than broad, roundly emarginate; antenne hooked, the terminal joint flattened and strongly curved, barely as long as the eleventh joint, which in turn is fully one-third longer than the tenth joint; thorax deeply punctured, most closely so on 1902. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47 pronotum, sparsely so on mesopleurse; pronotum subdentate ; post- seutellum slightly crenulated; middle segment broadly depressed or subeoneaye, not margined, with but a slight trace of a horizontal surface medially, postero-lateral region convex, especially above; hind tibiz and tarsi as in do‘ of convolutus ; abdomen much as in convolutus, but the second segment more reflexed at apex, the ven- tral swelling less strong and the punctuation stronger; wings as in that species. Length 8-9 mm. Corumba and Pedra Branca (April). Eight specimens. Odynerus (Stenancistrocerus) areatus . sp. o.—Black ; clypeus at base and two parallel lines apically, scape beneath, spot at base of antennz, in eye-emargination, and at top of cheeks, line on mandibles and on pronotum posteriorly, some- times a spot on mesopleurze above, and a line at apical margin of all segments, including last, yellow; flagellum beneath fulvous; tegule variable, black or yellow testaceous; legs black-brown, knees and tarsi lighter, anterior tibize yellowish in front; head very deeply punctured, especially the front; hind ocelli not margined internally by a tubercle, the space between them about equal to that which separates them from the eyes; clypeus with shallow punctures, subpyriform, almost as broad as long, sharply and tri- angularly emarginate, the teeth acute and each bearing a tolerably distinct carina extending back toward middle of clypeus; antenne hooked, the last jomt curved, rather slender, about as long as joint 11, which in turn is about one-fifth longer than 10; thorax deeply punctured; pronotum dentate laterally ; scutellum impressed ; post- seutellum entire, triangular; middle segment broadly concave, no horizontal surface medially, the postero-lateral angles prominent, above and on sides rugosely punctured, in the concavity deeply punctured ; hind tibize and tarsi not modified ; first segment strongly punctured, and behind the carina, laterally, there is a large, smooth, depressed area; second segment not so strongly or as closely punctured above, not reflexed, the ventral surface with shallow punctures, prominent in a transverse way, near base; remaining segments strongly punctured apically, finely so toward base; wings dark subhyaline, more fuscous along anterior margin; neryures and stigma dark brown. Length 9 mm. Chapada (March, December). Two specimens. 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Odynerus abdominalis 0. sp. 2.—Black; a narrow, medially interrupted line at base of clypeus, spot at base of antennze and another at summit of cheeks, line on scape, anterior and posterior margins of pronotum narrowly, dot behind tegulee, line on postscutellum, line on middle segment postero-laterally (sometimes absent), and apex of all abdominal segments, yellow; legs dark brown, anterior tibize yellow in front; head deeply punctured; a distinct medial fovea behind ocelli; clypeus longitudinally rugoso-punctate, a little longer than broad, subpyriform, subtruncate, a lateral carina terminates in a minute tooth; flagellum short; thorax deeply punctured, mesopleurz less strongly; scutellum not impressed; postscutellum entire; middle segment broadly concave, coarsely punctured above, finely rugose in the concavity, postero-lateral angles prominent, a very slight horizontal surface medially; first segment behind the fine sharp carina broader than long, with tolerably strong punctures becoming sparse anteriorly; second segment strongly punctured apically, the punctures becoming sparser and feebler toward base, between mid- dle and apex there is a distinct transverse depression and the apical margin is distinctly produced medially into a tooth; ventral surface depressed medially, transversely swollen near base, the punctures similar to those of the dorsal moiety laterally; wing subfuscous, paler apically, darkest along anterior margin; nervures black, stigma dark brown. Length 9-10 mm. Chapada (March, December). Three specimens. Odynerus (Stenancistrocerus) dentiformis Nn. sp, ?.—Black, with silky pile, especially on the abdomen; arcuate line on base of clypeus, spot at base of antennse, in the eye-emar- gination, base of mandibles, and at summit of cheeks, scape ante- riorly, anterior and posterior margins of pronotum, postscutellum except apex, spot beneath tegulz and a small one behind them, two semicircular spots on posterior surface of middle segment the two so placed as to almost form a circle, a spot before apex of middle and anterior femora, a line on all tibix, apical margin of abdominal segments 1-5, rather broadly, and last dorsal segment entirely, bright yellow; tegule reddish-brown, margined with yellow ; flagel- lum not pale beneath; legs dark brown; head with deep, separated punctures; a smooth fovea behind ocelli, the hind pair of the latter each bordered internally by a tubercle; clypeus subpyriform, 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 coarsely punctured, toward apex becoming striato-punctate, the apex with two well-separated teeth, subemarginate ; pronotum sharply margined, subdentate, and like the dorsulum, though more closely, with deep separated punctures; postscutellum entire; middle segment broadly depressed or concave, strongly punctured, rugoso-punctate in concavity, which is not margined, no horizontal surface medially; first dorsal segment behind carina broader than long, with strong punctures, the carina sharpest laterally; second dorsal segment, viewed from the side, rather angulate toward base, where it is scarcely punctured, the punctures beginning behind base and increase in size toward apex, where they are quite coarse, at a point between middle and apex the segment is transversely de- pressed, the apical margin is dentiform medially, ventrally this seg- ment is depressed medially, prominent basally, the punctures rather shallow; remaining segments except last strongly punctured apically, less coarsely toward base; wings subhyaline, yellow in costal cell, and with apical margin and most of marginal cell fuscous, stigma yellow-brown; neryures darker. Length about 9 mm. &.—Colored much like the 2, with the flagellum more or less brown, fulvous beneath; clypeus yellow, but usually more or less dark medially, shorter than in 2 and not striated; antenne with terminal joint short and thick, broadly and obliquely truncate, the length of this joint about equals that of the penultimate, the two together barely as long as the eleventh joint; punctuation coarser than in 2; hind tibie or tarsi not unusually modified. Length 8-9 mm. Corumba (April); Chapada (December). Seven 2, nine & specimens. Odynerus (Ancistrocerus) fulvimaculus 2. sp. 9.—Black; head (except M-shaped spot including ocelli) and pronotum orange; antennz orange, the flagellum above darker medially ; clypeus, mandibles except inner margin and tips, tegule except brown middle, large spot on mesopleurze above scutellum, postscutellum, postero-lateral angles of middle segment, and a fascia at apex of segments 1-5, yellow, that on segments 1 and 2 much the broadest; legs: the anteriors entirely, the medials except upper surface of cox, trochanters and base of femora, and of the hind pair a spot on coxe at apex, a line on the femora beneath and the tibize except internally, yellow; hind tarsi brownish. Head 4 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., less strongly and more closely punctured than in rufimaculus, the punctures rounder; occiput not so much depressed; vertical brush present, but no tubercles near ocelli; eye-emargination narrower and less triangular; clypeus similar in shape, but shallowly punc- tured, the apical emargination larger and more triangular; thorax practically as described in rwfimaculus, perhaps less coarsely sculptured and the concavity of middle segment less distinctly mar- gined laterally; abdomen very similar, as are also the wings. Length 74 mm. Chapada (April). Two specimens. Bears a strong resemblance to rufimaculus, but is at once separated by the orange, not red, color of head and pronotum. It is closely related to that species, but the absence of ocellar tubercles, more deeply emarginate and less strongly sculptured clypeus, as well as coloration, readily sep- arate it. Odynerus (Ancistrocerus) rufimaculus 2. sp. 2.—Black, head (except between ocelli) and pronotum rufous; antenne rufous, the flagellum dark above medially; clypeus except medially, mandibles except tips, posterior margin and antero-lateral angles of pronotum, tegule except the brown middle, spot on meso- ~ pleurze above, scutellum, postscutellum, postero-lateral angles of middle segment, apical margin of first dorsal, and apical margins of second, yellow; legs black, or black-brown, the anterior tibise in greater part and a stripe on the other tibie, yellow. Head strongly punctured; occiput transversely depressed; ocelli sunken, the hind pair margined internally by a smooth tubercle, and behind them a bunch of erect pale brownish hairs; clypeus cordate, longitudinally rugoso-punctate, but not coarsely so, the apex with two small ap- proximate teeth, or, in other words, finely emarginate; eye-emar- gination quite triangular; thorax deeply punctured, especially the dorsulum; pronotum sharply margined, acutely angular or subden- tate laterally; postscutellum distinctly crenulated, truncate, with a distinct vertical surface coalescing with the concave “surface of mid- dle segment, which surface is smooth, carinate down middle and bordered outwardly by a rough, tolerably distinet margin formed by its junction with the sides; the latter are strongly punctured except basally ; abdomen robust; carina of first segment sharp, that portion of segment lying behind it much broader than long, the punctures distinct but not coarse, and sparser basally; second dorsal more 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. a1 distinctly and closely punctured, more coarsely apically, not reflexed, the ventral surface with larger, sparser punctures; other segments, as far as visible, distinctly punctured except the last; wings subhyaline, clouded apically, in the marginal cell, and less strongly in the costal; neryures and stigma black or dark brown. Length 7$ mm. 3 —Colored like 2, with the yellow of clypeus more extended ; occiput less depressed, and no vertical brush; clypeus shorter with emargination deeper; eye-emargination not triangular; antennse hooked, the last joint rather small, its length combined with that of the preceding one not equaling the eleventh joint; pronotum dentate ; legs not unusually modified. Length 7 mm. Corumbé and Pedra Branca in April. One &, three males. Odynerus (Stenancistrocerus) atripes 0. sp. ?.—Black, with sericeous pile; sides of clypeus, spot between antennee, in the eye-emargination, scape beneath, line behind eyes, posterior margin of pronotum, greater part of scutellum and _post- seutellum, dot beneath wings, a semicircular spot on each side of middle segment posteriorly, line at apex and sides of segment 1, and apical margin of segment 2, dull yellow; flagellum fulyous beneath; legs black, the fore tibize testaceous in front. Head with deep, rather close but not confluent, punctures; a rounded fovea behind ocelli; the latter not margined by tubercles; clypeus convex, low pyriform, broader than long, with shallow separa- ted punctures, its fore margin with two rather widely separated teeth; thorax with strong, close punctures, those on mesopleure finer and sparser, and those of antero-lateral porton of middle segment large and sparse, giving that portion of the segment a spongy appearance; scutellum impressed; postscutellum subtriangular ; middle segment at base with a short medial surface, but it is very slight and depressed below the postscutellum; concavity almost smooth, bounded by a tolerably strong carina; first segment with shallow punctures, with the carina sharp and sinuous, the dorsal surface twice as broad as long, and with a faint, though distinct, longitudinal furrow medially ; second segment with similar sparser punctures, not reflexed, ventral surface with stronger punctures, transversely prominent near base; dorsals 3-5, closely and strongly punctured; wings subhyaline, a fuscous cloud in marginal cell, nervures and stigma dark brown. Length 10-11 mm. 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., &.—Colored like 2, but with clypeus entirely, mandibles except tips, and the fore margin of pronotum more or less, yellow; elypeus hexagonal the apical teeth closer and sharper; no fovea behind ocelli; flagellum elongate, together with the two preceding joints longer than head and thorax, subclavate, hooked at tip, the last two joints united barely longer than joint 11; longitudinal furrow of segment fainter or absent; general punctuation coarser than in 2. Length 8-10 mm. Chapada (January, May, October); Corumba (April). Eleven ?, twenty-seven 3’ specimens. In the longitudinally suleate first segment this insect approaches Symmorphus, but the hooked antenns of the male excludes it from that section of the genus. Odynerus (Ancistrocerus ?) conjunctus 2. sp. 2.—Black, with sericeous pile, that on sides of face somewhat silvery; clypeus except medial spot, mandibles near base, scape beneath, dot at base of antenn, short line in eye-emargination, line on cheeks near yertex, pronotum anteriorly in middle and its hind margin, scutellum, postscutellum, tegule at base and apex, spot directly under them, a somewhat semicircular mark on each side of posterior face of middle segment, and a fascia at apex of segments 1-5, yellow; the fascia of segment 1 broadest and extends on the sides as far as the carina; flagellum beneath fulvous; some- times the pronotum has on each side two obliquely parallel lines of rufous, one bordering the posterior margin; legs dark, the four anterior femora beneath toward apex, and all the tibise beneath more or less yellow, tarsi dark testaceous. Head with deep sep- arated punctures, a rather transverse fovea behind ocelli; the latter not margined by tubercles; clypeus subconyex, depressed apically, somewhat triangular, broader than long, with rather distinct, separ- ated punctures, the fore margin with two rather sharp and widely separated, diverging teeth; thorax with strong, separated punctures, those on scutellum and sides of pronotum less close; those on meso- pleurze smallest; middle segment aboye rugoso-punvtate, on sides with sparse shallow punctures; scutellum entire; postseutellum with a slight emargination anteriorly in middle; middle segment with scarcely 2 medial upper surface, the posterior face broadly depressed, margined by a ridge, which reaches its greatest development api- eally; first abdominal segment closely punctured, the carina sharp and when viewed from the front shows a sharp angle above, dorsal 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53 surface not impressed, at apex twice as broad as long, but its sides narrow quite rapidly toward the carina; second dorsal more dis- tinctly punctured, but not strongly, subconvex beneath; wings subhyaline, a fuscous cloud in marginal cell, nervures and stigma dark brown. Length 9 mm. 3'.—Colored like 2, but with clypeus entirely, and mandibles except tip, yellow, as are also most of fore tibize and all tarsi; the yellow spot at base of antennze is elongate, extending down between them; sculptured like the 2, except that the punctures of the abdomen are stronger; flagellum beneath and tips fulvous, elongate, subclayate together with the two preceding joints, shorter than the head and thorax, the first joint a little, though distinctly, longer than second, hooked at tip, the last two joints minute, the two together considerably shorter than the preceding joint, the apical joint the longer of the two; clypeus small, hexagonal, the apical margin roundly emarginate. Length 7-9 mm. Chapada (April, September, October, December); Corumba (April). Three females, numerous males. This species combines the characteristics of Ancistrocerus (upper face of first segment transverse) with those of Hypancistrocerus (cavity of middle segment bounded by a sharp ridge). Odynerus (Hypancistrocerus) advena Sauss. Corumba (February, April, May); Chapada (April). Out of the large series present, but one specimen is marked as having come from Chapada. The differences of climate at these two districts and the greater elevation of Chapada* may have influenced the dis- tribution of this species, as indicated by the present collection. Odynerus (Hypancistrocerus) reflexus n. sp. ?.—Black; with sericeous, grayish pile, especially on abdominal segments 1 and 2; clypeus basally, spot between insertion of antennze, in each eye-emargination, scape beneath, line on each side of pronotum anteriorly, spot on cheeks near top, on tegule at base and apex, with a small one behind them, one on mesopleure, line on postscutellum, postero-lateral angles of middle segment, four anterior femora beneath apically, a line on all tibiz, and apical margin of abdominal segments 1—5, yellow, that on second segment broadest; posterior margin of pronotum, and flagellum beneath, 2 See these Proceedings, 1896, pp. 2938, 294. 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., reddish-testaceous; four hind tarsi black. Head with deep, separ- ated, punctures; front strongly convex; clypeus convex basally, flattened apically, elongate pyriform, with large, sparse punctures, and apically with a carina on each side terminating in a small tooth on apical margin, which is triangularly emarginate; a smooth fovea or area behind ocelli, the latter not margined by tubercles; thorax with deep, separated punctures especially on dorsulum and scutel- lum, the latter impressed apically; pronotum sharply cristate, obtusely dentate laterally; punctures of mesopleurse not so coarse, and more scattered; middle segment with a distinct medial surface above, which is rugose, sides punctured like the mesopleurs, con- cavity bounded by a ridge, broad, with large shallow punctures, the postero-lateral angles prominent, obtusely dentiform; abdomen with large separated punctures, not so coarse however as those of thorax; first segment smooth anteriorly, the carina rather sharp, angular medially when viewed from front, the segment behind it broader than long; second dorsal with its apical margin reflexed ; wings subhyaline, darker in marginal cell. Length 9 mm. 3.—Clypeus entirely yellow, somewhat hexagonal, with two sharp rather approximate teeth apically; hind ocelli margined with a ‘tubercle internally; antennse longer than head and thorax, flagel- lum fulvous beneath, the eleventh joint concave beneath apically and broad, twelfth joint small, much more so than the eleventh, the following joint narrow basally, widened at apex, and rather flat, terminal joint small, obtuse at tip, not half the length of preceding one; scutellum impressed its entire length; hind tibise slender, but widened suddenly at apex; second ventral segment transversely depressed at base. Length 7-9 mm. Chapada (December, January, May); Corumba (April). The ¢ antenne in this species are in reality 14-jointed, which is also the case in O. advena. This character seems to be the best for defining the division Hypuncistrocerus, the horizontally pro- duced superior face of middle segment being of less value, inas- much as it is found in all degrees of development in various species. Some species with 13-jointed @ antenne possess it, Odynerus coxalis ". sp. 2.—Black; thorax and abdomen with sericeous grayish pile; two spots on clypeus basally, one between insertion of antenn, in each eye-emargination, on mandibles near base, line on scape 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5E beneath, a medially interrupted line on pronotum anteriorly, line on fore margin of postscutellum, spot on four anterior femora at apex, line on all tibis, and at apex of segments 1—5 rather broadly, yellow; flagellum beneath, hind margin of pronotum narrowly, and tegule (except a yellow basal spot), reddish-testaceous ; tarsi dark. Head deeply but rather closely punctured, the hind ocelli margined by a tubercle internally and behind them a depressed smooth area; front not strongly convex, not impressed; clypeus elongate pyriform, with large, sparse, shallow punctures, with a carina on each side toward apex, which projects in the form of teeth, one at each side of the fore margin; thorax punctured very simi- larly to front, but on the mesopleurs the punctures are much sparser and not so deep; fore margin of pronotum sharply crested except medially ; scutellum impressed down middle; middle segment with a distinct dorsal surface medially, rugoso-punctate above, on sides with large, sparse, punctures, the concave area with large, shallow punctures, bordered by a rough but not strongly indicated ridge, at the sides subangular; carina of first abdominal segment well- developed, sharply angular above, the dorsal surface of the segment not more than half as long as it is broad on apical margin, its punctures strong and separated but not as coarse as on front; the second segment with the punctures shallower, sparse at base, the apical margin slightly reflexed, ventral surface with stronger punc- tures, at base transversely depressed, the medial surface rather flat ; wings subhyaline, clouded in costal and marginal cells, nervures black. Length 9 mm. 3'.—Colored like 2, but with clypeus entirely yellow, the yellow of eye-emargination forming a line bordering the orbit, that on pro- notum and legs more extended; punctuation coarser; clypeus shorter, though rather similarly shaped as in the female, with shal- low punctures throughout; flagellum with joints 1-8 pale fulvous but the apices with a narrow black line, rather robust and clavate as far as the eighth joint, terminal joint long, equaling the two preceding ones united in length, somewhat curved; the total length of the antenne is barely as long as head and thorax; legs not unusual except that the hind cox are strongly dentate above near base; second segment scarcely reflexed. Length 8 mm. Chapada (September) ; Corumba (February). Two ? and one oS specimens. 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Odynerus Herbertii 0. sp. °.—Black; rather densely sericeous with pile; dot at base of antenne, and in eye-emargination, on mandibles at base, line on scape beneath, spot at summit of cheeks, spot or short line at lateral angles of pronotum, posterior margin of pronotum obscurely, line on postscutellum, line bordering the concavity of middle segment, extreme tips of femora, line on tibis, and apical margin of all abdominal segments including the last, lemon-yellow; the abdomi- nal fascize broad, especially on second dorsal segment. Head with deep, separated punctures, the front convex, slightly impressed medially ; hind ocelli pitted; a smooth depressed area behind them ; clypeus pyriform, ferruginous at tip, with sparse shallow punctures running into coarse strie apically, the apex triangularly emar- ginate, or with two acute teeth from each of which a short carina runs toward the middle of clypeus; thorax with the punctures larger and more separated, especially on mesopleurse; pronotum with a slight crista toward sides, which is continued into a rather acute tooth on the antero-lateral angles, the medial length of the pronotum comparatively long; scutellum not impressed; middle segment rugoso-punctate above, with shallow sparse punctures on sides, a fairly developed medial upper surface, which however is emarginate, the concave surface strongly punctured, angulate later- ally, the bordering ridge not well developed; first abdominal seg- ment with the punctures strong, but much finer and closer than on any part of thorax, the carina margined by foyew behind, and behind these foves is a transverse smooth area which is widest laterally, and is separated medially by some coarse punctures; the medial length of that portion of this segment behind the carina almost equals half its width; second segment impunctate basally, with shallow punctures, finer than on preceding segment, and which become stronger until on apical margin they are quite coarse; the latter not reflexed, but medially is angularly produced; remaining segments punctured on apical .portion only, except second ventral, which has separated shallow punctures throughout; wings yellow basally and in the costal cell, the neuration brownish, more yellow toward base; apical portion of wing subhyaline, the margin nar- rowly, and a cloud in marginal cell, fuscous. Length 9 mm. 3'.—Coloration similar to that of female, except in the following points: clypeus entirely pale yellow; tegule brown with a yellow 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 basal spot; the abdominal fascize heavier. The clypeus is longer, more lozenge-shaped, not carinated, and the punctures very shallow, in fact quite indistinct; front not impressed; hind ocelli margined internally by a tubercle; flagellum dull rufous beneath, the tenth joint minute, the eleventh elongate, acute, the combined length of the two not more than equaling that of the ninth joint; the length of the antenne is not quite as long as the head and thorax united; medial length of pronotum not as great as in female; sculpture throughout somewhat coarser; the angulation of second dorsal more pro nounced, almost dentiform. Length 8-9 mm. Chapada (September, December, January); Corumba (April). One female, eleyen male specimens. Odynerus cordatus 2. sp. 2.—Black; sides of clypeus, spot at base of antennz, in each eye-emargination, at base of mandibles, scape beneath, short line on cheeks near summit, rather broad line on pronotum anteriorly and on scutellum posteriorly, spot on mesopleurze, tips of four ante- rior femora broadly, most of fore tibize and a line on medial ones, the hind pair obscurely lined, and apical margin of segments 1-5 narrowly, yellow; flagellum beneath and tegulz fulvous brown, the latter spotted basally with yellow. Head with large separated punctures ; front slightly impressed; no smooth area behind ocelli ; clypeus cordate, strongly punctured, not carinate, triangularly emar- ginate at apex; flagellum clavate, rather short; punctures of thorax scarcely as deep and a little more separated than on front, those on mesopleurse much more separated; fore margin of pronotum cris- tate its entire length, subdentate at sides; medial length of prono- tum not well developed; upper surface of middle segment very well developed medially, not emarginate, coarsely rugose, in length almost equaling the scutellum; concavity of middle segment appar- ently not sculptured, the surrounding ridge rather even, and not so broken as in many species of the genus; first abdominal segment closely though distinctly punctured on dorsal surface, which in length is not equal to half its breadth, the carina distinct though comparatively slender, and behind it there is a series of fovee; second segment even more closely punctured, but more sparingly toward apical margin, which is not reflexed; ventral segments with large, sparser punctures, the second at base with a series of very large foveze; wings subhyaline, with a fuscous cloud in marginal 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., cell extending on to the apical margin, nervures and stigma dark brown. Length 74 mm. One specimen, without precise locality label. The black of clypeus, in shape, resembles an inverted decanter. Odynerus dorsonotatus n. sp. ?.—Black; with sericeous gray pile especially on abdomen ; scape beneath, dot at base of antenns, in eye-emargination, short line on cheeks near summit, posterior margin of pronotum and anteriorly in the middle (sometimes the lateral angles), large spot on dorsulum at apex, smaller ones beneath and behind tegule, postscutellum except apex, the margins of the concavity of middle segment, a stripe on all tibiz, and apical margin of segments 1-5 (that on 1 and 2 broadest), yellow; in one specimen the entire concavity of middle segment is yellow; tegule dark brown or black. Head with deep, separated punctures, especially on front, which is convex and very slightly impressed; ocelli rather deeply pitted, the hind pair margined internally by a tubercle, and behind them is a smooth, depressed area; clypeus pyriform, wholly black, apparently impunctate at base and sides, coarsely striato-punctate apically, bearing a rather long carina on each side which terminates apically in a large acute tooth, making the clypeus strongly biden- tate, the teeth well separated; flagellum clayate; punctures of the thorax not so close as on front, though probably as strong, those on mesopleurze sparsest ; pronotum not crested, but sharply dentate laterally, its medial length insignificant; scutellum distinctly fur- rowed down middle; upper surface of middle segment distinctly developed medially, not emarginate, rugoso-punctate; concavity broad with shallow punctures, the bordering ridge not weil marked, sides of middle segment with large, sparse punctures; carina of first dorsal segment distinct, though not very sharp, and is some- what irregular, margined posteriorly by foves, and then followed by a large, smooth, triangular area on each side, the remainder of segment with deep, separated punctures, its medial length greater than half its apical width; second dorsal almost impunctate basally, most strongly and closely punctured apically, the posterior margin not reflexed; second ventral segment with larger, shallow, sparser punctures; wings dark subhyaline, with a fuscous cloud in the marginal cell, nervures and stigma dark. Length 8 mm. Chapada (December). Four specimens. The immaculate cly- 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 peus and mandibles and the spot on dorsulum are apparently con- stant in this species and are good superficial characteristics. The other spots, however, vary to some extent, and im one specimen there are traces of yellow on scutellum. Odynerus longicornis 2. sp. 3.—Black ; clypeus (except a median spot and the sides and apical margin narrowly), dot at insertion of antennz, in the eye- emargination, near summit of cheeks, line on mandibles basally and on scape beneath, hind margin of pronotum, postscutellum except apex, elongate spot on median femora beneath at apex, dot on tegulee at base, and a small one behind them, and a line at apex of abdominal segments 1-6, yellow; the lines on first two segments broadest ; joints 2-10 of antennz fulvous beneath ; tegul, tibice and tarsi brownish. Head with deep punctures, well separated especially on the front, the latter rather flat, scarcely impressed ; hind ocelli margined internally by a tubercle, scarcely pitted; clypeus pyriform, with shallow, sparse punctures, with a sharp carina on each side terminating in a sharp tooth apically (the apex has a deep triangular emargination); antenne long and slender, longer than head and thorax; terminal joint curved, in length about equaling the preceding two united, the penultimate one small ; pronotum not crested, but with a distinct blunt tooth laterally, its punctures as well as those of dorsulum deep and separated, and its median length not well developed; seutellum with fewer and shal- lower punctures, not impressed, the mesopleure even more so; middle segment not well developed above medially, rather emar- ginate, rugoso-punctate above, the punctures becoming shallower and sparser on sides near metapleure; concavity irregularly mar- gined by a ridge, rugoso-punctate, but not so coarsely as the upper surface; carina of first segment bordered posteriorly by a series of fovex, and then, on each side of the segment, by a smooth area; remainder of dorsal surface with deep separated punctures, its median length from the carina to apex about half as long as broad apically; second dorsal segment with the punctures separated, but much shallower except at sides, smooth at base however, where it is depressed, so that when viewed from the side the segment seems obtusely angulated between base and middle, apical margin not reflexed; punctures of remaining segments, except on second ven- tral, confined to apical portion; wings subhyaline, darker along 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., costa and in marginal cell, nervures and stigma brownish. Length 9 mm. Corumba (April). One specimen. Odynerus striatus n. sp. °.—Black; a curved medially interrupted line on clypeus at base, spot on mandibles near base, at insertion of antenn, dot in eye-emargination, scape beneath, spot on cheeks near summit, on lateral angles of pronotum, posterior margin of the latter obscurely, dot behind tegule, line on postscutellum, the borders of the con- cavity of middle segment, and a line at apical margin of segments 1-5, yellow; flagellum entirely dark, the pedicel testaceous beneath ; tegulze brownish; legs dark, somewhat brownish, the tarsi and fore tibie lighter. Head deeply punctured; front strongly convex, the cheeks more so than in allied species; hind ocelli pitted, the head behind them with a small rounded depression or pit; elypeus pyri- form, striated longitudinally, most coarsely apically, where, on each side, is a carina which terminates in a blunt though well-developed tooth at apex (the apex of clypeus between the teeth is depressed or excavated) ; flagellum clavate; thorax with the punctures larger than on the head, sparsest on mesopleurze; pronotum with a well- developed crista toward sides which are dentate; scutellum not impressed; middle segment with a fairly well-developed medial surface above, where it is coarsely rugoso-punctate, the sides with coarse punctures becoming shallower and sparser toward meta- pleurze, concavity with shallow punctures, bordered with a rather sharp ridge; carina of first abdominal segment bordered posteriorly by a series of foveze, which are in turn followed by a transverse smooth area on each side, the remainder of the segment with fairly strong punctures much less strong than on any part of thorax, however; the length of the first segment from the carina back is greater than half its width at apex; segment 2 above similarly punctured, but more coarsely at apex, which is slightly produced in the middle, giving it an angular appearance, ventrally the seg- ment is more sparsely punctured; wings subhyaline, quite dark along costal margin, and in marginal cell; neryures and stigma black. Length 9 mm. o&.—Colored much like the 2, but differing as follows: clypeus entirely, and a median spot on pronotum, yellow; fore tibise testa- ceous brown; flagellum beneath brownish. Clypeus shorter, more 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 rounded, convex, triangularly emarginate; hind ocelli margined by a tubercle internally; flagellum elongate, subclayate, the apical joint about as long as the preceding two united, the penultimate minute; length of first dorsal segment from carina to apex not greater than half its width; apical margin of second dorsal slightly reflexed. Length 7-8 mm. Chapada (September, December, January, March). Three &, four S specimens. The striated clypeus, brown unspotted tegulz and dark legs are apparently constant characteristics of this species. Odynerus inusitatus n. sp. o.—Black ; line between insertion of antennx, line in eye-emar- gination bordering the orbit, scape beneath, clypeus (except a black medial spot), mandibles except apex and outer margin, short line on cheeks near summit, spot at lateral angles and at each side of middle of pronotum (none of these spots touching the fore margin), spot under tegule and a smaller one behind them, and on them at base, postscutellum except apex, spot on postero-lateral angles of middle segment, a line at apex of segments 1-6, four anterior femora more or less at apex, and all the tibise more or less, yellow. Head with deep, more evenly separated punctures; front subcon- vex, slightly impressed; hind ocelli margined by tubercles internally, a deep furrow extending from between the tubercles back toward the occiput; clypeus rather pyriform, convex, with unusually deep, separated punctures, apex with two well-separated, acute teeth, each of which is preceded by a fairly distinct carina; antenne shorter than head and thorax united, the pedicel and flagellum ful- vous beneath, terminal joint a little longer than the two preceding united; thorax with punctures larger and more separated than on head, those on mesopleurze quite sparse; pronotum cristate its entire width, the lateral angles strongly dentate; scutellum and postscutel- lum deeply impressed down middle; middle segment with a well- developed medial surface above where it is rugoso-punctate, sides with strong punctures becoming obsolete basally, concavity with bordering ridge not well developed; carina of first segment not sharp, though strong, bordered posteriorly by a series of small foveze, but the segment has no smooth areas as in allied species, and is marked dorsally by strong, separated punctures, its length from the carina to apex is barely equal to half its width at apex; second 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., segment almost smooth at base, the punctures becoming stronger toward apex where they are quite deep, the apical margin not reflexed, but is depressed; third dorsal more closely punctured; first joint of medial tarsi somewhat sinuous; wings subhyaline, darker along costa and in marginal cell. Length 8 mm. Chapada (December). Two specimens. The yellow spots on, behind, and beneath the tegule are wanting in one example. The carinated, deeply punctured clypeus, sulcus between ocelli, deeply impressed scutellum, together with the mesially dark clypeus and peculiar spotting of pronotum, easily distinguish this species. Odynerus rufosuffusus 2. sp. °.—Black; mandibles, pronotum, mesopleurze above, and tegul, rufous; antennz reddish-testaceous, darker above; clypeus, longitudinal line on front, spot at base of antenne, a large one almost filling the eye-emarginations, line on cheeks above, fore margin of pronotum obscurely, line on sentellum, dot on tegulse at base, and line at apex of segments 1-5, yellow (these latter lines sometimes obscure or wanting on segments 3-5); fore legs entirely, the others from the base (or beyond) of femora, reddish-testaceous. Head with the vertex elevated so that when viewed from the side it appears subangulate above; punctures of the front large, well- separated, though not very deep, those on the occiput much closer and coarser, especially medially; two large tubercies are situated between the hind ocelli; in the eye-emarginations the surface seems smooth and except for a series of fovee bordering the orbit of the eye there; clypeus broader than long, convex, apparently smooth, with an unusually deep and narrow emargination at apex; flagel- lum clavate; thorax with the punctures much coarser than on head, especially on dorsulum; pronotum cristate, sharply dentate laterally ; scutellum deeply impressed ; postseutellum large, fully half as long as scutellum, rugoso-punctate; middle segment with a well-devel- oped dorsal surface mesially, where it is also emarginate, rugoso- punctate as far as sides where the punctures are large and shallow, almost forming a reticulation, concavity margined by a rim; first abdominal segment with fairly strong punctures, the usual carina sharp, bordered posteriorly by fovee, and in about the middle of the segment there is another more obtuse carina or ridge, somewhat sinuous, and not entirely reaching the sides; second segment with finer punctures which become stronger toward the apical margin, 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 which is not reflexed; wings fusco-hyaline, darkest anteriorly. Length 6 mm. Var. a.—Head, except the usual yellow marks, and a black spot including ocelli, rufous; only segments 1 and 2 yellow at apex. Var. b.—Rufous color absent on the parts indicated in the de- scription except the tegule; clypeus except base, and antennze above, black; border of concavity of middle segment, and mandi- bles more or less, yellow. Corembaé (April). Three specimens. Odynerus relativus n. sp. 2.—A closely allied species to O. rufosuffusus ; in coloration it differs by the absence of rufous from the pronotum, etc., and the yel- low marks are more extended ; clypeus yellow basally, otherwise light rufous or black; frontal line united with spot at base of antenne; a broad yellow line traversing the pronotum; mandibles in greater part, a variable spot under tegule, margin of concavity of middle segment, and segments 1—5 distinctly at apex, yellow; hind margin of pronotum yellow-testaceous; punctuation coarser perhaps than in rufosuffusus and on the thorax the punctures are larger, shallower and more separated; clypeus with a rather broad triangular emar- gination; orbit of the eye in the emargination not margined by fovee; pronotum acutely dentate, the crista curving backward much more than in rufosuffusus; a single large tubercle between hind oeelli. Length 7 mm. Corumba (April). One example. Odynerus precox Sauss. Eight females, and a large series of males. Chapada (April, September to November); Corumba and Pedra Branca in April; Santarem. The banding of the dorsal segments beyond the second may be present or absent, and the flagellum beneath varies from en- tirely black to rufous. Odynerus zonatus Sauss. is probably a variety of precox. Odynerus nasidens Latr. One specimen (2). Chapada (September). Odynerus brevithorax Sauss. A female specimen from Chapada (April). Odynerus (Odynerus) corumbz 2. sp. 2.—Black ; rather densely sericeous with pale brownish pile, the pubescence of front pale; scape and pedicellum beneath, and teeth 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., of clypeus, reddish; narrow line, broadly interrupted medially, on fore and hind margins of pronotum, spot on mandibles basally, on tegulz anteriorly, narrower line on postscutellum, a narrow line on each side of the vertical face of middle segment, small spot at tips of femora, line on fore tibixe anteriorly, a broad fascia (brighter in color) on apical margins of segments 2-5, and the apical segment entirely, yellow. Head strongly punctured, most closely on front; clypeus about as long as broad, cordate, striato-punctate, medially with two widely separated tubercles, at apex bidentate, or triangu- larly emarginate; pronotum with strong, deep, punctures, sharply margined anteriorly, the lateral angles obtuse, not dentate; punc- tures of dorsulum and scutellum less strong, the latter subquadrate, large, convex; postscutellum entire; middle segment, with the dorso-lateral surfaces with very large, though rather shallow, punec- tures, the posterior depressed surface transyersely striate, bordered above on each side by a sharp ridge which terminates in a small tooth on the lateral angles; the apical portions of the segments strongly punctured except the second ventral, which is punctured throughout; wings fusco-hyaline, brown in costal cell, neryures brownish. Length 13 mm. Corumbd (April). One specimen. Odynerus (Odynerus) chapade n. sp. ?.—Black ; with sericeous pale brownish pile, especially on abdo- men, the pubescence of front black; mandibles reddish apically ; spot on inner orbit near clypeus, on mandibles basally, the posterior margin of pronotum, line on postscutellum, and one on apical margin of segments 1-6, yellow; that on segment 1 narrowest; tegulz black at base, with a brown medial spot, and margined externally with yellow; the tips of femora obscurely yellow. Head strongly punctured, more closely on front; clypeus about as long as broad, striato-punctate (except basally, where there are separated punctures), with two rather strong, widely separated, polished tubercles, the apex with two rather widely separated teeth, there being but a feeble emargination between them; thorax above with large separated punctures, those on dorsulum anteriorly closest ; pronotum sharply margined anteriorly, not dentate; scutellum with a longitudinal medial raised line; postscutellum with a serrated crista; middle segment with the dorsal surfaces rugoso-punctate, sides with large shallow punctures, the concave surface more finely 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 striate than in corumbe, bordered above by a ridge terminating at the postero-lateral angles which are obtuse; abdomen rather dis- tinetly punctured throughout, especially beneath, except the last dorsal which has microscopic punctures; wings yellowish-ferruginous basally as far as stigma, the veins of the same area similarly col- ored, those beyond including stigma brownish, marginal cell more or less fuscous. Length 13 mm. Chapada (February, October). Two specimens. Odynerus (Odynerus) sericeus 0. sp. @.—Black; with dense sericeous pile, especially on abdomen; apex of clypeus, spot on inner orbits near clypeus, on mandibles basally, fore and hind margin of pronotum, line on postscutellum, irregular lines on middle segment bordering the concavity above at either side, tips of femora obscurely, line on fore tibise inter- nally, and spot on tegul at base, yellow; abdomen entirely black ; tarsi testaceous. Head strongly punctured, but less so than in chapade, the punctures of front rather close; clypeus about as broad as long, closely punctured, with two elongate, polished tuber- cles medially, strongly bidentate apically, roundly emarginate between teeth; the thorax is quite similar to chapade, but on the whole the punctuation is not so coarse, and the postscutellar ecrista is feebler; strize of concavity of middle segment stronger; abdo- men distinctly punctured throughout; wings subhyaline stained with fuscous along costa, nervures black. Length 12 mm. Chapada (March). One specimen. Odynerus (Stenodynerus) serratus 0. sp. 3.—Black; with sericeous yellow-brown pile; triangular spot on mandibles basally, two dots at base of antenn:e, scape beneath, line on medial tibix, and a broad fascia at apex of segments 2-6, the seventh entirely, yellow; tegulz with a testaceous spot. Form elongate; head strongly punctured, the punctures smaller and fewer on occiput; clypeus a little longer than broad, with large, shallow punctures, broadly emarginate, or, in other words, with two large widely separated teeth; thorax coarsely punctured; scutellum slightly impressed down middle; dorsal surface of middle segment longer than postscutellum, rugoso-punctate, armed posteriorly with a large, serrated crest, which is broken medially; posterior surface of middle segment smooth, polished, strongly concave; sides with 5 66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., large punctures, the postero-lateral angles furnished with a process; abdomen fusiform, the first segment transversely carinated or fur- rowed, but bearing a slight longitudinal furrow above, with strong, rather even punctures which are much less coarse than those of thorax; second dorsal segment with a medial prominence, the punc- tures quite coarse apically; remaining dorsals closely and coarsely punctured, especially apically; ventrals with large sparse punc- tures; wings flavo-hyaline, darker on apical half, nervures testa- ceous. Length 11 mm. Corumba (April). One specimen. The first segment bears above close to apical margin a tooth-like projection, which may be a malformation. Other specimens are needed to verify this. Odynerus (Stenodynerus) griseus n. sp. ?.—Black; abdomen and sides of middle segment thinly pale sericeous; short line on inner orbits near clypeus, line on mandibles basally, sometimes two spots on postscutellum, a line bordering pos- terior surface of middle segment, yellow; legs testaceous brown, fore tarsi lighter apically; tegule with a testaceous spot medially. Form elongate, head strongly punctured, those on front largest, becoming smaller toward occiput; clypeus with large shallow pune- tures, a little longer than broad, broadly emarginate at apex; thorax strongly punctured, those on dorsulum and scutellum well separ- ated, those on mesopleurze not confluent; dorsal surface of middle segment rugose, in length medially about equal to the postscutel- lum, with a medially emarginate crista, posterior surface concave, polished, apically with a few transverse strise, postero-lateral angles strongly dentate; abdomen beyond first segment closely, though distinctly, punctured, the first with stronger, separated punctures, which become sparser anteriorly ; second dorsal apically, and remain- ing segments strongly punctured; second dorsal medially with an elongate, polished tubercle; wings fuscous on basal two-thirds, re- mainder subhyaline, nervures black; stigma brown. Length 12 mm. 3.—Form and coloration similar to female, the punctuation per- haps a little coarser; clypeus more angularly emarginate, the lateral angles therefore more acute; flagellum elongate, hooked at tip, the last joint slightly curved; seen from above the first joint of flagel - lum is scarcely one-third longer than the second. Length 12— 13 mm. Chapada (March); Corumba (April). Two female and two male specimens. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67 Odynerus (Stenodynerus) subapicalis n. sp. ?.—Brownish-black ; scarcely pilose, the abdomen with short sparse pale hairs; sides of clypeus, dot between antenni, scape beneath, spot on mandibles basally, and a line on fore tibia, yellow; mandibles medially, posterior margin of pronotum, tegule, tips of femora, and apical margin of segments 2—6, testaceous; wings black, especially in costal cell, apical third (except the narrow fuscous apex) whitish. Form elongate; punctuation coarser than in O. griseus; clypeus pyriform, distinctly longer than broad, angularly emarginate at apex; middle segment much as in griseus, the crista serrated, the striz of apical portion of concavity oblique on each side, the postero-lateral angles obtusely dentate; abdomen practically as in griseus. Length 13-15 mm. o¢.—Colored as in the female, except that the clypeus is almost entirely yellow, the sculpture coarser; flagellum elongate, longer than in griseus, hooked at tip, apical joint curved, first joint (from above) fully one-third longer than second; clypeus smaller than in , not much longer than broad. Length 14 mm. Mararti and Chapada (April); Rio de Janeiro (November) ; Sdntarem. Six female, one male specimens. Synoptic Table of New Species described in this paper. 1. First abdominal segment carinated transversely, . . . : First abdominal segment not carinated, . . 22 2. First dorsal segment with a distinct longitudin: il furrow; “body deep black, with or without rather indistinet yellow ark _ings; wings fuscous, apical half pale, _+ _ apicipennis ¢ (ett. First dorsal segment not furrowed longitudinally, or faintly $0, > . . . » 3h Middle segment without: a ridge encircling the depression or concavity, not or scarcely produced at base behind postscu- tellum (without horizontal surface), . bps 4 Middle segment with a more or less dev eloped ridge encircling the concavity, .. poetics) 4, Apical margin of second dorsal segment entire, Je is 5 Apical margin of second dorsal segment shar ply angulate or demtateumedially.: : Smee er 5. Only two abdominal fascia; pronotum rufous, : convolutus & os. All the segments fasciate; pronotum not rufous, . . . 6 6. First segment behind carina longer than broad, no transverse smooth area behind carina, cnn Mn WESZ1// 7/5712) Cie 68 8. Sh 10. Hake 12: 13. 14. INt5). Wiss 18. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., First segment behind carina broader than long, a broad trans- verse smooth area behind carina; clypeus sharply emarginate, areatus o. Abdomen with deep punctures; tegule reddish; a yellow spot under wing, the latter yellowish ‘along costa, dentiformis 2 &. Abdomen with fine, much shallower punctures; tegule black; no spot under wing, the latter dark, . . abdominalis &. Middle segment without a horizontal surface, cee 9 Middle segment with a more or less developed horizontal surface, . . ahr tele eeel Lt) Head and pronotum ¢ orange ; all abdominal segments fasciate, fulvimaculus 2. Head and pronotum red; only two abdominal fascia, vuleagiie ee Vertex not elevated, as usual, .. sy ae ee Vertex strongly elevated, strongly tuberculate near the ocelli ; first abdominal segment with an additional carina, . . 21 Horizontal surface of middle segment very short, almost want- ing medially; form graceful, Polybia-like, . . . . 12 Horizontal surface well developed, . . . . . . . 413 Segments 1 and 2 fasciate; second yentral segment pices versely prominent before base, . . . . .. atripes 2 o. All the segments fasciate; second ventral segment not promi: nent basally, 1 rather evenly convex, . . conjunctus 9 3. Second segment distinctly reflexed at apex, . reflexus 2 o. Second segment not or but slightly reflexed, . . . . I4 Wings yellowish, paler apically; segments broadly fasciate, Herbertii Q 3. Wings subhyaline, . . ees SD First abdominal segment without a transverse, depressed area behind the carina on each side, . . eee, First abdominal segment with a transverse, depressed area behind the carina on each side, hs Fe ee OF Clypeus pyriform, bicarinate in &, these carinwe e ending i in two sharp teeth (not carinate in 3, shorter and bidentate) ; abdomen shining, with strong separated punctures; seutel- lum not yellow, male cox dentate above basally, coxalis 2 oS. Clypeus cordate, not carinate, with a not deep triangular emar- gination; abdomen subopaque, finely and closely. punctured ; scutellum with yellow line, . . . . . . cordatus &. Memales,. 9. 8 a Oe es 18 ‘Males, . . Pad c., nik One ee a ‘lypeus convex, pune tured, ith a 1 strong carina on each side ending apically in a tooth; dorsulum with a yellow spot before scutellum, . . . . . . dorsonotatus 2. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 19: 21. 23. 24. 26. bo .Clypeus flat, longitudinally striated; dorsulum not spotted, striatus 2. Antenne Jonger than head and thorax united, slender, longicornis 3. Antenne shorter than head and thorax, the flagellum more or less clavate, : : Sh 420) Clypeus black medially, deeply punctured, “with a carina on each side, ending ina sharp tooth, . . . inusitatus 3. Clypeus entirely yellow, not carinate, the apical teeth blunt, striatus 3. Pronotum and legs in part (sometimes the head) reddish, rufosuffusus 2. Pronotum, legs and head black, maculated with paler, relativus 2. Form broad and short, the thorax subquadrate; middle seg- ment without a horizontal surface medially, . . . . 28 Form elongate; thorax elongate (dorsulum longer than broad) ; middle segment with a well-developed horizontal surface bearing. al senratedicrista,/ eee 4. ee 2D Abdomen with yellow fascia, . . . 24 Abdomen immaculate, with dense sericeous gray ‘pile (wings blackish along costa; pronotum with the fore and hind margin, and postscutellum broadly, pale yellow), sericeus @. First segment of abdomen margined with yellow; wings yellow- ferruginous along costa, the costal and subcostal nervures of the same color; medial clypeal tubercles smooth and shining, . . . . chapade &. First segment of abdomen not fasciate; “wings fuscous along costa, brownish in costal cell, the costal and subcostal ner- vures dark; medial clypeal tubercles feeble, not shining, corumbe 2. Abdominal segments 2 and following broadly fasciate with bright yellow; wings yellow- -ferruginous, dusky apically ; pilosity of head and thorax pertaining to golden, serratus o. Abdomen entirely dark,. . 220: Wings black, apical third pale, followed by a fuscous apical margin; clypeus pyriform, much longer than broad in the @; thoraximmaculate, . . . . subapicalis 2 o. Wings dark fuscous mingled with ‘paler on basal half, the remainder subhyaline; clypeus rather hexagonal, not much longer than broad; postscutellum and middle segment, or the latter only, more or less yellow; abdomen with griseus Pleat”: a(e SEE ty griseus © C's 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., THE FRONS IN BEMBIDIUM, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. BY F. E. BLAISDELL, M.D. There is often connected with the recognition and placing of species in the systematic scheme difficulties which become perplexing and annoying, not so much from the nature of the characters as from the instability or tendency to variation in such characters among species naturally closely allied. I was forcibly impressed by these facts while working over the species of Bembdidium contained in the collections of Mr. Charles Fuchs, Dr. E. C. Van Dyke, and my own. It is the perplexities that arose while dealing with the frontal characters that have brought about this attempt at their elucidation. I wish to express my thanks to the above-mentioned gentlemen for the use of material and also for many sug- gestions. That part of the cephalic exoskeleton constituting the inter- ocular region is called the frons. Itis bounded above by the vertex, from which it is sepa- rated by an imaginary line; below by the epis- : toma, with which it is Head of Bembidium suspectum.—1. Lab- . | li rum; 2. Epistoma; 3. Frons; 4. Vertex; 5. connate, the line of Frontal sulcus (internal of Hayward); 6. ynion being marked by Frontal costa or ridge; 7. Antemor supra- i Ses orbital setigerous puncture within fovea; 8. the frontal suture; lat- Posterior supracrbital setigerous puncture, erally by the eyes, in fovea not developed; 9. Eye; 10. Plate in pe. ae au. front of eye; 11. Ocular bead, ocular sulcus front of which is a just within; 12. Basal joint of antenna; 13. strong chitinized plate Anterior lateral process of frons; 14. Frontal ae | suture; 15. Mandibular scrobe, bearing a Supporting the anten- seta arising from a puncture. (Magnified 28.5 po» The union of this diameters. : 3 plate with the side of the frons in front of the eye forms the frontal ridge. 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 71 In form the frons is subquadrate, with its anterior lateral angles produced and embracing the obliquely truncated basal angles of the epistoma. Laterally, where the frons meets the eye, the margin becomes raised into a fine convex ridge or ocular bead, which is continuous anteriorly with the frontal ridge, posteriorly it winds around the eye to become evanescent. Immediately within this bead is a fine sulcus or stria parallel to it, usually well marked and varying in the degree of its width and depth, and conveniently termed the ocular stria. The ocular beads and striz are common to all Bembidia. In all species of Bembidium there are developed other frontal ridges and sulci; these reach their minimum of development in some species of the variegatum group, where the ocular strive are bounded internally by rather broad conyex longitudinal ridges, which in turn are limited internally by broad shallow grooves—the internal sulci of Hayward—which pass more or less gradually into the plane or convex central area of the frons. This condition is defined by Mr. Hayward in his paper treating of the species of Bembidium, Group XII (variegatum), as ‘‘ Frontal grooves single, parallel or rarely very feebly convergent.’’ In some individuals these grooves and ridges are quite obsolete. In the different groups of species these grooves and ridges may be parallel to or converge toward the median line. Generally the supraorbital setigerous punctures are placed in small pit-like depressions or fovez upon the convexity of the ridges. In some groups it is by the extension and coalescence in a longitu- dinal direction of the foveze bearing the punctures that this single broad, convex ridge becomes divided into two lateral moieties, form- ing as a result two ridges separated by a sulcus—the external suleus of Hayward—the setigerous punctures now being found in the bottom of this groove. This condition reaches its maximum development in B. suleatum. As long as the ridges and grooves are parallel to the median line of the insect, they do not extend on to the epistoma (PI. IU, figs. 2, 5 and 8, representative of Groups I to XIII, XV and XVIII to XXI of Mr. Hayward’s paper); with convergency the exten- sion on to the epistoma does take place (figs. 1, 3, 4, 6, 7 and 9, representative of Groups XIV, XVI and XVII of the aboye- 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., mentioned paper). Observe that this only occurs in those species with double frontal grooves. The following is an explanation of the figures given in the plate, which are camera lucida tracings, the details being filled in as accu- rately as possible. I believe them to be true representations of the specimens from which they were made, the accuracy centering upon the ridges and grooves, and are representative of Mr. Hayward’s groups, as follows: Figure 8, Group XII, B. vile, drawn from a specimen collected at San Diego, Cal. From its general facies it is usually placed in collections with individuals of Groups XIV or XVII. An exam- ination of the frons and other group characters will readily dis- tinguish it. ‘*Frontal grooves single, parallel.’’ The single ridge of either side terminating anteriorly at apex of the frontal process of the corresponding side, not passing on to the epistoma, posteriorly becoming attenuated and disappearing near the posterior border of the eye and bearing upon its convexity the supraorbital setigerous punctures; ocular bead well developed; ocular suleus narrow and normal; internal grooves normal. Fig. 2, Group XIII, B. bifasciatum, drawn from a large speci- men collected at Poway, San Diego county, Cal. ‘‘Frontal grooves single, parallel.’’ Frons broad, feebly convex, disposition of grooves and ridges as in Group XII. Anterior supraorbital punctures in large shallow fovee. Ocular bead and sulcus well developed and normal. Fig. 5, Group XV, B. affine, drawn from a specimen collected in Virginia. ‘Frontal grooves slightly oblique, the outer interrupted.’’ The obliquity being so slight and the ridges not extending on to the epistoma, I believe it to be next in the evolutionary series. The anterior fover have extended backward and forward, separ- ating the two lateral moieties of the single ridges, forming the first rudiments of the interrupted external groove of Hayward. The disposition of the sculpturing is nearly as in Group XII—i. e., no extension on to the epistoma; ocular bead and sulcus fine but other- wise normal, Figs. 3 and 6, Group XIV, B. 4-maculatum and B. dubitans. The former drawn from a specimen collected in Massachusetts; the latter from a specimen collected near Portland, Ore. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73 ‘“‘Frontal grooves double, oblique, the outer interrupted.’? With the obliquity an extension has taken place on to the epistoma. The external groove is really not developed, on account of the non- extension of the foveze. The setigerous punctures of the epistoma are within the anterior extremities of the developing external grooves, while the other punctures are within fovev, as in figs. 2 and 8, the extension of the fovez being not developed. Ocular bead and sulcus normal. Figs. 4 and 9, Group XVII, B. anguliferum and B. assimile. The former drawn from a specimen in the Van Dyke collection, and collected in Lake county, Cal.; the latter species from a speci- men taken in Ohio. “‘ Frontal grooves very deep, strongly convergent, double, the inner groove long, the outer shorter and often feebly marked.’’ Ridges strongly developed and very convex. Here is a stronger tendency for the fovez to coalesce; it can be seen that the fovez on epistoma are elongate, the splitting of the ridges being more evident. The internal groove is strongly developed and entire; ocular beads not developed at margins of the eyes, but present on outer borders of frontal processes; ocular sulcus feeble but normal. Figs. 7 and 1, Group XVI, B. coneinnum n. sp. and B. sulea- tum. The former collected by Dr. Van Dyke in Eldorado county, Cal. ; the latter species was taken in the Caraboo District, B. C., and is in the Fuchs collection. “«Frontal grooves double, scarcely (to moderately) converging, the outer entire’’ (or nearly so). I have placed coneinnum in the present group on account of the frontal grooves moderately converging, and also from the greater tendency toward the development of the external groove, by the appearance of intermediate fovese between those of the punctures of the epistoma and those of the anterior supraorbital punctures. The internal groove is well developed; ocular bead and sulcus normal. In suleatum the full development is reached—the internal and external grooves are entire; the internal ridges are entire, the external being bifureate to receive the posterior supraorbital punc- tures. Ocular bead entire; the ocular sulcus broad and normal in extent. 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Bembidium obscuripenne 0 sp. Elongate, very moderately convex; color black and shining, with an obscure brownish humeral spot extending backward to near middle third; a similar spot at junction of middle and posterior thirds. : Head slightly wider than thorax at apex; eyes large; antenne about one-half as long as body. Prothorax about one-third wider than long, slightly wider at base than at apex; the latter slightly emarginate in circular are; median line entire, moderately fine; transverse impressions distinct, the posterior deeper; basal impressions rugulose, broad, deep and_bi- striate; sides arcuate in anterior three-fourths, feebly sinuate in posterior one-fourth, with margins narrowly reflexed, marginal sulcus moderately broad; basal angles rectangular, carinate, carinze nearly parallel to median line. Elytra oblong-ovate, about one-half wider than thorax, one-half longer than wide, striate, strise moderately impressed, entire or feebly impressed at apex, strongly punctate to one-fourth distance from apex; third stria with first dorsal puncture a slight distance posterior to basal one-fourth, second a slight distance anterior to basal fourth, intervals flat. Legs and abdomen dark piceous to black. Length 5-5.5 mm. Tarsi.—First two joints of anterior tarsi of male dilated; first subquadrate with inner anterior angle prolonged as usual, second moderately dilated. Diagnostic characters. —Closely related to /ongulum. Basal angles of thorax rectangular, strise subentire, more conyex form and pres- ence of brownish elytral spots, with many other characters if Mr. Hayward’s measurements of Jongulum are correct. Two specimens collected in Oregon. Fuchs’ collection. Bembidium humboldtensis n. sp. Form elongate, somewhat robust, convex; color coal black; sur- face very smooth and shining. - Head as wide as thorax at apex; antenne less than one-half the length of the body. Prothorax convex, about one-fourth wider than long, length equal to base, as wide or slightly wider at base than apex, surface smooth; apex truncate; base evenly and feebly arcuate; median line distinct, slightly abbreviated before and behind; transverse -- 1902. ] NAIURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 impressions feeble; basal impressions moderately deep and rather sharply defined, unistriate; sides narrowly reflexed, arcuate in front, oblique and straight behind; hind angles obtuse, not rounded, and without trace of carina; smooth and convex between basal impressions and margins. Elytra oblong-oval, one-half wider than thorax, slightly more than one-half longer than wide, striate; strize abbreviated, except the first and sometimes the second, seventh represented at tip by ¢ short groove, strongly and rather coarsely punctate to posterior third, then impunctate; third striz with first dorsal puncture one- third from base, the second about one-third from apex; intervals nearly flat. Beneath ‘and femora black, tibize and tarsi slightly piceous. Length 4 mm. Diagnostie characters. —Resembles recticolle in general form and should follow it in our lists. Readily recognized by the form of the basal impressions, absence of carins, shorter antennze, and the elytral strie being obsolete and impunctate in basal third. Described from a series of twelve specimens collected in Hum- boldt county, Cal., by Dr. Van Dyke. Bembidium vandykei n. sp. Form rather broad, elongate, scarcely depressed; color nigro- piceous, more or less tinged with bluish, especially the head and pronotum; surface smooth and shining. Head slightly wider than thorax at apex; antennze reaching to first dorsal punctures of elytra. Prothorax about one-third wider than long, length equal to width of base, base equal to apex; base very feebly arcuate; apex slightly emarginate; median line impressed, abbreviated in front, extending nearly to base; transverse impressions distinct, anterior angulate and feeble; basal impressions moderately broad, deep and bistriate ; sides arcuate in anterior three-fourths, sinuate behind, nearly par- allel for a short distance in front of hind angles, which are rectan- gular and feebly carinate. Elytra about one-half wider than thorax and about one-half longer than wide, oblong-ovate, finely striate; strize entire, impunc- tate, fifth strongly grooved at tip; third stria with first dorsal pune- ture one-eighth of the length of elytra in front of middle, the second one-fourth from apex; intervals flat. 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., First two joints of anterior tarsi dilated; the first oblong with inner angle feebly produced, the second feebly dilated with inner angle large and produced. Legs piceous. Length 5-6.3 mm. Diagnostic characters.—Its resemblance to planatum ; prothorax wider in comparison to its length; impunctate strize; smaller size; more slender form and slightly more conyex elytra. Should fellow planatum in the list. Named from a series of specimens collected in Mendocino county, Cal., by Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke. Bembidium falsum 2. sp. Form oblong-ovate, elongate, depressed; cclor nigro-piceous, faintly tinged with bluish ; surface smooth and more or less extremely finely reticulate. Head about as wide as thorax at middle; antennz reaching to anterior dorsal punctures. Prothorax one-fifth to one-fourth of its width wider than long; slightly narrower at base than apex; base about equal to the length, and very feebly arcuate; apex slightly emarginate; median line impressed at middle and subentire; transverse impressions distinct, the anterior feeble; basal impressions moderately broad, deep, bistriate; sides arcuate in anterior three-fourths, sinuate behind, parallel for a short distance in front of basal angles, which are ree- angular and feebly carinate. Elytra about one-half wider than thorax, and about two-thirds longer than wide, oblong, sides nearly parallel; strongly striate; striz entire, impunctate, fifth strongly grooved at tip; third stria with first dorsal puncture just slightly in front of the middle, the second one-fourth from apex; intervals convex. Legs piceous; anterior tarsi with first two joints dilated; the first oblong with inner angle produced, the second transverse, feebly dilated with inner angle large and produced. Length 5.5-6 mm. Diagnostic characters.—Resembles planiusculum, from which it may be recognized by its larger head, elongate and parallel form, and deeper elytral stris. It can precede the latter species in our lists. Described from a series of specimens taken in Mendocino county, Cal., by Dr. Van Dyke. Bembidium suspectum 2. sp. Form moderately broad, rather convex; color nigro-seneous; elytra piceo-geneous with “paler spots arranged as follows: a small 1902. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77 basal spot occupying intervals four and five, a small oval spot in third interval just in advance of first dorsal puncture, similar spots in intervals four, five and six, increasing in length from within out- ward, another large spot extending from sixth stria to margin, occupying about the second one-fourth. A large spot commencing at fourth stria opposite posterior dorsal puncture and extending to the margin, and an apical pale spot; these pale areas may vary as to size and degree of coalescence. Head and thorax alutaceous; elytra sculptured with exceedingly minute transverse rugule. Head very slightly wider than thorax at apex; antennz one-half as long as body. Prothorax subquadrate, one-half wider than long; base slightly wider than apex and feebly arcuate at middle; apex slightly emar- ginate; median line distinct, abbreviated in front, obsoletely so behind; transverse impressions well marked; basal impressions broad and deep, bistriate; sides evenly arcuate in anterior three- fourths, subsinuate in basal fourth; hind angles rectangular, strongly carinate with carine parallel to the median line. Elytra oblong-oval, one-half wider than thorax, and scarcely one- third longer than wide; deeply striate; strize entire, distinctly punctate to posterior dorsal puncture, then more feebly, becoming impunctate near apex, seventh slightly grooved at tip; intervals flat, the third with first dorsal puncture one-third from base, the second one-fourth from apex. Beneath tinged with greenish, shining; legs nigro-piceous, tinged with green. Length 6.2 mm. Diagnostic characters.—Near approximatum ; recognized by its larger size and broader form; elytra oblong-oval; basal angles of thorax rectangular. Should precede the above species in our lists. Type collected at Oregon City, Ore., on the shore of the Wil- lamette river. Several specimens. Bembidium fuchsii n. sp. Form elongate, moderately convex. Color black. Antenne, tibie and tarsi piceous; surface bright and shining, slightly seneous, very finely and faintly reticulate. Head wider than thorax at apex; eyes large; antennee nearly one-half the length of the body. Prothorax subquadrate, about one-half wider than long; base slightly narrower than apex, both truncate; sides arcuate in anterior 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., three-fourths, faintly sinuate behind; marginal bead fine, narrowly reflexed; disk very moderately convex, somewhat transversely rugose in basal half; median line fine, abbreviated before and behind; anterior transverse impressions feeble, the posterior more marked; basal impressions broad, moderately shallow, bistriate ; hind angles subobtuse, carinate, carinz parallel to the margin. Elytra scarcely one-half wider than thorax, about one-half longer than wide, oblong-oval; deeply striate; striz entire, more finely impressed toward tip, fifth grooved at tip, strongly punctate to near apex, then obsoletely so; intervals just perceptibly convex, the third with the first dorsal puncture just posterior to basal fourth, the second about one-third from apex. Anterior tarsi of male with first two joints dilated, first strongly so, quadrate, inner ante- rior angle feebly prolonged, strongly convex dorsally; second mod- erately dilated, inner anterior angle moderately produced. Length 5.2 mm. Diagnostie characters.—Closely related to timidum, from which it can be recognized by its coal-black color, deeply striate elytra, and strongly punctate striz. Described from three specimens in the Fuchs, Van Dyke and my own collections. Type collected at Blue Lakes, Alpine county, Cal. ; co-types in Eldorado and Placer counties, Cal. Bembidium concinnum n. sp. Form moderately robust. Color piceous; surface shining, finely reticulate, with a very faint bluish reflection. Head wider than thorax at apex; antennz nearly one-half as long as body. Prothorax subquadrate, rather more than one-third wider than long; base equal to apex, the latter truncate in circular are; median line fine but distinct, obsoletely abbreviated in front and behind; transverse impressions distinet; sides arcuate in an- terior two-thirds, néarly straight or feebly sinuate and converging in posterior third; margin narrowly reflexed; marginal and basal sets long; basal impressions deep ‘and sharply defined, bistriate ; hind angles obtuse, not rounded, carinate; carinz but slightly divergent from margin. Elytra oblong-oval; one-half wider than thorax, about one-half longer than wide, and widest near middle; striate, strie feebly impressed, distinctly punctate to posterior fourth, then obsoletely so sh 7 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79 to apex, first and second entire, fifth slightly grooved at tip; intervals flat to feebly convex, the third with first dorsal puncture a little more than one-third from base, the second three-eighths from apex. Beneath blackish. Legs rufo-piceous. Length 3.5 mm. Anterior tarsi of male with first two joints dilated, the first strongly so, slightly oblong; second but feebly dilated, inner ante- rior angle not noticeably produced; other joints stouter than usual. Female tarsi with joints stouter than usual. Diagnostic characters.—The scarcely converging frontal grooves, the outer nearly entire, and extension on to the epistoma, with dorsal punctures two, situated on the third interval, place this species in Group XVI of Mr. Hayward’s classification. Sufficient has been stated in this paper to render this species easily separable from suleatum, the only other member of the group. Described from several specimens collected in Eldorado county, Cal., by my friend, Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke. All comparative measurements have been made from camera lucida outlines. In attempting to give the diagnostic characters, I have confined my remarks merely to the species most closely related to those under consideration, as reference to Mr. Hayward’s synopsis of group characters will aid in approximately placing any form here described. EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. Fig. 1.—Bembidium sulcatum, Group XVI (Hayward). Fig. 2.—Bembidium bifasciatum, Group XIII (Hayward). Fig. 3.—Bembidium 4-maculatum, Group XIV (Hayward). Fig. 4.—Bembidium anguliferum, Group XVII (Hayward). Fig. 5.—Bembidium affine, Group XV (Hayward). Fig. 6.—Bembidium dubitans, Group XIV (Hayward). Fig. 7.—Bembidium concinnum n. sp., Group XVI (Hayward). Fig. 8.—Bembidium vile, Group X11 (Hayward). Fig. 9.—Bembidium assimile, Group XVII (Hayward). Magnified 28.5 diameters. 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., SOME BERMUDA OLIGOCHATA, WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES. BY J. PERCY MOORE. During two visits to the Bermuda Islands in the summers of 1898 and 1901, Prof. A. E. Verrill, while devoting most of his atten- tion to marine zoology, was able to gather a collection of Oligo- cheeta which adds materially to our knowledge of the fauna of these islands. The character of the collection and the circum- stances under which it was gathered indicate the probable occur- rence of additional forms. Of the six species hitherto recorded from the Bermudas in several of Beddard’s papers, all but one, and that the very common and widely distributed Pericheta bermu- densis Bedd. (Pheretima hawayana (Rosa) Mich. ), are represented in Prof. Verrill’s collection. In addition the material includes two species of Pheretina not previously known from the Bermudas, a new species of Enchytreus and an immature Helodrilus having a combination of characters not known in any hitherto described species, but which is not now characterized because of the lack of suitable material. Enchytreus marinus sp. nov. The alcoholic specimens measure exactly 10 mm. in length and about .7 mm. in greatest diameter. There are 73 somites in the type specimen and 71 in the other, which is crushed at about the middle into two pieces. The prostomium is broadly rounded. Toward the anterior end the length of the somites is about two-thirds their diameter, while the posterior ones become very short, about one-quarter their diameter. The terminal three or four of the latter taper abruptly to the anus. With the exception of somites III and IV, in which there are three, the ventral sete are two per bundle throughout the entire length of the body; but they are absent entirely from I and XII. From II to X, inclusive, the dorsal bundles contain 3, on all other somites 2 sete. All sets are nearly straight externally and strongly hooked within the body wall. They are stout, some- what thickened at the middle, and taper to the ends. Those com- posing each bundle are of equal length and thickness. In the 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 ventral bundles the setse increase in size to somite IV, where they are about one and one-half times as long as on II, and distinctly larger than the dorsal sete of the same somite. This relative size of dorsal and ventral sete continues to at least somite X. A small cephalic pore exists between the prostomium and _peri- stomium, but other dorsal pores are wanting. The genital pores are, as usual in the family, the male on XII, the female S"1, and the latter slightly the more mesiad. The clitellum is undeveloped. No pigment is apparent anywhere and the blood shows no trace of color in the alcoholic specimens. Prof. Verrill’s label describes the living worms'as ‘‘ white.”’ Pepto-nephridia are certainly absent from the example sectioned, and none could be detected in the type specimen when cleared in glycerine. Conspicuous septal glands are developed on wy? wa and on and open in the usual way on the pharyngeal pad. As a re- sult of great development of muscular tissue all of the dissepi- ments between the last septal gland and the testes somite—that is ma =e and as —are much thickened. The spermatheex (fig. 1) occupy somite VI, and open to the exterior in the furrow a on a level nearly midway between the dorsal and ventral setze- bundles. The duct is a simple thick-walled tube having a length about equal to the flask- shaped ampulla, into the bulbous base of which it opens on the latero-dorsal aspect, from which a striking asymetry of the en- tire organ results. Uni- cellular glands, which are such a conspicuous feature of the sper- mathecal duct of LE. albidus, are altogether absent from the exam- ples here described. The ampulla is regularly flask-shaped, with 6 ISS QZ 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., a nearly spherical base and a cylindrical neck slightly dilated at its free dorsal extremity. The two parts are of about equal length, the base being about three times, and the neck one and one-half times the diameter of the duct. The ampulla stands vertically by the side of the cesophagus, above which the neck rises. The bul- bous base is in contact with the side of the esophagus and the con- tiguous tissues of the two are continuous, but whether an actual communication between the cavities of the two organs exists could not be demonstrated beyond question. A few spermatozoa are present in the cayities of both ampulla and duct of the specimen sectioned. A lateral view of the right spermatheca is shown in fig. 1, which sufficiently exhibits the general cellular constitution of its walls, and its topographical relation to the cesophagus, which is shown in outline. Although its distortion prevents an accurate measurement. the sperm funnel appears to be only two and one-half times as long as wide; highly glandular. The yas deferens is coiled and reaches to the posterior end of XV before returning to the male pore; it has a total estimated length of from six to eight times the funnel. Its two limbs have an equal diameter, which is about one-tenth to one- twelfth of the body at the same point. The brain is anteriorly slightly concave, posteriorly nearly straight, with a slight median concayity and feebly prominent postero-lateral lobes. Some of the characters used to distinguish E. marinus from the widely distributed F. albidus Henle, 1837 (= Halodrillus littoralis Verrill, 1874), are doubtless due to the immaturity of the speci- mens, but this cannot be true of the absence of the pepto-nephridia, the form of the spermatheca, and the peculiarities of the sete. I have repeatedly studied 2. albidus at Wood’s Hole (where it abounds) and elsewhere, and have found no connecting variations. Prof. Verrill writes that the species was common in the upper littoral zone, below the tide mark of ordinary tides, at Coney Island, but was not noticed elsewhere. The collection contains two specimens labeled ‘* No. 940, High-water mark, Bermuda, 1898.”’ Pontodrilus arene Mich. This species appears to be of common and very general occur- rence at and below high-tide mark. In almost all cases the intes 1902. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83 tine is filled with coarse coral and shell sand, the grains of which are frequently upward of .5 mm. in diameter. The ornamentation on the setze is extremely faint. No. 939, 1898; No. 965, Hungry Bay, April 13, 1901; No. 966, Elbow Bay, March, 1901. Pheretima schmarde (Horst) Mich. Prof. Verrill remarks upon the great activity (so characteristic of the genus) of this and the next species. When captured they writhe like active lizards, as a result of which most of the speci- mens are broken in two. They occurred under stones only in the neighborhood of a house said to be 250 years old. The intestines were filled with a very fine reddish earth. P. sehmarde has not previously been reported from the Bermudas, and in the West Indian region is known only from the Barbadoes. No. 964, Walsingham, May 5, 1901; No. 962, 1901. Pheretima rodericensis (Grube) Mich. This widely distributed species, described by Beddard (under the name of Pericheta dycri) from Jamaica, Trinidad, ete., is repre- sented in the collection by a single example from the Bermudas, to which islands it is new. . > = Gn eee oe eed OO OTInM. Lengthjof forearm, . «es 1 A a ee Upon 1” For the adoption of Symphalangus Gloger (Hand.-u. Hiljf'sb. Natur- gesch., I, p. 34, 1841) in place of Sitamanga Gray (List. Mam. Brit. Mus., p. 1, 1843), see Palmer, Science, n. s., X, p. 493, 1899. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143 MAMMALS COLLECTED BY DR. W. L. ABBOTT IN THE REGION OF THE INDRAGIRI RIVER, SUMATRA. BY GERRIT S. MILLER, JR. During August and September, 1901, Dr. W. L. Abbott vis- ited the Indragiri river, eastern Sumatra, and the two large islands opposite its mouth, Linga and Sinkep. The valuable collections which he secured were all presented to the United States National Museum, ‘This paper contains an account of the mammals, and is published here by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. Linga Island was visited by Dr. Abbott and Mr. C. Boden Klott in July, 1899. At this time nine species of mammals were ob- tained :' Tragulus ‘‘napu’’ (= T. pretiosus), Sciurus tenwis, S. notatus, Mus lingensis, Tupaia tana, T. malaceana, Pteropus vampyrus, Macacus ‘‘ cynomolgus,’ and Semnopithecus maurus. In 1901 the list was nearly doubled by the addition of Tragulus javanicus, Sus vittatus, Ratufa notabilis, Rhinosciurus laticaudatus, Mus fremens, Mus firmus, Viverra tanglunga and Arctogalidia simplex. The presence of all of these, except the Rhinosciurus and the two rats, was, however, suspected during the earlier visit. Hitherto. the mammal fauna of Sinkep Island has been quite unknown; and I cannot find that any of the accounts of the mammals of Sumatra refer specifically to the region of the Indragiri river. Manis javanica Desmarest. An adult female was dug from a burrow in a hillside on Sinkep Island, September 1, 1901. Total length, 440; head and body, 220; tail, 220. Weight, 4.7 kg. The uterus contained a foetus 92 mm. in length. In this specimen the tail measures only 25 mm. The outlines of the scale are clearly marked on head, body and tail, but very indistinctly on the legs. Tragulus javanicus (Gmelin). Five skins from Sinkep Island and eleyen skins and three speci- mens in formalin from Linga. Traguli of this and the two follow- 1 Miller, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., Il, p. 242, August 20, 1900. . 144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March, ing species were trapped in the jungle by natives and brought in considerable numbers for sale. The series from the two islands show very little individual varia- tion. The constancy of coloring in this species as compared with the extreme plasticity of the napu is very striking, particularly when it is remembered that the ranges of the two coincide, and that the animals are everywhere exposed to like conditions of envi- ronment. Tragulus pretiosus sp. nov. 1900. Zragulus napu Miller, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., II, p. 227, August 20, 1900. Not of F. Cuvier. Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 113,031 United States National Museum. Collected on Linga Island, South China Sea, August 27, 1901, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original number 1,238. Characters.—A richly colored yellowish member of the napu group. Throat markings normal, the anterior white stripes not elongated or margined with black, the dark stripes brown. Neck yellowish-brown with narrow median black stripe. Belly heavily shaded with yellowish-brown. Oolor.—Upper parts orange-ochraceous darkening toward ochra- ceous-rufous on sides of neck and outer surface of legs, and light- ening to orange-buff on sides of body, the hairs everywhere ecru- drab at base and black at tip. The black tips are most conspicuous over middle of back, where they produce a heavy dark shading slightly in excess of the orange-ochraceous. On sides of body they are much less noticeable, and on sides of neck and head and outer surface of legs would readily pass unnoticed. Crown and median line of neck black, the latter noticeably sprinkled with ochraceous- rufous. Throat markings normal, the hairs of the dark bands blackish at base and heavily annulated with dull ochraceous-rufous. Collar narrow but distinct, its color like that of sides of body. Under parts behind throat markings mostly orange-buff mixed with drab. There is always, -however, a pure white patch on chest between front legs, and another in hypogastric region between hind legs, the former generally continuous with narrow white line on inner side of leg, the latter always so. The two white patches occasionally spread toward each other so that they meet along median line. ‘Tail rather dull ochraceous-rufous above, pure white below and at tip. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145 Skull and Teeth.—The skull and teeth are similar to those of Tragulus canescens. The supposed peculiarities? of the first speci- men obtained by Dr. Abbott prove to be merely the result of senile changes. Measurements. —External measurements of type: Total length, 625; head and body, 545; tail vertebre, 80; hind foot, 142; hind foot without hoofs, 125. Weight, 3.4 kg. Average of five specimens from the type locality: Total length, 654 (625-670) ; head and body, 566 (545-580); tail vertebrie, 88 (80-95); hind foot, 141 (140-142); hind foot without hoofs, 126 (125-127); weight, 3.7 (3.1-4.3). ‘ Specimens Examined. —Ten (one in alcohol), all from Lings Island. Remarks.—Examination of the extensive series of Traqulus in Dr. Abbott’s second Linga collection convinces me that I was wron o in referring the specimen obtained during his first visit to the island to 7. napu.* The reasons are briefly as follows: The animal described and figured by F. Cuvier was much more gray than the Linga species; the outermost of the white throat stripes was con- siderably longer, extending ‘‘ beyond the cheeks ;’’ and both of the lateral white stripes were bordered with black. The throat pattern is now known to be so constant in each local form of this group that the very striking characters mentioned by Cuvier cannot be regarded as due to mere individual variation. F inally, the marked differences between the napu of Linga and that of the neighboring island of Sinkep furnish additional ground for the belief that a third form occurs in Sumatra, Tragulus nigricollis sp. nov. Tupe.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 113,121 United States National Museum. Collected-on Sinkep Island, South China Sea, September 6, 1901, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original num- ber 1,292. Characters. —Similar to Tragulus pretiosus but slightly larger ; color of body lighter, but neck and dark throat markings black, inconspicuously speckled with brown. Color.—General color as in Tragulus pretiosus, but ground tint everywhere a shade less yellow, that of the sides searcely darker *See Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIII, p. 186, December 21, 1900. * Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., II, p. 227, August 20, 1900. 10 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, than the cream-buff of Ridgway. The black clouding of the back is never in excess of the orange-ochraceous. As if to compensate for the relative lack of black on the body, the entire neck is of this color, as in Tragulus bunguranensis, its uniformity scarcely broken by an inconspicuous speckling due to the presence of a narrow yellowish-brown annulation on many of the hairs. These annulations are more numerous at sides of neck, but a few may be found even along median line. Throat markings normal and exactly similar to those of Tragulus pretiosus, except that the dark streaks are black, speckled with yellowish-brown to about the same extent as sides of neck. Collar well defined and coarsely grizzled, its light ground color nearly the same as that of sides of body though a trifle more yellow. Skull and Teeth.—Except for their slightly greater size the skull and teeth of Tragulus nigricollis do not differ appreciably from those of T. pretiosus, though there appears to be a tendency toward greater narrowness in the general form of the skull. Measwrements.—External measurements of type: Total length, 620; head and body, 540; tail vertebree, 80; hind foot, 138; hind foot without hoofs, 123. Weight, 4 kg. Average of five speci- mens from the type locality: Total length, 647 (620-670); head and body, 566 (540-590); tail vertebrae, 81.6 (77-85); hind foot, 142 (138-147); hind foot without hoofs, 126 (123-130). Weight, 4.4 kg. (44.6). Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 116 (108) ;* basal length, 109 (101); basilar length, 104, (95); occipito-nasal length, 103 (99); length of nasals, 34 (33.6); diastema, 11 (10); zygomatie breadth, 50 (49); least interorbital breadth, 31 (29); mandible, 92 (88); maxillary toothrow (alveoli), 40 (36); mandibular toothrow (alveoli), 45.4 (42). Specimens Examined.—Five, all from Sinkep Island. Remarks.—In general appearance Tragulus nigricollis more closely resembles the black-necked 7. bunguranensis than it does T. pretiosus. It is readily separable from the Bunguran animal by its somewhat paler general coloration and by its normal throat markings. The series shows no individual variation worthy of note, except that in one specimen (oc, No. 113,124) the white *Measurements in parentheses are those of the type of Tragulus pretiosus. 1902.] NATURAL SC{ENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147 throat stripes are interrupted by the brown, producing a pattern suggestive of that of 7. bunguranensis. Sus vittatus Miiller and Schlegel. A female pig from Linga Island and a similar specimen from the Indragiri river, Sumatra, appear to be referable to the Sumatran representative of Sus vittatus. They are small animals, scarcely exceeding Sus nicobarensis in size, therefore quite distinct from Sus cristatus. - Sus oi Miller. eed ot Miller, Proc. Biol. Soe. Washington, XV, p. 51, March The discovery of the nang-oi, the Sumatran representative of Sus barbatus and Sus longirostris, is one of the most interesting results of Dr. Abbott’s work in the East Indies. The animal is among the largest of wild pigs, the type specimen, an adult but not aged boar, weighing 113 ke. (250 Ibs.). Its measurements are as follows: Total length, 1,870; head and body, 1,575; tail, 295: height at shoulder, 850; height at rump, 800; ear from meatus, 88; ear from crown, 97; width of ear, 79. Skull: Greatest length, 480; basal length, 405; zygomatic breadth, 162. Although only one specimen was secured, the nang-oi is abundant in the forests and sago plantations along the banks of the Indragiri river. Its footprints may always be distinguished from those of Sus vittatus by their much greater size, Ratufa palliata sp. noy. Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 113,162 United States National Museum. Collected on the Indragiri river, eastern Sumatra, September 23, 1901, by Dr. W. lL. Abbott. Original number 1,327. Vharacters.—In general similar to Ratufa bicolor of Java, but yellow areas less bright, blackish of tail appearing conspicuously at surface, and whole back from shoulders to hips light yellowish brown in striking contrast with blackish thighs, neck and outer surface of front legs. Skull with nasals shorter and broader than in the Javan animal. Color.—Back and sides uniform cream-buff a little tinged with clay color, especially along median dorsal region. Posteriorly this darkens abruptly through dull ochraceous-rufous to the clear blackish-brown of thighs and outer surface of hind legs. In 148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March, median line the dull ochraceous-rufous extends between thighs to cover about 100 mm. of base of tail. Anteriorly the light mantle darkens much more gradually through the same dull ochraceous- rufous to the dark reddish-brown neck and blackish outer surface of front legs. Forehead and anterior portion of crown like man- tle. At region just in front of ears the abrupt change takes place to color of neck. Under parts, cheeks, sides of neck and inner surface of limbs light yellow. The exact shade is very nearly the cream-buff of Ridgway (like that of mantle, but without the tinge of clay color), except on chest, throat and inner surface of front legs, where it brightens to buff. On belly the cream-buff is some- what obscured by the appearance at surface of the dark slate-gray basal portion of hairs. Feet blackish-brown, the cream-buff of inner surface spreading conspicuously over wrist and forearm, and slightly just below ankle and on outer edge of sole. Tail (except proximal 100 mm.) dark bistre throughout, the hairs everywhere with whitish cream-buff tips, 10-15 mm. in length. These tips nowhere conceal the bistre, which by contrast appears nearly black. On under surface they are so arranged as to form a grizzled yellow- ish-white border to the clear bistre median stripe. Above they cover the surface almost uniformly, producing a frosted appearance, through which may be detected a faint indication of dark cross bars, ten of which are distinguishable in favorable light. Skull and Teeth.—Skull similar to that of Ratufa bicolor, but brainease more arched and rosirom shorter. The nasals are dis- tinctly broader posteriorly, and as a result the nasal branches of the premaxillaries are narrower. Teeth as in Ratufa bicolor and R. melanopepla. Measurements. —External measurements of type: Total length, 770; head and body, 345; tail vertebrae, 425; hind foot, 84 (78). Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 68 (69) ;° basal length, 57 (58); basilar length, 53 (54); length of nasals (along median suture), 21 (23); breadth of both nasals together ante- riorly, 12 (13); breadth of both nasals together posteriorly, 9 (5) ; least interorbital breadth, 29 (27); zygomatic breadth, 42 (43) ; mandible, 42 (45); maxillary molar series (alveoli), 12.8 (13); mandibular molar series (alveoli), 13.8 (14). 5 Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult female Ratufa bicolor from western Jaya. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149 Specimens Examined.—Three, the type; also two other specimens from Sumatra, exact locality not known. Remarks.—The three specimens show no marked variation in color. The type is rather lighter than either of the others, both of which are in somewhat worn pelage. Both of these have the base of the tail nearly black, and in one the pale mantle is divided by an indistinct dark-brown dorsal line about 30 mm. in breadth. In Ratufa bicolor the back is black, thickly sprinkled with yellowish- white hair tips, particularly on posterior half. There is thus no indication of the pale mantle of R. palliata. The tail in the Javan animal is clear buff above, the black bases of the hairs not appearing at surface except at tip. The Javan and Sumatran forms are, therefore, readily distinguishable. Ratufa affinis (Raffles). Twelve specimens from Sinkep Island. These are not distin- guishable from true Ratufa affinis, but the material representing the latter is not wholly satisfactory and the Sinkep form may event- ually prove to be distinct. Ratufa hypolecua (Horsfield). 1824. Sciurus hypoleucos Horsfield, Zoological Besearches in Java and the neighboring islands (pages not numbered). Three adults (c', No. 113,163; o, No. 113,164, and ¢, No. 113,165) were taken in heavy forest on the banks of the Indragiri river, September 24, 1901. They represent a whitish-bellied species closely related to Ratufa affinis, but readily distinguishable by the darker ground color of the upper parts (approximately cin- namon in Aypoleuca, isabella color in affinis) and by the grayish- white cheeks and face which form a strong contrast with the crown and sides of neck. As the type of Horsfield’s Sciurus hypoleucos was obtained by Raffles, it was probably taken near Bencoolen, on the southwest coast of Sumatra. It is not improbable, therefore, that the Indragiri form may prove to be distinct, though so far as can be determined from the original description Dr. Abbott’s specimens closely resemble those examined by Horsfield. The measurements of the three individuals are as follows (arranged in order as above): Total length, 705, 700 and 700; head and body, 330, 320 and 330; tail vertebre, 375, 380 and 370; hind foot, 77, 78 and 79; hind foot without claws, 70, 71 and 73. Cranial measurements of adult male (No. 113,163): Greatest. length, 62 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March, (61) ;* basal length, 52.4 (52); basilar length, 49 (49); length of nasals, 19.6 (19.8); least interorbital breadth, 26 (26); zygomatic breadth, 39 (39); mandible, 38.4 (37); manillary molar series (alveoli), 12 (12.8); mandibular molar series (alve- oli), 13 (14). Ratufa notabilis sp. noy. Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 113,064 United States National Museum. Collected on west coast of Linga Island, August 24, 1901, by Dr. W. LL. Abbott. Original number 1,210. ; Characters. —Size large, fully equal to that of R. bicolor and R. melanopepla. Upper parts uniform rich dark-brown; under parts, feet, cheeks and face yellowish-white in conspicuous contrast. Color.—Upper parts and outer surface of legs burnt umber, slightly variegated by the faint tawny annulations which are pres- ent on most of the hairs. These annulations are less distinct than in R. pyrsonota, but nevertheless quite evident, particularly on neck and shoulders. On middle of back and in lumbar region many of the hairs are buffy white, producing a faint lighter cast. Under parts, feet. cheeks and inner surface of legs clear cream-buff, more yellow over middle of belly. Muzzle and face somewhat less yellowish, but distinctly grizzled by a fine admixture of brown, par- ticularly on anterior portion of crown and in region between eyes. Tail with the hairs eyerywhere whitish cream-buff at base. On dorsal and lateral surfaces of tail the terminal half is burnt umber, but ventrally the cream-buff is clear, except for the darker line caused by the appressed short hairs, many of which are brown. Skull and Teeth.—The skull resembles that of Ratufa melan- opepla in size, but in form appears to be slightly less elongate, a difference which may readily prove to be inconstant. Teeth as in R. melanopepla. Measurements.—External measurements of type: Total length, 780; head and body, 345; tail vertebrae, 435; hind foot, 82 (73). External measurements of an adult female from the type locality: Total length, 770; head and body, 335; tail vertebre, 435; hind foot, 80 (72). Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 68; basal length, ® Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Ratufa afinis from Singapore, the type locality. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151 58; basilar length, 55; length of nasals, 22; least interorbital breadth, 27.4; zygomatic breadth, 44; mandible, 45; maxillary molar series (alveoli), 13; mandibular molar series (alveoli), 15. Specimens Examined.—Two, both from the type locality. Remarks.— Ratufa notabilis is such a conspicuous, easily recog- nizable species that it requires no comparison with its allies. The Javan squirrel described by Desmarest under the name Seiwrus albiceps has a similar whitish face; but Desmarest’s animal was much smaller than Ratufa notabilis, and will doubtless prove to be the Javan representative of R. hypoleuca. The two specimens are in all respects similar to each other, except that the tail of the female is just beginning to change from the bleached pelage to the fresh coat of the breeding season. On the body the change is completed. The annulations on the hairs of the back are more distinct in the female than in the male, but the latter has the more noticeable sprinkling of whitish hairs oyer the lumbar region. Sciurus vittatus Rafiles. Two skins from Linga Island, four from Sinkep Island, and six from the Indragiri river, Sumatra. The Sinkep specimens are slightly paler than the others, and the black lateral stripe is a little less well defined. The characters, however, are too inconstant to be regarded as of much importance. Sciurus tenuis Rafiles. An adult male and female from the Indragiri river, Sumatra. They are in eyery respect indistinguishable from the Singapore animal. Sciurus melanops sp. nov. Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), No. 113,152 United States National Musuem. Collected on Indragiri river, eastern Sumatra, September 15, 1901, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original number 1,307. Characters. —A member of the S. prevostii group. Color exactly as in S. humei (Bonhote), except that the cheeks are black, searcely grizzled with gray. Color.—Tail and entire dorsal surface of head and body clear shining black. Cheeks and sides of neck black, but the color dulled by a very faint admixture of gray and red. This grizzling 152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | Mareh, is so inconspicuous as to be scarcely noticeable when a specimen is held at arm’s length. A faint grayish patch immediately behind ear. The whiskers spring from a sharply defined grayish white area about 15 mm. in diameter. A similar whitish pateh, 3 mm. in diameter, surrounds roots of suborbital bristles. Lateral stripe buffy white. As in S. humei it extends from axillary region to heel and includes entire outer surface of hind leg. Under parts, feet, inner surface of hind legs and entire lower portion of front legs a bright brownish-red, intermediate between the chestnut and rufous of Ridgway. On outer side of hind leg the red comes in contact with the white lateral stripe, but on inner side it is separated from the white by a line of black about 10 mm. in diameter, which extends as far as heel. Shoulder and outer surface of humerus orange-ochraceous, sharply defined from the black contiguous area, but fading gradually through various shades of ochraceous into the buffy white of the lateral stripe. Skull and Teeth.—The skull is similar to that of Seiurus humei, but the audital bullx are slightly smaller and the interpterygoid space is a trifle narrower. Molars uniformly smaller than in the species from the Malay Peninsula, the difference particularly noticéable in the posterior lower tooth. Measurements. —External measurements of type: Total length, 505; head and body, 255; tail vertebre, 250; hind foot, 60; hind foot without claws, 58. Two other adults measure: Total length, 3 535,2 500; head and body, co 270, 2 255; tail vertebre, 265, 2 245; hind foot, co 64, 2 60; hind foot without claws, 3 60, 2 56. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 57 (60) ;" basal length, 51 (53); basilar length, 48 (50); palatal length, 26 (26.6); length of nasals, 18.8 (19.4); interorbital breadth, 23 (24.4); zygomatic breadth, 34 (37); mandible, 38 (41); max- illary toothrow (alveoli), 11 (11.8); mandibular toothrow (alveoli), 11.4 (14). < Specimens Excamined.—Three, all from the type locality. Remarks.—This squirrel is so readily distinguishable from. its allies by the coloration of the cheeks that no further comparisons are necessary. The three specimens show no individual variations worthy of note. 7 Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult female Sciurus humei from Trong, lower Siam. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153 , Nannosciurus pulcher sp. nov. Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), No. 113,131 United States National Museum. Collected on Sinkep Island, South China Sea, September 4, 1901, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original num- ber 1,274. Characters. —Like Nannosciurus melanotis Miller and Schlegel, but back paler, belly more ochraceous, and light nuchal patch very distinet. Color.—The colors of this squirrel are difficult to describe, as they cannot be exactly matched in Ridgway’s Nomenclature. The back, sides, and outer surface of legs rather closely resemble wood- brown, with a tinge of olive and a scarcely perceptible grizzle caused by the black tips of the hairs, but the brown itself is more nearly a pale raw umber. Crown similar to back, but strongly tinged with russet. Nape whitish, in strong contrast with svrrounding parts, the hairs faintly tipped with black. Inner surface of ear rather thickly sprinkled with hairs in color similar to back. These extend over anterior border of outer side of ear, but the remainder of the outer surface is black, continuous with an elongated black patch which lies behind ear and sends back a narrow, ill-defined border to whitish nape patch. Side of head with yellowish white line about 3 mm. in width, beginning at side of muzzle just above nostril and extending back to a point slightly behind posterior border of ear. This stripe includes lower eyelid. From inner canthus of eye to muzzle it is faintly bordered with black. The stripes of the opposite sides are separated on muzzle by a space of about 2 mm. Under parts, feet, and inner surface of legs a pale tawny, closely approaching the ochraceous-buff of Ridgway, but somewhat more yellow. Tail a uniform coarse grizzle of tawny, black and white, each hair with six color bands. These are as follows, beginning at base: (1) Tawny, 2 mm.; (2) slate-gray, 1.5 mm.; (3) tawny, 4mm.; (4) black, 5 mm.; (5) white, 3 mm.; (6) black, 1 mm. At tip the pattern changes to 10 or 11 alternating bands of black and tawny, the black terminal area increasing to 7-10 mm. Asa result the white element of the grizzle is absent in this region. Skull and Teeth.—The skull and teeth apparently resemble those of N. whiteheadi rather closely, except that the rostrum is less elongate and the upper incisors less projecting forward. The speci- mens of both species at hand are, however, in poor condition. The 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ' [March, skull is readily distinguished from that of N. ezilis by its larger size. Measurements.—External measurements of type: Total length, 165; head and body, 88; tail vertebra, 77; hind foot, 25 (23). Specimens Examined.—One, the type. Remarks.—In all probability this is the Sumatran form of Nannosciurus melanotis described and figured by Temminck and Schlegel.” It is not impossible, however, that the Sinkep animal may prove to be distinct from that of the larger island. Nanno- sciurus puleher is readily distinguishable from N. melanotis, as well as from all other known members of the genus, by the conspicuous, sharply defined, whitish nape patch. Rhinosciurus laticaudatus (Miiller and Schlegel). A very old male was taken on Linga Island, August 28, 1901. It was brought in by Malays, who had secured it in a jerot or snare. As compared with a young female from Sirbassen Island, South Natunas, this specimen is darker above and less yellowish below. Mus lingensis Miller. Seventeen specimens (seven skulls without skins) from Linga Island, and thirty-three (eight in alcohol and twelve skulls without skins) from Sinkep Island. The two series agree well with each other in bearing out the characters of the species—that is, in less yellow coloration and narrower, more elongate palate, as compared with Mus surifer. Mus 5p. The imperfect skull of a small brown rat taken on Linga Island, August 30, 1901 (o’, No. 115,053), represents a species closely related to Mus asper. Its exact identification is impossible. Mus fremens sp. noy. Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 113,087 United States National Museum. Collected on Sinkep Island, South China Sea, September 4,.1901. Original number 1,273. Characters.—A member of the sabanus-vociferans group, but color less tawny than in any of the forms hitherto known. Color.—Back and sides a fine grizzle of drab, ochraceous-buff, and blackish horn color, the latter much in excess everywhere except ® Verhandel. over de Natuurlijke Geschiedenis der Nederl. overzeesche Bezittingen, p. 98, Pl. XIV, fig. 5. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155 on lower part of sides, where it gives place to the ochraceous-buff and drab. The general effect is drab, much overlaid with blackish on back and lightened by the ochraceous-buff on sides, shoulders, neck and flanks. Outer surface of front legs drab, darkening to hair-brown, Outer surface of hind legs similar but distinctly suffused with ochraceous-buff. Top of head like back, but more finely grizzled, sides of head dull ocnraceous-buff. Muzzle hair- brown. A blackish ill-defined eye ring. Under parts whitish cream-buff. Feet the same, but metapodials heavily shaded with hair-brown. Ears and tail dark brown, the latter indistinctly whitish beneath and throughout distal third. Skull and Teeth.—The skull and teeth appear to be essentially similar to those of Mus vociferans. Measurements. —External measurements of type: Total length, 558; head and body, 234; tail, 324; hind foot, 47 (44.6). External measurements of an adult female from Linga Island: Head and body, 234; hind foot, 46 (44). Specimens Examined.—TIwo, one from Sinkep and one from Linga. Remarks. —In coloration Mus fremens is unlike any of the mem- bers of the group to which it belongs. The general pattern is the same, but the yellowish tints are greatly reduced, both in extent and brightness, while there is a corresponding increase in the drab and black. In Mus strepitans there is as much black on the back, but in this species the yellow tints retain all their brightness, and the drab is scarcely visible. Both specimens of Mus fremens are in fresh, unworn pelage. The Linga skin differs somewhat from the type in the paler color of its head and more yellowish outer surface of the limbs. Whether these differences are due to anything more than individual variation it is, of course, impossible to determine without more material. Mus firmus sp. nov. Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), No. 113,038 United States National Museum. Collected on Linga Island, August 25, 1901, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original number 1,215. Characters. —Similar to Mus integer from Sirhassen Island, South Natunas, but size slightly greater and color much less yellow. Mamme 8. Color. —Back and sides a fine grizzle of blackish-brown and 156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Marenh, pale, dull buff, the two colors nearly equally mixed on back, but the buff in excess on sides, where, however, it is clouded by the appearance at surface of the gray (very nearly Ridgway’s No. 6) of the under fur. The longer hairs show a distinct bluish metallic lustre. Under parts and inner surface of legs buff to base of hairs. Head similar to back, but grizzle much less coarse, and cheeks washed with buff. Lips and chin whitish. Feet dull dark brown. Ears and tail dark brown. Fur and Other External Characters. —As in Mus integer. Skull and Teeth. —The skull and teeth closely resemble those of Mus integer, except that the interpterygoid space is wider and the first upper molar somewhat larger. Measwrements.—External measurements of type : Total length, 500; head and body, 245; tail, 255; hind foot, 50 (48.6); ear from meatus, 24; width of ear, 18. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 53; basal length, 46; basilar length, 43; length of nasals, 21.4; diastema, 15; zygomatic breadth, 27; mandible, 32.4; maxillary toothrow (alveoli), 9.4; mandibular toothrow (alveoli), 10. Specimens Examined.—Seven (one skull without skin, and one entire animal in alcohol), all from Linga Island. Remarks.—Two specimens of Mus firmus have been compared with the type of Mus miilleri by Dr. F. A. Jentink, of the Leyden Museum. They prove to represent a larger animal with more black on the back, and differing also in certain cranial peculiari- ties, which, however, Dr. Jentink does not specify. Viverra tangalunga Gray. An adult female was trapped on Linga Island by Malays, August 27, 1901. The uterus contained three embryos. Arctogalidia simplex sp. noy. Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 113,069 United States National Museum. Collected on Linga Island, South China Sea, August 30, 1901, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original number 1,254. Characters.-—Size and general appearance as in Arctogalidia inornata, of Bunguran Island, North Natunas, but color distinetly darker and median dorsal Jine plainly visible. Color.—Back, sides and outer surface of legs a rather dark, finely grizzled, silvery-gray, the elements of which are as follows: 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. V57 Under fur dark broccoli-brown, the shorter hairs tipped with dull, light cream-buif, the longer with black, and all showing a distinct gloss in certain lights. The general effect is darker and less yellow than in Aretogalidia inornata. A distinct trace of the median dorsal line extends from shoulders to lumbar region, but the lateral lines are absent. Head, ears, feet, lower portion of front legs and distal half of tail blackish, the forehead, crown and cheeks finely and inconspicucusly grizzled with gray. Basal half of tail like back, but slightly darker. Under parts dirty gray, slightly but distinctly tinged with yellow, particularly on throat and under surface of neck. Sides of neck buff (a little less yellow than that of Ridgway), forming a rather conspicuous contrast with sur- rounding parts. Skull and Teeth.—The skull and teeth are essentially as in Arctogalidia inornata, but the premolars appear to be more robust. Measurements. —External measurements of type: Total length, 1,050; head and body, 515; tail, 535; hind fool, 81 (77). Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 106; basal length, 98; basilar length, 94; median palatal length, 56; breadth of palate between anterior molars, 14.6; zygomatic breadth, 58; constriction in front of postorbital processes, 17; constriction behind postorbital processes, 14; mandible, 78 ; maxillary toothrow (ex- clusive of incisors), 387; mandibular toothrow (exclusive of in- cisors), 41. Specimens Examined.—Two, the type from Linga Island and an immature male from Sinkep. Remarks.—By its small size and obsolete dorsal markings this species is readily distinguishable from Aretogalidia leucotis and A, stigmatica. Its relationship with the small A. inornata of Bunguran Island is much more ‘close; but the two small species differ very considerably in general coloration. Tupaia malaccana Anderson. An adult male from Linga Island, two adult females from Sinkep Island, and an adult male from the Indragiri river. Tupaia pheura sp. nov. Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 113,148 United States National Museum. Collected on Sinkep Island, South China Sea, September 4, 1901, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original number 1,275. 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [March, Characters.—Like Tupaia ferruginea from Singapore, but with much darker tail, its upper and lower sides concolor with corre- sponding surfaces of body. Color.—Dorsal surface of head, body and tail a fine grizzle of seal-brown and dark ferruginous, the ferruginous in excess on head, shoulders and anterior portion of back, the seal-brown in excess on tail and posterior half of back. The color is most dark on rump, lumbar region, flanks and basal third of tail. Chest, throat, chin, cheeks, muzzle, sides of neck and front legs olive-buff, rather darker than that of Ridgway, brightest along middle of throat. On the thinly haired posterior half of the ventral surface the olive disappears, leaving a dull tawny, which extends over inner surface of hind legs, and, somewhat brightened, forms the light element of the grizzle of under side of tail, where it is dis- tinetly in excess of the seal-brown. Feet dusky brown. Skull and Teeth.—The skull and teeth do not differ appreciably from those of Tupaia ferruginea. Measurements. —External measurements of type: Total length, 335; head and body, 195; tail vertebrae, 140; hind foot, 46 (43.6). Two adult females from the type locality (Nos. 115,147 and 113,149) measure respectively: Total length, 325 and 335; head and body, 185 and 195; tail vertebrae, 140 and 140; hind foot, 45 (40) and 44 (41). Specimens Examined.—Three, all from the type locality. Remarks.—Tupaia pheura is closely related to true 7. ferruginea the type locality of which may be assumed to be Singapore, though easily recognizable by its much darker tail. Macacus ‘‘cynomolgus” Auct. This monkey was common on the banks of the Indragiri river, Sumatra. An adult male taken on September 21, 1901, does not differ appreciably from specimens from the Malay Peninsula. Semnopithecus maurus (Schreber). 5 Two were shot from a drove of twenty or more in a sago planta- tion on Linga Island, August 25, 1901. Along the banks of the Indragiri river the animal was plentiful. Four specimens were secured. In the Linga skins the gray tips of the hairs on back and shoulders are less conspicuous than in those from the Indragiri river. 1902.) | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159 Semnopithecus sumatranus Miiller and Schlegel. 1830. Semnopithecus femoralis Horsfield, Appendix to Memoir of Life of Raffles, p. 642. Nomen nudum. 1839-44. Semnopithecus sumatranus Miller and Schlegel, Verhandel. over de natuurlijke Geschiedenis der Nederl. overzeesche bezit- tingen, p. 73. 1851. Semnopithecus femoralis Horsfield, Catal. Mamm. Mus. Hon. East Ind. Company, p. 10. This monkey was met with on the banks of the Indragiri river, where it was less numerous than S. maurus. Native name, kahka. Two specimens taken. Hylobates hoolock (Harlan). Five gibbons taken on the banks of the Indragiri river appear to be referable to this species. They agree perfectly with the description given by Blanford, and are evidently distinct from H. lar, numerous specimens of which have been collected by Dr. Abbott on the Malay Peninsula. 160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ March, A REVISION OF THE GENUS MOKMOOPS. BY JAMES A. G. REHN. During the preparation of this paper quite an interesting series of forty-nine specimens has been examined, forty-four of them loaned from the collection of the United States National Museum, through the kindness of Mr. Gerrit §. Miller, Jr., of that institution. The author also wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to Dr. C. Hart Merriam for the loan of two Jamaican specimens from the col- lection of the U. 8. Biological Survey; to Prof. D. G. Elliot for the loan of one specimen from San Domingo from the collection of the Field Columbian Museum, Chicago, and to Dr. F. A. Jentink, of the Leyden Museum, for kindly furnishing information concern- ing two Cuban specimens in the collection under his care. The material examined covers all the localities from which the genus has been recorded with but few exceptions, and in such cases the specimens are not available for examination. MORMOOPS Leach. 1820. Aéllo Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XIII, p. 70. Type, Aéllo cuvieri, 1 mutilated and almost unrecognizable specimen of M. blainvillit. 1820. Mormoops Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XIII, p. 76. Type, M. blainvillui Leach. 1840. Lobostoma Gundlach, Wiegmann’s Archiv. fiir Naturgesch., VI, band I, p. 357 (part). 1856. Mormops Peters, Monatsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 410. Generic Characters.—Crown of the head greatly elevated above the face line; ears actually or nearly united basally by the internal margins; nostrils not margined by extensive cutaneous develop- ments. Facial portion of skull bent strongly upward, the basi- cranial and facial axes being thus almost at right angles. Denti- tion. 1. 22, c. =, p. f= M- F=- History.—The genus Mormoops was founded by Leach in 1820' on his species Jf. blainvillii, which was described from Jamaica. In the same work, having precedence by a few pages (p. 70), is a i Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XIII, p. 76. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161 genus Aéd/o, which Leach described from a mutilated specimen of Mormoops blainvillii, according to Dobson,’ who examined the type. While the genus and species Aé/lo cuvieri have page priority over Mormoops blainvillii, the very poor definition and absolute uniden- tifiability of the former (without a close examination of the type such as Dobson has made) should give occasion to use the better defined, almost simultaneous and universally recognized name. Gray,* in speaking of the occurrence of the genus in Cuba, placed Mormoops and the genus Chilonycteris in the tribe Noctilionina in the vicinity of the Taphozoi, on account of the possession of no true nose leaf. In 1840, Gundlach* described a specimen of this genus from Cuba as Lobostoma einnamomeum, and Peters’ and Saussure® both con- fused Leach’s species with another form of the genus to which Peters later’ gave the name of megalophylla. Saussure, in the above-mentioned paper, placed the genus in a subtribe of the <* Noctilioniens,’’ which he designates as the ‘* Mormopsins,’’ and associates Chilonycteris with it in the same division. In 1865, Peters,* in a revisionary table of the order, placed Mormops ( Mor- moops Leach), Chilonycteris and Pteronotus in a subfamily Mor- mopes of the family Phyllostomata. Dobson® considered these allied genera as constituting a subfamily Lobostomine and group Mor- mopes of the Phyllostomatide. Quite recently Miller’ has de- scribed a form allied to M. megalophylla, inhabiting the island of Curacao, as Mormoops intermedia. General Relations.—The three genera, Mormoops, Chilonycteris and Dermonotus (Pteronotus Auct."’), comprise a well-defined sub- family, the differential characters of which are the absence of a dis- tinct nose leaf and the presence of leaf-like appendages on the lower lip. The former character is shared by the genus Centurio, but the latter character easily distinguishes the group from the Centurionine. The genus Mormoops may be distinguished from 2 Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 454. 3 Ann. Nat. Hist., IV, p. 3, 1839. *Wiegmann’s Arch. f. Naturgesch., VI, bd. I, p. 357. ° Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, 1856, pp. 410-415. Abhandl. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, 1856, pp. 287-301. 6 Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2a ser., XII, pp. 290-293. 7 Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, 1864, p. 881. 5 Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, 1865, p. 257. ® Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., pp. 446-447. 10 Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIII, p. 160. 1 Vide Gill, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIV, p. 177. 11 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF { March, the other two genera by the greatly elevated brain-case, which throws the basi-cranial axis almost at right angles to that of ros- trum, and in the presence of prominent internal, basally annectant, flaps to the ears. After a study of the names applied to this section as a group, I have concluded to designate the subfamily, containing Mormoops, Chilonycteris and Dermonotus (Pteronotus Auct.), as the Mor- moopine, which term I have used in a previous paper.” The name Lobostomine of Dobson is not available as Lobostoma is a synonym of Mormoops and Chilonycteris. Key to the Forms. a.—Chin pad slightly divided. Cutaneous lap connecting the inner side of the conch with the supraocular region united with its fellow of the opposite side. b.—Greatest thickness of the first upper premolar centrally located, the tooth being crudely rhomboid in outline, blainvillii Leach. bb.—Greatest thickness of the first upper premolar posteriorly located, the tooth being subconoid in outline, b. cinnamomea (Gundlach). aa.—Chin pad considerably divided. Cutaneous lap connecting the inner side of the conch with the supraocular region not united with its fellow of the opposite side except at the extreme base. b.—First upper premolar narrow, centrally constricted, the posterior margin well separated from the second pre- molar. c.—Second upper premolar triangular in basal outline, equally broad as long, the internal lobe of the tooth moderately developed, megalophylla ( Peters). ce.—Second upper premolar much broader than long, the internal lobe of the tooth very much developed, m. senicula Rehn. bb.—First upper premolar rather broad, subrectangular in outline, in contact with or very slightly separated from the second premolar, . . . m. intermedia Miller. Mormoops blainvillii Leach. 1820. Aéllo Cuvieri Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XIII, p. 71 (founded on a badly mutilated specimen). 1820. Mormoops Blainvillii Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XIII, p. 77, tab. VII. \ Proc, Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1901, p. 297. 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163 1872. Mormops Blainvillii Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 359 (part). 1878. Mormops blainvilliit Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 456. Type Locality.—Jamaica, Distribution. Jamaica. General Characters. —Size rather small; ears with the prominent internal wing united with its fellow; lower margin of chin-lappet with two central projections; labial fold very deeply cleft centrally. Head.—Broad, long and shallow. Ears very large, the lower margins extending forward to the commissure, thus, with the ante- rior trend of the internal connecting membrane, forming a cavity in which is located the rather minute eye; internal connecting membrane carried forward and connecting with its fellow posterior to the nasal region; the apex of the ear with a concave emar- gination ; internal ridge well developed, extending to the tip of the ear, inferiorly rather deep, the tip broadly rounded; antitragus high, apex circular; tragus rather large, apically with an addi- tional sublanceolate, subpetiolate process, inner border with a median emargination, outer border inferiorly emarginate, centrally with a rounded process. Eye with wart near both the anterior and posterior corners. Nostrils opening in the lateral portions of a fleshy disk, which has the superior margin concavely emarginate, below which the disk bears a median ridge; nasal apertures sur- rounded by slightly raised margins; the central formation laterally flanked by rectangular fleshy processes; upper lip deeply notched opposite the first upper premolar, an acute process projecting for- ward from the commissure. Chin-lappet of lower lip subquadrate, upper margin with a central concavity, lower margin with a pair of small processes in the center; surface papillose. Labial fold ample extending much below the chin-lappet, deeply divided into four portions by incisions, one median and two lateral, Limbs.—Forearm moderately long, considerably bowed; third finger rather long, very slender, the latter character applying to all the digits; thumb delicate. Femora, tibize and feet long and very slender; calcanea long, about equaling the tibive. Membranes and Fur.—Membranes very thin and semi-trans- parent, very finely tucked and wrinkled by cross nerves, the pattern of the latter being very regular; propatagium large, the anterior border totally free; uropatagium ample, extending quite a distance 164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ ({March, beyond the tail. Fur long, soft and silky, the posterior part of the neck with a collar of longer hair; throat and chin with short floceose fur; ectopatagium considerably furred; forearm not furred; upper lip heavily haired. Color.— General tint aboye and below orange-rufous, slightly darker over the shoulders, palest around the head and on the throat.’* Membranes pale chestnut. Skull.—Rather light and fragile; cranial portion abruptly ele- vated and thrown forward; foramen magnum very large and wholly above the level of the orbital region. Brain-case comparatively large, and forming a right angle with the line of the face; auditory bullz moderately prominent, projecting under the glenoid fosse, the latter being large and subquadrate. Rostrum low, the upper surface deeply channeled centrally; palate considerably excavated, pos- terior projection narrow, the cleft acute-angulate with narrowly rounded apex; zygoma slightly projecting, sublamellate. |Man- dible rather long, thin, moderately deep; condyle greatly elevated ; coronoid process low. Teeth.—Central pair of upper incisors much longer than the small lateral pair, flat, the cutting edge bilobate; upper canines long and falciform, the tips slightly spread; first upper premolar with the basal outline of the tooth crudely rhomboid; second upper premolar with a large caniniform, posteriorly placed cusp; upper molars broad, the first and second with W-shaped arrangement of the ridges, the protocone being more strongly developed on the first than on the second molar; third molar transverse, with N-shaped fold ( para-hypoconoid) and a marked protocone. Lower incisors equal in size, trilobate; canines moderately Jong, the bulk of the tooth being anterior; premolars with the same general unicuspidate form, the cusp of the first being placed anterior to the centre of the 18 The color is best seen by examining the specimen while immersed in alcohol, the wet specimen taken from the preservative appearing much darker. Mr. Osborn (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1865, p. 72) de- scribes the fur of a freshly killed specimen as being bright chestnut, above rather paler. The same writer (p. 73) observes that the tint varies from a sandy buff to deep reddish-brown. It is possible from this that two marked phases exist. Since writing the above I have been enabled to ¢xamine a skin from the collection of the United States National Museum. My notes on it are as follows: General color a rufous-orange tint, suffused above with smoky brown, this tint restricted to the tips of the hair, and strongest on the lateral portions of the back and rump; long hair on the interscapular region naturally parted showing a patch of the lighter general color. Membranes brownish-black. 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165 tooth, cusps of the first and third of equal length, longer than the second; molars with five cusps, the anterior one low and not promi- nent, the posterior four tall and sharp. Measurements.—Average of two Jamaican specimens: Length of head and body, 50 mm.; head, 15.7; tragus, 4.2; forearm, 44.5; thumb, 6.2; third finger, 81.5; tibia, 20; calcaneum, 19.5; foot, 8.1; tail, 28.3. Remarks.—This species is not liable to be confused with any other form except the subspecies cinnamomea, which is distin- guished by the outline of the first upper premolar. From M. megalophylla and its subspecies this species is immediately distin- guished by the form of the ears, the chin-lappet and the labial folds. Specimens Examined.—Two alcoholic specimens and one skin: Jamaica (Coll. Biological Survey); Moneague, St. Ann, Jamaica (Coll. Biological Survey); Kingston, Jamaica (skin) (Coll. U.S. Nat. Mus. ). Mormoops blainvillii cinnamomea (Gundlach). Bee Mormops Blainvillii Gray (not of Leach), Ann. Nat. Hist., Delos 1840. Llobostomd] cinnamomewm Gundlach, Wiegmann’s Archiy. fiir Naturgeschichte, VI, bd. I, p. 357. 1872. Mormops Blainvillii Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, p. 359 (part). 1873. M[ormops] Blainvillii Gundlach, Anales Socied. Esp. Hist. Nat., I, cua. 3, p. 244. Type Locality.—Casetal St. Antonio el Fundador, Cuba. Distribution. —Cuba, San Domingo and Mona Island (in the Mona Island passage between San Domingo and Porto Rico). General Characters. —Similar to the Jamaican MW. blainvillii, but the first upper premolar attains its greatest thickness posteriorly, the outline of the tooth being subconoid with the apex directed forward. Membranes, ears and other external characters as in Mormoops blainvillii. Teeth.—The first upper premolar greatly expanded posteriorly on the internal portion, the cingulum forming a heavy raised border to a deeply impressed valley; the whole structure giving the tooth a subconoid or subpyriform outline, the apex being formed by the anterior border of the cingulum. Oolor.—General tint walnut-brown above, ecru-drab beneath, 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _[March, the hair of the upper surface basally the same tint as the lower surface. Ears and membranes blackish-brown. The Mona Island specimens are all uniformly colored, but a San Domingo specimen (No. $203 Field Columb. Mus.) is ochraceous above, slightly darker toward the tips of the hair, the tint of the lower surface being tawny ochraceous; two Cuban specimens exam- ined are identical with true b/ainvillii in coloration. From the evidence available it is seen that this form presents two color phases, one brownish, the other ochraceous. Measurements.—Average of ten specimens: Length of head and body, 51.2 mm.; head, 16.8; ear, 15.1; tragus, 4.4; forearm, 44.5; thumb, 6.6; third finger, 83.1; tibia, 19.5; calcaneum, 19.4; foot, 8.5; tail, 25.8. Remarks.—The difference in the form of the first upper premolar exhibited by this form is quite striking, and is constant in the series of specimens examined. No difference can be detected between the specimens from Mona Island and those from San Domingo. While no intergradation is known to occur with M. blainvillii, in view of the slight ditferentiation I prefer to call this form a race and not a species. . Specimens Examined.—Twelve—three skins, nine alcoholics: Baracoa, Cuba. Two alcoholics (Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. ). Mona Island, Porto Rico. Seven specimens—two skins (with skulls), five aleoholies (Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. ). San Domingo. Two alcoholics (Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. ). Aquacate, San Domingo. One skin with skull (Coll. Field Columb. Mus. ). Mormoops megalophylla (Peters). 1856. Mlormops] blainvillii Peters (not of Leach), Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 411. (‘*Cuba.’’) 1856. Mormoops Blainvillii Peters (not of Leach), Abhandl. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 289, taf. 1, figs. 1-5. (‘* Cuba.’’) 1860. Mormops Blainvillii Saussure (not of Leaclr), Revue et Mag- asin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XII, p. 290, Pl. XV, fig. 5..* (Mexico.) 1864. Mormops megalophylla Peters, Monatsb. k. preuss. Akad, Wissensch., Berlin, p. 881. (Mexico.) 1872. Mormops megalophylla Peters, Ibid., p. 359. (Mexico and Venezuela.) 1878. Mormops megalophylla Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 455. (Duenas, Guatemala, Colombia and South America.) There is no way of telling to which form of the species this reference properly pertains. 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167 1879. Mormops megalophylla Alston, Biol Cent.-Amer., Mamm., p. 37. (Part.) (Mexico [form?]; Tehuantepec. ) 1893. Mormops megalophylla Thomas, Journ. Trinidad Field Nat- uralists’ Club, I, No. 7, p. 162. (Trinidad.) Type Locality.—As originally noticed (see above) this form was supposed to have come from Cuba, but Peters in his paper, in which the name megalophylla was proposed, shows that the species is from Mexico. Examined in the light of present material, it is seen that the typical form of the species is limited in Mexico to the southern portion and Yucatan, which section should be regarded as the type locality. This is ascertained by an examination of Peters’ figure mentioned above and by comparing it with specimens; the differential characters of the races would be visible in the figure, but it clearly represents the form to which I have limited it. Distribution. —Southern Mexico and Yucatan, south as far as Colombia, northern Ecuador," Venezuela and Trinidad. Some specimens recorded from ‘‘ South America ’’ no doubt came from the northern portion of that vast continent. General Characters.—Internal connecting membrane of ear not united with its fellow of the opposite side, except at extreme base ; chin-lappet broadly and deeply divided. Skull with the rostral portion much inflated. Head.—¥ar large, not high; apex subtruncate; the internal connecting membranes rather low, only confluent at the extreme base on the rostrum, this section developing a pair of subcircular appendages which conceal the anterior aspect of the point of attachment; internal ridge rather high, moderately haired; lower external margin of the ear voluminous, forming a very consider- able pocket, which when extended projects a distance on each side of the head equal to the thickness of the same; antitragus longi- tudinal, low, rounded; tragus with the apical appendage subspatu- late, the median whorl thickened internally, basal lobe truncate and more developed than in M. blainvillii. Eye small, with a large V-shaped warty projection placed posterior to it, below the axis of the ocular opening. Nostrils oval, slanting upward and outward, the whole arrangement of callous pads being similar to M. blainvillii, but the internasal pads more robust and the laterals oblong instead of subcireular. Upper lip very fleshy, the incision near the commissure being wide and rounded. Chin-lappet roughly 15 Oldfield Thomas in epist. 168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, the same in outline as M. blainvillii, but the lower margin deeply divided between the two processes, the incision being widened at the end, the margins adjoining these processes but slightly emarginate with the lower angles rounded; surface of lappet similar to M. blainvillii. Labial fold very much as in the above- mentioned species.”° Limbs.—Forearm long, metacarpal of the third finger not reaching the elbow; thumb short and weak. Tibia and femur slender. Fur.—Fur rather sparse in the region of the nape, the crown of the head being devoid of hair. Upper fur silky, under fur woolly. Color.—Upper surface prout’s-brown, the hair lighter basally, which under tint shows in the sparsely haired region of the nape, imparting a dull ochraceous touch to that portion. Membranes clove-brown. Under surface varying from wood-brown to tawny- olive. ‘ Skull.—Rather large, strongly inflated, brain-case capacious, gently curving down into the rostrum which is strongly inflated posteriorly. Zygoma not bowed, widest posteriorly. Basi-cranial axis forming an obtuse angle with the facial axis. Teeth.—Middle upper incisors broad, with a faintly bilobed cut- ting edge; outer upper incisors minute, placed in close proximity to the middle incisors. Lower incisors arranged in a semi-circle, each finely trilobed. Upper canines long, slightly divergent at the tips. Lower canines rather long, divergent, with the cingulum well marked posteriorly. First upper premolar low, conical, slightly directed inward; second premolar with the external cusp long, hastate, the internal portion forming a low rounded shoulder, the basal proportions of the tooth being longer (on the external mar- gin) than wide. Lower premolars conical, the second shorter in lateral outline than the first or third, the latter more attenuate than the others. Upper molars broad, the first and second with W-shaped external cusps, the internal paraconoid ridge heaviest anteriorly, posteriorly loy and free from the external cusps; third molar syith a V-shaped pattern, the metacone not being developed, 16 Dobson’s figure (Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., P|. XXIII, fig. 5) of this species shows the chin-lappet quite different in form from that of . dlainvillit. This is not so apparent in my specimens and was probably due to a disarrangement in the specimen figured. — 1902.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169 and the internal cusp parahypoconoid in relation. Lower molars each with five cusps, the W-shaped disposition not being so strongly marked as in the upper molars, the metahypoconoid and protopara- conoid cusps more elevated than the remaining connecting ridges. Measurements.—Average of three dried skins: Length of head and body, 71 mm. (67.5-74.7); forearm, 53.2 (52.7-54) ; tibia, 21.1 (21-21.5); foot, 9.6 (9.5-10). Remarks.—This species can be readily distinguished from blain- villii by the characters given above. From m. intermedia it is separated by the freer and less-crowded first upper premolar. The subspecies senicula is distinguished by the form of the second upper premolar. Specimens Examined.— Three skins with skulls: Merida, Yucatan (two) (U.S. N. M.). San Juan Bautista, Tabasco, Mexico (one) (U.S. N. M.). Mormoops megalophylla senioula u. subsp. 1870. Mormoops (Blainville?) Dugés (not of Leach), La Naturaleza, I, p. 187. (Guanajuato. ) 1879. Mormops megalophylla Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Mamm., p. 37. (Part.) (Mirador.) 1900. Mormoopssnegalophylla Mearns (not of Peters), Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XIII, p. 166. (Fort Clark, Texas.) Type. — Adult 2; Fort Clark, Kinney county, Texas. No. 84,801 U. S. National Museum. December 3, 1897. Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns. Distribution. —Southern Texas (type locality only known record), northern and central Mexico, probably intergrading with the typical form to the south of the central plateau country. General Characters.—This form differs from the typical form of megalophylla in the much heavier and broader second upper pre- molar, which bears a very heavy and wide internal shoulder. The forearm seems to average slightly longer, but this was rather unsat- isfactorily determined as all the available specimens of the typical form are skins. Teeth.—Essentially as in megalophylla except for the form of the second upper premolar. This tooth is broader than the length of the labial border, the internal portion of the tooth is much more extensive, a broad rounded shallow shoulder being formed, which development is comparatively slight in megalophylla. Color.—Upper parts broccoli-brown, the whole with a faint 170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF '[March, silvery suffusion; hair of the nape and upper part of the head basally pale ecru, which tint shows through the general color, pro- ducing a lighter appearance in those regions. Lower surface wood-brown, becoming ecru on the sides and flanks. Membranes hair-brown. Measurements.—Type (collector's measurements): ‘‘ Length, 90;" tail vertebre, 28; alar expanse, 373; finger (longest), 90; head, 17; forearm, 56 mm.’’ Average of thirteen alcoholic speci- mens: Length of head and body, 58.8 mm.; head, 16.7; ear, 15.9; tragus, 6.3; forearm, 53.3; thumb, 7.6; third finger, 92.1; tibia, 21.6; caleaneum, 21.8; foot, 9.5; tail, 25.8. Remarks.—This form can readily be distinguished from typical megalophylla and m. intermedia by the form of the second upper premolar. Its distribution seems to coincide with the tableland of Mexico (and its more northern remnant), though two specimens from Tampico are perfectly typical. Specimens Examined.—Seventeen—two skins, thirteen alcoholies, two skulls—all from the United States National Museum : Fort Clark, Tex. (1). Tampico, Tamaulipas, Mex. (2). Guanajuato, Guanajuato, Mex. (1). Mirador, Vera Cruz, Mex. (8). Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Mex. (2). Morelos, Mex. (3). Mormoops megalophylla intermedia (Miller). 1900. Mormoops intermedia Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIII, p. 160. October 31, 1900, Type Locality.—Cave at Hatto, north coast of Curagao, West Indies. Type, adult female, No. 102,174 Coll. U.S. National Museum. Distribution. —Apparently limited to the island of Curacao, where it frequents ‘‘ caves and rock crevices in all parts of the island.’’ 7 General Characters. —Differing from typical megalophylla in the smaller general size, and the greater size and general crowded con- dition of the first upper premolar. Teeth.—Essentially as in M. megalophylla, but differing in the thicker and heavier first upper premolar, which tooth is crowded "This without doubt includes the tail. 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171 between the canine and second premolar, completely filling the space. ‘ Color.—In describing the color one cannot do better than quote the original description—‘‘ Brown phase: entire dorsal surface sepia, the fur paler beneath the surface and each hair tipped with light drab. The drab tips produce a distinct bloom in certain lights. Under parts very pale yellowish broccoli-brown, lightest on belly, flanks and pubic region, faintly darker across chest. Red phase: like brown phase but entire pelage suffused with cinnamon. Pale phase: light salmon-buff above and below, becoming more red about shoulders and head. Ears and membranes dark brown in all three color phases.’ The brown phase appears to be simply an intermediate between the two extremes. Measurements.—Average of seven alcoholic specimens: Length of head and body, 55.5 mm.; head, 16.7; ear, 14.5; tragus, 5.4; forearm, 50.8; thumb, 6.3; third finger, 86.9; tibia, 20.9; cal- caneum, 21.7; foot, 9.7; tail, 23.7. Remarks.—In view of the slight differentiation of this form I prefer to consider it a subspecies and not a full species. Future study may show that it is strictly insular and that no intergrada- tion occurs, but I prefer to treat it on the same basis as the other newly recognized form of this group, the dental characters of which are even more striking, though the difference in size is not so apparent. Specimens Examined.—Fourteen—six skins, seven alcoholics, one skull—all from the U. S. National Museum: Curacao, West Indies (14). PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 172 L (rv) gg} 9°L [91] sle-eit-ls Glo PE] ed aroary (2' 86 [t 64° TG [6°08 6°98 |G" 918"08 |F'9I¢° FT \L“OT |Q°e¢ |-owduing ‘mypomsogue 7 JO Suomoods UdAIS JO BSRIOAY * (OLy) ‘oorxey | I s 5 a +) . A 5 BIjUeD puV 10U ‘sBxo, 69 8 [a't! | gir-giove| ot] ose ous [8°88 |9"6(8" Ie |9"te tee |o°z\e°es [s"916°ST LOT \9°82|'ymomnoe aw yy Jo suo wads udsaqtIy, JO osvi0Ay b (‘suryg) ‘upywonx ‘oosnq : ils. s[[Nys 9174 2 : : hse ; 69] 8 glo aie"6 9°6 laa Cc 6769 BL ‘vyhydoybow yy yo ‘ 70-05 BIBAY) suouoeds 0014) JO osvi0Ay e hes a ‘s][NYS OMY Hea iiee Cory) ‘purysy vuoyw, 9| Sig! 2) Pere-sic-et P'S /9"S| 6L\S'6T|S°08 |S OF SP |L'S\L°FI 9°91! OG|‘vauompuuss -q ‘JO 8 i i Jo oBu0Ay suatwoods UdAdS JO OALIOA YW Cory) 9ft°8 | tiezle-e| #198) FE] oss onc (@°8@|F's\'6r| 08 |s"18/°9] gh|e'F| etle-gt| og )"wormmep ymaumg yw JO t 0 suowmpoods OM] JO O5RIOAY ma We = tera Bas etiss 2 a) FF BI oS Bes a oie we 5 B¢ = Sy 2 gy] Ble ee | SF OSES RESIS asics eis se | ss] $ 3 a SE) Chale al ares ts | BS | FolSB lSelanienlSsias| £8 B.S) 8 | eels | es 3) 8 | & lee Slee clegleslecl slag] = P| eT idle 2h TT ce ie alien eco PERE? RE FF] ee E “C8LAJOWUY UL UL) 8IUAULAMNS VAT aannimduoy elle : . A 1902.1] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173 APRIL 1. Mr. Cuarztes Moreis in the Chair. Twelve persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication ; ««Two Diseases of the White Cedar,’’ by J. W. Harshberger, Ph. D. «¢ A Reyision of the Genus Mormoops,’’ by James A. G. Rehn. APRIL 8. Mr. BenzgAmin Suira Lyman in the Chair. Eight persons present. The death of Charles G. Sower, a member, March 22, was an- nounced. APRIL 10. Mr. Cuarzes Morris in the Chair. Eighteen persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : «On Phylogenetic Classification,’ by Thomas H. Mont- gomery, Jr. «© On the Localities of A. Adams’ Japanese Helicidee,’’ by Henry A. Pilsbry. - 174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, ApRIL 22, Mr. CHARLES Morris in the Chair. Fifteen persons present. A paper entitled ‘‘ Observations on Galeopithecus volans,’’ by Henry C. Chapman, M.D., was presented for publication. APRIL 29. Mr. Cuarves Morris in the Chair. Twelve persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : ‘« Descriptions of Some New Polynoide, with a List of Other Polychzeta from North Greenland Waters,’’ by J. Perey Moore. ‘ 2.8 225 = 9 17= 7 25= 1 Ratio of length of animal to length of alimentary canal . 1 to 2.9 105.5 1to 4.8 1 to 9.2 According to Cuvier,” the length of the alimentary canal is about three times the length of the animal. This estimate agrees more closely with the results obtained by Leche and the author than those of Huxley, who states that the alimentary canal is six 1 Op. cit., p. 63. 16 Anat. of Vertebrates, 1868, Vol. III, p. 430. Anatomie Oomparée, 2d Ed., 1835, Tome 4, 2d Partie, p. 185. 18 Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals, 1872, p. 383. 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ‘April, times the length of the animal, which is not the case in any of the first three animals examined. ‘The total length of the alimentary canal in Owen’s specimen, not counting the cesophagus and stomach, exceeds so much that of the other three as to give the impression that possibly Owen’s figures are erroneous, due, possibly, to a typo- graphical error or otherwise. The difference in the length of the cecum in the four specimens is very noticeable, that of Leche’s specimen being nearly three times as Jong as that of Owen’s, and those of the Sumatra and Borneo specimens seven and nine times as long respectively. The capacity of the cecum has been stated as being equal to that of the stomach. While such was no doubt the case in Leche’s specimen, in both the Sumatra and Borneo specimens the capacity of the cecum was greater than that of the stomach. In the case of two lemurs recently dissected by the author, with the view of comparing the structure of the lemur with that of Galeopithecus, in one, Lemur albifrons, measuring from the snout to the root of the tail 38.7 cent. (15.5 in.), the cecum measured 17.5 mm. (7 in.) and in the other, Loris tardigradus, 37.5 cent. (15 in.) long, the czecum measured 5 cent. (2 in.). The liver is divided into two halves, the right half being the largest, and subdivided into three lobes. The gall-bladder is small and elongated. The ductus choledochus enters the small intestine 50 mm. (2 in.) from the pyloric orifice. The pancreas lying in the mesentery is flattened and much branched. Its duct enters the intestine 20 mm. (4 in.) from the orifice of the choledochus. The spleen attached to the cardiac part of the stomach by the gastro- splenic ligament is triangular in form and presents at the anterior part of its median surface a small but well-defined process. RESPIRATORY AND CIRCULATORY ORGANS. PLATE X. The posterior nares are narrow. The larynx does not present anything of especial interest. The trachea was 100 mm. (4 in.) long, and its rings were complete. The lungs are undivided ; the right lung is slightly larger than the left. There are three vena cave, two superior and one inferior. The left superior cava passing behind the heart to empty into the right auricle. A simi- lar disposition obtains also in certain Insectivora and Chiroptera, but not in Lemuroidea there being but one superior vena cava in 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251 the latter. There are three arteries given off from the arch of the aorta, a left subclavian, left carotid and an mnominate, the latter dividing into right carotid and right subclavian, the disposi- tion of the great blood vessels being the same, therefore, as in man. Tn lemurs, the innominate gives off the right subclavian and both carotids ; in the hedgehog among the insectivores the arch of the aorta gives off two vessels, each of which subdivides into subclavian and carotid, while in the bats the vessel subdividing into the two carotids arises from the arch separately from the subclavians. Gentro-UrINARY ORGANS. PLATE XI. The right kidney lies higher, that is nearer head than the left; only one Malpighian pyramid is present. There was nothing excep- tional in the ureters and bladder. The scrotum is well developed and contained the testicle and epidydimis. There was nothing peculiar about the vas deferentia. The spermatic vesicles, per- fectly distinct, were large, extending beyond the base of the blad- der. The prostate gland was also much developed, and embraced the dorsal surface of the urethra. The Cowper’s glands were also large. The penis is pendent, and there appeared to be two suspen- sory ligaments. The gland is surrounded by a circular hump con- sisting of connective tissue, and apparently not connected in any way with the corpora cavernosa. The author not having had the opportunity of dissecting a female Galeopithecus cannot give any account of the female generative apparatus, and must therefore limit himself to offering a réswmé of the observations made by Leche upon that part of its economy. According to that author,” there is nothing especially noticeable about the ovaries, except that they are enclosed like the hedgehog in wide-mouth peritoneal sacs, their diaphragmatic ligament extending to the posterior surface of the diaphragm. The uterus, however, is bifid, and the two uteri open by distinct openings into the vagina, in which respect Galeopithecus agrees with Chiroptera and differs from Insectivora. Among the latter it is said that in Tupaia nana there is a slight indication of a double uterus. The external generative organs resemble, however, those of the lemurs, 1 Op. cit., p. 68. 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April the clitoris being concealed by a cireular fold of integument, as obtains also in Chiromys.*° The teats are pectoral in position, and there are two pairs. One young only is born at birth, as obtains also in Chiroptera. The placenta is said by Gervais” to be dis- coid. If such is the case, then Galeopithecus agrees in the charac- ter of its placentation with the Chiroptera and Insectivora, and not with the Lemuroidea, the placenta in the latter (Propithecus diadema, Lemur rufipes) being diffuse.* From the above observations it appears that Galeopithecus agrees as regards its organization in some respects with the Lemuroi- dea, in others with the Insectivora and in others with the Chiroptera, and yet again differing in many respects from all three. Consid- erable difference of opinion has, therefore, prevailed in the past and still prevails among systematists as to which of these three orders of mammals Galeopitheeus should be referred to, or whether it should be regarded as the sole representative of a fourth distinct order of mammals, Galeopithecidee. The species of G'aleopithecus upon the study of which this communication was based was called by Linneeus* Lemur volans, a name indicating perfectly the view of the great naturalist as to its natural affinities. Pallas, who was among the first to describe Galeopithecus, while admitting that it resembled in some respects the Lemuroidea, considered it as being equally closely related to the Chiroptera. To the latter order of mammals it was referred by Cuvier.” In modern times Galeopithecus has been usually regarded as being an aberrant form of Insectivora, that view beiug held more particularly by the English anatomists, such as Huxley, Flower and Lyddeker.* Notwithstanding the difference of opinion as to the nature of Galeopithecus held by the above anatomists and others, all agree 2H. C. Chapman, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, 1900, p. 423. 21 Op. cit., p. 448. 2 Wm. Turner, Comparative Anatomy of the Placenta, 1876, p. 57; A Milne-Edwards et Grandidier, Madagascar Mammiféres, T. 1, 1875, p. 282, * For a resumé of these agreements and disagreements, see Leche, op. cit., pp. 72-74. * Systema Nature, 1758, Tomus 1, p. 30. *% Galeopithecus Volans Camellii Descriptus, Acta Acad. Scient. Imper- ialis Petropolitans, 1780, p. 208. 6 Réegne Animal, 1817, Tome I, p. 80, 21 Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals, 1872, p. 383. 8 Mammals Living and Extinct, 1891, p. ‘15. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253 that while Galeopithecus may resemble or differ from Lemuroidea, Rodentia, Insectivora or Chiroptera, nevertheless it presents so many peculiarities in its organization that it stands by itself. No one dovbts that a Petawris is a marsupial, a Pteromys a rodent, a Propithecus a lemur, a Pteropus a bat, even though they all are provided with a patagium resembling more or les$ that of Galeopi- thecus, by means of which they fly or dart through the air. Galeopithecus, however, stands alone; it is sui generis. To no order can it be referred unless to some hypothetical extinct one, fossil remains of which have not yet been discovered. The most plausible view as yet advanced as to the affinities of Galeopithecus with the mammals with which it has been usually associated is to suppose with Leche”* that there once existed, in remote Mesozoic times, an order of mammals of ungulate character from which have descended Galeopithecus, the Chiroptera, Lemuroidea and Insectivora. Certain facts otherwise difficult to explam become then intelligible. For example, if the lemurs of the present day have descended from Eocene lemurs like Adapis, Anaptomor- phoris, Tomitherum, Hyopsodus, Notharctus,”, generalized forms combining ungulate with quadrumanous characters, certain peculi- arities of their alimentary canal and their non-deciduous diffuse placenta may be explained as being due to inheritance from remote ungulate ancestors. Further, the fact that the condyle of the jaw is situated nearly on a line with the teeth in Galeopithecus, Chiro- mys, in certain Insectivora and Chiroptera, as in the Diplocynodon and kindred mammals, the Pantotheria of Jurassic times” points to the same conclusion. Accepting the above hypotheses as provision- ally correct, it follows that the herbivorous character of the alimen- tary canal of Galeopithecus is due to inheritance from an ungulate ancestor, whereas its patagium has been acquired in some unknown way through adaptation. Were it not for ihe combination of the above characters, Galeopithecus would have become long since ex- tinct in the struggle for life with its contemporaries, the lemurs, insectivores and bats. It appears, at least in the judgment of the author, that Galeopi- 28 On. cht, Di ko: * Cuvier, Ossemens Fossiles, 1835, T. 5, p. 460; Leidy, Report U. 8. Geol. Survey, 1873, pp. 75, 86; Cope, U. S. Geol. Survey, Vol. III, 1884, pp. 233-235, ‘t Marsh, Op. cit., p. 235. 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (April, thecus cannot be regarded as being either a lemur, insectivore or bat, but that it stands alone, the sole representative of an ancient order, Galeopithecidee, as Hyrax does of Hyracoidea. While Galeopithecus is but remotely related to the Lemuroidea and Insec- tivora, it is so closely related to Chiroptera, more particularly in regard to the structure of its patagium, brain, alimentary canal, genito-urinary apparatus, placenta, ete., that there can be but little doubt that the Chiroptera are the descendants of Galeopithecus, or more probably that both are the descendants of a Galeopithecus- like ancestor. -~s° = 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 May 6. Mr. ArrHuR Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Seventeen persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication: ‘« Absorption and Secretion in the Digestive System of the Land Tsopods,’’ by John Raymond Murlin. «« Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna, VI,’’ by Henry A. Pilsbry. The Chair haying announced the death, on the 2d inst., of Uselma C. Smith, the following minute was unanimously adopted : The Academy has heard with profound regret of the sudden death of its member, Usreima C. Suir, whose devotion to the welfare of the society was manifested for more than ten years by an intelligent and accurate attention to its financial interests as member of the Council, the Finance Committee and the Com- mittee on Accounts, while his generous encouragement of and codper- ation in the scientific work of his associates caused him to be held in affectionate esteem. The Academy tenders its heartfelt sympa- thy to his widow and children in their irreparable bereavement. May 13. Mr. ArrHur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Eleven persons present. A paper entitled ‘* Descriptions of Two Species of Extinct Tor- toises, one New,’’ by O. P. Hay, was presented for publication. May 20. Mr. ArTHUR ERWIN Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Ten persons present. A paper entitled ‘* Twenty New American Bats,’’ by Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., was presented for publication. “~~ 256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ___ [May, May 27. Mr. Arruur Erwry Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Seventeen persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication ; «« The Mollusca of the Mount Mitchell Region,’’ by Henry A. Pilsbry and Bryant Walker. «« Synopsis of the American Martens,’’ by Samuel N. Rhoads. The deaths of Ferdinand J. Dreer, a member, on the 25th inst., and of Henri Filhol, a correspondent, were announced. A Peculiar Heliozoan.—Mr. Howarp Craw ery remarked that. the heliozoan here figured was found on August 8, 1900, in water taken from a stagnant, spring-fed pool, near Wyncote, Pa. The animal was almost perfectly spherical and showed no altera- tion in form while under observation. Its diameter was about 90 microns. Around the central part of the body there was an irregu- lar whorl of large alveoli, and, in addition, a number of elements which may have been either small alveoli or large colorless granules. There was no distinction between cortex and medulla, the whorl of alveoli lying in a cytoplasmic matrix, uniform throughout. This matrix was colorless and granular, and closely resembled the endosare of an Ameba. Within it was a diatom which still showed a little colored substance, and a number of more or less completely digested plant spores. Occupying a slightly excentric position was a large vesicle, having the form of an ellipsoid. The contents of this vesicle were perfectly homogeneous under a magnification of 370 diameters, and of a very pale-green color, It was probably a food-ball. From the surface of the ani- mal arose a number of minute protoplasmie processes. These occurred in Clusters, which were separated from each other by approximately the same distance as that which ordinarily sepa- rates the typical heliozoan pseudopodia. It was further to be observed that at the points from which these clusters arose there were breaks in the continuity of the animal’s contour, such as those which are seen at the point where a pseudopodium arises. Two conditions which these clusters presented are illustrated in eee 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257 the figure. In the one case, the processes were stiff, straight and motionless; in the other, they exhibited lashing movements, each Separate process acting independently of the others of the same cluster. These two conditions passed readily the one into the other, the processes of a given cluster being at one moment motionless and the next in motion. In the figure, these two con- ditions are shown as occurring alternately, but this division is purely arbitrary. In addition to these two, a third condition was observed. At frequent intervals the processes of a number of clusters became animated by a common impulse and exhibited a ciliary movement. All the processes of perhaps one hemisphere of the protozoan lashed or beat vigorously in the same direction, causing a rapid rotation of the body and a progression from one place to another. This phenomenon was seen a number of times, and in each case the activity appeared to involve the processes of only one side of the body at once. It was impossible, however, to determine whether or not this was always the same side, The presence within this animal of a partly digested diatom Seems to warrant regarding it as belonging to the Rhizopoda (Sareodina). The spherical form and alveolar protoplasm furnish reasons for considering it a heliozoan. Of the several genera of fresh-water Heliozoa, it comes closest to Actinophrys. The signifi- cation of the curious phenomena observed is problematical, but the observation appears to be worthy of record in that it shows the readiness with which pseudopodia and flagella may change into each other. Mr. G. B. Boulenger, of London, was elected a correspondent. The following were ordered to be printed : ily 258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW POLYNOIDE, WITH A LIST OF OTHER POLYCHETA FROM NORTH GREENLAND WATERS. BY J. PERCY MOORE, The Polycheta of the Arctic regions have been so thoroughly studied and described by a host of able Scandinavian, Dutch, German, English and other European zoologists that the fauna ranks as one of the best known in the world. Although the shores of Greenland have been repeatedly ransacked, especially by the zoologists attached to various exploring expeditions, the waters washing the north and northwest borders of that island haye been searched much less thoroughly than those to the south and east. From the standpoint of geographical distribution it has, there- fore, seemed desirable to publish a list of the species contained in three smal] collections from this region which I have recently had the opportunity of studying. The first consists mainly of well- known species of Polynoidee collected by Dr. Benjamin Sharp, in the shallow waters of McCormick Bay, in July, 1891, while a member of the party accompanying Lieutenant Peary to Green- land. The second embodies the results of a few dredge hauls, also in McCormick Bay, made by the Peary Relief Expedition, under the command of Prof. Angelo Heilprin, in August of the following year. This collection is remarkable from the circumstance that, while it contains but twelve species, eleven of which are Polynoidee, four are well characterized new forms. It indicates the richness of the polynoid fauna at this particular spot, and recalls the results of Hensen’s study of the annelids of the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition to the regions about Spitzbergen and Nova Zembla. Ta the following list this collection is indicated by the letters P. R. E. These two collections belong to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The third collection was made under the direc- tion of Prof. Ortmann of the Princeton University Expedition to North Greenland in July and August, 1899. It is more extensive, both in the number of species represented and in the extent of ter- ritory covered, which oyerlaps McCormick Bay, both north and niall 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259 south, and extends from Godhayn to Cape Sabine, though few col- lecting stations were made south of Cape York. Some thirty species are comprised in this collection, mostly of forms well known from more southern waters; but several of them have not been previously recorded from North Greenland. None of the species are new, but it is noteworthy that several of the polynoids differ materially from the more typical representatives of {heir species which occur on the coasts of North America, of Norway, Scotland, ete. Although one cannot safely draw general conclusions from the small amount of material at hand, there seems to be a tendency for the elytra to become rougher ‘and more spinous. In the list of localities, the numerals preceded by the letter O. indicate the dredging stations of this expedition. The collections of the Academy also include the few Polycheta remaining of those brought back from southern Greenland by Dr. Hayes in 1860-61, a list of which was published by Stimpson in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia for 1863. These also are enumerated in the fol- lowing list. Gattyana cirrosa (Pallas) McIntosh. The elytra are rougher than those figured by Malmgren and McIntosh, the numerous papille being rough, horny, and spinous at the tip. The specimens from Cape York are covered with the ‘ ochreous deposit ’’ mentioned by McIntosh, which appears to be derived from the bottom soil. McCormick Bay, P. R. E.; Barden Bay, O. 45, 10-40 fath. ; Cape York, O. 34, 10 fath. Gattyana amondseni (Malmg.) McIntosh. McCormick Bay, Dr. Benjamin Sharp; Payer Harbor, O. 17, 16 fath. Gattyana senta sp. noy. This species has the broad, thick-set form of Harmothoé imbricata, but is more depressed. Owing to the very spiny elytra and the dense bundles of dorsal bristles it presents a remarkably shaggy aspect. The type specimen is 22 mm. long, exclusive of the ceph- alic and caudal appendages, and has a maximum width between the tips of the longest sete of 8.5 mm., of which the body itself forms about two-fifths. There are thirty-six setigerous somites. As viewed from below the body, exclusive of the parapodia, in- creases in breadth to X, from which it decreases very gradually to 260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, XXX, and more rapidly to the anal somite. The fifteen pairs of elytra are borne on the same somites as in. Harmothoé imbricata and allied forms. The head (prostomium) is about two-thirds as long as broad, with the greatest width at about the middle. Anteriorly it is divided into two broadly rounded lobes by a median fissure which reaches as far as the posterior eyes; laterally it is strongly and posteriorly slightly convex, but normally the posterior margin is concealed by a median nuchal lobe of the succeeding somite. There are no anteriorly produced cephalic peaks. Kyes, two pairs, conspicuous, black, circular, the posterior only visible from the dorsum. The anterior the larger, and situated on the ventro-lateral faces of the head about their own diameter from the anterior margin. The posterior dorsal close to the nuchal margin and separated by an interval of four times their diameter. Exclusive of its base, which arises from the frontal fissure, the ~ median tentacle has a length of about two and one-half times the width of the head, with a subterminal enlargement and a filamen- tous tip of about one-fifth its length. Except on the latter it bears rather long scattered cilia. The lateral tentacles arise from short and slender ceratophores from the anterior surface of the head at a lower level than the median tentacle, but, in the absence of ante- rior peaks, not very sharply demarcated from the cephalic lobes. Their diameter is about two-thirds, and length slightly more than one-half of the median tentacle. They are slender and taper con- tinuously from base to apex, which is tipped by a delicate filament. A very few cilia similar to those on the median tentacle are present. Palps robust, with a basal diameter of rather more than one half the width of the head and a length about equal to the median tentacle. They taper rapidly, but not uniformly, to the acute tip, which bears a short filiform appendage. Numerous short, truncate cilia are borne on five longitudinal lines, of which two are nearer together on the medial aspect and the others respectively dorsal, external and ventral. Tentacular cirri similar to the notopodial cirri, ciliated like the median tentacle; the dorsal is slightly the longer. Somite I is very narrow dorsally, but bears an unusually promi- nent median lobe which overlaps the head between the posterior eyes. The nephridial papillse become distinet on IX, and continue 1902. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261 to the posterior end. They are short and directed dorsad. Anal cirri, one pair, similar to dorsal cirri, but more slender. In the typical parapodium (PI. XII, fig. 1) the neuropodium and notopodium are distinctly separated; the former is much the larger and angular in outline, whereas the latter is rounded. Both termi- nate in acicular lobes, of which the neuropodial is the longer. The acicula are remarkable for the unusual length of the free, project- ing end, which in the case of the neuropodial equals one-third of the length of the longest setee, and is slender and curved. The dorsal cirri spring from conspicuous cylindrical bases. They are larger than the median tentacle, with less of a subterminal enlargement and shorter filamentous tip. The numerous cilia are of two kinds; the largest have a length of two to three times the diameter of the cirrus, have a uniform diameter and are confined to the distal half, excluding the filamentous tip which bears no cilia; the smaller ones are enlarged at the end and are more widely distributed proximally. The ventral cirri are about one-fourth of the length of the dorsal, slender, awl-shaped, and bear a very few short clavate cilia. The first elytra are circular and fixed nearly at the middle; the next succeeding ones ovoid, with a slight anterior emargination at the point of contact with the preceding peduncle; at the middle of the body they are reniform, while posteriorly they again approach the circular form. They are loosely attached and easily displaced and are of a soft membranous texture, with very hard horny spines (Pl. XIII, fig. 2). Around the entire uncovered margin is a fringe of rather widely separated cilia which become elongated externally. With the exception of a small antero-internal margin the entire surface is spinose, the spines as usual increasing in size and complexity and decreasing in number from the anterior and internal toward the posterior and external border. The first are merely low cones. They are sueceeded by others with bifid sum- mits which soon become larger. Passing obliquely across the middle of the scale in its longest direction is a broad band of prominent bifid spines, the apices of many of which are again divided. Most of the spines on the posterior half have, on the other hand, a quite distinct character. Here they are more remotely distributed and are mostly trifid, with broad bases and each limb usually bifid at the tip. Numerous other forms occur. Some haye a central spine aris- 262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ (May, ing from the middle of the three diverging ones, others expand into an irregular disk, from which project from four to seven points of different sizes and shapes. But the most remarkable spines are those which protect the extreme posterior and external border of the scale. These are very large and tree-like in form, and most frequently branch in a fundamentally trifid, ternate plan, though some of the branches may be bifid or even simple. The final divisions are always acutely pointed. 4 Sete of the dorsal and ventral fascicles are of approximately equal length and thickness. The former are somewhat stouter basally, but the latter are terminally, and their apices form a nearly regular out- line, beyond which only one or two of the dorsalmost neuropodial setze project. The very numerous notopodial setze are arranged in many rows and radiate in all directions, but chiefly laterad and caudad, overlapping the following parapodium. Their form is character- istic. The anterior dorsalmost ones (Pl. XIII, fig. 3) are short, stout and strongly curved. They are about two-thirds free, with the inserted part suddenly contracted and narrow, and the thickest region at about the middle of the free portion: There is a very extensive spinous region, in which the rows of capillary spines are rather close and long. The short, smooth end, which is equal in length to the space of three or four of the terminal rows of spines, is peculiar in having an abruptly recurved or hooked tip (Pl. XIII, fig. 6). Toward the ventral end of the anterior row the sete become less curved, more slender and the terminal hook less abrupt. Posteriorly the sete of succeeding rows become much longer, relatively more slender, and almost straight. A typical one is exhibited in Pl. XIII, fig. 4. Such setee, which are very numer- ous, haye the following characteristics: They are slender and taper regularly from the thickest point in the proximal third to the acute tip, which is slightly curved and sometimes suggests the hook of the dorsal setze by the faintest indication of a recuryature. The spinous region is less extensive than on the dorsalmost setze, and the spines are excessively fine, except toward the free end, where the else- where very close long rows become broken up into short detached -plates, which alternate on the opposite sides of the seta, Proxi- mally they again become irregular. In some cases’ these spinous rows actually encirele the setee, but usually there are two intervals on opposite margins, that on the concave side being occupied by a 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263 distinct longitudinal groove in which short transverse ctenoid plates are situated. The non-spinous basal portions of these sete and the smooth interval on the convex border are covered with numer- ous minute granulations (Pl. XIII, fig. 8) which become less numerous and finally disappear distally. The neuropodial setze (Pl. XIII, figs. 9-13) are less character- istic. They are arranged in eight or nine horizontal rows and are less numerous and rather stouter than the notopodials, notably at the distal end, where their enlarged spinous portions contrast con- spicuously with the attenuate tips of the former. From ventral to dorsal the spinous tips increase in length much more rapidly than the entire free portion of the sets, these regions being as one to five or six in the ventral, and as one to three in the dorsal. The num- ber of spinous rows is large, but varies only from twenty-three in the ventral to twenty-seven in the most dorsal. Distally the teeth are coarse and the rows rather widely separated, proximally they are fine and the rows crowded. The smooth tips are rather long, without accessory processes and on typical sete strongly hooked and sharp-pointed. Probably as a result of wear, the tips of the prom- inent dorsal neuropodial setze are blunt. On the second and third parapodia the neuropodial sete are intermediate in form between the typical neuropodial and notopodial sete just described; their tips are straight and slender, and the spines very long and few in number. The first foot bears a tuft of four or five of the noto- podial type. At the posterior end the setse show modifications from the type similar to the anterior. Pigment, if originally present, has almost entirely disappeared. A general pale-yellow hue results from the dull yellow of the spines on the elytra, the hay color of the notopodial, and the rich amber of the neuropodial setee. Two specimens. McCormick Bay, P. R. E. Gattyana ciliata sp. nov. In ventral aspect the body is rather slender and nearly linear, and tapers very gently from about X to the posterior end. Dor- sally it is strongly convex. The type consists of two imperfect individuals, one consisting of ‘twenty-one anterior somites, the other of thirteen posterior somites, together constituting nearly the total number. These measure respectively 30 and 12 mm. long, so that length of a complete example of this size would probably be 264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [May, about 45 mm. The width of the body alone at X is 4.8 mm., to the ends of the parapodia 11 mm., and to the tips of the sete 16.5 mm. Apparently the elytra number fifteen pairs, borne on the usual somites. Segmental papillz begin on V and soon become long and slender, but instead of pointing freely caudad, as in Harmothoé imbricata and allied forms, they are directed dorsad between the bases of the parapodia. The head is broad, its length being about three-fourths of its greatest width, which is about one-third of its length from the an- terior end. Its lateral margin is almost angulated; the anteriqr fissure is deep and wide, and the ceratophore of the median tentacle occupies it in such a way as to give the impression of having pushed apart the two lobes of the head. These lobes are rounded anteriorly and haye no distinctly produced peaks. The eyes are black, circular and widely separated. Those of the posterior pair are less than their own diameter from the posterior margin of the head and so far apart as to be partly laterad in posi- tion. The anterior are slightly larger, separated from the extreme anterior margin by less than their own diameter, and latero-ventral in position. . Median tentacle absent, its ceratophore of large size and marked by a conspicuous chocolate-colored band. Lateral tentacles arise at a level quite below the dorsal surface of the head lobes and partly overlapped by the ceratophore of the median tentacle. They have a length of about one and two-thirds the width of the head, are slender and tapering, with a brown pigmented subterminal enlarge- ment and a rather long filiform tip. The single palpus remaining on the type specimen is an elongated, almost whip-like structure eight times as long as the head. It bears a single line of cilia on the medial side, while much shorter clavate cilia are scattered over the general surface. Its cuticle is remarkably iridescent, a condi- tion not found elsewhere in this worm. Frontal ridge broad and low. ‘The tentacular cirri are missing. FE Typical parapodia are long and slender, the neuropodium promi- nent and bearing near its base the small lobe-like notopodium. The dorsal border of the former is straight and slopes gently downward, to pass without angulation into the dorsal edge of the acicular lobe, the base of which is met abruptly by the sharply upturned ventral margin. The aciculum projects but slightly. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265 The notopodium is merely a dorso-anterior lobe supported by a slender aciculum, which lies close to the neuropodial aciculum, but terminates far short of it. The large base of the dorsal cirrus, with its double wing-like lobes, further overshadows the notopodium. The cirrus itself has the usual form and bears numerous slender cilia, which, on the dorsal side, have a length nearly equal to the diameter of the cirrus and about four times that length ventrally. The ventral cirrus is about one-fifth the length of the dorsal. The first ventral cirrus (somite II) is, however, as usual larger and formed like the dorsal cirri; moreover, its ventral surface bears numerous truncate cilia as long as one-half its diameter. Although few in number and arranged in only eight very definite rows, the neuropodial sete, because of their large size and rich golden color, are very conspicuous. They increase in length to the sixth row, but their spinous ends continue to elongate to the most dorsal (8th) row. All are stout and have abruptly enlarged ends (Pl. XIII, figs. 17-19) with long, slightly curved, and rather blunt-pointed, smooth tips. The spinous region is remarkably short, particularly on the most ventral sete, which bear only four pairs of coarse teeth and seldom a trace of lateral fringes. The middle setse have six or seven pairs of such spines with short lateral fringes, and the dorsal setze as many as fifteen or twenty rows of spines, of which the basal ones are very fine. The smooth tips of these dorsal setze are relatively and absolutely shorter as well as more slender. The notopodial setze (PI. XIII, figs. 14-16) are of a pale hay color and rather lustreless. They are extremely numerous and arranged in many nearly horizontal ranks, from which they spread fan-like in a nearly horizontal plane outward and slightly back- ward, so that these worms present none of that shaggy appearance which characterizes some Polynoidee. These sete are so long, so numerous and keep so well together, that the parapodia are scarcely visible from above. This species is distinguished from other species of the genus by the fact that all of the notopodial sete, without exception, bear long capillary tips. The longer middle and ven- tral setze are spinous for about one-third of their exposed length and become excessively slender toward the gently curved tip, which bears a smooth, tapering and flexible filament about one-fourth of the length of the spinous portion. The very numerous rows of fine 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, spines are about equidistant for the entire length, but increase in height to near the tip where they again diminish. The bristles pre- sent a very strongly serrated profile, especially at the point where the tapering shaft has a diameter less than the height of the pro- jecting spines. The dorsalmost and ventralmost sete: are shorter and bear much shorter capillary tips; the former are also strongly curved and the latter straight and very slender. Somite I has the parapodium supported by a single stout acieulum which passes between the bases of the dorsal and ventral tentacular cirri. It bears a tuft of four or five notopodial cirri of the extreme dorsal pattern. II bears a nearly normal tuft of notopodial and a small group of long-spined and slender neuropodial sete. A single elytron (the right one of somite VII) was found in situ on the type specimen, and is represented on Pl. XIV, fig. 20. It is narrow and strongly reniform, with the external half broader than the internal. Close to the anterior emargination, but rather to its external side, is the area of attachment. Closely placed cilia extend all around the posterior and external margin and inerease in size and frequency from within outward, while here and there one or two of the larger cilia are replaced by much smaller ones. Coarser cilia are scattered sparingly over the greater part of the postero-external region, and, like the marginal ones, are longer externally. With the exception of a very narrow antero-internal marginal area the entire surface bears numerous horny papille which, as usual, inerease in size slightly, but decrease in number toward the posterior margin. In this case the papille or spines are of largest size and most numerous in a narrow area along the middle of the scale. Along this area their summits are distinctly thick- ened and bispinose. A line of tall, slender cylindrical ones with prominent bifid tips runs from the point of attachment of the scale to the outer margin, and a few similar ones are scattered elsewhere. Just in front of the posterior margin is a row-of seven prominent conical papillze with broad bases and truncate roughened summits. These are also covered with a horny cuticle, but appear to be softer than the small spines and papillse, like which they are of a _pale- brown color. Three specimens. McCormick Bay, P. R. E. q . 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267 Lagisca multisetosa sp. nov. Like other species of Lagisca this is slender, with the widest part of the body far forward at somite VI, behind which it diminishes gently, while the anterior end is broadly rounded. The type speci- men consists of the twenty anterior somites and measures 11 mm. in length, 3.2 mm. in width of body at VI, 5.3 mm. to tips of feei, and 8 mm. to tips of the sete at the same place. It will be observed that the parapodia are here relatively short. The head is three-fourths as long as wide, with a gently convex posterior border, lateral margins prominently bulged at the middle, and the anterior fissure deep, with a narrow furrow continuing it back to about the middle of the head. The two halves of the head are produced forward around the base of the middle tentacle, and the prominent peaks in which their outer sides end are widely separated from the latter. The frontal ridge is strong and high. The posterior eyes are situated close to the posterior margin of the head and separated by four times their diameter. They are black, cireular and look upward and slightly outward. The ante- rior eyes are of the same shape and color, but about twice the size of the posterior. They are situated relatively far back, not more than their own diameter in advance of the posterior pair, but on the ventro-lateral surface, though they may be seen through the tissue of the head from above. Of the cephalic appendages the median tentacle is absent, but its deep chocolate-colored base remains. The lateral tentacles have a length about equal to the width of the head, and are slender and tapering, the distal half being filiform. They arise entirely below the level of the median tentacle and their bases are almost in con- tact in the median line. The palps are about two and one-half times the length of the lateral tentacles, taper to a very acute tip, and bear two dorsal lines of very small cilia, with a few of the same kind scattered over the surface. The dorsal tentacular cirrus about equals the palp in length; the ventral is slightly shorter. Both taper from the base to a very slight subterminal enlargement bearing a short terminal filament. Short truncate cilia are spar- ingly scattered over the surface, being rather more numerous just below the subterminal enlargement. Although the setze are long the parapodia themselves are short, the tenth, for example, being somewhat less than one-half the width 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, of the body. In shape the foot is easily distinguished from that of Lagisca rarispina by the much smaller notopodium, The neuro- podium is broad, with a prominent acicular lobe, from the end of which, above the projecting aciculum, is produced a long, slender, tentacle-like process, quite as long as the lobe itself. The noto- podial acicular lobe bears no such process, and is much shorter, The dorsal cirri resemble the tentacular cirri, except for the longer filiform tips and longer, more numerous and clavate cilia. Ven- tral cirri slender, reaching nearly to the end of the neuropodial acicular lobe and bearing a few very short, nearly globoid cilia. Only the anterior elytra are present, and these have the normal arrangement as far as the tenth pair on somite XIX. The first is circular, five or six succeeding pairs (Pl. XIV, fig. 29) reniform, and the others ovate-reniform. They are thin, membranous, translucent and fairly adherent. The area of attachment is small, elliptical and very much nearer to the anterior and external borders than to the posterior and internal. A rather wide and clearly defined area internal to the hilum and along the anterior border is en- tirely free from spines. Anteriorly and internally the spines are low and nipple-shaped, but over most of the surface are sharply conical, becoming elevated and acute in certain regions, notably ia a broad irregular band which passes across the middle of the scale in its long direction. Enlarged spines are also scattered singly or in groups here and there over the surface toward the posterior and external borders. Twelve or fifteen prominent soft papille (PI. XIV, fig. 31) of various heights and with rounded summits appear just in advance of the posterior margin, and a few similar ones on other parts of the surface. Marginal cilia appear to be absent, but a few large ones are scattered over the surface in the external third. On the first scale soft papillae extend more than half-way around the margin, and an area of particularly strong spines occurs above the area of attachment. The neuropodial sete (Pl. XIV, figs. 32-34) are long and slen- der, with very long and but slightly enlarged spinous regions. The smooth tips are very short; the principal point rather strongly curved, but not hooked; the accessory process far out, running first parallel to the principal point and then diverging from it, very slender, sharp-pointed and long. These sete are very fragile and but few are found with the tips intact. The spines are long and 1902. ], NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 fine, except at the base. The number of rows varies from nineteen on the most ventral sete to twenty-four or twenty-five on the middle and thirty-one on the most dorsal. The neuropodial sets are arranged in numerous rows, there being at least twelve subacicular and six supraacicular series. The notopodial sete (Pl. XIV, figs. 35, 36) are also rather long and slender, gently and regularly curyed and tapering to the rather acute points. As usual in Lagisea, the rows of spines are long, numerous and close, the spines themselves being fine and a few in the middle of each row enlarged. The neuropodial setze of II differ very little from the normal types in typical parapodia, except for their smaller size and longer spines. I bears no neuropodials, and in the specimen examined only two notopodials, which haye the characteristic form. The elytra are pale mottled brown, the setie all a pale but glisten- ing hay color. The dorsum of the body is light brown, with a yellowish line across the anterior end of cach somite and the ante- rior somites each with a median spot of dark brown. The bases of the parapodia are pale yellowish, the cirri white with dark rings above and below the enlargement. The head is light-colored and iridescent with brown cloudings, the base of the tentacles choco- late color, and the palps buff. The under surface of the body is pale and iridescent. One specimen, McCormick Bay, P. R. BE. Lagisca rarispina (Sars) Malmg. The anterior pair of eyes is borne on the anterior face of prominently outstanding lobes, which give to the head a very char- acteristic form not shown in any of the published figures. These ocular lobes are situated slightly posterior to the middle of the head, which is very much narrower anterior than posterior of them. A specimen 12 mm. long has only seven somites posterior to the last elytraphore, whereas one of 43 mm. has fifteen. MeCormick Bay, Dr. Benjamin Sharp; Northumberland Island, ©. 11, 10-15 fath.; Olridir Bay, O. 29 and 49, 7-25 fath. Actinoe sarsi Kinb. McCormick Bay, P. R. E.; Granville Bay, O. 39, 30-40 fath. ; Olridir Bay, O. 49, 15-20 fath. 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF , (May, Harmothoe imbricata (Linn.) Malmg. This species oceurs in considerable numbers and from many localities, most abundantly in material gathered in shallow water. The examples from McCormick Bay are of large size, and the setee are nearly black instead of the usual rich amber color; the elytra also are marked with nearly black spots. Many varieties, both in color and structural features, are represented. The elytra vary from those without any trace either of horny papille or soft mar- ginal papillze, to very rough ones with numerous hard prominences easily visible under a magnification of five diameters and soft papillz so close together that they crowd one another in the mar- ginal rank. McCormick Bay, Dr. Sharp; Godhayn, Dr. Hayes, Godhayn, O. 2, 8 fath. ; Saunders Island, O. 9, 5-10 fath.; Barden Bay, O. 45, 10-40 fath. ; Orlidir Bay, O. 49, 15-20 fath.; Robertson Bay, O. 52, 5-15 fath.; Foulke Fjord, O. 54, 5 fath.; Sarkak, O. 57, 9 fath. Harmothoe (Lenilla) glabra (Malmg.). McCormick Bay, P. R. E. and Dr. Sharp; Northumberland Island, O. 11, 10-15 fath.; Barden Bay, O. 45, 10-40 fath. Harmothoe (Evane) impar (Johnston). The single specimen from MeCormick Bay is typical. In this the soft marginal papillze have the rounded form shown by Malm- gren, not the truncate and lobulated appearance of MelIntosh’s figures. The hard papille are mostly elevated and divided at the summit into two short. blunt divergent processes. The other speci- mens are referred doubtfully to this species, from typical examples of which they differ in the following details: The median and lateral tentacles and the tentacular cirri have the tapering and filamentous portion relatively longer than in MeIntosh’s figure; the scales are rougher, with spinous-tipped horny papillee and few cilia, of which the longer ones haye bulbous ends; four examples lack the large, soft papilla altogether, while the fifth one bears a single minute one on one scale only; the neuropodial setze have the spirous tip longer and the accessory process nearer to the extreme end. McCormick Bay, Dr. Sharp; Saunders Island, O. 9, 5-10 fath. ; Olridir Bay, O. 49, 15-20 fath. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7y(fit Harmothoe (Eunoa) nodosa (Sars) Malmg. Two examples approach nearer to Eunoa erstedi in many respects. The distinctness of these two species has been already called in question, but is generally upheld by the highest authori- ties. The scales exhibit the dense external ciliation of E. nodosa, but are rougher even than erstedi. The large papille are spinous at the apex, and many even of the smaller ones, especially toward the outer margin, bear a number of conical or bifid divergent spines. Around the posterior margin, and more or less elsewhere, many of the papille become low, rounded and mound-shaped, and bear numerous small spines in clusters. Anteriorly the roughness of the scales increases and a detached scale, which, being circular, is regarded as the first, bears around its entire margin a narrow band of large, irregularly globoid bosses, produced into numerous processes, each of which bears a tuft of spines at its summit. A smaller group occurs at the middle of the scale and papille of smaller size are scattered between. All of these papille are hard and horny and supported on horny basal plates of various and irregular shapes. The ventral setze have the form figured by McIntosh, and the dorsal also resemble his figure of E. nodosa, except that the short tips are sculptured in much the fashion of the smaller notopodial sete of Harmothoé truncata, They resemble the apex of the green fruit of Lireodendron or a winter leaf-bud, but are less regular and the smaller ventral ones especially have fewer scales or ridges. The ventral sete of II resemble McIntosh’s figures of wrstedi rather than nodosa. Several discrepancies appear in the published accounts of the species of Eunoa. . Malmgren figures the smooth tips of the noto- podial sets of nodosa as the longer of the two species; McIntosh both describes and figures the reverse, but neither indicates the sculpturing. McIntosh in one place’ (p. 292) describes segmental papillze in Eunoa, in two other places (pp. 291 and 293) he states that they are absent. In these specimens they are nearly as well developed as in Harmothoé imbricata, for example. The head and its appendages conform almost exactly to Me- Intosh’s figure. The anterior eyes are quite dorsal in position, situ- } Monograph of British Annelida, Part I, 272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF May, ated well posterior and but little farther separated than the posterior pair. In many respects these specimens resemble the figures of Har- mothoé scabra (Oersted), especially those of the scales given by Wirén.? The anterior elytra of Polynoa (Harmothoe) islandica Hensen also approach the character of these, but the entire absence of those belonging to the posterior region renders it impossible to determine if they possess the peculiar ragged appendages present in Hensen’s species, in which also the first elytron is reniform. McCormick Bay, P. R. E. Harmothoe (Eunoa) truncata sp. noy. This well-marked species is known only from a single imperfect specimen, consisting of the head with twenty-four somites. The elytra, dorsal cirri, all but one tentacular cirrus and the tentacles are missing. Viewed from beneath the body is truncate anteriorly, widest at V or VI, and with nearly parallel sides, narrowing very gently posteriorly. The third and fourth somites together form a broad swollen area which bounds the mouth posteriorly, Rather prominent but short, projecting nephridial papillee begin at VI, and continue to XXIV at least. Scars for the attachment of elytra are present on the usual somites back to XXIII. The head is slightly broader than long, with a well-marked median anterior fissure and slightly produced, obtusely pointed peaks, A small posterior nuchal lobe is inseparably connected with the head, but by analogy probably belongs to the following somite. The two pairs of eyes are black, circular and of equal size. The posterior are close to the posterior margin, and are separated by a space of five times their diameter. The anterior are placed later- ally on the widest region of the head, and distant about twice their diameter from the tips of the cephalic peaks. There is nothing peculiar in the place of origin of the tentacles. The palpi are about five times the length of the head, with a swollen basal half, a slender distal half ‘and a short terminal filament. In the typical foot the neuropodium has nearly straight outlines terminating ata nearly right angle, with a projecting acicular lobe. [he aciculum projects but little and its end is suddeny contracted in a peculiar way. The notopodium lies a little to the anterior of -_ DN 2 Vega-Expeditionens Vetenskapliga Iakttagelser, I. a ee ee ae — 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273 the plane of the neuropodium, but scarcely overlaps it. Its acicu- lum projects farther than the neuropodial, like which it is suddenly narrowed at the end. The neuropodial sete (Pl. XIV, figs. 21, 22) are grouped in eight rows, of which five are ventral, two dorsal and one opposite to the aciculum. They are of large size, the longest dorsal ones about equaling the longest notopodials in length. Like the latter they are stout. The spinous portion is relatively short, but there is the usual increase in length dorsad. On a typical seta from the middle of a bundle the five or six terminal pairs of spines are of large size, little or not at all divided and with no lateral fringes. They rapidly diminish in size and become finely ctenoid as the fringes appear, and soon become continuous with the latter. Prox- imally the spines become very fine and the rows crowded. On the dorsalmost setze the number of fine rows increases and the transition from the coarse to fine is much more gradual. The number of spinous rows is about fourteen in the ventral, nineteen on the mid- dle and thirty on the dorsal setze. On all of the neuropodial sets the smooth tip is long, simple, strongly hooked and sharp-pointed. On the ventral setz it nearly equals in length the spinous region and eyen on the dorsal ones is about one-third as long. The largest of the notopodial sete (Pl. XIV, figs. 23 and 25) are remarkable for their size and truncate ends. They are long, stout, slightly curved and bear for fully one-half of their exposed portions numerous close and long rows of excessively fine teeth, which are frequently worn away over considerable areas. Except near the tip they extend nearly around the shaft. The tip has a peculiar frayed-out appearance, as though the fibres of the set had separated and spread apart. The peripheral layer is a whorl of elongated scales surrounding a fibrous bundle, from the midst of which a central point appears more prominently. Around the base of these scales is a very dense fringed whorl. The very large setze are few in number, not more than eight or ten in a bundle. The most usual form of the seta tip is shown in fig. 27. In such the outer scales embrace the central style more closely, so that a rough, blunt point is formed. Somewhat similar are the tips of the strongly curved antero-dorsal sete (Pl. XIV, figs. 24 and 26), but these have very short scales. The slender, sharp-pointed an- terior ventral setee (Pl. XIV, fig. 28) approach more nearly the 18 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, usual type of notopodial setee found among the polynoids, but even these have the points somewhat divided. On the extreme anterior feet all of the dorsal sete are blunt-pointed, having much the appearance of the conventional architectural pineapple. The first foot bears a group of five or six sete of this type and no neuro- podials. The neuropodials of the second foot are slender, tapering and provided with very long spines. One specimen. McCormick Bay, P. R. E. Melenis loveni Malmg. McCormick Bay, Dr. Sharp; one specimen. Pholoe minuta (Fabr.) Malmg. Godhayn Harbor, O. 2, 8 fath. Phyllodoce citrina Malmg. Northumberland Island, O. 11, 10-15 fath. ; one specimen. Phyllodoce greenlandica Oersted. Barden Bay, O. 45, 10-40 fath. Some fine examples, the largest measuring 390 mm. Phyllodoce mucosa Oersted. Foulke Fjord, O. 54, 5 fath. Three specimens, all of which exceed Oersted’s original examples in length. The largest measures 94 mm. Autolytus longisetosus Oersted. Cape Chalon, O. 25, surface. Nereis pelagica Linn. Godhayn, Dr. Hayes. Nereis zonata Malme. Granville Bay, O. 39, 30-40 fath. ; one specimen. Lumbriconereis sp. McCormick Bay, P. R. E., 10 fath. A fragment of a large individual of an undetermined species. Northia conchylega (Sars) Johnson. This species must be extremely abundant at some points, as at Olridir and Granyille Bays. The characteristic tubes are flattened and of an elongated rectangular form, measuring up to 80 mm. long, 10-12 mm. wide and 3 mm. thick. The lumen is about twice as wide as high, and is completely filled by the worm. Judg- ing from the fact that attached tubes of Spirorbis, Serpula, —e 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275 together with bryozoans, tunicates and hydroids are confined chiefly to one side, it is probable that they are fixed to the bottom, resting on one of the flat surfaces. The material of which they are composed differs with the character of the bottom. Those from Olridir Bay are uniformly formed of coarse grains of red, black, yellow and colorless sand, with here and there a small lamellibranch shell or a fragment of a larger one. The Granville Bay examples, on the other hand, are composed of flattened pieces of black or oceasionally gray shale, with numerous large pieces or even entire shells, bits of sea urchin tests, ete. Many of the bits of shell are very thin and translucent (like Anomia), permitting the form of the worm to be distinctly seen. In many cases the fragments of shale are as much as 15 mm. in diameter, and the pieces of shell are still larger. Granville Bay, O. 39, 30-40 fath., and O. 40, 20-30 fath. ; Olvidir Bay, O. 49, 15-20 fath. Scalibregma inflatum var. corethura Mich. Whale Sound, O. 41, surface. Flabelligera affinis Sars. Cape York, O. 34, 10 fath. Flabelligera infundibularum Johnson. This species, recently described by H. P. Johnson from the Puget Sound region, is represented by one specimen which differs slightly from the Pacific coast examples. The capillary setze have a greater number of cross nodes, the infundibular setze appear to be some- what shorter, and the stalked sense organs have a different form, which, however, is probably merely the result of a different state of preservation. McCormick Bay, Dr. Sharp. Axiothea catenata Malmg. Barden Bay, O. 45, 10-40 fath. Cistenides granulata (Linn.) Malmg. Godhayn Harbor, O. 2, 8 fath., and O. 3, beach; Sarkak, O. 57, 9 fath. Cistenides hyperborea Malmg. Barden Bay, O. 45, 10-40 fath. 276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Amphitrite cirrata Miller. Barden Bay, O. 45, 10-40 fath. A few tubes of an Amphitrite were also dredged at Foulke Fjord, O. 12, 35 fath. Nicolea arctica Malmg. Very abundantly represented in the collections from Northum- berland Island. Melville Bay, O. 6; Northumberland Island, O. 11, 10-15 fath. Scione lobata Malms. Granville Bay, O. 39, 30-40 fath.; Barden Bay, O. 45, 10-40 fath. Axionice flexuosa (Grube) Malmg. Saunders Island, O. 9, 5-10 fath.; Granville Bay, O. 39, 30-40 fath. Tkelepus circinnatus (Fabr.) Malmg. Next to Harmothoé imbricata, this species occurs most frequently ~ in the collections of Dr. Ortmann. It is not represented in the material from McCormick Bay. Godhavn, Dr. Hayes; Godhayn Harbor, O. 2, 8 fath.; off Cape Chalon, O. 27, 35 fath.; Foulke Fjord, O. 32, 14 fath.; Gran- ville Bay, O. 39, 30-40 fath.; Olridir Bay, O. 49, 15-20 fath., Robertson Bay, O. 51, 35-40 fath.; Karnah, O. 50, 30-40 fath, Chone infundibuliformis Kroyer. Olridir Bay, O. 29, 7-25 fath. Serpula sp. Tubes of a small Serpula were found attached to the tubes of Northia conchylega from Olridir Bay and other places. Spirorbis granulatus (Linn.) Morch. Found only attached to the tubes of Northia conchylega and Thelepus circinnatus, and especially abundant on the former in Olridir Bay. A number of examples were noticed in which the last turn of the tube was elevated and free. The thick tube is sometimes marked with one, sometimes with two, longitudinal angu- lar ridges; these become quite evident in young individuals of .5 mm. diameter. Foulke Fjord, O. 82, 14 fath.; Granville Bay, O. 39, 30-40 fath.; Olridir Bay, O. 49, 15-20 fath. bo ~I “I 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Spirorbis verruca (Fabr.) Mérch. Found only with the last, than which it is less common, attached to the tubes of Northia. Specimens measuring 7 to 8 mm. across the spiral were found. Spirorbis spirillum (Lirn.) Moreh. In addition to the typical open spiral form there have been re- ferred to this species numerous examples which, while haying, so far as could be determined, identical characters of setse, operculum, ete., have the tube usually coiled in a flat spiral of smaller size and less pellucid character. This form occurs abundantly in com- paratively shallow waters, attached in the manner of Spirorbis borealis, from which the tube is distinguished at once by the reverse direction of its coil, to Laminaria and other resistant thalloid alg. When attached to a clean surface of the alga the plane of the spiral is always perfectly flat; when, however, as frequently occurs, the annelid is associated with an incrusting growth of bryozoans, the coil of the former immediately becomes elevated and open, approach- ing the typical form which is found in deeper waters associated with hydroids and branching bryozoans. As noted by Michaelsen, this species reaches a much larger size than has been recorded by Leyinsen and other students of Arctic Polycheta. One of the largest examples, occurring in the collections from Olridir Bay, measures 8.5 mm. in height of the spiral. The typical form is represented from the following localities: South of Cape Alexan- der, O. 26, 27 fath.; Olridir Bay, O. 49, 15-20 fath.; Karnah, O. 50, 30-40 fath. ; Robertson Bay, O. 51, 35-40 fath. The flat form occurs as follows: Upernayvik, O. 4, 5-10 fath.; Saunders Island, O. 9, 5-10 fath.; Northumberland Island, O. 11, 10-15 fath.; Robertson Bay, O. 51, 5-15 fath.; Foulke Fjord, O. 54, 5 fath. Spirorbis vitreus (Fabr.) Morch. A single example attached to the tube of a Northia conchylega from Foulke Fjord, O. 39, 14 fath. 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIII AND XIV. PLATE XIiI.— Gattyana senta : Fig. 1.—Outline of the right parapodium, without sete, of X ; posterior aspect. Xx 14. Fig. 2.—Right elytron of XIII. x 14. Figs. 3-5.—Dorsal, middle and ventral notopodial seti, respectively, from the left parapodium of X. 12mm, have been cut out of the drawi ing of the middle sets to permit of its being shown entire on the same scale as the others. X 75. Fig. 6.—Tip of dorsal notopodial ; left, X. x 335. Figs. 7 and 8.—Tip and basal portion of middle notopodial, respec- tively ; left, X._ X 335. Figs. 9-11.—Tips of ventral, middle and dorsal neuropodial set, respectively, from the left parapodium of X. x 75. Figs. 12 and 13.—Extreme tips of the ventral and middle sete shown in figs. 9 and 10 respectively. X 339. Gattyana ciliata : ese 14 and 15.—A dorsal and a middle notopodial seta from X. xX Fig. 16.—A portion of a typical notopodial seta. x 835. Figs, 17-19.—Tips of ventral, middle and dorsal neuropodial set, ~ respectively, from X. X 75. PLATE XIV, fig. 20.—A typical elytron of Gattyana ciliata. VII, right. x 14. Harmothoé truncata.—All sete are from the right foot of X : Fig. 21. —Typical middle neuropodial. x 75. Fig. 22.—A portion of the same seta. X "$85, Fig. 23.—A large middle notopodial. x 75. Fig. 24.—A dorsal notopodial, entire. X 75. Fig. 25.—Tip of a large middle notopodial. Xx 335. Figs. 26-28.—Smaller dorsal, middle and ventral rotopodials respec- tively. x 335. Lagisca multisetosa.—All sete are from the right parapodium of X: Fig, 29.—A typical anterior elytron. x 14. Fig. 30.—A small portion of the middle of the dorsal surface of the same. X 75. Fig. 31.—A small portion of the posterior margin of the same, X 75. Fig. 32, a, band c.—Ventral, middle and dorsal neuropodials, x 75. Figs. 33 and 34.—Tips of ventral and dorsal neuropodials. x 835. Fig. 35.—A middle notopodial. X 75. Fig. 36.—Tip of the same. X 335. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279 THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE ALEYRODIDE. BY T. D. A. COCKERELL. The American species of this homopterous family have been well treated by Quaintance (Tech. Bull., 8, Div. Ent., Dep. Agric., 1900); in the following essay an attempt is made to classify and catalogue the species of the world. ALEYRODIDA Westwood, 1840. Adults of both sexes with two pairs of wings, which are rounded apically and appear more or less mealy; the edges of the wings are ornamented with a distinct sculpture or little bunches of bristles. Antenne simple in form, seven-jointed; first two joints short and stout. Legs six, all well developed. Eyes often constricted in the middle, or even completely divided. Tarsi with two claws. Size always small. £@q elliptical, with a short peduncle (fig. 9). Larva oval, with short, stout legs. Pupa quiescent, oval, often with a waxy fringe. Margin vari- ously sculptured (figs. 4, 5, 6). Abdomen sometimes with large secretory pores (fig. 4). On the dorsal surface of the abdomen is an orifice, known as the vasiform orifice, provided with a more or less rounded flap, the operculum, and a usually elongate narrow two-jointed structure, the lingua (fig. 3). Adult with the median vein of wings forked; pupa with the lingua [arc eens eee es 8.) oles eeae ts AT NORODIOUS, Adult with the median vein of wings not forked; pupa with the lincoususuallyssmall a0. Seen - | 2) AEYRODES: ALEURODICUS Douglas. Aleurodicus Douglas, Ent. Mo. Mag., Ser. II, Vol. 3 (1892), p. 32. All the species belong to the warmer parts of America, except A. holmesii from Fiji, which was, I suspect, introduced from America with the Psidiwm on which it feeds. The adults are easily recog- nized by the venation of the wings (fig. 1), although Aleyrodes 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [May, often has a fold which simulates a branch. The submedian yein has usually been considered a branch of the median, but it appears to have in every case a separate origin. The pupa of Alewrdicus is rather easily recognized by its large lingua, and the nearly uni- versal possession of very large secretory pores along the sides of the abdomen. The margin of the pupa is often provided with hairs at rather distant intervals. 1. cocois (Curtis). 7. ornatus Ckll., fig. 1. 2. anone Morgan. 8. pulvinatus (Mask. ). 3. dugesti Ckll. 9. altissimus (Quaint. ). 4. iridescens Ckll. 10. persee (Quaint. ). 5. mirabilis (Ckll.), figs. 83, 4. 11. holmesii (Mask. ). 6. minimus Quaint. 12. jamaicensis n. sp., fig. 2. Aleurodicus jamaicensis was collected by the writer at Kingston, Jamaica, in 1893. The pupa is small (hardly 14mm. long), with vertical walls, margin resembling that of pulvinatus; color bright yellow, with a brownish dorsal cloud, and a diamond-shaped black patch just anterior to the vasiform orifice. Other characters are shown in fig. 2. Subg. DIALEURODICUS n. subg. Pupa without any profuse secretion or wax rods; no large secre- tory pores; adult with short spotted wings, the branch of the median vein more basal than usual. Type Aleurodicus cockerelli Quaintanee, from Brazil. ALEYRODES Latreille. Aleyrodes Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crustacés et Insectes, Vol. XIi (1804), p. 347. Type A. proletella (L.). The species average smaller than A/ewrodicus and the median vein is not forked. The pupz often have a lateral fringe of waxy rods or ribbons. As at present understood, the genus is cosmo- politan. (1) PaLwxarctic SPEcTrEs. 1. ‘aceris (Baer. ). 5. earpini Koch. 2. avellane Sign. 6. dubia Hegeer. 3. brassiere Walk. 7. fragarie Sign. 4. capree Sign. 8. fraxini Sign. 1902.] 9. immaculata Hegeer. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 16. ribium Doug}. 10. jelinekii Frauent. 17. rubi Sign. 11. lonicere Walk. 18. rubicola Dougl. 12. phillyrea Halid. 19. spire Dougl. 13. prenanthis (Schr. ). 20. vaceinii Kanow. 14. proletella (L. ). 21. xylostet Westhoff. 15. querctis Sign. 22. lauri Sign. (2) Eruropran SPECcIEes. 23. asparagi Lewis. (Natal. ) 24. bergit Sign. (Mauritius. ) (3) ORtENTAL SPECTEs. 25. nubilans Buckton. 30. piperis Mask. 26. barodensis Mask. 31. gossypii (Fitch). 27. cotesii Mask. 32. lactea Zehnt. (Java. ) 28. eugenie Mask. 33. longicornis Zehnt. (Java. ) 29. aurantii (Mask. ). (4) AUsTRALASIAN SPECIES. 34. sacchari Mask. F. 35. lecanioides (Mask.). N. Syn. papillifer Mask. 36. asplenti Mask. N. 37. aurea (Mask.). N. 2. comata Mask. F. . eroceata Mask. A. . decipiens Mask. A. 5. fodiens Mask. N. 5. hirsuta Mask. A. Syn. melicyti Mask. 47. limbata Mask. A. 38. fagi Mask. N. 48. nigra Mask. A. 39. simplex Mask. N. 40. banksie Mask. (43) Korscuert, E. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., XLVI, Hf. 3, 1896. (44) Rosenstapr. Biol. Centribl., VIII, 1888, p. 452. (45) Giarp et Bonnier. Contributions a 1|’étude des bopyriens, Traveaux de l’inst. zoo). de Lille, 1887. (46) FRENzEL, Jon. Mitth. aus der Zool. Sta. Neap, V, 1884, PD. 50. * Only works. actuall y consulted are mentioned. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. All figures drawn by the aid of the camera lucida X 600. Fig. 1.—Median cell from intestine of Porcellio scaber, fed with raw beef; intestine fixed after 24 hrs. in Hermann’s fluid (24 hrs.) and washed in water for 24 hrs. Sections stained in 15 per cent. acid- fuchsine in aniline water. Alb. G7., albumose granules. Fig. 2.—Median cell from intestine of Porcellio scaber, fed with raw beef; intestine fixed after 24 hrs. in 95 per cent. alcohol (24 hrs.), washed in lower grades and finally in water 15 hrs. Sections stained in 15 per cent. acid-fuchsine in aniline water. Albumose granules washed out. Nucleus shows effects of unilateral penetration of the fixing fluid. Fig. 3.—Median cell from intestine of Porcellio scaber, fed with raw beef; intestine fixed after 50 hrs. in Hermann’s fluid (24 hrs.), and washed in water 24hrs. Alb. Gr., albumose granules. Fig. 4.—Median cell from intestine of Porcellio scaber, fed with raw beef; intestine fixed after 50 hrs. in 95 per cent. alcohol (24 hrs.), and washed in water 15 hrs. Albumose granules washed out. The nucleus is distorted by the fixation. The mass which occupied the concavity of the nucleus previous to washing may have contained albumose. Com- pare fig. 3. Fig. 5.—Two per cent. peptone (depur. sicc. aus Fibrine, Gribler) precipitated on cover-glass with Flemming’s strong fluid. Washed in running water 6 hrs. Stained i in 7 per cent. acid-fuchsine. Fig. 6.—Two per cent. serumalbumen and 2 per cent. deuteroalbumose (Gribler) (equal parts) precipitated on cover-glass by Hermann’s fluid, washed in running water 6 hrs., and stained in 7 per cent. acid-fuchsine in aniline water. Og., coagulum of albumen ; Ald. Gr., albumose gran- ules. Fig. 7.—Two per cent. serumalbumen precipitated by 1 per cent. HgCl, and washed in running water 6 hrs,; then impregnated with 1 per cent. Deuteroalbumose 2 hrs. and again precipitated by Flemming’s fluid (24 hrs.), and stained in 7 per cent. acid-fuchsine in aniline water. Cq., coagulum of albumen ; Ald. Gr., albumose granules. Fig. 8.—Median cell from ‘‘mid-gut’’ of Onisews asellus, fed with raw beef; intestine fixed after 20 hrs. in sublimate-acetic. Sections stained in Biondi-Hiedenhain. Art., artifact caused by unilateral penetration of the fixing fluid (see p. 305); Alb. Gr., albumose granules. Fig. 9.—Median portion of the typhlosole from intestine of Porcellio spinicor nis, fed with raw beef; intestine fixed after 24 hrs. in sublimate- acetic. Alb. Gr., albumose eranules. Fig. 10. —Two anterior cells from intestine of Porcellio scaber, fed with ole. oil and fixed after 24 hrs. in 1 per cent. platinic chloride 15 pts., 1 per cent. osmicacid 4 pts. Sections stained in 10 per cent. acid-fuchsine, All black granules are fat. 360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, ADDITIONS TO THE JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA.—VI. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. The present communication consists chiefly of detailed descrip- tions of species briefly defined in footnotes to my Catalogue of the Clausiliide of the Japanese Empire,’ although a number of new species, not enumerated therein, are now defined. The discovery of all of these forms we owe to the continued exertions of Mr. Y. Hirase, of Kyoto, Japan. Section MEGALOPH.EDUSA Boettger. Clausilia mitsukurii Pilsbry. Pilsbry, these Proceedings for 1901, p. 648, footnote No. 2 (March 1, 1902). Shell rimate, fusiform, short and obtuse at the ends, somewhat Bulimimus-shaped ; purplish-brown under a thin cuticle, which has been almost entirely lost in the type specimens. Surface dull, finely striate, everywhere extensively eroded by the joint action of free carbonie acid and mechanical wear. Spire tapering to the very obtuse apex. Whorls 84 to 8}, slightly convex, the latter half of the last whorl compressed, tapering. Aperture but slightly oblique, fleshy-brown within, oval or ovate. Peristome reflexed, flesh-colored, the upper margin adnate for a short distance. Supe- rior lamella oblique, not reaching the margin, continuous within with the spiral lamella, which extends to a latero-ventral posi- tion. Inferior lamella retreating, distinctly truncate at its base, giving off a branch toward the superior lamella, strong, but slightly curved and obliquely ascending within, penetrating deeper than the superior lamella, to the ventral side. Subcolumellar lamella barely emerging. Principal plica Short, * Jatero-dorsal. 1Tn all cases the descriptions have been drawn from the original specimens defined in the footnotes of that catalogue, though in sume cases additional material has also been studied in connection with the types. 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361 About 8 short, almost tuberculiform palatal plics: stand in a lateral position, the upper and lower ones being a little larger. Length 284, diam. 84, length of aperture 9 mm. Length 28}, diam. 74, length of aperture 8} mm. Length 29, diam. 8, length of aperture 84 mm. Clausilium long and narrow, parallel-sided, tapering and thin at the distal end, moderately excised on the columellar side of the filament. Tomisato, Kii. Types No. 82,468, A. N.S. P., from No. 762 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. In this species the spire is shorter, thicker and more obtuse than in any form of C. martensi which has come under my observation. It is also smaller, with fewer whorls. In the type specimens there remains very little cuticle, and what there is is extensively, minutely pitted and of a yellow or golden color around the pits. Named in honor of the well-known Japanese zoologist. It will be figured in connection with a review of the section Megalo- phedusa. Clausilia ducalis var. decapitata n. v. Much smaller than the typical duealis or var. doreas, base more tapering. Early whorls lost in the adult stage, only 7 to 74 remain- ing, the summit being thus very blunt. The serface is dull, finely and weakly striate, more deeply so on the base. Palatal plicew 4, the upper long; no lower palatal plica. Length 25, diam. 6 mm. Length 224, diam. 64 mm. Kashima, Harima. Types No. 83,239, A. N.S. P., from No. 913a of My. Hirase’s collection. Section HEMIPHEDUSA Boettger. Group of C. subluneliata. Mollendorff, Journ. Asiatic Soc. of Bengal, LIV, pt. 2, p. 68 (1885). Pilsbry, these Proceedings for 1901, pp. 477, 649. This group was originally defined from species collected in the region of Nikko and Lake Chusenji, in Proyince Shimotsuke. Mr. Hirase’s researches have now brought to light species far to the southward, in Kii Province, and extending its range northward to 362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, the southern part of Yesso. So far as present information goes, no species of the group occurs in Shikoku, southwestern Nippon’ or Kyushu. It seems io be a group of middle and northern Nippon. The most important structural peculiarities of the group are the ab- sence of any pronounced emargination or excision of the clausilium on the columellar side of the filament, and the lack of a lower pala- tal plica. All the species are pale-colored. Most of the species defined by yon Méllendorif haye not been figured, and were apparently described from very few specimens. In studying them I have found the table opposite, compiled from the original diagnoses, a useful aid ;* and its publication may assist others. Clausilia heteroptyx n. sp. Pl. XVIU, figs. 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22. Shell rimate, stoutly fusiform, solid, light yellow, the cuticle partly worn off, somewhat glossy, lightly striate, a little more strongly so just behind the lip. Spire rather thick, regularly taper- ing, not attenuated, the apex obtuse. Whorls 9, but slightly con- vex, the last flattened, rounded beneath. Aperture but slightly oblique, ovate, the peristome continuous, appressed to the preceding whorl above, expanded and reflexed. Superior lamella oblique, rather high, continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates to about the middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella forming a distinct though obtuse fold on the columella, somewhat thickened and bifureate within, rather straightly ascending and thickened within the dorsal side, penetrating further than the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella slightly immersed, the end visible in a front or oblique view, but not extending upon the lip. Principal plica not quite a half whorl] long, the lower end visible deep in the throat, extending inward past a lateral position. Lunella straight and narrow, one or two short, oblique palatal plicze above it. Length 26.5, diam. 6.6, length of aperture 7.8 mm. Length 25.2, diam. 6.5, length of aperture 7.2 mm. Length 24, diam. 6.5, length of aperture 7 mm. Clausilium not much curved, long, narrow and parallel-sided, the palatal side somewhat thickened, apex rather acuminate; there is no noticeable excision or emargination near the filament (PI. XVIII, figs. 21, 22). 2 'The model is that of Prof, von Martens, used very successfully by him in the land mollusks of the Biologia Centrali Americana. 363 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1902.] F r “i Subcolu- ates Size of Species and Color, Superior Inferior ] Principal Palatal ‘ P ker Locality. | Shape. | geutpture. | APerture. | jamella, | lamella. | 7meUAT | pica, plice, Dae eee | eins) Wi ONSs (ee a GC. sericina.|R a t h e ri\Corneous;|Rounded - pi-/Strong, ob- Inconspie-/‘Slightly|Deep, hard-\2, the upper; None. 2244 5 10-10% | 5x4 L. Chusen-| swollcn| delicately} riform; per-| lique, con-| uous in! emerging. | ly visible} short,second ips fusiform ,| striate,silky,| ist. continu-| tiguous to} front,trun- in the) punctiform solid. the last] ous solute,| spirallam.| cate be- aperture. | or obsolete. whorl hard-| much thick- low. ly more ened. striate. Var. minor.) Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. |Immersed. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. 20% 11 Yum aga- aishi. CG. sublunel-\S wollen|Corneous-\|Long-piri-|Strong, ob-|Receding,|I m mersed,|Moderate,|2, the upperShort and) 24 5 11 6x4 lata.Moun-| fusiform,| brown, very| form; perist.| Jique, tri-| straighten-) visible in) passing) short, sub-| straight. tains of| rather sol-| finely striate] nearly free,) angular,| ed, strong) an oblique) the lateral) parallel to Nikko. id,4 earlier much thick-| continu-| within. view. line. the princi- whorls ened, alittle) ous with pal p.; lower forming a reflexed. spiral lam- very short. eylindrie, ella, obtuse spire. CG. subulina.|Slenderly|Corneous?,| Rounded - pi- Strong, ob--Remote,|Emerging. |Moderate. |Upper plicajLateral,| 16 3 10 3g x 234 L. Chusen-| fusiform,| sub-pellu-| riform; per-) lique, con-| disappear- liverging| subobso- ji. rather sol-| cid, delicate-| ist. solute,| tinuous) ing below from princi-| lete, or id. ly striatu-| thick, re-) with aprel but giving pal plica. formed of! late, the last] flexed, sinu-) lamella. off a no- 2or3 punc- whorl rug-| ate above, dule to the tiform ose-striate. | white-lipped margin. plice. GC. opeas.|\Cylindrie-/Corneous;/Elongate-|Marginal,|Remote, in-\I mmersed,/Slightly|Upper plica)Short and) 1744 3g 10% | 34x 246 Mountains} fusiform,} finely striat-| rounded:| moderate. | conspicu-) visible in) passing) short, di-| straight. of Nikko. | rather sol-| ulate, the| perist. so- ous, strong} an oblique) the lateral) verging, id. last whor!]! lute, a little within. view. line. lower punc- rugose-stri-| reflexed, tiform, ate. slightly thickened. C.micropeas|Lon g-fusi-/Pale corne-|Rounded - pi--O blique,)/Remote, in- Immersed. Quite short.|One short lat-|Reduced to} 1034 to | 214 to 914 | 224x L.Chusen-| form, thin.| ous; finely) riform; per-| continuous! conspicu- eral upper) amerein-| 11 24 134-2 ji costulate. ist. solute, a| with spiral] ous. plica and) dication. little re-| lamella, sometimes a flexed. 2d puncti- form plica. 364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Tomisato, Kii. Types No. 82,485, A. N.S. P., from No. 764a of Mr. Hirase’s collection. It occurs also at Nachi, Kil. This species is related to C. swblunellata and C. opeas, both described by Dr. yon Méllendorff from the mountains around Nikko, Proy. Shimotsuke. Compared with the description of ©. sublunellata, the present species is less slender, with fewer whorls and a larger aperture. C'. opeas is a smaller and much more slender species, with much smaller aperture. A remarkable yariation occurs in one of the specimens of the type lot opened, which has two short palatal folds above, not con- nected with the lunella (fig. 19). In a specimen from Nachi opened, the single upper palatal fold is connected with the lunella (fig. 18). This specimen measures, length 27, diam. 6.8 mm., and has nearly 10 whorls. Clausilia subulina var. leucopeas noy. Pl. XVIII, figs. 28, 29, 30, 31, 32. Shell rimate, fusiform or somewhat cylindric, whitish-corneous or greenish-corneous, densely and finely but sharply striate, glossy. Spire tapering and attenuated above, though rather large at the summit. Apex obtuse. Whorls 10, convex, the last somewhat flattened, not more coarsely striate. Aperture somewhat oblique, piriform, the peristome continuous, very shortly free above, a little notched at the position of the superior lamella; white, reflexed and a little thickened within. Superior lamella rather strong, oblique, continuous with the spiral lamella, which extends inward to the middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella receding, inconspicuous in a front view or forming a slight columellar fold; thickened and rather straightly ascending within, penetrating as far as or a little further than the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella usually emerging to the lip-edge (fig. 30), but sometimes immersed (fig. 29). Prineipal plica strong, visible deep in the throat, extending to a latero-yentral position. Below it there is a short, oblique upper palatal plica, weakly connected with, or almost separated from, the rather narrow lunella, which is stronger below than above (and sometimes reduced or almost wholly wanting). ~ Length 15.7, diam, 3.8, length of aperture 3.5 mm. Length 16, diam. 3.2, length of aperture 3.5 mm. Length 14, diam. 3.3, length of aperture 3.3 mm. Clausilium (PI. XVIII, figs. 31, 32) long and parallel-sided, 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365 tapering-rounded and thin at the apex, hardly excised on the colu- mellar side of the filament. Ikoma, Kii. Types No. 82,484, A. N.S. P., from No. 7660 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Also Tomisato, Kii, No. 766a, and Samotonaka-mura, Kii, No. 766¢ (Mr. Hirase). This form seems to be related to C. subulina Mlldff., an un- figured species described from Lake Chusenji in Shimotsuke Prov- ince, west of beautiful Nikko. It is apparently somewhat less slender than that, not especially rugose striate on the last whorl, with a better developed lunella. I have not seen C. subulina. Old specimens become dull and opaque, and lose much of the fine striation by wear. Some of the shells from Tomisato are of a light brown tint, others being whitish-corneous like the types. In two specimens opened from Ikoma (No. 769) the lunella is so weak as to be hardly perceptible. The indistinct vestige would not be noticed in these shells were it not better developed in others of the species. It is apparently an abundant shell in the Province Kii. Clausilia sericina var. rhopalia Pilsbry. Pl. XVIII, figs. 23, 24, 25, 26, 27. Pilsbry, these Proceedings for 1901, p. 624 (February 6, 1902). Figures are here given of the types of this subspecies, not hitherto figured. It is a larger and stouter shell than C. subulina var. leucopeas, and the inferior lamella forms a more or less prom- inent columellar fold. It is from Mikuriya, Suruga. Compared with the description of C. sericina Mlldff., from Lake Chusenji, these specimens differ in the emerging inferior lamella and the palatal armature, which, if yon Méllendorff’s description is correct, must be quite different, as he states, after mentioning the deeply placed principal plica, that it has two palatal plicz, the upper short, second punctiform or obsolete, the lower and the lunella wanting. In rhopalia there is a single short upper palatal plica and a long, narrow lunella. In external contour the two forms agree. The type of C. sericina was in the Hungerford collection, and its present location is unknown to me. Group of C. validiuseula. Clausilia carystoma Mildff. Pl XVII, figs. 1, 2. Méllendorff, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LI, pt. 2, p. 6, Pl. 1, fig. 5 (1882); LIV, pt. 2, p. 65 (1885). Specimens before me from Kobe, Setsu, the type locality, agree 366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, well with Mollendorff’s description and figure, except in haying 10 whorls instead of 9, and in being a trifle larger. The very short lunella is connected with the lower palatal plica in the specimen figured (figs. 1, 2), but in another it is a short fold exactly as figured for var. jayi (Pl. XVII, fig. 3). The figured shell meas- ures length 15, diam. 3.7 mm. ‘The spiral and inferior lamellz are of equal length, reaching past the ventral side to a lateral posi- tion on the left side. The species is somewhat remarkable for the nearly ventral posi- tion of the palatal plicz, a point which von Moéllendorff has empha- sized. They are placed quite as in Tyrannophedusa, while in Hemiphedusa these plice are generally lateral or latero-dorsal. The long spiral lamella is also a Tyrannophzedusan character. The clausilium is narrow, parallel-sided, rather straight, notice- ably oblique at the distal end (but not thickened there as it is in Tyrannophedusa), and excised on the columellar side near the filament. It is like that of var. jayi. C. caryostoma is known only from Kobe, Setsu. The specimen figured was sent by the late Mr. B. Schmacker (No. 60,378, AE UNG Saks) Clausilia caryostoma var. jayi nov. Pl. XVII, figs. 3, 4, 5, 6. Shell rimate, fusiform, moderately attenuated above, glossy, brown, distinetly and finely striate, a little more coarsely so on the latter part of the last whorl. Whorls 10, moderately convex, the last flattened and tapering. Aperture ovate-trapezoidal, the brown- tinted peristome continuous, reflexed and thickened, shortly free and not emarginate above. Superior lamella rather small, oblique, slender, marginal, continuous with the spiral lamella, which pene- trates inward past the ventral side. Inferior lamella receding, in- conspicuous in a front view, rather low and obliquely ascending within, as long as the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella yary- ing from immersed to weakly emerging. Principal plica very long, extending from a.ventral position above the sinulus nearly to the lip. Palatal plicee three, nearly ventral, the upper and lower long, the intermediate one short and small. Length 13, diam. 2.9, length of aperture 3 mm. Length 12, diam. 2.8, length of aperture 2.8 mm. Clausilium (Pl. XVII, figs. 4, 5) narrow, a little obliquely 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367 tapering at the apex, deeply excised on the columellar side of the filament. Jo, Kii. Types No. 82,476, A. N.S. P., from No. 770¢ of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Also Yamaguchi, Tajima. This form differs from C. caryostoma chiefly in being smaller, less coarsely striate and more slender, with a larger aperture. Named for Dr. John C. Jay, author of one of the earliest papers on Japanese shells. Clausilia gracie Pilsbry. Pl. XVII, figs. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11. Shell very small, slenderly fusiform, pale brown, finely striate, a little more coarsely so on the back of the last whorl. Upper half strongly attenuated, penultimate whorl somewhat swollen, latter half of the last whorl compressed and tapering, the position of the principal plica marked by a shallow but distinct sulcus. Whorls 9, the first rather globose, the rest moderately convex. Aperture slightly oblique, ovate-piriform, the peristome continuous, shortly free above, reflexed, and strongly thickened within. Superior lamella small and vertical, continuous with the spiral lamella, which ascends past the middle of the ventral margin. Inferior lamella receding, inconspicuous in a front view, but seen to form a distinct fold when viewed obliquely in the aperture; straightly and obliquely ascending within, penetrating as far as the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella deeply immersed. Principal plica long and strong, extending from a latero-ventral position nearly to the lip. There are two long, strong and oblique lateral palatal plice, with a strong, short lunella between them, not connected with either. Length 9.3, diam. 2.2 mm. Length 7.7, diam. 2 mm. The clausilium is narrow and parallel-sided, tapering at the distal end, and abruptly, deeply excised on the columellar side of the filament (figs. 7, 8). Nachi, Kii. Types No. 82,458, A. N. 8. P., from No. 794 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. This species shares with C. hiraset and C. ewholostoma the dis- tinction of being one of the smallest known from Japan. It is not closely related to any of the described forms, standing nearer C. aulacophora, C. pigra and C. tosana than to other species now known. It is much smaller than C. caryostoma or the variety jay?. 368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, The diminutive stature together with the several characters itali- cized above readily distinguish the species. Some specimens taper more slowly and regularly than others, as the figures show. Group of C. aulacophora. This group passes into the group of C. validiuscula by such an easy transition that it is rather difficult to draw a line between them, although typical forms are so different. In the latter group there are several palatal plicze standing between the upper and lower ones, while in the former these plicze are united, and thereby trans- formed into a lunella. Clausilia pigra n.sp. Pl. XXI, figs. 73, 74. Shell rimate, rather slenderly fusiform, strongly attenuated above, light reddish-brown, finely striate (or smooth by wearing or erosion of the surface in some specimens). Spire very slender aboye, the first whorl rather globose, several whorls following not increasing in diameter (but in eroded individuals it is acute and tapering). Whorls 10 to 104, convex, the last compressed laterally, tapering; becoming free for a short distance in front, and grooved above the position of the superior lamella. Aperture piriform, subvertical, the distinct sinulus retracted. Peristome continuous, white, reflexed and thickened, sinuous above. Superior lamella marginal, rather small, subvertical, continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates past the ventral side. Inferior lamella immersed, deeply receding, thick, straightened, branching and obliquely ascending within, penetrating as far as or less deeply than the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella deeply immersed. Principal plica long, extending from the ventral side nearly to the aperture. Upper and lower palatal plicze are connected by a straight lunella, forming a barrier shaped like the letter I, and exactly lateral in position. Length 15.5, diam. 3.3, length of aperture 3.4 mm. Length 14, diam. 3.3, length of aperture 3 mm. Length 15, diam. 3, length of aperture 3 mm. Clausilium narrow and parallel-sided, abruptly and deeply excised on the columellar side of the filament. Kashima, Harima. Types No. 82,455, A. N.S. P., from No. 506¢ of Mr. Hirase’s collection. By the shape of the aperture and the forwardly built, shortly 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369 free last whorl, this species is related to C. tosana Pils.; but it differs from tosana in the more deeply penetrating lamelle and principal plica, the distinct lunella connecting the two palatal plicse I-like, and the larger size of the less slender shell. Moreover, the clausilium is deeply excised on the columellar side near the filament, as in C. harimensis, while in tosana it merely tapers there. C. pigra is probably not closely related to C. aulacophora, although by parallel evolution it has attained the same type of palatal armature. At Nametoko, Lyo, on Shikoku Island, a form of C. tosana occurs in which there is an imperfect lunella in place of the intermediate palatal plicze, at least in some specimens (No. 82,288, A. N.S. P., from Mr. Hirase’s No. 5506). Group of C. awajiensis. Two remarkable additions are made to this group in C. agna and C. caloptyx, the first very glossy and smooth, the second beautifully sculptured with strong riblets. Clausilia subignobilis Pilsbry. Pl. XIX, figs. 33, 34, 35, 36. These Proceedings for 1901, LILI, p. 655, footnote No. 9 (March 1, 1902). Shell fusiform, attenuated above, very pale reddish-brown or gray-brown, somewhat glossy, finely striate, on the last half of the last whorl more coarsely so. Aperture trapezoidal-ovate, slightly oblique. Peristome well expanded, continuous, shortly free and concave or notched above. Superior lamella small, marginal, dis- connected from or barely connected with the spiral lamella, which penetrates barely to the ventral side. Inferior lamella deeply receding, slender and vertically ascending within, about as long as the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge, and bounded by grooves. Principal plica short, lateral, the lunella bow-shaped, its upper and lower ends bending strongly inward. Length 15.2, diam. 3.5 mm. Length 13, diam. 3.1 mm. Clausilium narrow, parallel-sided, rounded at the apex, some- what excised on the columellar side of the filament. Hirado, Hizen, in western Kyushu. Types No. 82,954, A. N. S. P., from No. 733 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Close to (. shikokuensis, in which, however, the spiral and infe- 24 370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, rior lamellze are longer, the principal plica longer and stronger, the subcolumellar lamella is immersed, and the lunella is strictly lateral. In C. subignobilis the subcolumellar lamella emerges strongly, and the lunella is somewhat dorso-lateral. Mr. E. R. Sykes, who kindly compared it with the type of his C. ignobilis, now in the British Museum, writes that ignobilis is ‘‘a yellower shell with more cylindrical and larger earlier whorls, more like C. isehna and C. iotaptyx.’’ Moreover, if the figure of C. ignobilis is correct, the lunella is lateral, not dorso-lateral, as it is in subignobilis. The three species, C. ignobilis, C. shikokuensis and C. sub- ignobilis, agree in the shape of the Junella, and are evidently closely related. Clausilia tantilla Pilsbry. Pl. XIX, figs. 43, 44. These Proceedings for 1901, LIII, p. 655, footnote No. 10 (March 1, 1902). Shell very small, fusiform, attenuated above, the last three whorls rather large; dull reddish-brown or gray, without cuticle in adult shells; striate, but worn smoothish, the last whorl more coarsely striate behind. Whorls 83, the first rather large, last compressed. Aperture slightly oblique, trapezoidal-ovate. Peristome reflexed and thickened, continuous, very shortly free aboye. Superior lamella small, abruptly lower where it joins the low spiral lamella. Inferior lamella receding, vertically ascending within. Sub- columellar lamella usually wholly immersed (but in one specimen of five emerging weakly to the lip-edge). Principal plica dorsal and lateral. Upper palatal plica short, a straight oblique, lateral lunella joining it in the middle. No lower palatal plica. Length 9.5, diam. 2.5 mm, Length 8.3, diam. 2.2 mm. Goto, Hizen. Types No. 83,028, A. N.S. P., from No. 813 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. The locality was erroneously given “« Goto, Uzen,’’ in a former communication. A very small form, differing from other known species of the group of C. awajiensis in the straight lunella, which does not curve inward below, and in the diminutive size of the shell. Clausilia bigeneris Pilsbry. Pl. XIX, figs. 87, 88. oe Proceedings for 1901, LIII, p. 656, footnote No. 12 (March 1, 2). Shell fusiform, moderately solid, pale reddish-brown, apparently a... 1902. ] WATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371 deprived of cuticle; surface lustreless, weakly striate: acutely tapering above to a small and rather acute apex. Whorls 10, moderately convex, the last compressed. Aperture shortly ovate, but slightly oblique. Peristome continuous, shortly free above, moderately thick and broadly flaring, reflexed, excavated at the sinulus. Superior lamella marginal, subyertical, continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates to the middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella deeply receding, subvertical within the last whorl, a little thickened below, not extending inward as far as the superior lamella. Subcolumellar lamella deeply immersed. Prin- cipal plica strong, approaching the lip, extending slightly past the middle of the lateral position. Upper palatal plica short, oblique, slightly disconnected from the lunella. Lunella dorso-lateral, straight above, curving far inward below. Length 14.3, diam. 3.5 mm. Clausilium narrow, rounded at the apex. Goto, Hizen. Types No. 82,956, A. N.S. P., from No. 818 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. The locality was incorrectly given as Goto, Uzen, in my preliminary description. This species recalls C. subaurantiaca somewhat. The lip is unusually developed. The slight notch between the lunella and the short upper palatal plica is unlike the allied species, and re- minded me at first of some species of the group of C. swblunellata, but the strong inward bend of the lower end of the lunella shows clearly that it belongs to the group of C. awajiensis. Clausilia agna n.sp. Pl. XIX, figs. 39, 40, 41, 42. Shell fusiform, moderately solid, the penultimate whorl widest, preceding and last whorls a Jittle narrower, those above tapering to a somewhat obtuse apex. Brownish-yellow, somewhat transparent. Surface brilliantly glossy, as though varnished, showing some faint growth wrinkles under a lens. Whorls 7-8, moderately convex, the suture often appearing margined by transparence. Last whorl not differently sculptured. Aperture subyertical, squarish-ovate. Peristome expanded and narrowly reflexed, hardly thickened, the upper margin adnate or barely free from the preceding whorl. Superior lamella compressed, marginal, continuous with the spiral lamella, which does not reach quite to the middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella deeply receding, a little thickened near its lower end, straightly ascending, not penetrating as deeply as the 372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella weakly emerging. Principal plica short, visible within the mouth, extending inward past the lunella. Upper palatal plica very short, connected with a rather low, nearly straight, slightly dorso-lateral lunella, the lower end of whick curves abruptly inward. Length 10.2, diam. 2.5 mm.; whorls 72. Length 8.6, diam. 2.3 mm.; whorls 6}. Clausilium (Pl. XTX, figs. 39, 40) parallel-sided, nearly straight, rounded apically, deeply excised on the columellar side of the filament. Yakushima, Osumi. Types No. 82,959, A. N. S. P., from No. 663¢ of Mr. Hirase’s collection. This species resembles Zaptyx in texture and general structure, as well as in the form of the clausilium, but it differs in wanting the sutural plicee and the accessory lamelle of that group. It is remarkable for the varnish-like gloss of the surface. Clausilia caloptyx n.sp. Pl. XIX, figs. 45, 46, 47, 48. Very small, fusiform, pale corneous-brown, solid and strong, rather rapidly tapering above to a rather obtuse apex. Surface regularly sculptured with strong, straight ribs, very coarse for so small a shell. Whorls 74,”convex, the last somewhat compressed, with the ribs a little more separated. Aperture squarish-ovate. Peristome white, continuous, reflexed, thickened within, very shortly free above, notched at the position of the superior lamella. Superior lamella marginal, compressed, subyertical, continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates scarcely to the ventral side. Inferior lamella receding, invisible in a front view, but appearing as a strong, deeply placed fold in an oblique view in the aperture ; straightly ascending within, not penetrating quite so deeply as the spiral Jamella. Subcolumellar lamella emerging. Principal plica short, extending from near the lip to a lateral position. Upper palatal plica very short, connected with the rather weak lunella, which curves inward at its lower end, and is dorso-lateral in posi- tion. Length 6.8, diam. 1.9 mm.; whorls 74 Length 7, diam. 2 mm.; whorls 74. Length 8, diam. 2.4 mm.; whorls 8 (larger form; see below). Clausilium (Pl. XIX, figs. 45, 46) parallel-sided, the distal third straightened, the rest strongly curved; distal end slightly 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373 oblique and a little thickened; columellar side excised near the filament. Yaku-shima, Osumi. Types No. 82,958, A. N.S. P., from No. 894 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Very distinct from any known Japanese or Riukiuan species. The strength and coarseness of the sculpture is remarkable in so small a shell. The lamelle and plicse penetrate less deeply than usual, One specimen (PI. XTX, fig. 49) is larger and more obese than the others of the type lot, but it agrees in other characters. The ribs are shown a little too much spaced on the last whorl of fig. 48. Group of C. aulacopoma. Shell similar to that of the group of C. awajiensis, excent that a nodule-like lower palatal plica is developed inward from the termi- nation of the lunella. Clausilium strongly curved, channeled on the outside at the apex. The single species at present composing this group is strongly individualized by the peculiar modification of the clausilium. Clausilia aulacopoma Pilsbry. Pl. XVII, figs. 12, 13, 14, 15, 16. These Proceedings for 1901, LILI, p. 656, footnote No, 11 (March 1, 1902). Shell fusiform, strongly attenuated above, brown, the surface lustreless, finely and weakly striate, more strongly so on the back of the last whorl. Whorls about 94, convex, the apex small. Aperture trapezoidal-ovate, a little oblique. Peristome reflexed and thickened. Sinulus distinct and slightly retracted. Superior lamella marginal, small and low, continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates to the middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella deeply receding, straightly ascending within the last whorl, distinetly thickened and a little sinuous near its lower end, a little shorter within than the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar Jamella emerging to the lip-edge, though sometimes but weakly, and bounded by grooves. Principal plica extending from the dorsal nearly to the ventral side. Upper palatal plica short, united in the middle to the strong oblique, latero-dorsal lunella, which is straight above and curves inward below, its inner end being contiguous to a strong short, nodule-like lower palatal plica. 374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Length 13.5, diam. 3 mm. Length 12.5, diam. 2.7 mm. Length 12, diam. 3 mm. Clausilium (Pl. XVII, figs. 13, 14) rather narrow and parallel- sided, very strongly curved, pinched into a channel or spout at the apex, abruptly and deeply emarginate on the columellar side of the filament. Hirado, Hizen, in western Kyushu. Types No. 82,980, A. N. S. P., from No. 733) of Mr. Hirase’s collection. There is some variation in the degree of apical attenuation and in the emphasis of the subcolumellar lamella. Fig. 16 represents the type. Some specimens, as that drawn in fig. 12, are more swollen. The shell resembles species of the group of C. awajiensis in most of its characters, except for the nodule-like lower palatal plica, but it is very distinct in the specialization of the clausilium, which is channeled apically, much as in C. crenilabium, the channel apparently fitting over the lower palatal plica. Section TYRANNOPHZDUSA Pilsbry. Group of C. mikado. The forms described and illustrated below complete the illustra- tion and description of the species and varieties now known of this section. Clausilia aurantiaca Boettger. Pl. XX, figs. 50, 51, 52, 53, 54. Boettger, Clausilienstudien, 68 (1877); Syst. Verz., p. 57 (1878); Jahrb. d. D. Malak. Ges. ‘ v. p- 101, Pl. 4, fig. 5. Kobelt, Fauna Moll. Extramar. Jap., p. 95, Pl. 9, fig. 11 (1879). This species was described from the ‘‘ interior of Nippon ’’ from specimens collected by Rein. Probably the types came from some province near the eastern end of the Inland Sea. The shell is very solid for its size, fusiform, moderately attenu- ated above, the early whorls quite small. The subventral lunella is straight, connecting the two palatal plic like the Jetter I, but it is usually placed obliquely, crossing the line of the external striz. The superior lamella is continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates inward across the ventral side to a point further inward than above the sinulus. The inferior lamella is equally long. The subcolumellar lamella typically emerges to the lip-edge. The shell usually is more or less orange-tinted brownish in color. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375 Specimens from Kobe, Setsu (B. Schmacker), are gray-brown or reddish-brown, worn, with 84-10 whorls, and are about 13 mm. long. The subcolumellar lamella emerges. Nohara, Yamato. Specimens measure from 12.3 x 3.3 mm. with 94 whorls, to 14x 3 mm. with 10 whorls. The subcolumellar lamella emerges. Aiga, Kii. Glossy, orange-brown, transparent enough to show the lunella and plice through; whorls 94-104; length 114~ 134mm. Subcolumellar lamella emerging. Nachi, Kii (fig. 51). Brownish dark-red, opaque. Whorls 10 to 11; length 12? to14 mm. The subcolumellar Jamella emerges weakly or is immersed. Kurozu, Kii. Whorls 10, length 124-13 mm. The subcolumel- lar lamella emerges slightly or is immersed. Ikari, Awaji (fig. 50). Color and texture as in last. Whorls 10; length 13-14 mm. The subcolumellar lamella emerges. Suimura, Awa, Shikoku (figs. 52, 53). Rather light chestnut- brown, some specimens showing the lunella and plice through. Length 12-15 mm. The subcolumellar lamella emerges. Obi, Higa. The shells are gray-brown or reddish-brown, and measure 13 mm. long, 3 wide, with 10 whorls. The connection between the superior and spiral lamellize is very low, almost inter- rupted, and the lunella is somewhat arcuate. The subcolumellar lamella emerges weakly. The clausilium of a specimen from this locality is figured (fig. 54). Clausilia aurantiaca var. erberi Bttg. Pl. XX, figs. 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60. Beettger, Syst. Verz., p 57. Moellendorff, J. A. S. B., LIV, pt. 2, No. 1, p. 65. C. a. minor Mildff, Journ. Asiatic Soe. Bewali ag pt. 2, No. 1, p. 9 (July, 1882); types from Nara, Yamato. Smaller and somewhat more slender than C, awrantiaea, the sub- columellar Jamella immersed ; lip narrower; lunella not quite reach- ing the upper palatal plica. This small form is usually fairly distinguishable from the typical aurantiaca. It extends from Harima to Yamato or Kii, specimens being before me from the following localities: Tomisato, Kii. Whorls 8-9; length 10-114 mm. The sub- columellar lamella barely emerges. It is not typical erberi. Per- haps referable rather to wurantiaca proper. 376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Gojo, Yamato. Length 104, diam. 2 mm.; whorls 94. Sub- columellar lamella immersed. Nara, Yamato. Length 94, diam. 2 mm.; whorls 9. Sub- columelar lamella immersed (Pl. XX, fig. 55, the palatal arma- ture represented as though showing through, but the shell is opaque). This and the preceding are typical erberi. Chikubu-shima, an island in Lake Biwa, Omi (fig. 56). Length varying from 10 to 12? mm.; whorls 9-10. The sub- columellar lamella is immersed. Though some specimens are rather large, their characters are otherwise as in the smaller ones with them. The shell figured in outline is 10.3 mm. long. Kashima, Harima (Pl. XX, figs. 57-60). Glossy, handsome specimens, 104 to 114 mm. long, with 10 to 104 whorls. The subcolumellar lamella is immersed; the palatal plicee are long, but the lunella is very short in some examples (fig. 59), while in others it is as long as in shells from Yamato. Clausilia aurantiaca var. plicilabris (A. Adams), Pl. XX, figs. 61, 62, 63. C. plictlabris A. Ad., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4 ser.), I, 1868, p. 469. Pfr., Monogr., VIII, p. 476. Kobelt, Fauna Moll. Extra- mar. Jap., p. 98. C. aurantiaca var. hypoptychia Pilsbry, these Proceedings for 1901, p- 652, footnote No. 7. Shell fusiform, moderately swollen, distinctly attenuated above, slender near the apex; whitish under a pale-brown cuticle, all of the specimens seen being more or less eroded on the surface. Closely striate. Whorls about 104, the last one tapering. Aper- ture piriform. Peristome pale brown or dirty white, thick and somewhat broadly reflexed, crossed by several unequal folds in the subcolumellar region. Superior lamella rather strong, becoming low within, barely continuous with or disconnected from the spiral lamella, which penetrates just past the ventral side. Inferior lamella very deeply receding, nearly as long within as the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge, aceom- panied by one or several accessory folds. Lunella joining the lower palatal fold near its inner end, scarcely connected with the upper palatal fold. Length 15, diam. 3.4 mm. Length 13.7, diam. 3.3 mm. Length 16, diam. 3.3 mm. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377 Kashima, an island near Tanabe, Kii. No. 82,459, A. N. 8. P., from No. 782 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. As in other Tyrannopheduse of the typical group, there is a slight depression behind the outer and basal lips. It is more slender above and more swollen below than C. orthatracta Pils. Further study of Adams’ description conyinces me that the form Inamed C. aurantiaca var. hypoptyehia can be nothing else than C. plicilabris A. Ad., described from Tanabe, Kii, the deserip- tion of which, so far as it goes, agrees exactly with the shells sent by Mr. Hirase. By ‘‘ lunella inconspicua’’ Adams merely meant that it was not visible through the shell. The degree of plication of the subcolumellar region varies within wide limits, as I have shown to be the ease in several other species of Tyrannophedusa. I do not give the name plicilabris precedence over awrantiaca, because the description published by Adams was not sufficient for the recognition of the species until specimens from the type locality came to hand. One specimen which was sent with v. plicilabris (Pl. XX, figs. 64, 65) is much larger than the others, measuring, length 19, diam. 3.8 mm. It is densely and sharply striate, and has 13 whorls. This may perhaps prove, when more material is received, to be a distinct species. It is No. 83,134, A. N.S. P. Group of C. bilabrata. Clausilia dalli Pilsbry. Pl. XXI, figs. 75, 76, 77. ee for 1901, LIII. p. 656, footnote No. 18 (March 1, Shell many whorled, awl-shaped, the upper half much attenuated, lower half obese, pale brown, rather thin, scarcely glossy, all the specimens haying the cuticle slightly worn below, wanting above; finely striate, more coarsely so on the back of the last whorl. Whorls 144 to 154, moderately convex, the first whorl rather globose, next 5 or 6 whorls scarcely increasing in diameter, those following enlarging slowly, the last three whorls forming about half the length of the shell, the penultimate whorl widest, last whorl narrower, compressed. Aperture trapezoidal-oyate, slightly oblique. Peristome continuous, thickened and reflexed, white, the right margin crossed by a single fold (the subcolumellar, fig. 76) 378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, or having a group of folds in that region (fig. 77). Superior lamella oblique, attaining the margin, rather widely separated from the spiral lamella. Spiral lamella continued inward to a point above the sinulus. Inferior lamella deeply receding, though often continued to the lip-edge, obliquely and straightly ascending within, and continued inward a little beyond the termination of the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge, and usually bounded by grooves. The principal plica is about a half- whorl long, extending from a dorsal to a ventral position. The lunella is strong, latero-ventral, its upper end curving inward, lower end united to the lower palatal plica at or near its inner end. Length 19, diam. 4.1, diam. of second whorl 1 mm. Length 17, diam. 3.8, diam. of second whorl .8 mm. Clausilium narrow, oblique at the distal end, thickened along the columellar margin and distally, as usual in Tyrannophedusa. Tairiuji, Awa, Shikoku Island. Types No. 82,957, A. N.S. P., from No. 819 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. This peculiar species resembles C. mikado Pils. in its much attenuated, concave-sided spire, which is more slender than that of C. iotaptyx Pils. It stands between iotaptyx and mikado in the number of whorls. The aperture is formed about as in C. iotaptyx, not being built forward as in C. mikado. From both of the species named it differs in palatal armature, the lunella being like that of C. bilabrata Smith. The spire is apparently not subject to - self-amputation, the apex being entire in the six specimens before me. ‘The clausilium is of the shape usual in Tyrannophedusa. C. dalli is named for the Honorary Curator of the Department of Mollusks of the U. S. National Museum. Section EUPHZDUSA Boettger. Clausilia holotrema Pilsbry. Pl. XXI, fig. 72. Pilsbry, these Proceedings for 1901, p. 654, footnote No. 8 (March 1, 1902). Shell rimate, fusiform, the upper third rapidly tapering to a minute apex; vinous brown, with a wide corneous zone below the su- ures, which is largely covered with whitish papery cuticle (like that of Helicostyla) ; some interrupted spiral lines of the same appear- ing upon the dark color, and oblique streaks on some earlier whorls. The base of the last whorl is pale-corneous. Surface somewhat 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379 glossy, evenly thread-striate obliquely. Whorls a trifle over 8, convex, the last well rounded beneath. Apertwre wide, oval, vertical, the peristome expanded, subreflexed, somewhat thickened within, continuous, in contact with the preceding whorl above. Superior lamella wholly wanting, the spiral lamella arising far within. Inferior lamella forming a small and deeply-placed but prominent subhorizontal fold. Subcolumellar lamella deeply immersed. Principal plica short, dorso-lateral. Moderately long upper and lower palatal plicze are developed (but apparently no lunella). Length 12, diam. 3.1, length of aperture 3.2 mm. Nachi, Kii. Type No. 82,454, A. N.S. P., from No. 789 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. A single specimen of this remarkable Euphedusa was sent by Mr. Hirase, with the remark that it seemed different from any other species. It stands in the middle between the ‘‘ group of C. hun- gerfordiana’’ and that of C. euholostoma, as defined in my last paper upon this topic. Both of these groups have ihe superior lamella absent or vestigial, represented by a slight thickening of the peristome, and there is more or less whitish, papery cuticle, in streaks and spiral lines. C. holotrema resembles C. hungerfordiana in the palatal armature, but is more like ewholostoma in the squarish-oyal, not in the least piriform shape of the aperture. The dark, wide, wine-brown belt, contrasting with the corneous, white-variegated band above, makes it a conspicuous species. This belt terminates short of the outer lip, as shown by transparence in the figure. The single specimen received has not been opened, but this is the less essential because the palatal folds show through the thin shell. Section STEREOPH ZDUSA Boettger. Group of C. una. Similar in general characters to the group of C. japonica, but with the right margin of the lip plicate, and haying a short lunella developed in connection with the lower palatal plica; no interme- diate palatal plicze. 380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {May, Clausilia una Pilsbry. Pl. XXI, figs. 66, 67, 68, 69. hese Proceedings for 1901, LILI, p. 656, footnote No. 14 (March 1, 902). Shell regularly tapering above, attenuated near the apex, very solid and strong, pale yellowish, slightly glossy, regularly, closely striate, the striation becoming much coarser on the back of the last whorl. Whorls 114 to 12, moderately convex, the penulti- mate widest. Apical whorl globose, the next 2 or 3 whorls hardly increasing in diameter, last whorl a little compressed. Aperture ovate, hardly oblique. Peristome thickened and reflexed, continu- ous, shortly free above, a little notched or emarginate at the position of the superior lamella, the entire upper and right margins closely and deeply plicate. Superior lamella slender, subvertical, mar- ginal, continuous within with the spiral lamella, which is high laterally, and continues inward to a point above the sinulus. In- ferior lamella bifid, appearing as a double fold below, ascending in a wide spiral, and continued inward as far as the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge. Principal plica over a half-whorl long, visible deep in the throat and extending inward to the ventral side. There is a small upper palatal plica, lateral in position and converging inward toward the principal plica, and a much longer, areuate, lower palatal plica, from the middle of which a very short, rudimentary lunella arises. Length 23, diam. 5.3 mm. Length 21.5, diam. 5.2 mm, Clausilium (Pl. X XT, figs. 68, 69) broad distally, irregularly rounded and strongly thickened at the apex, somewhat emarginate on the columellar side of the filament. . Goté, Hizen. Types No. 82,955, A. N.S. P., from No. 816 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. The habitat ‘* Goto, Uzen,’’ given in my preliminary note, was erroneous. Clearly a Stereophedusa by its clausilium, strongly spiral inferior lamella and palatal armature, yet unique in that section by the beautiful plication of the right margin of the peristome. No other species from Japan proper has such sculpture, a few forms of Tyrannophedusa alone haying it much less developed and confined to the subcolumellar region ; but in the section Luchuphedusa of the. Riukiu Islands similar interlamellar plication exists. The double fold of the inferior lamella is also a rare structure, but it occurs in Cl. excellens Pfr., also a Riukiuan species. 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381 Group of C. entospira. Clausilia demonorum n.sp. Pl. XXI, figs. 70, 71. Shell small, fusiform, rather thin, finely substriate, the latter part of the last whorl more coarsely so; glossy. Early whorls lost in the specimens described; the last whorl is laterally compressed, flattened, the base convex, full and somewhat sack-like. Aperture oblique, irregularly ovate, the peristome continuous, very shortly free above. Superior lamella small, marginal, short, not continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella receding, becoming very high and approaching the superior lamella in the throat; and within the last whorl it ascends in a broad spiral curve. Subcolu- mellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge. Principal plica rather short. Lunella rather short and arcuate. Clausilium unknown. Length of specimen with 43 whorls remaining, 8.2, diam. 2 mm. Length of specimen with 4} whorls remaining, 7.8, diam. 2.2 mm. Kikaiga-shima, Oshima group. Types No. 82,981, A. N.S. P., from No. 874 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. A fossil of the land-shell bed. It has the form, size and surface of a Zaptyx, but is unlike that group in the widely spiral ascent of the inferior lamella within. Whether the species is allied to C. en- tospira, which I have placed in Stereophedusa, or is an Euphedusa Iam not prepared to say in the absence of the clausilium; for it has something in common with both groups—the spiral inferior lamella approaching the superior in the throat, the superior lamella not connected with the spiral, etc. ; but provisionally, and merely to put it somewhere, I refer the species to the group of C. entospira. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XVII—XXI. Puate XVII, Figs. 1, 2.—Clausilia caryostoma Mildff. Kobe, Setsu. Figs. 3, 4, 5, 6.—C. caryostoma var. jay? Pils. Jo, Kii. Figs. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11.—C. gracie Pils. Nachi, Kii. Figs. 12, 13, 14, 15, 16.—C. aulacopoma Pils. Hirado, Hizen. Puiate XVIII, Figs. 17, 20, 21, 22.—C. heteroptyx Pils. Type. Tomisato, Kii. Fig. 18.—C. heteroptyx Pils. Nachi, Kii. Fig. 19.—C. heteroptyx Pils. Tomisato, Kii. 5 Figs. 23, 24, 25, 26, 27.—C. sericina var. rhopalia Pils. Mikuriya, uruga. Figs. 28, 29, 30.—C. subulina var. leucopeas Pils. Ikoma, Kii. Figs. 31, 32.—C. subulina var. leucopeas Pils. Samotonaka-mura, Kii. 382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, PLATE XIX, Figs. 33, 34, 35, 36.—C. subignobilis Pils. Hirado, Hizen. Figs. 87, 38.—C. bigeneris Pils. Goto, Hizen. , Figs. 39, 40, 41, 42.—C. agna Pils. Yaku-shima, Osumi. Figs. 48, 44.—C. tantilla Pils. Goto, Hizen. is Figs. 45, 46, 47, 48.—O. caloptyx Pils. Yaku-shima, Osumi. Fig. 49.—C. caloptyz Pils., an obese form from the same locality. PLATE XX, Fig. 50.—0. aurantiaca Bttg. Tkari, Awaji. Fig. 51.—C. aurantiaca Bttg. Nachi, Kii. Figs. 52, 53.—C. aurantiaca Bttg. Suimura, Awa (Shikoku). mee 54.—C. aurantiaca Bttg. Clausilium of a specimen from Obi, tga. Fig. 55.—C. aurantiaca var. erberi Bttg. Nara, Yamato. The shell is Cpadie, the palatal armature being represented diagrammatically in this figure. Fig. 56,—C. aurantiaca var. erbert Bttg. Chikubu-shima, Omi. Figs. 57, 58, 59, 60.—C. aurantiaca var. erberi Bttg. Kashima, Harima. Figs. 61, 62, 63.—C. awrantiaca var. plicilabris A. Ad. Kashima, near Tanabe, Kii. Figs. 64, 65.—C. aurantiaca var. plicilabris A. Ad. Large form from the same locality. PLATE XXI, Figs. 66, 67, 68, 69.—C. una Pils. Goto, Hizen. Figs. 70, 71.—C. demonorum Pils. Kikaiga-shima, Oshima group. Fig. 72.—C. holotrema Pils. Nachi, Kii. Figs. 73, 74.—C. pigra Pils. Kashima, Harima. Figs. 75, 76, 77.—C. dalli Pils. Tairiuji, Awa (Shikoku). 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383 DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO SPECIES OF EXTINCT TORTOISES, ONE NEW. BY 00. Pin HAY. Testudo atascos@ sp. nov. ** Tn the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia the writer has found certain bones which belong apparently to an undescribed species of the genus Testudo. These bones are accompanied by a label to this effect: ‘* Miocene, E. W. Marnock, Atascosa county, Texas.’’ How this material came to the Acad- emy there is no record. Mr. Witmer Stone has suggested that it may have been derived from Dr. Leidy’s collection; we know also that Mr. Marnock collected in Texas for Prof. Cope, but beyond this there is no indication that these bones were ever in ihe hands of either Prof. Cope or Dr. Leidy. These remains consist of the left half of the anterior lobe of the plastron and the greater portion of the left side of the hinder lobe. Figures of these parts are here presented. Fig. 1. The species has been one of considerable size. The xiphiplas- tron has had a length of about 110 mm.; the whole posterior lobe a length approximately of 120mm. The anterior lobe has had about the same length. We may perhaps safely estimate 200 mm. 384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, for the length of the bridge, thus making the plastron 440 mm. long. The anterior lobe (fig. 1) has been close to 200 mm. in width. The interclavicle, or entoplastron, has had a width of 100 mm. ; its length has probably been about 80 mm., but its hinder border is missing. The gular scutes encroach on its anterior border. A broad rounded lip has projected beyond the gulo-humeral sulci’ about 28 mm. It has had a width of 80 mm., and is not notched in front. The whole border of the anterior lobe is acute, through the beveling off of the upper side. Fig. 2 is a section through the lip Fig. 3. at the midline, and shows this beveling. The greatest thickness at the lip is 23 mm.; ata point halfway to the axillary notch this | thickness has been reduced only to 21 mm.; near the notch it is about 10 mm. Superiorly the lip extends back about 50 mm. From the summit of the lip two ridges, with a shallow valley between them, run toward the axillary notch, diverging gently. There has evidently been no thoracic excavation beneath the lip behind. Such an excavation is found in 7! laticaudata, T. hexa- gonata and in the living 7. polyphemus. The posterior lobe (fig. 3) has been broadly notched behind, the noteh having a width of about 90 mm. and a depth of 35 mm. The terminal lobules are directed outward and upward, somewhat ‘ 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385 earlike, somewhat as they are in 7’. polyphemus, but not so narrow as they are in the latter. From the midline behind, the border is acute around the lobules and as far forward as about 35 mm. be- hind the hypo-xiphiplastral suture. Here it rather suddenly be- comes broadly rounded, as shown by the cross-section (fig. 4). At the suture mentioned the thickness of the bone is 30mm. The wall thus formed continues backward, descending somewhat, and meets the midline 15 mm. or more in front of the bottom of the notch. Fig. 5 represents a section through one of the Icbules in a direction from its tip toward the centre of the hinder lobe. The greatest thickness is 22 mm. The femoro-anal sulcus runs from the midline outward, so as to make the outer end of the anal seute somewhat wider than the mesial end. Antero-posteriorly, at the middle of its width, the seute is 40 mm. long. It is probable that the deposits in which this tortoise was found belong to the Pliocene. Terrapene eurypygia (Cope). This species was described by Prof. Cope in 1869 ( Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., XIV, new series, p. 124), the type specimen being a small portion of the rear of the carapace. It was regarded as distinct from the common Terrapene of the region on account of the appar- ently greater width of the vertebral scutes. This seemed to be indicated by the contact of the last vertebral with the ninth mar- ginal scute. No figure was made of the specimen, and nothing in addition was afterward published. The type has been examined by the writer. In 1899 (Jour. Phila. Acad., XI, pp. 193-267) Prof. Cope described various remains of the vertebrates which had been col- lected by Messrs. Dixon and Mercer in the Port Kennedy cave. Among other things there were three tortoises found, viz., Clemmys inseulpta, C. pererassa and Toxaspis (Terrapene) anguillulata. There belonged to the collection, however, another box-tortoise which was not mentioned by Cope, and was perhaps not seen by him. Through the kindness of the management of the Academy this has been put in my hands for examination. These remains consist of almost the whole of the plastron and of various frag- ments of the carapace and the right humerus. An examination of these bones showed that they belonged either 25 386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, to Terrapene carolina oY to a species closely related to it. It was soon observed that the ninth marginal comes into contact with the last vertebral (fig. 6), & condition which recalled Cope’s Cistudo eurypygia, and a close comparison proved that they are identical, one f the Port Kennedy specimen being fortunately of the portions 0 the right margin of the rear of the shell from near the midline to whether or not the new the hinge. The question therefore arises material confirms Cope’s view of the distinctness of the species. The unusual width of the fourth and fifth vertebral scutes is proved by Cope’s type and confirmed by the Port Kennedy speci- men. Belonging to the latter is a fragment of the carapace pre- senting a part of the nuchal, a part of the first and second costals, and the first and second peripherals (fig. 7). In T. carolina the encroach on the first peripheral first. vertebral does not usually e the vertebral reaches over bone; in the fragment alluded to abov on the first peripheral nearly to the sulcus between the first and second marginals. wide, about 6 mm. wider hand. We must conclude that the other vertebrals we than they commonly are in T. carolina. An estimate makes it probable {hat the fourth vertebral in 7’. eurypygia, type, was about 42 mm. wide. A comparison of the plastron of the Port Kennedy specimen makes it evident that this portion of the shell was almost every- 1 in the corresponding parts of the living species. of the border of the anterior lobe is thicker and The hypoplastron of T. carolina at the The thickness The anterior vertebral must have been 34 mm. than in a specimen of T. carolina at re wider where thicker that Nearly the whole With a more rounded edge. hinge is 8 mm. thick; that of 7. eurypygia, + mm. of the sloping, seute-covered border cf the hinder Jobe, at the junc- 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 387 tion of hypoplast and xiphiplast, isin 7. carolina 5 mm. thick; in T. ewrypygia, 7 mm. thick. This border is also wider in the latter species than in any specimens of the living species at hand. No doubt all or nearly all the characters appealed to for the separation of Cope’s species are more or less variable, but it appears unlikely that there should be so many deviations from the normal in one or two specimens. An examination of eighteen specimens of T. carolina revealed the fact that in one the fifth vertebral was in contact with the ninth marginal on both sides, while in another specimen these scutes were in contact on one side. In both cases, Fig. 7. however, some of the scutes in the region were somewhat abnormal in their development. Leaving this out of view, we have the con- tact in about eight and one-third per cent. of cases. It appears unlikely that the only two specimens that we have of the fossil ‘species would belong among this small minority. In the Port Kennedy specimen the anterior lobe is 51 mm. long, and 68 mm. wide at the hinge. In front of the hinge the width increases to 72 mm. The posterior lobe has had a length of at least 80 mm. Fig. 6 presents a view of the fragment of the rear of the plas- tron of the Port Kennedy specimen, the interrupted lines having ‘been added in order to show the position of the fragment. The 388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (May, crossing of the sulci on the upper portion of the drawing indicates the presence of a small scute cut off from the fifth vertebral, a slight abnormality. In fig. 6 the peripherals are numbered, but not the marginal seutes. The ninth scute is the one lying partly on the ninth peripheral and partly on the tenth. In both figures the bony sutures are represented by zigzag lines, while the sulci between the scutes are shown by dotted lines. ite) 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 38 TWENTY NEW AMERICAN BATS. BY GERRIT S. MILLER, JR. This paper, published here by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, contains descriptions of twenty new American bats, the types of nineteen of which are in the United States National Museum. Six of these belong to the series of Mexican bats in the Biological Survey collection, kindly placed at my disposal, together with those in his private collection, by Dr. C. Hart Merriam. Antrozous minor sp. nov. Type.—Adult (skin and skull), No. 79,096, United States National Museum (Biological Survey collection). Collected at Comondu, Lower California, Mexico, September 20, 1895, by J. E. McLellan. Characters. —Color as in the large Antrozous pacificus or slightly darker; size rather less than that of the small A. pallidus. © Color.—Dorsal surface buff, everywhere washed with wood- brown, but particularly on region behind shoulders. Under parts clear buff, paler than that of back and fading to cream-buff on middle of belly. Ears and membranes dark brown. Skull and Teeth. —Skull narrower than that of the other species, the difference particularly noticeable in the posterior region of the braincase. Crown of upper premolar and of first and second upper molars much shorter in proportion to their width than in A. palli- dus and A. pacifieus. The lower molars are uniformly smaller than those of A. pallidus, but not different in form. Measurements. —External measurements of type: Total length, 93; tail, 35; tibia, 20; foot, 10 (9); forearm, 48; thumb, 9.6; second digit, 40; third digit, 80; fourth digit, 68; fifth digit, 63; ear from meatus, 23; ear from crown, 19; width of ear, 16; “tragus, 11.4. Cranial measurements of-an adult male from the type locality 590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, (No. 96,491): Greatest length, 19 (21);' basal length, 17.6 (19); basilar length, 14 (15.4); interorbital constriction, 4 (4.6); zygomatic breadth, 11 (12.8); mastoid breadth, 9 (10); breadth of braincase above roots of zygomata, 8.6 (9); mandible, 13 (14.8); maxillary toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 6.8 (8); man- dibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 7.6 (8). Specimens Examined.—Five (four skins), all from the type locality. Remarks.—Antrozous minor is a well-marked local species, com- bining the dark color of A. pacificus and the small size of A. pallidus with a peculiar form of the molar teeth. Pipistrellus cinnamomeus sp. nov. Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), No. 100,231, United States National Museum (Biological Survey collection). Collected at Montechristo, Tabasco, Mexico, May 4, 1900, by E. W. Nel- son and E. A. Goldman. Original] number, 14,136. Characters. —Largest known American Pipistrel/us ; forearm, 37 ; greatest length of skull, 15. Ear shorter than that of P. sub- . flavus, but much narrower. Color uniform cinnamon throughout, the individual hairs of the back with practically no trace of tri- color markings. Ears.—The ear resembles that of Pipistrellus subjlavus in general form, but it is shorter and very much narrower. Tragus straight, much like that of P. subflavus, but narrower. Fur, Membranes, ete.—The fur is shorter and less woolly than that of P. subflavus, and it lacks the abundant sprinkling of long hairs characteristic of the latter. At middle of back the hairs forming the body of the fur are about 5 mm. in length. Inter- spersed with these are others 1-2 mm. longer, but quite unnotice- able except on close examination. In distribution of fur, as well as in other characters of external form, Pipistrellus cinnamomeus appears to be identical with P. subflavus. Color.—Fur everywhere cinnamon, slightly more yellow than that of Ridgway, particularly on the under parts. The individual hairs are dark slate color at base, but this does not appear at surface unless fur is disarranged. In favorable lights the cinnamon of the hairs on the back may be seen to become lighter as it approaches 1 Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult female Antrozous pallidus from Silver City, New Mexico (No. 66,110). 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391 the dark basal area, thus distantly suggesting a tricolor pattern. Ears and membranes brown, the free edge of the wing apparently lighter, but this is perhaps due to some irregularity in drying. Skull.—The skull is much larger than that of Pipistredlus sub- flavus, in this respect slightly exceeding that of Myotis lucifugus. In form it is longer and narrower than in the other American species of Pipistrellus, a difference which is particularly noticeable in the rostrum and palate. Thus, while the length of the bony palate is 1.4 mm. greater than in a fully adult P. subjlavus, the width between middle molars is no more and the distance between roots of upper incisors is probably a little less than in the smaller species. Lachrymal foramen large, its centre over posterior root of large premolar; distance from its lower edge to rim of alveolus less than width of large premolar measured along cingulum. In P. subflavus this distance is distinctly greater than width of tooth. Bony palate more produced behind line of last molar than in the allied species, the median projection large and well developed. Audital bulle of same relative size as in P. subjlavus. Teeth.—Aside from their much greater size, the teeth do not differ notably from those of Pipistrellus subflavus. Inner upper incisor distinctly smaller than outer, not approximately equal to it as is the case in P. subflavus. First upper premolar as large as outer incisor, slightly internal to toothrow, but plainly visible from outer side. First and second upper molars with a distinctly indicated hypocone, no trace of which is present in P. subjlavus. Lower incisors crowded into a continuous row between the canines, the crown of the outermost subterete. Other mandibular teeth essen- tially as in P. subflavus, except for their greater size. Measwrements.—External measurements of type: Total length, 99; tail, 44; tibia, 15.4; foot, 9.6 (8); forearm, 37; thumb, 6.8; second finger, 35; third finger, 63; fourth finger, 53; fifth finger, 47; ear from meatus, 11.4; ear from crown, 9; width of ear, 7. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 15 (13);? basal length, 14 (12); basilar length, 11.6 (9.8); palatal length (median, but posterior spine not included), 6 (4.8); width of palate between middle molars, 3 (3); interorbital constriction, * Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult Pipistre Mus sub- flavus from Raleigh, N. C. (No. 36,655). 392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 4*°(3.8); zygomatic breadth, 9 (8); breadth of brainease above roots ‘of zygomata, 7.2 (6.4); mandible, 11.4 (9.8); maxillary toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 5.8 (4.6); mandibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 6 (4.6). Specimens Examined.—One, the type. Remarks.—This bat differs so widely from the other known American species of Pipistiel/us as to need no special ‘comparisons. Superficially it has much the appearance of an unusually red Myotis lucifugus, and only on examination of the teeth do the animal’s true relationships become apparent. A few individuals were found in an unoccupied house on the ed ge of the town of Montechrisio. Apparently the species was uncom- mon. f Dasypterus floridanus sp. noy. Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), No. 111,579, United States National Museum. Collected at Lake Kissimmee, Fla., March 28, 1901, by Dr. Edgar A. Mearns. Original number, 5,183. Characters. —Color as in the large Dasupterus intermedius (H. Allen) and the small D. xanthinus (Thomas) ; size intermediate between these extremes. Measurements.—External measurements of type: Total length, 129; tail, 52; tibia, 20; foot, 9 (8.4); forearm, 49; thumb, 10; second digit, 61; third digit, 98; fourth digit, 80; fifth digit, 65; ear from meatus, 17; ear from crown, 11; width of ear, 11. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 18 (19.8) ;* basal length, 16.2 (17.6); basilar length, 13.6 (14); median palatal length, 6 (6.4); interorbital constriction, 5 (5); zygomatic breadth, 13 (14); mastoid breadth, 10 (11); mandible, 14.8 (15); ‘maxillary toothrow (exclusive of incisor), 6.8 (7); man- dibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 7.5 (8). Specimens Examined. — Eleven, from the following localities: Florida—Davenport, 1 (skin); Kissimmee, 3 (skins); Mullet Lake, 1; Old Town, 2 (skins); Louisiana—Lafayette, 2; Houma, 2 (1 skin). : ; Remarks. —Dasypterus floridanus differs from D. intermedius in the’ same manner as the Lower Californian D. xanthinus ’ Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult topotype of Dasypterus intermedius (No. 1,439). hoe a 1902.7 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395 (Thomas), but to a much less degree. Indeed, it is probable that it intergrades with the Texan animal. The three specimens col- lected at Kissimmee by Dr. Mearns, taken in connection with those which I examined in 1897, show such constant differences from D. intermedius that it now seems best to recognize the Austro- riparian race by name. More detailed measurements of the two forms will be found in North American Fauna, No. 13, p. 117. NYCTINOMOPS gen. noy. (Molossidz.) Type.—Nyctinomus femorosaccus Merriam. Characters. —Externally like Nyctinomus. Skull similar to that of Promops, except that the premaxillaries are separated in front by a very narrow space. Teeth as in Nyctinomus, but upper incisors parallel, the two occasionally in contact with each other. Remarks. — Although intermediate between Nyctinomus and Promops, the group of species of which NV. femorosaccus is typical forms a yery natural genus. Its members have usually been referred to Nyctinomus, but Dr. J. A. Allen* has recently placed two forms (depressus and affinis) in Promops. In those thus far known there are only four lower incisors. I have examined the following species: Nyctinomops femorosaccus (Merriam), N. yuca- tanicus sp. noy., N. aurispinosus (Peale), N. laticaudatus (E. Geoffroy), NV. orthotis (H. Allen), WN. depressus (Ward), NV. affinis (J. A. Allen) and N. macrotis (Gray). It is probable that Nyctinomus megalotis Dobson is also a member of this genus. Nyctinomops yucatanicus sp. nov. Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), No. 108,166, United States National Museum (Biological Survey collection). Collected at Chichen Itza, Yucatan, February 9, 1901, by E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman. Original number, 14,521. : Characters—Size and general appearance as in LV. europs, but ear larger and with better developed keel, nearly as in NV. femorosaccus. Skull slightly larger than that of NV. ewrops, the rostrum longer and interorbital region more nearly cylindrical. Teeth as in NV. ewrops, but larger. Ears.—The ear agrees in all details of form with that of Nycti- nomops femorosaccus, due allowance being made for its smaller size. The keel, however, may be a little less developed, though its +*Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XII, p. 91, May 12, 1900. 394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, appearance may have been slightly altered by drying. It is quite different in form from that of NV. ewrops, and not thickened at the edge as in VY. daticaudatus. Antitragus large, in form exactly like that of NV. femorosaceus, therefore higher in proportion to its width than in N. laticaudatus and N. europs. Tragus as in N. femoro- saceus. Color.—Dorsal surface uniform vandyke-brown, the hairs whitish at base, but not sharply bicolor. In certain lights the extreme tips of the hairs show a faint wash of wood-brown, and in others there is a strong sheen of bluish ecru-drab. Under parts like back, but strongly tinged with wood-brown. Ears and membranes dark brown. ’ Skull.—The skull is intermediate in size between that of Nycti- nomops europs and the larger N. laticaudatus and N. femorosaccus. In form it shares to a certain extent the shortening of the rostrum that characterizes the Brazilian species, but this peculiarity is not carried as far, nor is the cylindrie contour of the interorbital region noticeably impaired. The orifice of the anterior nares is more tubular than in NV. ewrops, but less so than in N. femorosaccus. Teeth.—The teeth agree in all respects with those of Nyctinomops europs except that the upper incisors are larger and more closely set. Measurements. —External measurements of type: Total length, 98; tail, 42; tibia, 12.4; foot, 9 (7.8); forearm, 42; thumb, 8; second finger, 40; third finger, 81; fourth finger, 60; fifth finger, 42; ear from meatus, 15; ear from crown, 11.6; width of ear, 17; tragus, 1.8. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 17.2 (16.6) ;° basal length, 15 (14.8); basilar length (to posterior edge of pala- tal emargination), 13 (12.4); interorbital constriction, 3.4 (3.4); zygomatic breadth, 10 (9.4); greatest breadth of braincase above roots of zygomata, 8.8 (8); mandible, 12.4 (11.4); maxillary toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 6.4 (6.2); mandibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 7 (6.8).° Specimens Examined.—Twelve, all from the type locality. 5 Measurements in parentheses are those of a paratype of Nyctinomops europs (2, No. 101,502). ®Some of the measurements of a skull of Nyctinomops femorosaccus from Fort Huachuca, Arizona (No. 36,038) are: Greatest length, 19; basal length, 17; zygomatic breadth, 10; maxillary toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 7.6 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395 Remarks.—Although Nyctinomops yucatanicus is in many respects intermediate between the small N. ewrops and the larger N. lati- caudatus and N, femorosaccus, it is a very distinct species. Its relationships are evidently with the larger forms, though super- ficially it bears a close resemblance to NV. ewrops. Mr. Nelson and Mr. Goldman secured the specimens in crevices of the ruins at Chichen, Itza. A bat which they supposed to be the same was seen at Tunkas and Merida. Molossus nigricans sp. nov. Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 90,941, United States National Museum (Biological Survey collection). Collected at Acaponeta, Tepic, Mexico, August 2, 1897, by E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman. Original number, 11,433. Characters. Slightly larger than Molossus rufus from Paraguay ; color blackish-brown, the shoulders frequently though not inyari- ably grayish. Red phase uncommon, brighter than that of J. rufus, but apparently less so than in M. pretiosus. Color.—Type: Upper parts a uniform very dark seal-brown, interrupted on shoulders by a crescentic area of broccoli-brown about 10 mm. in width. This lighter color appears again as an ill-defined wash on head between ears. Under parts like back, but everywhere lightened by a wash of broccoli-brown, this most conspicuous on throat. Ears and membranes an indefinite blackish- brown. Red phase: The few specimens in the red phase have been immersed in alcohol for ten years and are therefore not to be trusted as regards color. They are now a uniform tawny, rather less bright than MW. pretiosus in the same pelage. Variation in color, as shown by the skins in the dark phase, is slight, and such as occurs is mostly a mere darkening of the general tint and the partial or complete obliteration of the shoulder cres- cent. In the majority of specimens, indeed, this crescent is absent. Skull and Teeth.—The skull is about the same size as that of Molossus rufus, but the rostrum is heavier and the interpterygoid space and the palate are wider. On the other hand, the sagittal and lambdoid crests appear never to reach ihe extreme development seen in Mo/ossus.rufus. Teeth as in Molossus rufus, but distinctly heavier throughout. Measurements.—External measurements of type: Total length, 145; tail, 53; tibia, 18.6; foot, 12 (11); forearm, 52.6; thumb, 396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ May, 9; second finger, 48; third finger, 100; fourth finger, 80; fifth finger, 51. . Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 23.6 (23) ;’ basal length, 19.8 (20); basilar length, 17.4 (17.4); median palatal length, 7.2 (7.2); interorbital constriction, 4.8 (4.2); zygomatic breadth, 15.2 (14); breadth of braincase above roots of zygo- mata, 11.4 (11); greatest height of sagittal crest, 2.2 (3); man- dible, 17 (16.6); maxillary toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 8.8 (8); mandibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 10 (9). Specimens Examined.—Forty-six, from the following localities in Mexico: Chiapas—Huehuetan, 1, Tonila, 1; Colima—City of Colima; 17; Jalisco—Teuchitlan, 1; Oaxaca—Llano Grande, 1, Tehuantepec City, 2 (1 skin); Tamaulipas—Alta Mira, 1; Tepie —Acaponeta, 8 (3 skins); Tuxtla—San Andres, 1 (skin); Vera Cruz—Catemaco, 7 (3 skins); Yucatan—Chichen Itza, 7 (skins). Remarks.—That this bat is numerous in parts of Mexico is shown by the following extract from the collectors’ field notes: ‘* Common about the houses in Acaponeta. During the day they conceal them- selves under the tiles of roofs. One man told us that he had killed over three hundred of them shortly before our arriyal while at work on his roof.’’ Molossus pretiosus sp. noy. 1901. Molossus rufus Robinson and Lyon, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, p. 156, October 3, 1901. Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 102,761, United States National Museum. Collected at La Guaira, Venezuela, July 13, 1900, by Wirt Robinson and M. W. Lyon, Jr. Original number, 106. Characters. —Distinetly smaller than Molossus rufus from Para- guay; color rich dark reddish-brown, the shoulders frequently though not invariably chestnut. Red phase common, much brighter than in Molossus rufus. Color.—Type: Upper parts seal-brown, somewhat more tinged with red than that of Ridgway. Shoulders washed with rufous. Under parts like back, but not as dark, and even more tinged with red. Chest sprinkled with whitish hairs. Ears .and membranes blackish. 7 Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Molossus rufus from Sapucay, Paraguay. 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397 There is much variation in color, as pointed out by Robinson and Lyon. The young and a few adults are practically black. In others the rufous is more conspicuous than in the type, sometimes invading the entire pelage to the exclusion of the dark brown. In the completely red specimens the exact shade varies from burnt umber to a rather dark tawny. Skull and Teeth.—The skull and teeth are much smaller than in true Molossus rufus, but I can detect no tangible difference in form, beyond the rather less development of the sagittal and lambdoid crests. Measurements.—External measurements of type: Total length, 123; tail, 44; tibia, 18; foot, 11.4 (10.8); forearm, 45.4; thumb, 8.2; second finger, 42; third finger, 90; fourth finger, 70; fifth finger, 47. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 21 (23); basal length, 18 (20); basilar length, 16 (17.4); median palatal length, 7 (7.2); interorbital constriction, *4 (4.2); zygomatic breadth, 13 (14); breadth of braincase above roots of zygomata, 10.6 (11.4); greatest height of sagittal crest, 1.8 (3); mandible, (16.6); max- illary toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 8 (8); mandibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 8.8 (9). Specimens Examined.—Seventy-one (44 skins), all from the vicinity of La Guaira. Remarks. — Specimens from Sapucay, Paraguay, essentially topotypes of Molossus rufus, which haye been received within the past few months, show that the bat from northern South America is an easily recognizable form. The Paraguay skins are all a uni- form reddish-brown, very near the raw umber of Ridgway. They are very uniform in color and show no tendency toward the bright tints of Molossus pretiosus in the corresponding phase. Neither is there any suggestion of a black phase. As far as can be deter- mined from the material now at hand, we have a large southern form, true Molossus rufus, which apparently lacks the black phase and in which the red phase is very dull; a large northern form, VM. nigricans, in which the red phase is rare, and a small form, intermediate in range, with both phases of pelage well devel- oped and characterized by great richness of color. § Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Molossus rufus from Sapucay, Paraguay. 398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Nyctinomus antillularum sp. nov. Type.—Adult male (in alcohol), No. 113,188, United States National Museum. Collected at Roseau, Dominica, W. L., August 5, 1901, by H. Selwyn Branch. Characters.—In general similar to the common Nyetinomus of the Greater Antilles, but size even less, the Jength of forearm (in sixteen specimens) ranging from 36.5 mm. to 38.5 mm. Form, Oolor, ete.—In color and external form this species shows no peculiarities as compared with the common representative of the Nyctinomus brasiliensis group, occurring in Cuba, Jamaica and Porto Rico. As in the latter, the ears are relatively smaller than those of the continental members of the genus, extending, when laid forward, just to nostril instead of distinctly beyond end of muzzle. The usual brown and red color phases are represented, but as all but two of the specimens at hand haye been preserved in alcohol no exact comparison can be made. Skull and Teeth.—The skull and teeth do not differ appreciably from those of Cuban specimens of the larger West Indian form. The first lower premolar is very minute and without distinct cingulum. Measurements. —External measurements of type: Total length, 83; tail, 30; tibia, 12; foot, 6.6 (6); forearm, 47.4; thumb, 7; second finger, 38; third finger, 70; fourth finger, 58; fifth finger, 40; ear from meatus, 15; ear from crown, 11.4; width of ear, 15. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 16; basal length, 14.8; basilar length, 12; median palatal length, 6; inter- orbital constriction, 3.8; zygomatic breadth, 9; breadth of brain- case above roots of zygomata, 8; mandible, 11; maxillary toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 5.8; mandibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors) 6. Specimens Examined.—Twenty-one, from the following islands: Dominica, 2; Montserrat, 1; St. Kitts, 6 (2 skins); St. Lucia, 11; Tobago, 1. Natalus major sp.noy. | z Type.—Adult male (in alcohol), No. 101,395, United States National Museum. Collected near Savaneta, San Domingo, W. I., by W. M. Gabb. Characters. —Like Natalus stramineus, but much larger: Fore- arm, 42; longest finger, 80; greatest length of skull, 18. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 599 External Form.—Except for its greater size, Natalus major so closely resembles specimens of N. stramineus from Dominica as to require no detailed description. Skull and Teeth.—While the skull resembles that of NV. stramin- eus in form it is readily distinguished by its larger size and heavier structure. The braincase in particular is greatly inflated as com- pared with that of the smaller species. Rostrum with sides nearly parallel. The teeth are similar in form to those of . stramineus. Measurements. —External measurements of the type and of an adult female from the type locality: Total length, @ 110, 2 116; head and body, of 49, 2 53; tail, & 61, 2 63; tibia, Co 22.4, 2 23; foot, o 9 (7.6), 29.8 (8); forearm, o' 42, 9 43; thumb, o 6, £ 6; second digit, J 44, 2 43; third digit, J 80, 2 82; fourth digit, d' 61, 2 62; fifth digit, 0’ 57, 2 58; ear from meatus, d' 15, 2 16.6; ear from crown, & 12, 2 12. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 18 (17),° basal length, 16.4 (15.6); basilar length, 14.6 (14); median palatal length, 9.8 (8.8); breadth of rostrum at base of canines, 4.4 (3.6); interorbital constriction, 3.6 (3.2); zygomatic breadth, 9.6 (9); greatest breadth of braincase, 9 (7.8); mandible, 14 (13); maxillary toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 8 (7.8); man- dibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 8.4 (7 8). Specimens Examined.— Two, both from the type locality. Remarks. —Natalus major has been compared with eighteen spe- cimens of N. stramineus from the island of Dominica. None of the laiter at all closely approaches it in size. Natalus mexicanus Sp. nov. Type.—Adult female (in alcohol), No. 96,496, United States National Museum (Biological Survey collection). Collected at Santa Anita, Lower California, Mexico, in July or August, 1897, by J. F. Abboit. Characters.— Smaller than Natalus stramineus; skull with ros- trum more tapering anteriorly. ‘* Color.—In color as in other external characters Natalus mezxi- canus apparently does not differ from N. stramineus. The only specimens of the latter that I have seen are, however, preserved in alcohol. Two well-defined color phases occur, a yellow and a 9 Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male J. stramin- eus from the island of Dominica (No. 113,605). 400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, brown. In the former (represented by the type) the fur is every- where ochraceous, that of the under parts uniform from base to tip of hairs, that of the back slightly washed with clay color. In the brown phase the fur is broccoli-brown, somewhat paler beneath the surface and on the under parts. All shades of intergradation between the two phases may be found in any series of specimens. Skull and Teeth.—In general form the skull is like that of N. stramineus, but the braincase is smaller and ihe anterior part of the rostrum is more tapering, differences readily appreciable on comparison. Measurements. —External measurements of type: Total length, 95; tail, 53; tibia, 19; foot, 7.6 (7); forearm, 35.4; thumb, 5; second finger, 37; third finger, 77; fourth finger, 56; fifth finger, 57; ear from meatus, 14; ear from crown, 12. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 16 (17);” basal length, 14 (15.6); basilar length, 13 (14); zygomatic breadth, 8 (9); interorbital constriction, 3 (3.2); greatest breadth of braincase above roots of zygomata, 7.6 (7.8); mandible, 12 (13); maxillary toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 7 (7.8); man- dibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 7 (7.8). Specimens Examined.—One hundred and seyen, from the follow- ing localities in Mexico: Campeche—Apazote, 1 (skin); Durango —Chacala, 25; Jaliseo—Ameca, 17; Itzatlan, 1 (skin); Lower California—San Jose del Cabo, 3; Santa Anita, 2; Sinaloa—near Mazatlan, 1; Plomasas, 9; Rosario, 42 (7 skins); Tuxtla—San Andres, 4 (1 skin); Vera Cruz—Mirador, 2. Remarks.—Natalus mexicanus differs from its South American representative in the same characters and to about the same extent as Dermonotus fulvus and Chilonycteris mexicanus. In all three cases intergradation probably takes place between the large southern form and the smaller northern one. Chilonycteris portoricensis sp. nov. Type—Adult female (skin and skuJl), No. 102,358, United States National Museum. Collected in cave’ near Pueblo Viejo, Porto Rico, W. I., March 19, 1900, by L. Stejneger and C. W. Richmond. 10 Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Natalus stramineus from the island of Dominica (No. 113,605). 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401 Characters.— Similar to the Cuban Chilonycteris boothi Gund- lach, but with smaller ears. Color.—Upper parts rather dark brown, the exact shade inter- mediate between the hair-brown and bistre of Ridgway. Under parts broccoli-brown washed with ecru-drab, particularly on throat. Wings and ears an indefinite blackish-brown. Skull and Teeth. —The skull and teeth resemble those of Chilo- nyeteris boothi in all respects. From that of the Jamaican C. par- nellii the skul] is similarly indistinguishable, but the teeth differ notably in the greater size of the second lower premolar. This tooth, crowded quite out of the toothrow in C. parnellii, so that the first and third premolars come fully in contact, is, in C. boothi and CO. portoricensis, so placed as to separate the first and third by a distinct space readily noticeable when ihe toothrow is viewed from the outer side. This character, though apparently trivial, is per- fectly constant in a series of seven specimens from Porto Rico, four from Cuba, and two from Jamaica. Measurements. —External measurements of type: Total length (skin), 92; tail (skin), 22; tibia, 18.8; foot, 10 (9); forearm, 51.4; thumb, 8; second finger, 42; third finger, 85; fourth finger, 58; fifth finger, 58; ear from meatus, 20. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 20; basal length, 18.6; basilar length, 17; interorbital constriction, 4; lach- rymal breadth, 7.4; zygomatic breadth, 11; mandible, 15; maxil- lary toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 8.8; mandibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 9. Remarics.—The forms of the Chilonycteris parnellii group from Cuba, Jamaica and Porto Rico may be distinguished by the follow- ing key: First lower premolar in contact with third, the second crowded out of toothrow on lingual side, . . . ©. parnellit. First lower premolar not in contact ae third, the second in tooth- row, though usually displaced toward lingual side : Far TROMMINCATIS O24 INN an) unr eeecmaEn Oe DOOUINE Ear from meatus 19-21 mm., . . . . (C. portoricensis. Chilonycteris mexicana sp. nov. Tupe.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 89,277, United States National Museum (Biological Survey collection). Collected at 26 402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, San Blas, Tepic, Mexico, June 9, 1897, by E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman. Original number, 11,132. Characters. —Similar to Chilonycteris rubiginosa, but size smaller and color (in brown phase) much less dark. Colov.— Brown phase, represented by the type: Dorsal surface a uniform brown, most closely resembling the broccoli-brown of Ridg- way, but darker and with a mixture of both hair-brown and drab. The individual hairs are nearly uniform throughout their length, — though the bases are faintly darker and the tips lighter. Under parts wood-brown, much lighter than Ridgway’s Plate ITI, fig. 19, the hairs distinctly dark slaty-brown at base. Ears and membranes brown, somewhat darker than body. Yellow phase: Entire body and head tawny-ochraceous, the hairs of the upper parts uniform, those of the belly dull brown at base. Skull and Teeth.—Except for their smaller size, the skull and teeth do not differ appreciably from those of Chilonycteris rubigi- nosa. Measurements.—External measurements of type: Total length, 82; tail, 20; tibia, 19.4; foot, 11.6 (10); forearm, 54; thumb, 7; second finger, 45; third finger, 90; fourth finger, 71; fifth finger, 67; ear from meatus, 21. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 20 (22) ;" basal length, 19 (—); basilar length, 17 (19); interorbital constriction, 4.4 (4.4); lachrymal breadth, 7.8 (8.6); zygomatic breadth, 11.8 (13); mandible, 15 (17); maxillary toothrow (exclusive of in- cisors), 9 (10); mandibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 9.4 (11). Specimens Examined.—Ninety-four (9 skins), from the following localities in Mexico: Colima—Hacienda Magdalena, near City of Colima, 14; Durango—Chacala, 8; Jalisco---Ameca, 5, Bolaios, 4 (1 skin), near Ometepec, 3; Morelos (exact locality not known), 4; Oaxaca-—Huilotepec, 1 (skin); Tepic—San Blas, 55 (7 skins). Remarks. the National Museum collection by three specimens, one from The large Chilonycteris rubiginosa is represented in Chontales, Nicaragua, and two from the island of Trinidad. They agree very closely in size, forearm 61-62 mm., and are not ap- proached by any of the ninety-four specimens of C. mewicana. They are also much darker in color. Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult Chilonycteris rubiginosa from Chontales, Nicaragua (No, 37,515). | 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403 At San Blas Chilonycteris mexicana was very common in a small narrow cave which extended like a deep crevice into the base of the cliff on the hillside facing the town. Mormoops tumidiceps sp. nov. Type.—Adult male (in alcohol), No. 5,581, collection of Dr. C. Hart Merriam. Collected in the Point Gourde Cayes, Trinidad, 1889, by Sir William Robinson. Characters. —Externally similar to Mormoops megalophylla; skull larger and more swollen than that of the Mexican animal. Color and other External Features. —After many years’ immer- sion in alcohol the specimen presents no external characters to dis- tinguish it from Mormoops megalophylla. Skull and Teeth.—The skull differs from that of Mormoops megalophylla in greater size, due to increased breadth of both ros- trum and braincase, though particularly of the latter. There is no other evident difference in form. Teeth as in I. megalophylla except that the premolars both above and below are slightly larger, a difference which may readily prove to be no more than indi- vidual. Measurements.—External measurements of type: Total length, 92; tail, 26; tibia, 22; foot, 11 (10.4); forearm, 55; thumb, 7; second digit, 50; third digit, 102; fourth digit, 73; fifth digit, 65; ear from meatus, 14; ear from crown, 8. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 15 (14.6) ;” basa] length, 15 (14.6); basilar length, 13.2 (13); median palatal length, 8.6 (8.4); least interorbital breadth, 5.6 (5); lachrymal breadth, 7.4 (7); zygomatic breadth, 9.8 (9.2); mastoid breadth, 9.2 (8.6); greatest breadth of braincase, 10 (8.8); mandible, 13 (12.8); maxillary toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 8.2 (8); mandibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 8.8 (8.4). Specimens Examined.—One, the type. Remarks.—The differences between Mormoops megalophylla and M. tumidiceps are of the same kind and extent as those separating Natalus mexicanus from N. stramineus and Chilonycteris mexicana from C. rubiginosa. The Trinidad Mormoops is very different from the small If. intermedius of Curacao. @ Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Mormoops megalophylla from Tampico, Mexico (No. 60,378). 404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Dermanura raya sp. nov. Type.—Adult J (skin and skull), No. 113,338, United States National Museum. Collected at San Javier, northern Ecuador, August 10, 1900, by G. Fleming. Original number, 12. Characters.—Smaller than Dermanura cinerea and D. tolteca and color much paler; ear with narrow whitish border. Skull smaller than that of D. tolteca, the palatine foramina much more numerous. Color.—General color a light yellowish-brown, intermediate between the cream-buff and clay color of Ridgway, the upper parts, especially the region behind shoulders, washed with broccoli- brown. Face with four ill-defined whitish stripes. Ears and membranes light brown, the former distinctly edged with whitish. Skull.—Except for its noticeably smaller size, the skull does not differ from that of D. tolteea in general appearance. It is distin- guishable, however, by the number of small foramina in the palate, which persist as two conspicuous rows of small perforations even in very old individuals. ; Teeth.—The teeth are similar to those of Dermanuwra tolteca, except that they are uniformly smaller. Measurements. —External measurements of type (from well-made skin): Head and body, 55; tibia, 14; foot, 9.6 (8.6); forearm, 36; thumb, 10; second digit, 32; third digit, 82; fourth digit, 62; fifth digit, 59; ear from meatus (estimated), 14; noseleaf from margin of lip (dry), 10. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 20 (22.4) ;™ basal length, 17 (20); basilar length, 15 (17); median palatal length, 9 (10); zygomatic breadth, 12 (13); mastoid breadth, 11 (12); interorbital constriction, 5 (6); mandible, 13 (14.6); maxillary toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 7 (7.4); mandibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 7 (7.4). Specimens Examined.—Ten, from the following localities in northern Ecuador: San Javier, 2;'Corondelet, 4; Pambilar, 4. Remarks.—The -series of ten specimens shows very little indi- vidual variation. In two skins from Corondelet the color is less yellow and more gray than in the others, a difference probably due to dichromatism. 'S Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Dermanura tolteca from Tetela del Vulcan, Morelos, Mexico (No, 52,051). 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405 Dermanura pheotis sp. nov. Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), No. 108,176, United States National Museum (Biological Survey collection). Collected at Chichen Itza, Yucatan, February 10, 1901, by E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman. Original number, 14,537. Characters. —Size and color as in Dermanura rava, but ears much darker and without the whitish border. Skull with broader, flatter rostrum than in the South American form. Form, Color, ete.—In general appearance this bat so closely resembles Dermanura rava that no special description is necessary. Ears.—In form the ears are similar to those of Dermanura rava, but they appear to be slightly larger, and in color they are a uni- form darker brown, without trace of the whitish edging. Skull and Teeth. —The skull closely resembles that of Dermanura rava, but the rostrum is broader and flatter and the median back- ward extension of the bony palate is wider. Molar teeth appar- ently a little narrower than in the related species. Measwrements.— External measurements of type: Tibia, 14; foot, 9 (8); forearm, 37; thumb, 9.6; second digit, 31; third digit, 78; fourth digit, 62; fifth digit, 57. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 19; zygomatic breadth, 11.6; mastoid breadth, 10. Specimens Examined.—One, the type. Remarks.—Dermanura pheotis is closely related to D. rava, but its characters are not closely approached by any of the ten speci- meus of the latter. Vampyrops fumosus sp. nov. Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), No. 105,530, United States National Museum. Collected on the Purus river, Brazil, March 24, 1901, by J. B. Steere. Original number, 24. Characters.—Related to Vampyrops infuscus Peters and V. dor- salis Thomas, but size larger and color paler than in either. Face stripes barely indicated. Dorsal line present, but very faint. Color.—General color broccoli-brown, slightly darker on head and nape, slightly paler on shoulders and sides of neck, the under parts washed with ecru-drab. From noseleaf to ear can be traced a faint pale stripe, not different in color from the surrounding parts. Dorsal line whitish, extending from neck to rump. It is plainly visible when the fur is smooth, but a slight disarrangement of the 406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, hairs causes it to disappear. Ears and membranes brown, not as dark as in Vampyrops vittatus, the only large species at hand. Skull and Teeth.—The skull is considerably smaller than that of Vampyrops vittatus, but not noticeably different in form, except that the interorbital region is narrower and more distinctly concave. Anterior nares a little more produced backward than in the larger species. Teeth as in V. vittatus, but uniformly much smaller, the outer upper incisors excepted. These are actually as well as relatively larger than in the larger animal. Measurements.—External measurements of type (from skin): Head and body, 70; tibia, 24; foot, 13 (12); forearm, 56; thumb, 17; second digit, 46; third digit, 130; fourth digit, 93; fifth digit, 88; ear from meatus, 19; width of ear, 11.4. Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, — (30) ;* basal length, — (28); basilar length, — (24.4); median palatal length, 16 (16.6); interorbital constriction, 7 (7.6); zygomatic breadth, 18 (19); mastoid breadth, — (16); breadth of palate between middle molars, 8 (8.4); mandible, 21.8 (22.4) ; maxillary toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 12 (12.6); front of canine to back of second molar, 11.6 (12); mandibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 13 (13.4).” Specimen Examined.—One, the type. Remarks.—This species is readily distinguishable from Vampyrops vittatus by its smaller size, lighter color, and by the faintness of the face markings and dorsal line. In size it approaches V. recifinus and V. infuscus, though it is larger than either; forearm, 56, as opposed to 41 in V. recifinus and 52 in V. infuseus. From the latter it differs in the presence of the white dorsal line. The upper incisors probably show the first suggestion of the form found in Vampyrops zarhinus and» V. recifinus, as the middle pair are smaller than in V. vittatus. They are, however, practically in contact with each other, though with a lens a slight space between them can be detected. M Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult female Vampyrops vittatus from Valparaiso, Santa Marta region, Colombia (No. 15,101, Am. Mus. Nat Hist.), kindly loaned by Dr. J. A. Allen. © Some of the cranial measurements of the type of V. rectfinus given by Thomas (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., VIII, p. 192, Septem- ber, 1901) are as follows: Greatest length, 24; basal length, 19; front of canine to back of second molar, 8.4. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407 Stenoderma lucie sp. nov. Type.—Adult female (in alcohol), No. 110,921, United States National Museum. Collected on Santa Lucia Island, West Indies, February 4, 1901, by H. Selwyn Branch. Characters.—Larger than Stenoderma nichollsi of Dominica, its nearest geographical ally, and inner upper incisors more noticeably bifid. Much smaller than S. montserratense, and with a distinet white shoulder spot. Color.—After a year’s immersion in alcohol the color of the fur is a uniform clay color, that of the back, limbs and membranes strongly washed with wood-brown, that of the under parts some- what lightened by faintly paler hair-tips. A small but very dis- tinet whitish spot on shoulder at point where membrane joins body. Ears and noseleaf light-brown. Membranes dark-brown through- out, except that the antebrachium has a distinct pale border extend- ing from base of thumb halfway to shoulder. Bones of fingers and distal half of forearm much lighter than membrane. Ears, Membranes, ete.—The ears, membranes and external features in general are as in a topotype of S. nichollsi. Skull. —The skull is distinctly larger than that of Stenoderma nichollsi, but of essentially the same form throughout. Teeth much more robust than those of S. nichollsi. The inner upper incisor is very distinctly bifid, in this respect differing nota- bly from that of the related species. Crowns of first and second molars rather broader relatively to their length than in S. nichollsi. Posterior molar minute, its area scarcely more than half that of middle incisor. Second lower molar with outline of crown more nearly square than in S. nichollsi. Measurements. —External measurements of type: Head and body, 65 (53) ;"° tibia, 19 (16.4); foot, 12.6 (12); foot without claws, 12 (11); forearm, 47 (44); thumb, 15 (11.6); second finger, 41 (36); third finger, 110 (96); fourth finger, 76 (70); fifth finger, 71 (66); ear from meatus, 18 (18); ear from crown, 14 (13.6); width of ear, 14 (14). Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 23 (20.4); basal length, 20 (17); basilar length, 17 (15); interorbital constriction, 6 (5.4); zygomatic breadth, 15 (13.6); mastoid breadth, 12 (11); breadth of palate between middle molars, 4.4 (3.6); mandible, 16 Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male S. nicholis?. 408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 13.4 (12); maxillary toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 7.6 (6.4); front of canine to back of second molar, 7.2 (6); mandibular toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 8 (6.8). Specimens Examined.—Four, all from the type locality. Remarks. —Stenoderma lucie is readily distinguishable from S. montserratense by its smaller size and white-spotted shoulder, and from S. nichollsi by its larger size, heavier teeth, and distinctly bifid inner wpper incisors. Hemiderma tricolor sp. nov. Type.—Adult 2 (skin and skull), No. 114,005, United States National Museum. Collected in cave at Sapucay, Paraguay, December 5, 1901, by William Foster. Original number, 589. Characters. —Size and general appearance as in Hemiderma per- spicillatum, but fur longer and more silky in texture and the three color bands on the hairs of back strongly contrasted. Color. —Hairs of dorsal surface with three sharply defined color bands. Beginning at base these are (a) hair-brown, much darker than that of Ridgway, 4 mm.; (6) grayish-white, 5 mm.; and (¢) hair-brown like that of base, 2mm. The extreme tips show a faint silvery-gray wash which varies in intensity according to light. As the fur is loose and silky in texture and everywhere glossy and variable with light the combination of colors is difficult to describe. On crown of head, sides of neck and region between and imme- diately behind shoulders the grayish-white appears conspicuously at surface, but elsewhere the hair-brown is in excess. The slightest disarrangement of the hairs brings the light band prominently into view. The color pattern of the back may be traced across under surface of neck, though much dulled. On chest and beily the basal area isa dull brownish slate color, succeeded by a narrow silvery- grayish band and a still narrower terminal strip of broceoli-brown. The extreme tips have the same gloss as those of the back, but the general color is broccoli-brown. Skull and Teeth. —The skull and teeth do not differ appreciably from those of Hemiderma perspicillatum. Measurements. —External measurements of type: Head and body, 68;" tibia, 16.4; foot, 13 (11); forearm, 42; thumb, 13; second finger, 32; third finger, 91; fourth finger, 65; fifth finger, 66; ear from meatus, 20. From fresh specimen, by collector. 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409 Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 22.4; basal length, 19.6; basilar length, 17.6; interorbital constriction, 5.6; mastoid breadth, 10.8; mandible, 15; maxillary toothrow (exclu- sive of incisors), 7.4; mandibular toothrow (exclusive of in- cisors), 8. Specimens Examined. —Six, all from the type locality. Remarks. mens showing no yariations worthy of note. 2-10) ainiere agedani |= UU PLECLEO a ietnin lela = (ols oe 101 2-g](>.6 subpland......+++ wevefevete | 80) Ry oR DLOFUNAD nee. >a anes xe| [>< Andrews .....- D3 408500 Ale. SAYW iseroroeleyel= = <= coccee| X|X andrewse montivaga... .| x chilhoweensis .......+++ x |x| Vitrinizonites latissimus ....|X | X|xX MDOLDOTIB «6 oe. 250-05 |x|x|x latissimus uvidermis.... ze albolabris major........ x Vitrea hammonis ...++..... x|x|=x CLO LGU y=lolatetatodstelst=/=r=lalotate |x| x) x ADWeAtlEYt . .cwccnces seen |X ERTEISDS a Joes Poo sndD 350 x CUUNGMANI.. 600+ 01es viene x subpalliata ............. x petrophila pentadelphia. a palliata ...... Boon 67) }25 |><|| 2° ANGENLALD . 0. see Se set appressa perigrapta ....|X|X)xX (ALU egepoe ee sajna acn| x x clarkit. ......... sash | x sculptilis ...... ewes ral x|x}x AMATEW8E. 200-2 -0-0ceee |x| x CATOUNENSIB ...- 120 w eae |x|x andrewse normalis ..... 2-44 [5-<}) >< carolinensis wetherbyi.. . x|x andrewse altivaga.....+ x iti copay VG eS jx5 andrewse intermedia ...| X| X UPPVOLIMA .. vv ve everees I |x thyT0tdes ....0...00000. x|x|x vanattdi ....... ee a adie CLAMS mat s)-< ee visi case 'x|x|x4l Huconulus sterbit......-.... |x WHEDEYT «0.0 ...0e eens x|xX|x OPM OUB Pasian ello ete eee )x8 CI AER UA Mietntela\eloie/si elle minusculus ...... Sean |e depilatad.......... erereret x ANALBUAN 015 xicie «(0 sto semis |x (OOPSTMIU BOBO aon eae r - x CX OT Pee tee pied esc Bl f> >< (DOS BAA ERDOG 206 250 x |x| Gastrodonta intertexta...... | |x/x UAT Go nlwe'e'e nse eielele =| 54) X QCETTA.. 006 Pecccconer alee sities monodon cinctd......... elesiies CLL ISAAC SOE Jon IC x|x|x Strobilops labyrinthica stre- cerinoidea?........ Sts pe WIR: Saaera Sgt Seiot x|x TAQ EN cic ele lals'-twlere inte sinole |x Bifidaria contracta......... esac gularis .........6 wo, o.a/6)| rpc ee pentodon ..... .....-6- |x gularts law@........... x Vertigo bollesiana ........ =) x gularis theloides........ x Cochlicopa lubrica.......... x | |x gularis decussata....... x Circinaria concava...... AO fe ALS gularis cuspidata....... x Omphalina kopnodes........\X? BUDD CBR oe ein otn's wie «ssi x|}x/x Suliginosa .:.......2+.-|X |X Calaxis ...... Con nee x * P. clausa was not found in Smoky mountains. at Hayesville, N. C. It occurs, however, 5This species also occurs at Lickstone mountain, near Waynesville, a OF 5 Cited by Wetherby. We have seen no specimens, and it is quite probable that the identification is erroneous as the group had not been differentiated when Wetherby’s list was published. 7These species were cited by Wetherby in 1881. As they are not included in his later paper (1894), it is probable that he found that his former identification was erroneous. ee 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421 l R | F/s R| F/ Ss | ; : re Gastrodonta interna........ X |x| x|Pyramidula alternata....... | |*|* andrews@........ Eqaond||><1/5-4 alternata fergusoni?....|x*® multidentata ..........-. x| alternata costata ....... | x lamellidens ........00-- >. |. all. ¢ alternata mordax ...... | x ey: settee reece ee eee | x eeLe eee soneaogobecce |X |=|= ADDUCED ols a ateha\= cies. else | |x RTO ORO CSE BORE 553128 ||5 significans?............ x") Helicodiscus lineatus........ }26)| ellos i a tag ate - ss eyetevereleret x) x Panel ruamienn Biieyerereteiews |x capsella placentula ..... 5) i|>< ONMLGNWM .. 2: «1600 x Agriolimax campestris...... x| | |Sphyradium edentulum...... x Philomycus carolinensis.....|x |X |x |Sucetinea ovalis.. .......... D6 [D611 0-< WEtNETDYl....0ce-++----- x! | |Carychium exiguum. ....... |X hemphilla .......-..000 axe Ux lx List oF SPECIES. HELICINIDA. Helicina occulta Say. Wilson’s Cove, Mt. Mitchell. A few large specimens, diam. 7} to 8 mm., were found under the dead leaves around the roots of the basswoods and buckeyes ; all were of the uniform deep reddish-yellow color characteristic of the species from other localities. There was no apparent tendency to the great variation in color noted by Weth- erby in the Roan mountain specimens. HELICIDA. Polygyra tridentata (Say). With the exception of the large variety found at Paint Rock mentioned below, this species, which was found nearly everywhere, shows but slight variation from a common type; which seems decidedly characteristic of the whole region from Roan to the Smoky mountains. It is usually rather small, varying from 124 to 14 mm. in diameter at Roan to 17 to 184 at Bluff mountain. The size seems to increase quite regularly from the north to the south, specimens from Cat-tail (14 to 15) being smaller than those from Wilson’s Cove (13% to 15%), while these are decidedly smaller than those from Paint Rock and Bluff mountain. This race, for it hardly seems to be sufficiently differentiated to be entitled ®Specimens from Roan before us belong to the smooth form herein- after mentioned, but are not typical fergusont. Wetherby’s specimens were probably the same. 422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF * [May, to “varietal rank, is characterized by closely coiled whorls and usually rather high spire, in this respect showing some approach to P. fraudulenta. But the aperture is usually quite typical in the position and shape of the lip teeth. Occasional specimens exhibit a slight tendeney to ‘‘ dishing’’ of the upper portion of the lip, but in such instances the deepest concavity of the lip is between the labial teeth rather than opposite the upper tooth, as in fraudu- lenta, nor is there any rounding out of the upper lip so character- istic of that species. The shell is usually of a deep reddish horn color, with a rose-tinted lip, and closely and rather heavily striate. Wetherby (Journ. Cin. Soc. N. H., 1894, p. 211) has called at- tention to this form as peculiar to the Roan region, and the material before us shows that it extends through this whole region with but slight variation except in size. The ‘‘ buttressed’’ lower tooth developed in the Smoky mountains’ seems peculiar to that region, as no tendency in that direction appears in any of the shells col- lected in the French Broad drainage. ‘Three of five specimens from Bluff mountain have an unusually heavy wide flat white lip, which sensibly diminishes the aperture. In addition to the locali- ties already mentioned, Ferriss reports it from Tyson’s Cove, Meadow Cove, Ivy river, Toe river and Bee Tree creck. Polygyra tridentata tennesseensis 0. v. At the foot of the high bluffs which line the south side of the French Broad river below Paint Rock, just over the line in Ten- nessee, there occurred a very distinct form of P. tridentata, char- acterized by its large size, depressed complanata-like form, but closely and regularly striated. The lip is that of the typical tridentata, with rather small marginal teeth. Of twenty specimens the smallest was 19 and the largest 24 mm. in diam., the average being 224. Only two were less than 21. This form is probably the same as that mentioned by Wetherby” from Braden mountain, Campbell county, Tenn., and is the same described by Clapp" from Oakdale, Morgan county, and Concord, Knox county, Tenn. It is also the same form found at Elizabethton, Tenn., and errone- ously by one of us referred to var. complanata.” The Elizabethton ® Vide these Proc., 1900, p. 117. 0 Journ. Cincinnati Soc. N. H., 1904, p. 212. These Proceedings for 1900, p. 117. 12 Nautilus, XII, 120. i 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 423 examples are lighter in color than the Paint Rock specimens and rather smaller, being from 19} to 21} mm. in diameter, in this respect resembling the Morgan county shells, described by Clapp. Polygyra fraudulenta Pilsbry. Meadow Coye, a single typical example, diameter 15 mm. Polygyra rugeli (Shuttl.). Of general occurrence, but not so abundant as in the Great Smoky mountains. At Paint Rock, south side, where it occurred with P. tridentata tennesseensis, the specimens were uniformly large, 13} to 14} mm. in diameter. Another lot from the same side, collected later by one of the guides, but probably further down the river, were smaller, 11 to 12+ mm. Similar specimens were found at Paint Rock creek, on the north side of the river. This seems to be the prevailing size throughout the French Broad region, and only occasional specimens from Bluff mountain, Tyson’s Cove and Wilson’s Cove exceeded 13 mm. in diameter, Ferriss found a few specimens also at Meadow Cove, Ivy river, Toe river and Bee Tree creek. Polygyra inflecta (Say). At Paint Rock, on the south side of the river, all the specimens were small, 9 to 94 mm. in diameter, with the whole shell more or less tinged with pink and frequently the lip as well. In the coves around Mitchell, Cat-tail, Tyson’s and Wilson’s, all the specimens were albinos and quite large, 134 to 14 mm. in diameter. Nota single normally colored individual was found in any of these localities. While occasional albino examples are not uncommon in nearly al] the American Helicidee, this occurrence of a race wholly albino inhabiting a large extent of territory is quite without precedent. Why this one species should be affected in this way is difficult to understand. None of the other species in the district exhibited any tendency to albinism to any greater extent than is likely to occur anywhere. It forms one of the striking peculiarities of the Mitchell fauna, and is analogous to the occur- rence of Polygyra subpalliata at Roan, which is always of the same pale-green color. Polygyra profunda (Say). Paint Rock, south side, two specimens only; evidently scarce. 424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Polygyra sayii (Binn.). Paint Rock, south side, and Wilson’s Cove, a few specimens with no special characteristics. Polygyra chilhoweensis (Lewis). Paint Rock creek, on the north side of the river. Two speci- mens only. This extends the range of this species considerably farther north than has hitherto been recorded.* Along the Cumberland plateau it has, however, a range consid- erably farther north, having been found in Campbell county by Wetherby.‘ Similar specimens are now in the collections of G. H. Clapp and Bryant Walker. It seems probable that the French Broad valley is about the northern limit of the range of this species along the Appalachians. Polygyra albolabris (Say). This species occurred only at Paint Rock, on the north side of the river, where it is apparently quite abundant. All the specimens are more or less deeply tinged with rose and one is obscurely banded below the suture. They are very similar to the Cade’s Cove examples mentioned in the report on the ‘‘ Pentadelphian’’ ex- pedition. Polygyra exoleta (Binn.). Paint Rock, south side, two specimens. Cat-tail branch, one example. Polygyra palliata (Say). Paint Rock, south side, four specimens, 22 to 24 mm. in diam- eter; quite typical. Polygyra appressa perigrapta Pilsbry. Paint Rock, on both sides of the river, Bluff mountain and Wilson’s Cove. Noticeably smaller and more compressed than those from the Smoky mountains. Of fifteen specimens from these localities, the smallest was 154 mm. in diameter, the largest 174, average 164 mm., while those from the Smoky region range 13Tn the J. H. Thompson collection, now in the .possession of one of us, are two specimens Jabeled ‘‘ Roan Mt. ex auctore.’’ As the species is not cited by Wetherby from Roan and there are no specimens from that locality in the Lewis collection, now owned by Mr. G. H. Clapp, it seems probable that there is some mistake in regard to the Thompson shells. 14 Jour. CO. S. N. H., 1894, p. 212. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425 from 19 to 214 mm. and are in every way larger and finer speci- mens. Polygyra andrewse (W. G. Binn.). The typical form of this fine species was quite abundant all along the ridge from Clingman Peak to Mt. Mitchell. It is partial to the hellebore (Veratrum viride) which grows rankly in the open spaces, and was usually found either roosting beneath the large leaves or hidden in the grass around the roots. The shells are exceedingly fragile and were often crushed between the fingers in the slight pressure occasioned by lifting them from their hiding- places. They are uniformly of a dark olive-green color, with a thin, narrow, concave lip. Of sixty-five specimens the largest was 274+ mm. in diameter, the smallest 224, average 2475. Compared with Roan mountain specimens they differ only in size, being on the average slightly larger. Of thirty-nine Roan specimens the smallest was 19, the largest 22,5. The shells from both localities are alike in the extreme fragility, narrow lip and shape. And in both places this form is found only on the highest parts of the mountain. Polygyra andrewsz normalis Pilsbry. This form is purely a cove dweller and is rarely found at an elevation of more than 5,000 feet. From 1,200 to 4,000 is about its usual range. It occurred sparingly on both sides of the river at Paint Rock (alt. 1,200 feet), and on Bluff mountain as far up as Baker’s (alt. 3,000 feet). These specimens were of the usual type and varied from 35} to 374 in diameter, It also occurred at Tyson’s Cove (alt. 4,000 feet), Meadow Cove and Wilson’s Cove (alt. 3,500 feet). Those from Wilson’s were the largest yet seen. Of thirty-seven specimens, the largest was 404 mm. in diameter, the smallest 34, average 374. They vary con- siderably in shape, frequently becoming subconical as shown by the following measurements: 374 x 52, 414 x 354, 394 x 35 and 381 x 28}. Occasional pale-green albinos occurred. Polygyra andrews intermedia n. subsp. Throughout this region, occupying the higher levels from 3,500 to 5,000 feet, and thus ranging above the var. normalis, but below the typical andrewsce, was found a well-marked race which cannot be satisfactorily assigned to any of the recognized varieties. It is 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, intermediate between the typical form characteristic of the higher altitudes of Roan and Mitchell and subsp. altivaga, which similarly occupies the summits of the Smoky mountains. In texture, sculp- ture, color and character of the peristome it is nearer to altivaga, but in shape is more like the typical andrewse. On the whole, however, it is more nearly related to the former. It may be char- acterized as typical in shape, but larger, with a stronger, thicker shell, closely and regularly striate, lighter in color being usually with a strong yellowish tinge, frequently pale green, and occa- sionally tinged with red; the lip is decidedly different from the typical andrews, being broader and flatly reflected ; in many cases the reflected portion is decidedly conyex, being rolled back so that the center of the face of the peristome projects beyond the outer edge. Compared with var. altivaga it is decidedly less globose, being wider in proportion to its height. The aperture also is propor- tionately wider than in altivaga. It was first met with on Bluff mountain at Baker’s, and ranged from there to the summit. Of eight specimens, the largest was 303 mm. in diameter, the smallest 264, average 283 mm. ‘The largest example compared with a Thunderhead specimen of the same diameter, 30} mm., will show the following difference in height and breadth which is characteristic of the race: Diam. Total Alt. Alt. of Axis. Bluff mountain (intermedia), . . 304 22 154 Thunderhead (altivaga), . . . 304 22 164 Potato Top (4,000 feet), six specimens, largest 30 x 204, smallest 264 x 20, average 284 mm. Vance’s branch, North fork of the Swananoa river, two speci- mens, rather heavier than usual, 26 x 20 and 261 x 20 mm. Bee Tree creek, Craggy mountains (alt. 3,500 feet), three specimens similar to those from Vance’s branch. Shells as thick as those of subsp. normalis. These specimens are very close to subsp. altivaga, and have the notch at the upper end of the peris- tome as in that form. They measure 25, 27 and 27} mm. in diameter. One of them is decidedly reddish horn-colored. On Craggy, Ferriss found intermedia all along from 4,500 to 6,000 feet. He remarks that its habits are similar to those of Polygyra exoleta and solitary. Two specimens from Balsam Gap, Ivy river (alt. 3,500 feet), 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 427 are more nearly allied to the typical form, both in texture and the width of the peristome. But in one example this is decidedly reflexed, and in the other the whole shell is strongly tinged with red. They measure 25 and 261 mm. in diameter. There is no evi- dence of any tendeney to bands, nor to the development of a parie- tal tooth so characteristic of altivaga, in any of these specimens. This form extends as far north as Roan mountain. Four speci- mens from Roan mountain R. R, Station are as heavy as an ordi- nary P. albolabris, with a broad, thick, flattened or convex lip, and of a decided yellow-horn color. They measure 27} x 23, 274 x 22, 26 x 192, 274.x 21 mm., and approach yar. altivaga very closely. Polygyra thyroides (Say). Paint Rock, north side; Tyson’s and Wilson’s Coves. Scarce. Polygyra clausa (Say). Two specimens only at Paint Rock, on the south side of the river. Polygyra wheatleyi (Bland). This species was found nearly everywhere and usually in abund- ance. There is no apparent tendeney to develop a smaller race on the higher portions of Mitchell as on the peaks of the Smoky mountains, although three-fourths of the specimens from Mitchell and Cat-tail were edentate, while those from Bluff mountain were all dentate and with the outer margin of the lip dark colored, These varied from 152 to 16 mm. in diameter, while those from Mitchell and Cat-tail averaged larger, running from 141 to 16. Ferriss found it also at Paint Rock, Tyson’s, Wilson’s, Meadow Cove, Great Craggy, Bee Tree Cove and Toe river. Polygyra stenotrema (Fer.). Common on both sides of the river at Paint Rock. One only from Wilson’s Cove. All these have a rather wide lip notch, otherwise typical. Polygyra altispira Pilsbry. “ Stenotrema hirsutum Say. An elevated, somewhat carinated var- iety,’” Wetherby, Some Notes on American Land Shells, No. II, p. 7, No. 33, in Jour. Cincinnati Soe. N, H., IV, 1881, p. 329. Natural History notes from N, C., No. 2, in Jour. Cin. Soc., 1894, p. 212. Polygyra hirsuta altispira Pilsbry, Nautilus, VII, p. 141 (April, 1894). This species was first noticed in 1881, by Mr. A. G. Wetherby, as a variety of the widespread P. hirsuta Say. Compared with 428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, P. lirsuta it differs in the following respects: P. altispira is more elevated, the spire being conical, with an additional whorl; the notch in the basal lip is wider, with a well-developed tooth on each side in place of an eyen edge, and the ‘‘fulerum’’ is much smaller, These differences are constant in a large series of each examined and, in the absence of intermediate forms, warrant us in giving altispira specific rank. P. altispira is usually larger than the other species. It is densely hirsute or bristly above and below, the bristles erect and standing about as close as in P. hirsuta. P. depilata of the Great Smoky range differs from P. altispira chiefly in the shallower notch of the basal lip and the totally diverse character of the surface. Mt. Mitchell, mostly large, 64x 9 to 9x11 mm., spire lower than in Roan mountain types. Many of the lots are larger shells than at Roan mountain, with the spire less raised. P. altispira seems to range along the eastern slope of the moun- tains as far south at least as Swain and Jackson counties, where a smal] form occurs at Balsam mountain and elsewhere. The region lying between Asheville and these counties is wholly unknown conchologically. Balsam mountain, 54 whorls, diam. fully 8 mm. Smallest from Jackson county, 54 whorls, diam. 7mm. As small as hirsuta, but have the wide notch, small fulerum and rather harsh or stiff pile of altispira. The character of the bristles separates this small form from magnifumosa. P. altispira was not found at Paint Rock, where it is apparently replaced by P. pilula; but nearly everywhere else it was found in considerable abundance. The localities comprise Bluff mountain, Mitchell, Cat-tail, Wilson’s, Meadow Cove, Tyson’s, Ivy river and Bee Tree Cove. Polygyra pilula Pilsbry. Polygyra hirsuta pilula Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1900, p. 182. Paint Rock, on both sides of the river. This species was origi- nally described as a variety of Polygyra hirsuta. Its occurrence at Paint Rock was quite unexpected, and gives it a much more ex- tended range than was anticipated when first noticed. This fact and the evident stability of its peculiar characteristics, as shown by the specimens before us, without any apparent tendency to merge into the typical hirsuta, justify us in according to it specific rank. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429 Polygyra monodon cincta (Lewis). Paint Rock, south side, one specimen, with the umbilicus some- what smaller than in the types. Bluff mountain, two specimens, with umbilicus almost closed. The occurrence of this species in the French Broad valley, far north of any previous records, was one of the surprises furnished by the collection of 1901. PUPIDA. Strobilops labyrinthica strebeli (Pfr.). Helix strebeli Pfr., Malak. Blatt., VIII, 71, t.1., figs. 5-8 (1861). Paint Rock, south side, a single specimen only. This is much farther north than previously recorded and, like the preceding species, is a striking example of the mingling in the French Broad valley of the southern species with those coming from the north ACHATINID&Z. Cochlicopa lubrica (Miill.). Potato Top, where Ferriss found typical examples, is the only locality represented in the present collection. Walker found it, however, several years previously on Town mountain near Ashe- ville. CIRCINARIIDZ. Circinaria concava (Say). Paint Rock, on both sides of the river; Bluff mountain, Wil- son’s, Tyson’s, Cat-tail and Ivy river. Common everywhere and of good size, ranging from 17} to 21? mm. in diameter. ZONITID A. Omphalina fuliginosa (Grif). Typical specimens were found on both sides of the river at Paint Rock. Omphalina levigata (Raf. Beck). One mature specimen, 19 x 134 mm., and several immature ones were taken on the north side of the river at Paint Rock. Omphalina subplana (Binney). This was one of the most abundant species, both at Bluff moun- tain and Mt. Mitchell. Yes large fine specimens were found on 430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, the south side of the river at Paint Rock. frequently reaching 22 and 23 mm. in diameter. Both here and at Bluff mountain a peculiar form was found with more convex base, not excavated around the umbilicus, and approaching O. rugeli W. G. B. Many of the specimens from these localities were quite green. Found also at Tyson’s, Potato Top, Ivy river, Toe river, Wilson’s and Cat-tail. Omphalina andrewse Pilsbry. Very rare, apparently at about the extreme of its northern range, but quite typical. Mt. Mitchell, 2; Wilson’s, 1; Potato Top, 2, and Tyson’s, 1. Vitrinizonites latissimus (Lewis). This species, which was not uncommon on Mt. Mitchell, was found only sparingly at other localities. Those from Bluff moun- tain were considerably larger than those from Mitchell, reaching 194 mm. in diameter. It occurred also at Paint Rock, south side ; Tyson’s, Wilson’s, Meadow Cove and Bee Tree creek. Vitrea carolinensis (Ckl.). Vitrea carolinensis Ckll., Nautilus, XII, p. 120. Zonites carolinensis Ckll., Binney, Bull. M. C. Z., XXII, p. 167, Pl. Til rane The type specimens as described by Cockerell have 5 whorls with a maximum diameter of 10 mm. This form occurred in 1901 only at Paint Rock. It is not found in the Great Smoky mountains, and from present information it seems to be a rare form of very limited distribution. Vitrea carolinensis wetherbyi Ckll. Nautilus, XIV, p. 45 (1901). Paint Rock, Bluff mountain, Tyson’s, Wilson’s, Mt. Mitchell, Cat-tail, Pinnacle of the Blue ridge, Toe river and Potato Top. In the report of the expedition of 1899 the specimens of V. carolinensis were found to belong to a small race, ranging from 54 to 7 mm. in diameter. Cockerell has since distinguished it under the aboye varietal name. With the exception of some from Paint Rock, all the specimens collected in 1901 belong to this smaller variety, which, though not found anywhere in abundance, occurred in nearly every locality. It is intermediate between typical V. carolinensis and V. indentata. < ‘ 1 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431 Vitrea sculptilis (Bld.). A single specimen, diameter 8} mm., was taken on Bluff moun- tain. Vitrea hammonis (Strém.). Pl. XXIII, figs. 10, 11, 12. Paint Rock, south side, one specimen. The shell figured for comparison with the following species is from Mohawk, N. Y. Vitrea clingmani Dall. Pl. XXIII, figs. 1, 2, 3. Zonites wheatleyi W. G. Binney, Man. Am. Land Shells, 222. Vitrea wheatleyi clingmant Dall, Nautilus, XI, 100 (1890). Vitrea clingmani Dall, Proc. A. N. 8. P., 1900, p. 150, fig. As stated in Dall’s description cited above, the types of this rare species were taken by Hemphill at or near Clingman’s Peak, or Mt. Gibbs according to the map of the Topographical Survey. The first specimens in 1901 were found on Mt. Clingman, beside the trail just north of the summit. Four specimens were found under one log a short distance below the summit of Mt. Mitchell on the northeast side. It is evidently rare on Mitchell, as most careful search failed to bring any more to light. A single specimen was taken on Wil- son’s Cove and another on Cat-tail. Ferriss found it in some greater quantity on Potato Top, but it appears to be rare even there. V. elingmani is peculiar to Black mountain range. It is one of the largest of the Vitreas and, once seen, is easily recognized. The animal is dark bluish-black, and when alive the whole shell appears black; in this respect it reminds one of Zonitoides nitidus Mull. When cleaned the shell varies from a yellow to reddish horn-color, but occasional specimens are tinged with green as stated in Dr. Dall’s description. Vitrea approxima W. and P.,n.sp. Pl. XXIII, figs. 7, 8, 9. Shell about the size and shape of V. hammonis; glossy, smoky greenish horn-color, tinged with pink above; umbilicus round and deep; slightiy convex above, whorls 43, regularly increasing, sur- face sculptured above with irregularly spaced radial grooves similar to those of V. hammonis, but less crowded and with microscopic revolying impressed lines; aperture transversely rounded-lunate. Alt. 2, greater diam. 44 mm. Two specimens only of this species, which cannot be satisfactorily assimilated with any of the described species, were taken in Wil- son’s Cove, Mt. Mitchell. It is closely related to V. hammonis in 432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, shape, and in the regularly increasing whorls, but differs in color, in the less crowded sculpture of radial grooves, the presence of microscopic reyolying sculpture, which is absent in hammonis, and in having nearly a whorl] additional. In the examination of these forms for the revolving sculpture a compound lens of at least 100 diameters is necessary for satisfactory results. V. wheatleyi and V. petrophila pentadelphia, which haye similar sculpture, differ in haying a more open umbilicus and in the rapid enlargement of the last whorl. It differs from V. rhoadsi by the smooth base (V. rhoadsi being radially grooved beneath), the closer radial grooves, wider umbilicus, and in color. Vitrea vanattai P. and W.,n.sp. Pl. XXIII, figs. 4, 5, 6. Shell rather narrowly umbilicate (the umbilicus about one-sixth the diameter of the shell), depressed, thin, honey-yellow and trans- lucent. Sculpture of many deeply impressed, irregularly spaced radial grooyes, much less conspicuous beneath, and very fine, rather faint, close spiral lines. Whorls 5, slowly increasing, the last much wider. Aperture oblique, broadly lunate, the peristome simple and thin as usual. Alt. hardly 2, diam. 4.5 mm. Mt. Mitchell, two adult specimens and one young. This species belongs to the same group as the preceding, from which it differs in color, the more depressed body-whorl, less crowded and deeper radial grooves, which are more distinct beneath, in having a half-whorl more and a wider umbilicus. In V. hammonis the sculpture is much closer, the grooves of V. vanattai resembling those of the species of the section Glyphyalinia. It resembles V. clingmani, but with the same number of whorls the shell is much smaller, and the shape of the aperture differs somewhat. It is named for Mr. Edward G. Vanatta, in recognition of his long and careful work upon the smaller Zonitidse of the collection of the Academy. , The group of V. hammonis, elingmani, approxima and vanattat consists of species similar in general form and in the coarser sculp- ture. V. hammonis differs from all the others by the smaller number of whorls and less depressed contour; V. elingmani, with the same number of whorls as the following species, is conspicuously larger. V. approxima and V. vanattai have about the same num- ber of whorls, but the former is greenish, less deeply sculptured, 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435 and with a narrower umbilicus than V. vanattai, which is yellow and less fragile. V. clingmani was drawn on a smaller scale than the other species on the plate. Zonitoides arboreus (Say). Paint Rock, on both sides of the river, Bluff mountain; Mitchell, Cat-tail, Wilson’s, Tyson’s, Potato Top and Ivy river. In Tyson’s Cove this species was found in great abundance. It was also com- mon on Potato Top. Elsewhere it seemed to be comparatively rare. In addition to the more obvious differences between this species and Vitrea hammonis, Z. arboreus under a glass of high power will be found to have the surface covered with numerous very fine, impressed revolving lines which are lacking in hammonis. Zonitoides elliottii (Redfield). Common at Paint Rock, on both sides of the river, and at Tyson’s. A few were also taken on Bluff mountain and a single specimen in Wilson’s Cove, Mt. Mitchell. Gastrodonta intertexta (Binn.). Not taken in 1901. It occurs, however, at Asheville, where it was found by Walker on a previous visit. Gastrodonta acerra (Lewis). Paint Rock, Mt. Mitchell, Cat-tail, Tyson’s, Potato Top, Meadow Cove, Ivy river and Toe river. Apparently not as abundant in this region as it is either at Roan or in the Smoky mountains. It was more numerous in the Mt. Mitchell region than around Paint Rock and Bluff mountain. As usual in any considerable suite of specimens, there is considerable variation in the height of the spire. Those from Cat-tail were unusually fine, the largest examples of the two forms measuring 174.x 14 and 16% x 114 mm. Gastrodonta demissa (Binn.). Not taken in 1901. It has been found on Town mountain, near Asheville, by Walker. Gastrodonta suppressa (Say). This species did not occur in the collection of 1901. It has, however, been found at Asheville, on Town mountain (coll. Walker). It was also found at Spencer’s Cabin on Thunderhead in 1899, but was overlooked at the time of making the report. £8 454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Gastrodonta gularis (Say). At Paint Rock, on the north side of the river, a form, of this species was taken which is like the depressed examples from Hayes- ville, N. C., mentioned in the report of the Pentadelphian expedi- tion. Aside from this lot, no specimens were taken agreeing with the form of gularis almost everywhere prevailing in the Great Smoky mountains. In its place, three well-marked subspecies of gularis occurred. Gastrodonta gularis theloides A. D. Brown, n. subsp, Pl. XXV, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4. Shell glossy, yellow, perforate, with moderately raised, dome- shaped spire, composed of 74 to 8 narrovy, closely coiled whorls; the last hardly regular at the periphery in adult shells; rather strongly striate above, nearly smooth beneath, with faint traces of spiral striz near the umbilicus, where the base is rather conspicuously excavated. Aperture somewhat triangular, the sloping basal lip being straight. The peristome 1s acute, strengthened within by a rather wide, low callous rim. Adult shells are without teeth or lamine. Alt. 44-5, diam. 74-8 mm. Young shells (5 to 6 mm, diam, Pl. XXYV, fig. 4) are nearly discoidal, with the umbilicus as wide as in adults, base glossy, sculptured like the adult shells, the aperture armed within with two long strong lamellee, the summit of the outer one curving toward the inner; there is also, in early stages, a smaller lamella peri- pheral in position. ‘« North Carolina ’’ (A. D. Brown coll., No. 56,914 A. N. S.); Black mountains, N. C. (Henry Hemphill); abundant on Bluff mountain; a few only at Meadow Coye, Wilson’s and Mit. Mitchell. Fig. 3 is from one of A. D. Brown’s specimens; figs. 1, 2, 4 are from Bluff mountain shells, collected by Walker. This race was recognized by A. D. Brown many years ago and named in his collection (now in coll. A. N.S. P.), but it seems never to have been characterized by him. Various correspondents in America and England have submitted similar shells to one of us, and had them so named; owing to the desire fo avoid overload- ing the nomenclature of a difficult group, the name has not hitherto been published. 'S Vide these Proceedings for 1900, pp. 142, 143. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435 The specimens now brought to light demonstrate the necessity of recognizing the race. It differs from G. g. lawe (W. G. B.) in the much narrower wnbilicus ; from G. gularis of the Great Smoky mountains in being toothless in the adult stage, and with a more excavated base and straighter basal lip. No adult shell, in a large number examined, possessed internal lamin. Gastrodonta gularis lawe (W.G.B.). Pl. XXV, figs. 10, 11, 12. Zonites placentulus (Shuttl.), W. G. Binney, Terr. Moll. U.S, V., p. 124, fig. 44, Pl. Ill, f. L. (dentition) and remarks, Bit not the description (1878). Zonites lasmodon var.? W. G. Binney, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci,, I, pp. 358-362, Pl. 15, f. e. (1879). Zonites lawi W. G. Binney, 1st Supplement to Terr. Moll., V, p. 142, Pl. 2 (reprint of Pl. 15, Ann. N. ¥. Acad. Sci., I), fig. e (1883). Manual of Amer. Land Shells, p. 221, fig. 235. The shell is yellow, glossy, with moderately elevated, dome-like spire, composed of 8 closely coiled whorls; surface rather closely wrinkle-striate, the striz strongest near the suture, weaker below, where a few faint spiral strie may be traced. Last whorl rounded, hardly angular, even in front. Umbilicus wide, open, deep and well-like, the bases of the first whorls visible in its depth. Aper- ture small, irregularly lunate; peristome acute, strengthened within by a rather thin, diffused white callus, which becomes heavier within the columellar margin, making a slight convexity or low boss near the axis. Columellar margin somewhat straightened. Alt. 4.7, diam. 7.8 mm., width of umbilicus 1.3 mm. The above description and figures 10-12 represent the type shell, which differs from most other specimens in being without internal lamelle. Binney (Supplement, p. 145) mentions that ‘‘there is a variety in which is a heavy internal callous or plate-like teeth within the aperture,’’ and this (Pl. X XV, figs. 14, 15, 16, 17) is certainly the prevalent form in the localities collected at in 1901. These den- tate specimens have the long, strong, arching basal lamella of G. gularis cuspidata. Whether the lamina-bearing form will eventu- ally be separated from the toothless typical form remains for future investigation, the material now available being insufficient for a decision. This race has not hitherto been defined, although Binney has figured it in three publications. The figures, however, were not good, and on account of its association with the very different G. placentula (Shuttl.), it has not been generally recognized by 436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, students of our land snails. The toothless form occurs in Monroe county, Tenn., where it was collected by Miss Annie Law, together with specimens provided with internal laminze. These were dis- tributed to Mr. Binney, Dr. James Lewis, and probably others. The Lewis collection was sold, and there are specimens from this source in the collections of George H. Clapp, G. K. Gude, the Academy of Natural Sciences, and perhaps others. The toothless specimen illustrated in figs. 10-12 is No. 294 of the Binney and Bland collection, American Museum of Natural History, kindly lent by Mr. L. P. Gratacap. It is the individual figured by Binney, referred to at the head of this account. The form was given specific rank by Mr. Binney, but in our opinion it is merely a subspecies of the variable G. gularis, distin- guished by the wider umbilicus, and the absence of teeth in some adult specimens. G. gularis theloides differs from lawe by its very small umbilicus. In Gt. lasmodon the umbilicus is still wider. The size of the umbilicus varies a good deal in the North Carolina specimens. Thus in specimens from Paint Rock, measuring 8 mm. diam., the umbilicus is from 1 to 1.7 mm. wide. 3 The young shells are always toothed (Pl. X XV, figs. 14, 15), there being a long outer lamella, a shorter baso-columellar, and in early stages a small supra-peripheral plait. The umbilicus is broad and ithe periphery situated high on the last whorl. The shell figured measures 5 mm. diam. It is quite common on both sides of the river at Paint Rock. Two only on Bluff mountain. Gastrodonta gularis decussata Pilsbry and Vanatta, n. subsp. Pl. XXV, figs. 5, 6,7 8, 9, 13. Shell somewhat dull, brownish, narrowly wmbiticate, with moder- ate or high, dome-shaped spire, composed of 8 flat whorls, the /ast angular at the periphery. Closely, sharply and strongly striate above, less so beneath, where there are usually traces of spiral strie near the periphery. Aperture lunate, peristome thin and acute, armed within with a blunt tooth on the middle of the columella, and a high, short, -erect lamella within the outer-basal margin. Alt. 5.5, diam. 7.8 mm. Alt. 5, diam. 8.2 mm. Young shells (Pl. XXV, figs. 8, 13, diam. 6 mm.) are bicon- vex, depressed, acutely angular or carinate, more strongly striate beneath than adults, and with the strie on the outer half of the 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437 base decussated by many impressed spirals (fig. 8). The internal lamellze are long, as in the young of other forms of the gularis group. Most abundant on Mt. Mitchell, the type locality. Found also at Tyson’s, Wilson’s, Potato Top, Cat-tail, Ivy river, Bee Tree Cove and Bluff mountain. This variety was first recognized several years ago by Mr. Vanatta and one of the present writers, among specimens collected by Mr. Hemphill, labeled «« Black Nite NE Ooo The specimens were found with G. gularis theloides. On account of the small number of specimens (two adult and one young’), it was not defined at that time. The abundant material taken in 1901 places the subspecies upon a secure basis. It differs from G. gularis and ihe racial forms subordinated to that species in the strong sculpture, comparatively dull surface, the decussation and acute carination of the young shells, and the short, high, erect lamella of the adult stage. Compared with G. collisella Pils., the var. decussata is seen to differ in the closer and flat whorls of the spire, flattened instead of swollen base, carinate periphery, ete. Young shells resemble G. intertexta in sculpture. Gastrodonta interna (Say). Common on both sides of the river at Paint Rock and at Tyson’s. A few were also taken on Potato Top, Cat-tail and in Bee Tree Cove. Gastrodonta andrewsz (W. G. Binney). Very abundant on Potato Top and not uncommon on Mt. Mitchell and Bluff mountain. A few were also taken on Cat-tail and at Bee Tree Cove, Toe river and at Paint Rock, on the south side of the river. One specimen from this last locality has the teeth fused together, forming a continuous rib across the cavity of the shell as in G. lamellidens. Gastrodonta lamellidens Pilsbry. A single specimen was taken on Bluff mountain, and another on the Toe river side of the Pinnacle of the Blue ridge. PHILOMYCIDZA. Philomycus carolinensis (Bosc.). Not so abundant as in the Great Smoky mountains. A few only were seen on Bluff mountain and Mt. Mitchell. 438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF { May, Philomycus hemphilli (W. G. Binney). _,.Common on Mt. Mitchell, which is the type locality. ENDODONTIDZ. Pyramidula alternata (Say). The typical form occurred only at Paint Rock, on both sides of the river. Those from the north side have the ribs much heavier and farther apart than those from the south side. At Tyson’s, Wilson’s and Ivy river were found smoother, brighter forms, approaching fergusoni Bld. somewhat, especially in the gloss, but with the ribs more prominent. The spiral sculpture is well developed, ihe spiral lines being unusually prominent. Thisymicro- sculpture, however, is practically the same in mordax. Periphery rounded. This is a race of the region, unjike the Great Smoky forms and the antithesis of mordax. This form, according to Wetherby (who refers it to var. ferguson), is the only form of alternate found at Roan mountain. Roan specimens, however, though more lightly ribbed than those from Mitchell, are nearer to them than to the typical fergusoni. The same form also occurs at Elizabethton, Tenn., and Scott county, Va. In the latter locality it is said to be ‘‘ found only on trees high up on the mountains ’”’ (G. H. Clapp). This tree-climbing habit is also noticed by Wetherby, but was not observed by any of the party in 1901. Pyramidula alternata mordax (Shuttleworth). In 1852, Shuttleworth” described his Helix mordax from speci- mens collected by Rugel in the mountains of North Carolina. The original description was reprinted by W. G Binney in Terr. Moll., III, p. 19, but by a clerical error the dimensions of Zonites placen- tula, which was described at the same time, were included in the deseription of mordax, Shuttleworth’s description may be trans- lated as follows: «« Shell widely and perspectively umbilicated, depressed, sub- lenticular, carinate, thin, yellow horn-color, ornamented with inter- rupted red streaks in bands, beautifully sculptured with strong flexuose ribs above and below; whorls 53, flat; aperture very oblique, angularly crescentic, oval; peristome simple, acute. Greater diam. 18, lesser 16, height 6 mm, 16 Jour. Cincinnati Soc. N. H., 1894, p. 75. " Dern. Mittheil., 1852, 195. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459 ‘“« Hab. in the mountains of North Carolina; more than 12 speci- mens taken by Rugel. “Obs. very close to H. alternata, but distinguished by the stronger ribs which are 1 mm. apart. H. cumberlandiana Lea (perhaps a wholly abnormal form) in which the carina is similar, differs (according to the figure) in having the shell only lightly striate, not costate.”’ Many attempts to identify this form have been made by Binney and others, but, as stated by one of us," the shells usually labeled mordax are referable to another strongly ribbed form of alternate, and do not fulfill the requirements of Shuttleworth’s diagnosis given above. As this was the only species of land snail belonging to the East- ern fauna that had not been satisfactorily determined, the discovery by Mr. Ferriss of specimens agreeing almost exactly with the orig- inal description of mordax is a matter of great interest. These specimens were found in Tyson’s Cove (alt. 4,000 feet), which lies between the Great Cragey mountains and the Pinnacle of the Blue Ridge and at the southern extremity of the Black mountain chain, and in Bee Tree Cove (alt. 3,500 feet), which lies just west of the Great Craggy mountains. As both Tyson’s and Patton’s Knob were well-known resorts long before the Civil War, it is quite likely that this is the original locality. Of course this is a mere supposi- tion, but the fact that the form has never been found elsewhere, and that in Shuttleworth’s time the locality was one of the few accessible to the ordinary traveler, would seem to render it quite probable. There would seem to be no question but these shells are the long- lost mordax. They agree exactly with Shuttleworth’s description in haying heayy ribs, fully a millimeter apart at the periphery, and which extend on the under side into the umbilicus. The carina is 18 Nautilus, XV, p. 7. 440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {May, a , well-developed, though rather more rounded than in var. carinata Pils., but the under side just below the carina is distinctly concave, as in Pyramidula bryanti. This disappears somewhat in full-grown specimens toward the aperture, but is always evident on the first two-thirds of the last whorl, and is particularly marked in the young shells. The micro-sculpture is well developed, consisting of very fine irregular lines of growth between the ribs, which are cut transversely by numerous fine revolving lines. The only difference observable in these shells is that of size. Of our specimens none equals the dimensions given by Shuttleworth. Our largest example has a greater diameter of 174, lesser 15, with an altitude from the base of 64 mm. If Shuttleworth’s types measured only 6 mm. from the basal lip, they are more lenticular than any form of alternata yet known, and the true mordax yet remains to be dis- covered. Itis probable, however, that Shuttleworth followed Pfeiffer in measuring the height from the base of the axis. The form here figured as P. a. mordax seems to be confined to a particular zone on the mountainside, and does not appear to mix with the smooth form of alternata. ‘‘ It has the same habits as the com- mon form, around old basswood and tulip tree logs, but the two were never together. Mordaz dyelt in the tulip tree belt, and the common form was both above and below, but never in that se beltza(@egkleeke.)’. Pyramidula perspectiva (Say). Paint Rock, on both sides of the river, fairly abundant; scarce in Wilson’s Cove, and a single specimen only from Cat-tail. Pyramidula bryanti (Harper). The original description of Harper’ is not as full in detail as could be desired. | Wetherby’s observations” are far more exact and give a better idea of the specific characters. As he states, ‘«the whorls are heavily ribbed above and below, the rib termi- nating at a sharp angle on the upper and under outer edges of the body whorl, leaving a concave space between, which is compara- tively smooth.’’ In occasional specimens, however, toward the aperture the ribs, in a less developed form, are carried across from one carina to the other. The types came from Mitchell county, N. C., and probably from Roan mountain, At any rate, Roan mountain specimens are quite typical in every respect. Typical 19 Jour. Cincinnati Soc. N. H., 1881, p. 258. 20 Jour, Cincinnati Soc. N. H., 1881, p. 328. Reprint, p. 7. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 44] examples were found not uncommon at Paint Rock, on the south side of the river, and specimens nearly so, differing, however, in the less acute development of the lower carina, occurred in Wilson’s and Tyson’s Coves. On Cat-tail and Potato Top and in Bee Tree Cove, the specimens have both the keels less acute, and are more striate below the per- iphery. This form is intermediate between the typical bryanti and the Mt. Mitchell form which has the characteristics of a well- marked subspecies, the base being regularly costulate, the keels blunt and the interearinal concavity nearly obsolete, much as in perspectiva. Young shells, however, are less specialized and resem- ble the intermediate form mentioned above. But the internal columellar tuberele, exceedingly constant in perspectiva, is wholly wanting. It isa peripheral form, probably at the geographic con- fines of the range of bryanti. SUCCINEIDA. Succinea ovalis Say. A single young specimen was taken at Paint Rock, on the south side of the river, and two examples of the thin mountain form were found in the gap between Mt. Mitchell and Clingman’s Peak. The form here referred to is that commonly known as S. obliqua Say. Say described Succinea ovalis** in 1817 and S. obliqua in 1824.° Gould in 1841” referred the form commonly known as ovalis to Say’s ovalis of 1817. Say’s types of ovalis are in the collection of the Academy and belong to the form usually known as obliqua. This being so, ovalis has priority and must consequently be used, obliqua falling into ihe synonymy. ‘The use of obliqua for Say’s species was inaugurated arbitrarily by Dr. Amos Binney* in an ‘* attempt to reconcile the differences ’’ in the use of the names by retaining ovalis for Gould’s species and applying to ‘‘ Mr. Say’s species his second name obliqua.’’? This, of course, he had no right to do. 9 AMNICOLIDZA. Pomatiopsis lapidaria (Say). A pale-green form of this species, rather more slender than the common northern form, was taken at Paint Rock, on the south side of the river. Sih, val Ia fois JAA thay (Eh 2 Long's Exped., Il, 260 (1824). °3 Tnvert. Mass., 194. ** Terr. Moil., I, 64. 449 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, PLEUROCERIDA. Goniobasis proxima symmetrica (Hald.). Paint Rock creek, N. C. This was the only species of fluviatile mollusk found during the trip. No indications whatever of Unionid or Pleuroceride were found in the French Broad at Paint Rock. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXIV AND XXyV. [Errata.—References to ‘‘Plate XXIII”’ on pages 431 and 432 should read Plate XXIV. ]} PLATE XXIV, Figs. 1, 2, 3.—Vitrea elingmani Dall. Potato Top, Black Mts., N. C. No. 83,262 A. N. S. P. Figs. 4, 5, 6.—Vitrea vanattai P. and W. Mt. Mitchell, N. C. No. 83.261 A. N.S. P. Figs. 7, 8, 9.—Vitrea approxima W.and P. Mt. Mitchell, N.C. No. 83,260 A. N.S. P. Figs. 10, 11, 12.—Vitrea hammonis (Strom). Mohawk, N. Y. No. 538 A. N.S. P. PLATE XXV, Figs. 1, a aera gularis theloides (A. D. B.). Bluff Mt., N. GC. No. 83,263 A. ples Fig. 3. —@.g gy. theloides. Aerie of a specimen from A. D. Brown’s collection. No. 56,914 A. N.S. P. Fig. 4.—G. 4. Leesa Basal view of a young shell from Bluff Mt., N.C. No. 83,263 A. N.S. P. Figs. 5, 6, 7. (em g. dec ussata P.and V. Three views of the type, Mt. Mitchell, N. C. No. 83,265 A. N.S. P. Fig. 8.—G..¢ q- decussata. Much en urged view of a segment of the base of a young specimen from Bluff Mt., N. C. No. §8,264 A. N.S. P. Fig. 9.—G. ¢ Pe decussata, Another specimen from the type lot, Mt. Mitchell. No. 83,265 A. N.S. P. Figs. 10, 11, oe. gy. lawe (W. G. B.). Three views of the type specimen. Diam. 8mm. No. 294 of the ‘‘Binney and Bland Collec- tion,’’ American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. Pig. 13.—G. g. decussata. Young shell from Bluff Mt., N.C. Same specimen shown in fig. 8. Figs. 14, 15.—G. g. lawe. Young shell from North side of the French Broad river at Paint Rock, N. C. No. 83,266 A. N. S. P. Figs. 16, 17.—G. g. lawe. Adult shell of the laminate form. North side French Broad river, Paint Rock, N. C. No. 88,266 A. N. 8. P. oe ee ee ee ee 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445 SYNOPSIS OF THE AMERICAN MARTENS. BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS. The results summarized in the following paper are based on a rather extended examination of skins and skulls of Mustela americana from representative localities throughout its wide range, from the northern United States to the treeless regions of the Arctic zone. This study was primarily begun to determine the status of the southeastern marten, in connection with my recent work on the mammals of Pennsylvania and New Jersey. It has resulted in classing the southeastern animal as the most depauperate and light- colored representative of the group, and belonging more strictly to the type which Turton named from pale examples probably obtained from southeastern or central Canada. For purposes of nomencla- ture I have restricted typical americana to this region, making the east and west coast forms and the northern race, described by later authors, of subspecific value. Owing to the wide variation of color in this animal—skins from such widely separated habitats as the Pacific and Atlantic coasts at the same latitude being often found alike, and apparent dark or light races well known to the fur trade coming from isolated localities not correlated with faunal and floral environment in the zoogeographic sense—I have made such characters of subsidiary value to those of size and relative propor- tion in body, tail and foot measurements, in the character of pelage, and, above all, to cranial characters. As the latter have been largely made the basis of the examinations of Brandt, Baird, Gray, Coues and Allen, the chief monographers of the group, my own remarks will be the more pertinent from this standpoint. The number of American specimens of skins and skulls upon which I have based these studies has been much larger than ever before brought together. They may be roughly listed as follows: Pennsylvania and Maine, 15; Quebec, 1; Ontario, 8; North Labrador, 4; New Brunswick, 3); Colorado, 6; Mackenzie prov., N.W.T. = Great Slave lake to Mackenzie bay, 26; Alaska, 7; British Columbia, Rocky mountains, 2; Cascade mountains, Washington, 30. For the use of this fine series I am indebted to 444 PRUCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, the officers of the American Museum of Natural History, Field Columbian Museum, U. S. National Museum, Museum of Com- parative Zoology and the Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila- delphia. Only skulls of the oldest adult males have been used in the com- parative cranial diagnoses and measurements, viz., those in which the upper cranial sutures have so disappeared that the nasals are indistinguishable from the premaxillaries. I am aware that Dr. J. A. Allen has long ago (Bull. U. S. Geol. Sur. Territ., 1876, Vol. 3, pp. 828-330) arrived at the same conclusions that I have reached concerning the small size of southern American martens by an independent investigation, in part, of the same specimens. But his researches were chiefly directed to a consideration of the differences between the American and Old World martens, and did not include specimens from Labrador and the Cascade mountains. I have been fortunate in securing several specimens, from the U. S. National Museum and the Academy of Natural Sciences, of Old World martens typical of IZ foina, M. martes and M. zibellina, and am thus enabled to discuss their relationships with those of America. Groom, On Thismia Aserce (Beccari) and its Mycorhiza, Annals of Botany, 1X, pp. 327-360. 47 Maenus, WERNER, Studien an der endotrophen Mycorhiza yon Neottia nidus-avis L., Jahrbiicher fiir wissenschaftliche Bot., 1900, p. 205. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487 bending from a straight line as they run from tracheid to tracheid (fig. 25). Some annual rings are noted for the considerable num- ber of hyphe present. Others are marked by the small number and weak development of the hyphe. The color of the hyphe is an umber-brown, practically the same as that of the hyphe of Gymnosporangium biseptatum. Occasionally hyphe in G. Ellisii are found that are yellowish-brown in color. The hyphal strands are characterized by the well-marked transverse partitions, which are evident even under the low power of the microscope. It may be remarked here that the general course of the mycelium can be clearly followed by the low power alone. The mycelium is more abundant in the cortex and comparatively less abundant in the xylem. Some peculiarities of structure of the hyphe of this species easily differentiate it from G. biseptatum. The hyphe of G. Ellisii form, as revealed by the high power of the microscope, a somewhat irregular reticulum (fig. 24). These hyphx are char- acterized by the presence of larger or smaller nodose or ventricose hyphal cells (figs. 25, 26, 27), which are found in considerable numbers in the length of each hyphal strand. These swollen or enlarged cells are found most frequently in the irregular intercellular spaces, filled: with brownish material produced by the pathological changes induced in the host by the growth of the fungus. Occa- sionally these ventricose hyphal cells are found as lateral branches of the main longitudinally directed hyphe. Their shape may be spherical, ellipsoidal, oblate-spheroidal, napiform or fusiform (figs. 25, 26, 27). They are of the same umber-brown color as the other unenlarged hyphal cells, and are most numerous in the cor- tical region and in the aforementioned pathological areas filled with brown material. ReLation oF Hypa or G. Evuist tro Hosr Certs. The course of the hyphz in the stem may be briefly described as follows: The straight hypha runs through the lumen of the tracheid until it comes to a bordered pit which lies in the direction of its growth (figs. 24, 24a). This bordered pit is entered, and by a solution of the middle lamella of the cell wall at this point it crosses to a neighboring tracheid, when it again takes a longitu- dinal direction. Sometimes two or three tracheids are crossed by the hypha before it again takes an up-and-down course (fig. 24). 488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ May, The hypha, as it passes through the area of the bordered pit, en- larges to fill the space formed when the middle lamella of the cell wall at this point is dissolved by ferment action (fig. 24a). The hypha at this point, therefore, becomes in shape like a double convex lens. Again, a hypha that runs in general longitudi- nally in the tracheids may leave these and enter a medullary ray cell, where it courses transversely, enlarging meanwhile in the medullary ray cell and giving off short roundea branches which may be called tentatively haustoria. A hypha that enters a tracheid in one direction may form two branches, one a short, lateral, downward-directed branch that ends in one of the large ventricose cells (fig. 27) to which reference has been made, and another branch which runs to the end of the tracheid and leaves it through a bordered pit to enter another tracheid. Another hypha runs lengthwise until it comes opposite to the pointed end of an- other tracheid, where a row of five bordered pits is seen in trans- verse section. For each of these bordered pits the longitudinal hypha gives off a branch (figs. 24, 24a). Each branch thus formed swells in the space of the bordered pit to form a lens like enlargement before the branch enters the contracted lumen at the pointed end of the other tracheid. All of these appearances are illustrated in the annexed figures (figs. 24, 24a, 25, 26, 27, 28). The course of the hyphe in the areas of stem that have been trans- formed pathologically into a broken-down mass of a brown color, forming pockets throughout the wood, is more irregular. Here the hyphee forming the mycelium bend and twist about, now form- ing an enlarged ventricose hyphal cell, and again producing such a swollen cell as the termination of a short lateral branch. Short stubby branches are also formed in the course of these same hyphee, consisting in most cases of a single short cell. The hyphe of these brown areas have also increased considerably in diameter, being much thicker than those of the mycelium which grows in the tracheids. The larger hyphee are found in the cleft-like inter- cellular spaces and grow in and out between the dead and broken- down cells, as well as through the resin-like substance which fills the pockets to which reference has been made above. The hyph:e in the smaller transverse sections of the diseased stem are also clearly traceable. They are seen as purplish-brown rings in the lumen of the tracheids (figs. 20, 21). Several adjacent 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489 tracheids will have hyphe coursing through them, and occasionally two or three hyphz are met with in a single tracheidal cavity. Where these hyphe, by branching, cross transversely other tracheids, they are observed in cross-sections of stem as short threads, or as U-shaped or V-shaped elements of a purplish-brown color. Whenever these hyphe in their branching enter one of the brown areas with cleft-like cavities, they grow through the brown mass, enlarging meanwhile in diameter, and grow out into the cleft, where they branch and rebranch in an irregular manner, swelling here and there into the nodose or yentricose cells referred to above (fig. 27). Occasionally the hyphz are found growing outward through the medullary ray cells, but this seems to be the exception rather than the rule. This fact affords another of the characters of the mycelium of G. Ellisii which differentiates it from that of G. biseptatum, also found on the white cedar. The distribution of the tracheids containing the hyphie, disposed as above described, is for a transverse section of stem seven years of age, as given in the accompanying table. The number of tracheids in which hyphz are found is estimated for one-half of each annual ring. The widest annual ring is that of the third year, and this increased width is closely correlated with the diseased condition of the stem for that year: TABLE V. | aoe 4 ee earned Fe | umber of! s ues | y Number off Tracheids etn | Rao j ear. Tracheids. |in Autumn! Hyphe % ears Wood. | Annual | Ring. == | 1 | 1894 22 |, a} 2 | 1895 16 3 6 3 | 1896 30 4 26 | 4 eS Ora | 10 3 | 17 5 | 1898 | 9 2 | 34 6 i 1899" | 5 1 21 7 | 1900 | 5 (%) 12 (?) The brown areas are by far the largest and almost confluent in the third annual ring of weod, and therefore only four continuous radial strips of healthy xylem are to be found in the growth of the third year. The enumeration for the seventh year is incomplete, 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, because the stem was dead along the radius of stem chosen for the computation of the tracheids. The mycelium in the cortex is well marked. The hyphz grow both into and through the cortical cells, and are found in the larger and smaller intercellular spaces. Their direction of growth is less definite than in the wood, and they, therefore, form a complex of twisted and curved hyphe which run apparently through the medio- cortex in an indefinite manner. The rounded enlargements of the hyphal cells above mentioned are also found. PATHOLOGICAL Conpirions OF Stem InpucED By THE Myce- LiIuM oF G. ELLs. The pathological condition of the stem of white cedar induced by the parasite are very different from those produced by the mycelium of G. biseptatum. It may be stated at the outset that the diseased conditions are much more severe when the mycelium of G. Ellisii is the pathological agent, although the swellings neyer become so large and globose as those formed by the stimu- lating influence of the mycelium of G. biseptatum. The witches’ broom-like character of the malformations caused by G. Ellisii have already been described (figs. 6, 8). Observations in the field, after part of this paper had been written, reveal some characteristic features of the disease not mentioned then. The disease, except in young trees, seems if it attacks older trees, to be confined to the short lateral branches of the trees, as they form a pure growth in the cedar swamps of New Jersey. Sometimes all of the larger branches from the lower part of a tree to the top will be fasciated. The branches live for a long time before death finally ensues, and they consequently have a gnarled and knotted appearance which gives to a large tree badly diseased an unsightly appearance. Birds, such as the fish crow, take advantage of the flattened, closely crowded condition of the branchlets to build their nests under cover of the dense and crowded mass of leaves which forms a closely set crown of foliage (fig. 6). The photographs of diseased lateral branches (figs. 6, 8), one of which supports a nest of the-fish crow, show the general appearance of the disease when it has progressed to the point of involving the whole branch. In the seven-year-old stem aboye described the wood is badly broken down, and in place of the healthy tracheids there are irregu- 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491 lar wedge-shaped masses of a rich brown color, consisting of the broken-down cells, a mass of hyphe and a yellowish-brown matrix formed as a waste product by the host cells that are attacked by the fungal parasite. These masses of dead tissue proceed radiately outward. Their inner side is more or less evenly rounded and conforms to the general concentric arrangement of the annual rings (fig. 31). Their outer edge is more or less irregular, as the disease progresses by proceeding outward along the wedges of wood between the medullary rays (fig. 31). These diseased areas may become more or less confluent as the pathological tissue increases in amount by the spread of the fungus antagonistic to the host (fig. 31). Where these wedge-shaped brown areas touch the cortex the cortical cells become involved, assuming a darker, richer brown color with the death of the cells attacked. As these brown patches increase in size, the hyphe which have grown out into them keep pace with the dissolution of the healthy tissues, until, as before mentioned, they form a complex of considerable extent. The breaking down of the tracheids begins much in the same manner as in the disease of the white cedar induced by G. bisep- tatum, but the final result is different. The same springing loose of a part of the lignified cell wall is observable (fig. 32). When two adjacent tracheids have been thus affected, the middle lamella is dissolved uway and a cayity, two tracheids in diameter, is formed. If three or four adjoining tracheids are involved, the space becomes larger (fig. 33). These spaces are filled with a brown residual material, and by the confluence of a number of smaller brown diseased areas the wedged-shaped diseased spots are formed, which later become fissured by the appearance of crack-like intercellular spaces. In older stems, the appearance of the diseased brown areas and the increase in width of the annual wood-rings seem to be correlated. The fifth and sixth annual rings in a stem eleven years old seem to be most involved, and here, with the excep- tion of one small unaffected patch of tissue, the brown tissue forms a continuous band of variable thickness and pathological appear- ance about the stem. The spring wood of the sixth year here seems to be most involved. From this rig arms of diseased wood radiate out through the seventh, eighth, ninth, and on one side of the stem to the cortex through the eleventh and last annual ring of wood. An enumeration of the number of tracheids in a radial row 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ May, from the fifth outward is presented in tabular form, as showing the variation and increase in size of the several annual rings of wood in the abnormally developed tissues of the stem. The yariation in the size, shape and color of the tracheids is a peculiarity of the twelve-year-old stem studied. These variations are most marked in the fourth and the eighth annual rings. The tracheids of the fourth annual ring of wood are thicker than the normal, and of a decided yellow color. Those of the eighth annual ring are decid- edly variable in shape. Some of the tracheids are circular in cross section, others are elliptical, while others are rectangular and more or less irregular. This departure from the normal structure of the tracheids is directly traceable, the writer believes, to the stimulation produced by the presence of the fungus in the tissues of the host plant. TaBLE VI. | | Number of | | Numberof | Venn! Number of Tracheids | | Annual Ring. | Tracheids. in | | Autumn Wood. 1 | 1889 T-+px. 2 2 1890 i ul 3 1891 9 2 4 | 1892 29 3 | 5 | 1893 21 3 6 | > 1894 28 5 | 7 | 1895 27 4 8 | 1896 52 5 9 ‘lh sedeor 28 5 10 | 1898 33 5 11 | 1899 16 3 | 12 | 1900 22 a A comparison, however, of the width of the several annual rings of older and younger stems shows that the increase in the number of tracheids is marked, especially in the immediate neighborhood of the hyphe. There is, however, not that marked increase which is noted for the stems abnormally swollen by the action of the myce- lium of Gymnosporangium biseptatum. The same brown patches of pathological tissue are seen in branches an inch and a quarter in diameter. Here, if the disease is confined more especially to the sinaller branches, the brown areas are more rounded and appear as isolated brown specks when a cross-section is made. The smaller 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493 branches, if early infected, are more badly diseased, as evidenced by the larger size and confluent condition of the dead tissues, than the heavier branches, if infection takes place after the branch has reached considerable size. The writer has no evidence that the disease spreads down into the wood of the older portion of the branch from the smaller branches by the longitudinal growth of the hyphe, although it is within the range of probability that this downward growth does take place. ConcLupInG REMARKS. That the metabolic activities of the cells invaded by the mycelia of ihe two parasites above described are changed from the normal condition is proved by the accumulation of material in the trach- eids and medullary ray cells influenced by the presence of the fungi. The nature of these accumulated substances has already been discussed. Not only are the metabolic activities of the host cells altered, but the cambium in which the mycelia lives is stimu- lated to increased divisional activity, and this stimulation may exert itself to some distance. Townsend has shown that ‘‘ the influence of an irritation, due to cutting or other injury, is capable of acting through a distance of several hundred wmillimeters.’’ It would seem, therefore, that plants that are victims to parasitic fungi may possibly be influenced as if they were wounded. How this increased activity of the host cells expresses itself in the increase in the amount of wood and bast has already been discussed. It appears that the fungi perennate in the wood of the canker, form- ing there a louse open reticulum, much like a coarse fish-net, and that they cause an alteration in the activities of the cells, obtaining for themselves thereby a sufficient amount of food for continued slow growth. The hyphe which are instrumental in the formation of the swellings clearly reside in the wood cambium and adjacent soft bast cells, being able to draw upon the supplies of that part of the mycelium which has lived longest in the stem.’ It appears then that the mycelium of the wood was once as active as the mycelium of the cambium, and that as the permanent tracheids and medullary ray cells were formed the walls of the hyphz increased 28 TOWNSEND, The Correlation of Growth Under the Influence of Injuries, Annals of Botany, XI, pp. 509-532 (1897). 494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, correspondingly in thickness, and maintained for some time a slow growth through the wood and medullary ray cells. We have these changes in the structure and metabolism of the cells of white cedar paralleled by examples recorded by other botanists. Halsted® states that ‘‘ one of the most striking instances of starch localization is found in the leaves of ordinary corn that are infested with the smut ( Ustilago maydis D.C.). Pieces of leaves that were more or less distorted by nodules and projections of the smut-bearing tissue . . . . were placed in the iodine, when the blue color began almost immediately to appear in the swollen tissue.’’ Again: ‘‘ An interesting study in this direction was made of the cedar galls of Gymnosporangium macropus Lk., where the starch is packed away in the enlarged host cells to their utmost capacity, and thin sections through the centres of the large galls display a neat fan-shaped appearance after they had been in iodine for a few minutes. The ordinary wood of the gall-bearing twigs show with the same treatment only a small amount of starch.’’ Other cases of this influence of parasite upon host might be cited, but the illustrations mentioned above sufficiently show that in most instances the effect is a marked one, not only altering the chemical nature of the cell contents, but also the activity of the process of cell division with the formation of additional tissue elements. TaspuLaAR COMPARISON OF THE SEVERAL SPECIES OF THE GENUS GYMNOSPORANGIUM. In the table on pages 498-501 an attempt is made to present the characters of the several species of the genus Gymnosporangium, so that a comparison of the structure of these fungi can readily be made. SUMMARY. 1. The white cedar, Cupressus thyoides, is a stately tree, ranging from southerh Maine to northern Florida and westward to Missis- sippi, and is not subject to any very serious disease. 2. There are nineteen species of fungi that live, saprophytically or parasitically, upon this tree. *“Hawtstep, Starch Distribution as Affected by Fungi, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XXV, p. 573. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495 3. Only two species of fungi, viz., Gymnosporangium bisep- tatum Ellis and G. Ellisii Berk., may be considered as serious parasites, 4. Historically these two funguses have been studied largely from a morphologic standpoint, and not from a physiologic or his- tologic point of view. 5. Wornle and Tubeuf give the most satisfactory accounts of the several known species of Gymnosporangium and the diseases produced by them. 6. The two diseases are prevalent in the cedar swamps of New Jersey, where Cupressus thyoides makes an almost pure stand of timber. 7. Sections of the swellings caused by the fungi were made by means of a hand-plane and stained with aniline-green, Bismarck- brown, and a double stain consisting of methyl-green and acid- fuchsin. 8. The swellings produced by Gymnosporangium biseptatum are usually nodose, increasing year by year, until they may be brain- like in appearance and six to eight inches in diameter. 9. Those’ produced by G. Ellisii are never so thick, but the branches involved radiate out in a fan-like manner, assuming the character and appearance of witches’ brooms. 10. The normal stem structure is described as a means of throw- ing light upon the abnormal structures produced by the fungi. 11. The stem structure in general is that common to other coni- fers, but the resin canals are confined to the bast and cortex. 12. The number of tracheids produced normally in a radial line are set forth in tabular form, as an expression of the variation in size of the several annual rings. 13. The environmental conditions are shown to have considerable influence in determining the spread of the diseases. 14. Sphagnum bogs are cold because the winter cold persists well on into the summer. 15. This persistence of the winter cold retards the development of the tree each year until summer is well advanced, and this retardation, it is thought, is reflected in the uniformity in size of the tracheids, there being little well-marked avtumn wood. 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ May, 16. The retardation of growth, with the persistence of the win- ter’s cold in the bog, also exerts an appreciable influence on the growth of the parasitic fungi, which cause the canker-like swellings on*the white cedav. 17. It is assumed that the perennial habit and slow growth of the mycelia are direct expressions of the inhibitory effect of the cold environment. 18. In considering the pathological transformations, a compari- son is instituted with the disease produced by Dasyseypha resinaria in Abies balsumea. 19. By means of a table it is shown that the number of tracheids in a swelling produced by one of the fungi is vastly greater than in a normal stem of the same age. 20. The inereased activity of the phellogen is also a marked feature of the disease due to Gymnosporangium biseptatum. 21. Several additional well-marked layers of cork are laid down as a result of this activity of the cork cambium. 22. As the disease progresses these cork layers begin to slough off. 23. The formation of the excrescences through the death of the cambium in part, and the attempt made on the part of the host to repair the damage are minutely described. 24. Pathological changes in the wood due to G. biseptatum result in the plugging of the tracheids and the final cracking of the sap- wood when the parasitic attack has been long maintained. 25. The number of plugged tracheids is shown by an enumera- tion to be extremely variable in the several annual rings of wood. 26. The material filling the plugged tracheids in the disease caused by G. biseptatum is supposed to be fungus gamboge, from a number of chemical reactions obtained for the purpose of deciding this question. 27. Resin is also present iu the most diseased areas, as deter- mined by the copper acetate (Unverdorben-Franchimont ) reaction. 28. The mycelium of G. biseptatum is described as a loose net, The hyphe penetrate the wood, cambium and phloem cells, spread- ing longitudinally and horizontally. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497 29. The hyphe in growing from tracheid to tracheid take advan- tage of the bordered pits, the middle lamella of which disappears by ferment action. 30. The relation of the hyph to the host cells is carefully described. 31. The mycelium of G. Ellisii is more copious than that of G. biseptatum. It also grows through the cortex, bast and wood. 32. The hyphz of this fungus are characterized by the ventri- cose swellings produced, and by the fact that they grow into the intercellular spaces of the brown patches of diseased tissue formed in the wood. 33. The hyphe of G. Ellisii grow through the lumen of the tracheids and from tracheid to tracheid by means of the bordered pits, much as in the other fungus described. 34. The distribution of the tracheids containing hyphe is pre- sented in tabular form. 39. The pathological conditions induced by G. Ellisii are more severe at first than those caused by G. biseptatum. 36. Patches of diseased tissue are found in the stems of white cedar as brown spots of a wedge shape. These brown areas become more or less confluent until they may involve the circumference of the stem. Into these brown patches the hyphz grow. 37. An enumeration of the tracheids in the diseased branches is also presented in tabular form, as a means of comparing the size of normal and diseased stems. 38. The belief is expressed, in conclusion, that the fungi cause marked metabolic changes in the stem, accompanied by the accumu- lation of resins and other substances, products of increased cell activity. 39. A tabular comparison of the several species of the genus Gymnosporangium is presented to show the relationship of the fungi studied t6 other species of wide distribution. 40. The bibliography details the papers consulted in the prepara- tion of this paper by the writer. 32 498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Name of Fun- gus. Gymnospo- rangium con- tcum D.C. (G. juniperin- um Winter.) Gymnospo- rangium fus- cum D.C, (G. sabine Winter.) | Gymnospo-\Gymnospo- rangium El) rangiumclav- listt Berk. ipes Cooke and Peck. Host Plants. |Juniperus nana, Juniperus communis, Juniperus virginiand. Habit of Fun-/Long swell- gus. ings in the branches. Duration of |Perennial. Mycelium. Host Tissues/Tissues of the Infected. branches. Much branch- ed, somewhat knotted or balled. Character of Mycelium, | Sub pyriform, or indefinite-, ly expanded, Orange col-| ored. 4 inch} high. Sporiferous Masses. Juniperus virginiand, TUNtpEerUs communis, Juniperus subine, Suniperus oxycedrus. Causing long! swellings of| the branches. Perennial. Wood and less frequently in the medul- lary rays. Fine hyphe, little branch- ed, running) up and down andintoward the center of the stem. Numerous, ap- proximated, brownish when dry, dark orange when swol- len. }-} inch high. Tuntiperus Cupressus thy- virginiana. oides. | Fan-shaped'L eaves and fasciculation) branches pro- distortin g| ducing nest- the smaller like distor- branches. tions. Perennial. Perennial ? Medullary Leaves. Tis- rays forming, sues swell to partial circles) twice original in the annual) size. rings. Large-| ly in the cam- bium. Collected in Abundant. brownish} spots. Ex- tends along the branches, a distance of 18 inches. Numerous, Su bpyriform, cylindrical, irregularly filiform. Or-| globose, then ange colored.) indefinitely 4 inch high. expanded. Oran ge. inch high. 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499 Gymnospo- rangium ni- du s-avts Thaxter. GyMmnospo- | rangium cla- D. C. Gymnospo- rangium — bi- varieforme, septatum E)-, lis. Gymnospo-, rangium glo- bosum Far- low. Gymnospo- rangium ma- | eropus LE. Juniperus virginiana. Leaves, bran- ches and trunks pro-) ducing bird’s, nest distor- tions. Perennial. Tissues of leaves, bran- ches, trunk. When young cushion - hike, irregularly globose or oval , small) and distinct or elongate and conflu- ent, rich red- brown; moist and swollen, orange col- ored. Juniperus communis. ‘Branches cau-| sing long fu- siform swell- | ings. | |Perennial. | | | Wood forming | a rim in the, annual} growth, fre- quently in the medulla- ry rays. Fine hyphe, little branch- ed, growing up and down and inward. Numerous scattered or| aggregated, bright yel- swollen. low when! Cupressus thy- oides, Libocedrus decurrens. Stems and branches forming large and small no- dose swell- ings. |Perennial. | TSUNtperus virginiana. Smaller bran- ches produc- ing globose swellings. ‘Perennial. Cambium, Tissues of woodand me- dullary rays.| |Hyphe large, Di oO wen branched to form a reti- culum. stem and leaves. Abundant. \Juntiperus | virginiana. | Attacking leaves and smaller twigs and produc- ing spherical reddishswell- ings. |Annual. | Cells of leaves. \Abundant, | producing haustoria which grow into leaf cells. , Flattened and G lobose, \Aggregated brownish when dry, he mis pheri- cal, yellow and rugose when swol-) len. densely ag- gregated, dark brown when dry, yellowish-or-| ange when _ swollen, 3-4 inch high. in ‘globose masses, or- | ange -yellow, | cylindrical, gelatinous. e lin. long. 2) 500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {May, = : | Name of Fun- Gymnospo-Gymnospo--Gymnospo-Gymnospo- gus. | rangium con-| rangium fus-| rangium Hl-| rangium clav- | teum D. C. cum D. C. listt Berk. ipes Cooke CG. juniperin- (G. sabine and Peck. um Winter.) | Winter.) | Teleutospores. 15-18 w diam., 15-22” diam.,|/10-16 diam., 22-884 diam., 48-58 « long, 38-53 long, 75-1904 long,| 40-60” long, | two-celled, two-celled, three to four-- two-celled, | constricted at constricted at) celled, some-) constricted at septum. septum. times on e| septum. to five-celled.. | j } Name of Res- Restelia cor- Restelia can- Resteliatrans- Restelia au- telia. nuta (Gmel).| cellata(Jacq.) formans Ell. | rantiaca Pk. Fr. Rebent. | Intermediate Hosts Geographic Distribution. | setts, |Sorbus aria, ‘ acantha, Pirus commu- | nis. paria, Cydonia vul- garis, Amelanchier canadensis, Pirus malus, etc. New setts, York, South) land, Europe. Carolina,| Northern | and Central) Europe. < ie Sorbus aucu- Crategus oxy- Pirus malus, |Pirus malus, \Pirus arbuti- Pirus arbuti- | folia. | folia, Amelanchier Jersey. } | | canadensis, Massachu-Massachu-Massachu-|E. Massa chu- Mary- setts, New, setts, New York, New Jersey, Penn- sylvania, North and South Caro- lina. 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501 Guoimesge \Gumnonpo. rangium ni- dus-avis Thaxter. ] rangium cla- varieforme DAC: Gymnospo- rangium bi- septatum ¥)- lis. Gymnospo- rangium glo- bosum Far-| low. Gymnospo | rangium ma- cropus Lk. -055x.025,, two-celled. Restelianidus- avis Thaxt. Cydonia (quince), Amelanchier canadensis. Connecticut. 13-19 u diam., 55-90 long,| two-celled. | Restelia lace- rata (Sow.) Mer. | Pirus commu-| nis, Crataegus oxy- acantha, | Crategus grandiflora, Crataegus san- guinea, Crategus gra, ete. Ni- Maine, Con-, necticut, Northern and Central) Europe. \ 15-20 « diam., 50-84 1 long, two tosix- celled, or three to four- celled. Restelia botry- apites Schw. Crataegus to- mentosa, Amelanchier canadensis. | Massachu- setts, New Jersey and California. 19-21 « diam., 38-45 » long, two-celled. Restelia lace- rata2 (Thax- ter). Crategus coc- cined, Pirus cand, ameri- |Pirus malus, Cydonia ((Iuince; pear), Amelanchier canadensis. Massachu- setts to South Carolina. 15-20 yw diam., 45-60 « long, two-celled, constricted at | septum, with | papilla at | each end. |\Restelia py- rata (Schw.) | Thaxt. \Crategus to- mentosa, \Crategus | Douglasii, |\Amelanchier canadensis, Pirus malus, Pirus corona- ria, Pirus | folia. arbuti- | |Massachu- settsto South | Carolina, west to Mis- souri, Colo- rado, Wis- consin. 502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1865, OrrsTED. Botanische Zeitung, p. 291. 1874, Exits. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, V, p. 46. 1874-75, BERKELEY. Grevillea, III, p. 56. 1877, Kornioke. Mykologische Beitrage, Hedwigia, XVI, p. 22. 1880, Fartow. The Gymnosporangia or Cedar Apples of the United States. Anniversary Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural His- tory, pp. 3-38, Pls. 1 and 2. 1886, SoravER. Handbuch der Pflanzenkrankheiten, Zweiter Theil. Die parasitiren Krankheiten. 1887, Tuaxter. On Certain Cultures of Gymnosporangium, with Notes on Restelie. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., XXII, p. 259. 1857-1888, Sanrorp. Microscopical Anatomy of the Common Cedar Apple (Gymnosporangium macropus). Annals of Botany, I, pp. 263-268, with Pl. XILL. 1888, PLowriGHt. Experimental Observations on Certain British Het- ercecious Uredines, The Gymnosporangia. Journal Linnsan Society of Botany, XXIV, pp. 93-100. 1888, . Gymnosporangium macropus. Arkansas, Report of Experiment Station, pp. 127-130, fig. 3 1889, THaxTeR. Notes on Cultures of Gymnosporangium made in 1887 and 1888. Botanical Gazette, XIV, p. 163. 1890, THax'erR. Rust of Pears. Annual Report Connecticut Agricul- tural Experiment Station (New Haven), 1890, p. 98. 1891, Jones. Gymnosporangium macropus on Apples. Vermont Report, 1891, p. 133. 1891, TuHaxTeR. The Connecticut Species of Gymnosporangium. An- nual Report Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven, pp. 161-165. Connecticut State Bulletin, 107, April, 1891, p- 6. 1892, ALwoop. Gymnosporangium macropus, Nature and Treatment. Virginia Station Bulletin, 17, June, 1892, pp. 59-63. 1893, Tusreur. Infektionen mit Gymnosporangium Arten. Forstl. Naturw. Zeitschr., p. 85. 1894, Haustep. Gymnosporangium macropus. New Jersey Station Report, 1894, p. 324. 1894, Kinney. Gymnosporangium macropus. Rhode Island Station Report, 1894, p. 187, fig. 3. 1894, Harrie, tr. SompRVILLE. Text-Book of the Diseases of Trees, pp. 51, 117, 157-164, 179. 1894, WorntE. Anatomische Untersuchung der durch Gymnosporan- gien-Arten hervorgerufenen Missbildungen. Forstl. Naturw. Zeitschr. Inaugural Dissertation. Botanisches Centralblatt, 1894, LX, pp. 280-283. 1895, Tarr. Gymnosporangium macropus. Michigan Station Bulletin, 121, April, 1895, p. 22. 1895, Tusrur. Pflanzenkrankheiten, pp. 396-415. 1896, FrRaANxK. Die Pilzparasitiiren Krankheiten der Pflanzen, II, pp. 176-184. 1896, UNpeRwoop and Eartr. The Distribution of the Species of Gymnosporangium in the South. Botanical Gazette, XXII, p. 255. 1897, ENeLeR und PrantL. Gymnosporangium. Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, I Theil, 1 Abt.,** pp, 50-53. 1899, CzarpreK. Zur Biologie der holzbewohnenden Pilze. Ber, d. deutsch. bot. Gesellsch., XVII, p. 166. 1900, H. von Scurenk. A Disease of Taxodium distichum known as 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503 Peckiness. Eleventh Annual Report Missouri Botanical Garden, pp. 28-77, with six plates. 1900, H. von ScuRENK. Two Diseases of the Red Cedar. U.S. Division of Vegetable Physiology and Pathology, Bulletin, 21, pp. 22, with seven plates. 1900, H. von Scorenk. Some Diseases of New England Conifers. U. 8. Division of Vegetable Physiology and Pathology, Bulletin, 25, pp. 56, with fifteen plates. 1900, H. von Scorenk. Fungous Diseases of Forest Trees. Year Book United States Department of Agricuiture, 1900, pp. 199-210, Pls. XXI-XXY. 1900, SHrrat. Ueber der genetischen Zusammenhang zwischen Res- telia Koraensis P. Henn. und Gymnosporangium japonicum Sydow. Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzenkrankheiten, X, pp. 1-5. 1901, H. von Scurenk. A Disease of the Black Locust (Robinia pseudacacia, L.). Twelfth Annual Report Missouri Botanical Gar- den, pp. 21-31, with three plates. 1901, WArpD. Disease in Plants. London. 1901, ATKINSON. Studies of Some Shade Tree and Timber Destroying Fungi. Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station Bulle- tin, 193, pp. 199-235, fig. 56. 1902, ANDERSON. Dasyscypha resinaria causing Canker Growth on Abies balsamea in Minnesota. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, X XIX, pp. 23-34, with Plates 1 and 2. . EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXII AND: XXIII. Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.—Abnormal swellings on the white cedar ( Cupressus thyoides) caused by mycelium of fungus, Gymnosporangium biseptatum. Fig. 6.—Larger gnarled, diseased condition of the branches of white cedar produced by G. Ellisii. Fig. 7.—Small swelling on twig of white cedar produced by the mycelium of @. biseptatum. Fig. 8.—Straight witches’ broom produced by the perennial mycelium of a fungus, Gymnosporangium Ellisiz. Fig. 9.—Normal tracheids of white cedar in transverse section. Fig. 10.—Cambium and adjacent cells from a normal stem. Fig. 11.—Normal resin canal from bark of white cedar, showing resin. Fig. 12.—Medullary ray cells and tracheids from a small abnormal swelling, such as the photograph depicted in fig. 7. vig. 13.—Diseased wood and excrescence on a young stem of white cedar, Fig. 14.—Same section viewed entire. The depressed areas represent spots where the cambium has been killed. Fig. 15.—Medullary ray cell from a longitudinal section, showing appearance of brown contents. Fig. 16.—Tracheids filled with material under the stimulation of the mycelium of G. biseptatum. Fig. 17.—Tracheids situated between two medullary ray cells, show- ing those plugged with fungus gamboge. Fig. 18.—Cambial cells and outer wood tracheids, showing the presence of hyphe in cross-section. Fig. 19.—The same much enlarged. Fig. 22.—Tracheids and medullary ray cells from the wood of white cedar, showing the course of the horizontal and longitudinal hyphe. Fig. 23.—Medullary ray cells, illustrating the manner in which a hypha penetrates the cell wall. 504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Fig. 24.—Section of stem diseased by the presence of fungus, Gymno- sporangium Bllisii. The course of the hyphe from tracheid to tracheid is shown. The hyphe in several places are seen to grow through the bordered pits. : Fig. 24a.—Course of a hypha which grows through the bordered pits. Notice that the hyphe become lens-shaped in the cavity of the bordered pit. G. Hllisii. Fig, 25.—Hypha enlarged, showing the nodose or ventricose enlarge- ment of the fungal cells. G@. Zillisii. Fig. 26.—Details of hypha of G. Ellisii. Fig. 27.—The same from the wood. Fig. 28.—Bent and twisted hyphe growing in the brown areas of broken-down tissue, as shown also in fig. 29. Fig. 29.—Spores (several forms) of Gymnosporangium biseptatum (after Tubeuf). Fig. 30.—Spores (uni- and multicellular) of G. Hllisii (after Tubeuf). Fig. 31.—Transverse section of diseased white cedar stem, showing the diseased brown areas in the wood which haye become more or less confluent. Fig. 32.—Tracheids from diseased wood of white cedar, showing the sprung lignified cell wall. Fig. 33.—Commencement of brown wedge-shaped areas of diseased tissue. Notice the abnormal size of the cells filled with granular matter. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505 JUNE 3. Mr. Arraur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twelve persons present. The death of George S. Schively, M.D., a member, Sept. 28, 1901, was announced. Phylogeny of the Species of Fulgur with Remarks on an Abnor- mal Form of Fulqur canaliculatum, and Sexual Dimorphism in Fulgur carica.—Mr. Burnerr Smira communicated some prelim- inary results of a phylogenetic study of the genus Fulgur. The ornamentation on ihe whorls shows that changes occur in going from the protoconch to the adult whorl. In Fulgur the changes in orna- mentation agree in general with those observed by the Countess von Linden’ in dealing with marine gastropods in general. As in most gastropods where the early whorls can be studied, transverse ridges occur first, except in certain forms where acceleration has taken place. These are followed by a spiral row of nodes or spines, which in old age are apt to deyenerate into a shoulder keel. Modi- fications of these stages may occur, but they can usually be detected. In the Miocene a tendeney developed which resulted in the canal- iculate division of Fulgur. This division is probably an offshoot from the primitive non-canaliculate stock, of which F. carica is the modern representative. On ihe following page is a rough scheme showing the probable ancestry of the different races. The pyrum group seems to have sprung from a Fulgur canalicu- latum precursor which had transverse ridges on the whorl] following the protoconch. In fact there is a Pliocene shell in the Academy’s collection which tends toward fulfilling the requirements of this precursor. In all the young shells of the recent F. canaliculatum which I have examined, nodes occur on the whorl next to the pro- toconch and the transyerse ridges are absent. This is probably a case of acceleration. In the non-canaliculate Fulgurs the recent F. carica shows well all the stages of ornamentation, from whorls with transverse ridges to whorls in which the spines degenerate into a shoulder keel. In the Caloosahatchie Pliocene both canaliculate and non-canaliculate divisions gaye rise to smooth, bulbous. var- 1 Zeit. wiss. Zool., LXI, pp. 261-317. [June, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 506 Mr. Joseph Willcox? seems to consider that the bulbous F’. ieties. UNADILS “WS, PBL -u0g A[qissod 10 v2wWn9 We JO Sunod oy) III TOUUL 1Ojs90UR oyR[NOT[VUuBd-uoM [ROTjayOdATT DIDI WL : / ee SS. ‘dnois wndpw- wnuenyy “MOISIAT(T ayBINIT[RUBy ‘dnois wnwhd yf WUNIDININOUDI “y -wosungoud: UUNADININDUDI: “A Bt) “UNADUOLOD “Yf nr a a ——_ —\—— “yua00Y “9uUd00I[ gq “AUADOTIY pure oua00l[q 'q , but from a study of the ancestor of F. perversum contrarvum 1s 2 Tr. Wagner Free Institute, I-II, December, 1889, p. 51. 1902. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507 the ornamentation it is more likely that F’. contrariwm was derived from a precursor of F’. perversum, of which the modern spinose form of that species is the living representative. . contrarium would, according to the speaker’s judgment, be a side branch, and not in the direct line of ancestry. Some sinistral Miocene Fulgurs, after losing the primitive ornamentation, develop spines again on the rounded adult whorl, producing a form much like the modern typi- cal F. perversum. A tendency similar to this has been noted in Miocene dextral shells of the non-canaliculate division /’. maximum. The abnormal specimen of Fulgur canalieulatum exhibited was found on the beach at Longport, New Jersey, on March 18, 1902, after a storm. Some accident occurring when the shell was young has caused it to grow so that the shoulder angle, so eharaciecene of the species, has disappeared, and we get a shell with a rounded whorl much like Fulgur pyrum in appearance. The break in the shoulder occurred on a whorl which possessed the nodes character- istic of the earlier whorls of F. canaliculatum. After the break there is apparently an attempt to reproduce these nodes on the rounded surface of the whorl. The faint spiral ridge which occurs well over to the left on the last whorl has evidently been caused by another accident. On examining the soft parts of this specimen it appears to be identical with the normal male specimens, except that the shoulder angle is not present on the mantle. On examining a normal male Fulgur canaliculatum, it will be seen that the backward folded penis lies directly under the shoulder angle. In the abnormal specimen the penis, as well as the other organs of the mantle cavity, all seem to be intact. The absence of the shoulder angle does not seem to be connected in any way with the underlying “reproductive organ. It is interesting to note that the shoulder angle occurs equally well developed in the female of Ef canaliculatum, though in this case it corresponds with no under- lying organ. No peculiarity in the mantle edge or cther soft parts of this abnormal specimen, accounting for the change in shell form and ornamentation which has occurred, had been discovered. During the past winter, while searching for the young shells of our recent New Jersey Fulgurs, a series of F’. carica was obtained which seems to exhibit sexual dimorphism. The adult males are all smaller than the adult females. Both males and females have about 64-7 whorls, and show the adult characters of the swelling on the branchial siphon and the degeneracy of the spines on the last whorl. Accounting for the Depth of the Wyoming Buried Valley.—Mr. BengAmrn SmitH Lyman spoke on certain geological features of the Wyoming valley in Pennsylvania. It has long been matter for speculation and serious practical inquiry how the ancient Susque- hanna valley, buried under glacial rubbish near Wyoming and 508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Wilkes-Barre, could be at least 110 feet deeper than the apparently lowest possible outlet of the same valley near Bloomsburg, and ninety feet deeper than the one near Sunbury, as pointed out by State Geologist Lesley in the Pennsylvania State Geological Report G 7, 1883, p. xv, and by Assistant Geologist Prof. I. C. White, at p. 26. Later, in the Summary Final Report, Vol. II, Pt. I, 1895, p. 2019, Assistant Geologist A. D. W. Smith gives a still greater depth recently found in the buried valley, at two miles below Wilkes-Barre, namely, 220 feet below the present Blooms- burg outlet, and 200 feet below the Sunbury one. The complete understanding of the buried valley in question is of the weightiest practical importance to the operators of the Wyoming anthracite basin; for the driving of coal mines unexpectedly into the glacial rubbish full of water has repeatedly caused loss of life and prop- erty, sometimes on a large scale. The consequent consciousness of danger and uncertainty about its conditions exact great caution; and, perhaps, the guarding against unknown possibilities may occa- sion great losses that might to some extent be avoided if only the circumstances could be better understood. Several theories have, therefore, been devised in explanation of the observed facts; but none have proved to be at all satisfactory. It has, for example, been suggested that the glacier itself, before retreating and leaying the rubbish, may have scooped out the valley to that depth. But Lesley and others haye repeatedly pointed out how insignificant is and must be the erosive action of glaciers; and, furthermore, it appears highly improbable that a glacier could not only scoop out a deep valley, but carry the vast amount of eroded material over the lip of the basin. In this case, too, that lip, near Bloomsburg, is about twenty miles beyond the nearest point ever reached by the glacier. In 1883, Lesley, in the passage just cited, was momenta- rily persuaded that there was no escape from admitting that the result had been accomplished by ‘‘ subglacial erosion—rivers beneath the ice sheet, charged with angular drift materials, plowing deep valley-grooves in the softer coal measures.’’ But in the Summary Final Report, Mr. Smith states that Lesley ‘‘ now regards his theory of subglacial erosion as wholly inadequate.’’ Indeed, it would be hard to conceive how subglacial rivers could haye main- tained an erosive current at such a depth below the outlet of the valley. Mr. Smith cites the opinion of ‘‘ at least one prominent mining engineer,’’ that the buried valley ‘‘ has no connected channel, but that the deep places are formed by a series of pot holes.’’ It is true, pot holes are a subordinate_glacial feature of the buried valley, and extend below its bottom forty feet or more into the coal measures, as described by Ashburner in the State Geological Report for 1885. But it is hardly conceivable that ex¢avations on so grand a scale, as hundreds of bore holes haye shown the buried valley to be, should have been effected, like pot 1902. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509 holes, by rapid currents of water carrying the materials com- minuted by means of swiftly whirling pebbles quite beyond the limits of such enormously large hollows. The immensity of the currents required for such tremendous action is wholly inadmissible. It is hardly necessary to discuss the extravagant idea that the waters of the now buried valley escaped to the sea through some originally deep subterranean crevice or channel, now hidden farther than ever out of sight by the glacial accumulations. The idea has beer resorted to merely from the absence of any other thoroughly plausible explanation, in view of the evident impossibility of hollowing out a valley and carrying off the excavated material over a distant border two hundred feet higher than the bottom. What seems, however, to be an extremely simple, natural and prob- able solution of the problem has hitherto been apparently alio- gether overlooked. The crumpling of the rock beds into folds by the contraction of the earth’s crust in cooling must necessarily have been not a mere momentary movement, but in general an extremely slow one, continuing for many ages, perhaps, to be sure, intermittently, and may probably still be going on, even in some very ancient basins. A comparatively trivial amount of such action in the couple of hundred thousand years since glacial times would be ample to effect the observed results. For, if the Wyo- ming basin had thereby been depressed by only the wholly insig- nificant average amount of half a foot in a thousand years, and the rock saddles, or anticlinals, near Bloomsburg and Sunbury elevated at the same rate, the w hole observed result would by this time be accomplished, and the old glacial valley would be found, as it is, a couple of hundred feet lower than those lowest present outlets. A liberal allowance, too, can easily be made for the degree to which those outlets have been eroded since the glacial action, and for the fact that they are not at the very summit of the anticlinals. Yet the movement would be a trifling one. In fact, the observed phenomena appear to be simply corroboration of what might with the utmost reason have been expected to occur; and the explanation is not by any means an arbitrary supposition of regional elevation or depression, conveniently imagined in order to suit facts apparently difficult to elucidate. JUNE 10. Mr. Artaur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Ten persons present. Prof. Robert Collett, of the University of Christiania, was dele- gated to represent the Academy at the meeting commemorating the services of Niels Henrik Abel to mathematical science. 510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, JUNE 17. Mr. Bensamin Smrre Lyman in the Chair. Seven persons present. JUNE 24. Mr. Arraur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Six persons present. Mr. Alexander MacElwee and Mr. John Vinton Dahlgren were elected members. Jury 1: Mr. Arraur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Seven persons present. JuLY 8. Mr. Caarutes Morris in the Chair. Nine persons present. The deaths of R. S. MeCombs, M.D., and Samuel K. Ashhurst, M.D., were announced. Jury 15: Mr. Arruur Erwin Brown, Vice-Presidenf, in the Chair. Six persons present. Southwestern Land Snails. —Dr. Pirspry spoke of the land mollusks collected by Mr. James H. Ferriss during February of 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511 this year, in Indian Territory, Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. In the Huachuca mountains, Conservatory canon, Ariz., living specimens of Helix levettei of Bland were taken. They have been dissected by Mr. Vanatta, and prove to belong to the genus Ash- munella, having the genitalia characteristic of that group. The following species were also taken in Arizona: Sonorella rowelli (Newe. ). Patagonia mountains and Sanford. Sonorella granulatissima Pils, Spring cafon, Ft. Huachuca, Huachuca mountains, Pyramidula striatella (Anth. ). Huachuca mountains. Vitrea indentata (Say ). Conservatory caifion, Huachuca moun- tains and Patagonia mountains, ‘ Pyramidula’’ strigosa huachueana n. subsp. Conservatory cation, Huachuca mountains. Shell with the general contour of typical strigosa, livid, fleshy-corneous, mottled with white, which may predominate beneath; a narrow brown or purple-brown belt revolves a short distance below the subangular periphery. Nepi- onic whorls spirally striated. Umbilicus broadly open. Alt. 10, diam. 213 mm., width of umbilicus 7 mm. Four or five shells out of about twenty-five collected are nearly uniform corneous brown, The specimens were received alive, and it appeared at once that the species is no Pyramidula, but a mem- ber of the Helicide. The P. strigosa series of Helices constitutes anew genus of Helicide, having no affinity to the Patuloid snails, but apparently is a much modified member of the Belogona Eua- denia. The Hastern P. solitaria (Say), with its northwestern dark race, is a true Pyramidula, in spite of its resemblance to some of the strigosa group. In El Paso county, Tex., Mr. Ferriss found Bulimulus dealbatus pasonis Pils. and Holospira roemeri (Pfr.), and at Colorado City, Mitchell county, Tex., were found Polygyra tecasiana (Moric. ), Polygyra texasensis Pils. and Succinea luteola Gld. A new form of Polygyra, intermediate between P. indianorum Pils. and P. roemeri (Pfr. ), was taken in the Indian Territory : Polygyra indianorum lioderma. Shell similar in contour ‘to P. roemeri, but always imperforate, with no parietal tooth, the lip narrow, more reflexed and less thickened within, the surface more distinctly finely striate, and with only faint traces of spiral lines. It resembles P. indianorum in the structure of the lip, but lioderma is smaller, less glossy, not so regularly striate, and the umbilical region is less sunken, _P. divesta is a much more coarsely and strongly striate shell. Alt. 18, diam. 9 mm.; whorls 4h. Alt. 17.3, diam. 8.7 mm.; whorls 44, Red Fork, Creek country, Indian Territory. Types No. 83,281, A. N.S. P., collected by Mr. James H, Ferriss, 1902. The largest shell of the series taken by Mr. Ferriss measures 183 mm. diam., and the smallest 16mm. There is thus but little 512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, variation in size at the type locality, which is farther north than P. roemeri has been found. The average diameter of fourteen adult shells is 17.2 mm. JULY 22) Mr. Arraur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Six persons present. Aveusr 19. Mr. Artaur Erwin Brown. Vice-President, in the Chair. Seven persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : «On Some Living and Fossil Snails of the Genus Physa found at Las Vegas, N. M.,’’ by Ada Springer. ‘« Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna—VII,” by Henry A. Pilsbry. ‘* Descriptions of the Lycosidse and Oxyopide of Philadelphia and its Vicinity,’? by Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr. «« The Development of Gonionema Murbachii,’’? by Henry Farn- ham Perkins. The deaths of Dr. James G. Cooper and of Mr. Edward B. Edwards, members, were announced. The following were ordered to be printed : 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 513 ON SOME LIVING AND FOSSIL SNAILS OF THE GENUS PHYSA, FOUND AT LAS VEGAS, NEW MEXICO. BY ADA SPRINGER. In the Pleistocene beds of the Arroyo Pecos at Las Vegas, N. M., are found many fluviatile and terrestrial shells, including the genera Physa, Limnea, Planorbis, Ancylus, Pisidium, Spheriwn, Pyramidula, Succinea, Helicodiscus, Zonitoides, Pupa, Bifidaria, Pupoides and Vallonia. None of the species, so far as known, are extinct, but some (e.g., Sphoerium magnum Sterki MS.) do not appear to exist any longer in the vicinity; while others exhibit varietal characters which seem to distinguish them more or less from their living representa- tives. The genus Physa is represented in ihose beds by very numerous individuals, differing considerably in form, but appar- ently all pertaining to a single species. This species has been identified at the National Museum as Physa humerosa Gould, and there is no reason to doubt the identity. The original description of P. humerosa, kindly copied by Mr. C. T. Simpson, is as follows: ‘« Testa subrhomboidea, solidula, polita, albida; spira acuta; anfrac. 5, tabulatis; apertura 4 ad % long. testee adequans, postice rotundata; labro expanso; columella yvix plicata, callosa, fere perforata. “¢ Long 4 ad zo poll.; lat. 2 poll. Found by Thomas H. Webb and by W. P. Blake, in the Colorado desert and at Pecos river. ‘¢ The broadly tabulated whorls, and the acute, elevated spire and foldless pillar clearly distinguish this species. It is like P. tabulata Gould, and the variety figured by Haldeman as P. an- cillaria (fig. 7), which he regards as a monstrosity; the deep suture and the simple columella distinguish it from that species.”’ The species was first published in Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat, Hist. , Vol. V, p. 126, February, 1855. The National Museum possesses two shells from Colorado lake, received originally from Blake (Lea Collection), which are supposed to be cotypes. Mr. Simpson 33 514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Augusi, has kindly made a drawing of one of these. Dr. R. E. C. Stearns* has figured a number of specimens of Physa from the Colorado desert; these are variously referred to humerosa, mexicana, ete. Tt would appear that the original humerosa was described from fossil or subfossil shells, such as are common in the Southwest in certain localities ; and furthermore, that the specimens iaken as typical represented a rather extreme variation. In the series from the Arroyo Pecos Pleistocene, some shells agree well with the original Awmerosa, but these pass by insensible gradations into forms which agree with what has been regarded at the National Museum and by Dr. Stearns as P. mexicana Philippi. Whether these latter are the genuine mexicana may only be deter- mined when it is possible to study topotypes with the soft parts. It was also found that many shells from the Arroyo Pecos could not be separated from the common Physa still living at Las Vegas; though there were certain average differences between the living and fossil series. The living species has recently been described by Crandall? as Physa rhomboidea, Part of Crandall’s original ma- _ terial came from Las Vegas; he says the species ‘‘ is distinguished by its robust appearance, deep sutures, constricted aperture and umbilicus, which will be found in a large part of them. It is more like P. solida Philippi than any other species. It has impressed spiral lines like P. gyrina, ete. For purposes of comparison large numbers of P. rhomboidea were collected from a pool in the Gallinas river at Las Vegas. The > variation in this series, all from the same place, was very great, and selected specimens would readily be taken for distinct species. However, upon close comparisons, no difference could be found in the soft parts. Externally, the animals were the same; internally, there were some variations, as in the length of the esophagus, but these were not correlated with the differences in the shells, and were clearly not of specific value. The teeth were of the same type in all. In order to determine whether the teeth could be used in dis- tinguishing Western species of Physa, I examined P. virgata Gould, collected by Mr. Cockerell in Salt river, Tempe, Ariz., and a spe- cies identical with what has been regarded at the National Museum 1 Proc. U. S. Natl. Museum, XXIV, Pils. XXIII, XXIV. * Nautilus, August, 1901, p. 44. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. d15 as P. lordi, collected by Mr. C. H. T. Townsend in the Organ mountains, N. M. It was found that these differed materially from one another and from P. rhomboidea, and also from P. gyrina as Number of Number of specimens. specimens. 60 180 50 150 40 120 30 90 20 60 10 30 | | | i hes 1.3 14 15 16 1.7 18 19 2.0 fa ADE Geltes) 9) 2:0) 2.1) 2:2 Ratio of length to breadth (average Ratio of length to breadth (average of whole series 1.5). of whole series 1.8). P. humerosa, Arroyo Pecos (fossil), P. rhomboidea, Gallinas river (re- 145 specimens. cent), 445 specimens. Frequency polygons. Fig. t. Fig. 2. figured by F. C. Baker. The following table indicates the nature of the differences: Lateral teeth with denticles of two sizes, long ones alternating with SHOTS, eerie ce he) Co CoM IRs te Se ee oa Lateral teeth with long denticles, not obviously of two sizes, .~ 2 516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August, 1. Lateral teeth with the longer denticles very long; median teeth broad, with the denticles in one transverse series, P. * lordi’’ (New Mexico). Lateral teeth with the larger denticles short, median teeth with the denticles in three groups, . . - P. gyrina. 2. Lateral teeth with the denticles seven in number (counting the apical one), straight or nearly so; median teeth with the denticles in three groups, . . . . PP. rhomboidea. Lateral teeth with the denticles five in number, very oblique; median teeth with the denticles rather long, in one group, P. virgata. Individual teeth of any species may vary from the normal type, but it is easy to determine the normal character. Figs. 1 and 2 show the frequency polygons for the fossil (Arroyo Pecos) and recent (Gallinas river) series, based on the relation of the length of the shell to the breadth-—the most obyiously variable character. It is found that the mode, or point of greatest fre- quency, is the same in both, but the skew is toward greater breadth in the fossils, toward narrowness in the recent shells. It is con- cluded that all the shells belong to one species, which has been evolving from a broader to a narrower form, perhaps in consequence of a decreasing salinity or flow of the water. Plate XX VI shows a series of each type, including all the recognizable variations. The work represented by this paper has heen done in the biologi- cal laboratory of the Normal University of New Mexico, under the direction of Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell, who has also revised the manuscript. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517 ADDITIONS TO THE JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA—NO. VII. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. The description of new forms, chiefly supplied by Mr. Y. Hirase, is herein continued. The results of a critical examination of the species of Euphedusa and Pseudonenia also find place, together with a list of additions and errata to the ‘‘ Catalogue of Japanese Clausiliidee,’’ published in these Proceedings for 1901. Section HEMIPH HDUSA Bttg. Group of C. sublunellata. Clausilia pachyspira n.sp. Pl. XXVII, figs. 5, 6, 7. Shell club-shaped, the spire very thick, the apex large, obtuse ; thin; yellowish corneous-white; closely and finely striate, the striation not perceptibly coarser on the last whorl. Whorls 8 to 84, moderately convex, the last strongly tapering. Aperture ear- shaped, oblique, rather narrow, extending above in a large, retracted sinulus. Peristome free and continuous, conyex, very thick, white, notched at the position of the superior lamella, on the right side of which there is sometimes a low tooth. Superior lamella marginal, vertical, continuous with the spiral lamella, which ascends to a position above the superior lamella. Inferior lamella deeply receding, forming a strong fold within the throat, vertically ascending, thick below, giving off a branch in the inter- lamellar area, which curves again towards and crosses the inferior lamella above. Subcolumellar lamella emerging, bounded by grooves. Principal plica arising near the peristome ard penetrating past the middle of the right side. Upper palatal plica short, jommed in the middle by a narrow, nearly straight, rather weak lunella, which becomes very weak below, but terminates in a small nodule. Length 13, diam. 3.2 to 3.3 mm, Clausilium (Pl. XX VII, fig. 7) uarrow and parallel-sided, sym- metrically tapering to the obtuse apex. 518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August, Miyai, Kii. Types No. 83,389, A. N.S. P., from No. 954 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Very distinct by its thick, club-like shape, peculiar aperture, the curved branch of the inferior lamella, and the palatal structure. It has the pale color and fine sculpture of other members of the group. Clausilia kurozuensis n.sp. Pl. XXVII, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4. Shell fusiform, moderately tapering to an unusually thick apex, very thin; white or grayish-white, the specimens being wholly denuded of cuticle; for the same reason, only faint traces of fine striation are discernible on the worn surface. Whorls about 9, but slightly convex, the last tapering, somewhat compressed. Aperture somewhat oblique, piriform, with a well-defined sinulus. — Peri- stome white, continuous, reflexed and much thickened. Superior lamella short, oblique, marginal, continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates to the middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella receding, visible as a strong fold in an oblique view, giving off a branch toward the superior Jamella; within it is a high, . obliquely ascending plate, thickened below, penetrating inward decidedly deeper than the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella emerging, bounded by grooves, but hardly extending to the lip- edge. Principal plica visible in the throat, extending inward to a lateral position, being about one-third of a whorl long. Palatal plicee four, nearly equal, the upper one less oblique (fig. 4), or the lower two may be quite small and nodule-like (fig. 2). Length 20, diam. 4.7 mm. Length 17.6, diam. 4.2 mm. Clausilium (Pl. X XVII, fig. 3) narrow and _parallel-sided, evenly tapering on both sides to the apex, tapering at the filament, but not excised there. Kurozu, Kii. Types No. 83,390, A. N. S. P., from No. 934 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. - By the palatal armature of some specimens this might be placed in the group of C. validiuseula; the armature of others comes nearer that of C. sublunellata. The pale color and apparently fine striation cause me to place the species in the latter group. The specimens, though they have lost the original surface by erosion, were collected alive. Probably some other locality or station will supply unworn shells, and the color will be found to be pale yellow- 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519 ish or greenish. There is no evidence of coarser striation on the back of the last whorl. The unusual thickness of the early whorls separates this form from C. subulina var. leucopeas and C. sericina var. rhopalia. C. heteroptyx is a much larger species with different palatal arma- ture. The unusual thinness of the shell also distinguishes C. kuro- zuensis, though this may be partly due to the worn condition of the type specimens. Section STEREOPH ZDUSA Bttg. Clausilia plagioptyx n.sp. Pl. XXVII, figs. 8, 9.10. Shell solid, fusiform, much attenuated above, the first two whorls being small and of about equal diameter, giving the shell an awl- like shape; light-brown, the first whorls whitish. Somewhat glossy, closely and finely striate, the strize perceptibly more widely spaced on the last whorl. Whorls 94, moderately convex, the last one somewhat compressed. Aperture rhombic-piriform; peristome reflexed, thickened, white or pale-brownish. Superior lamella marginal, continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates to a point above the superior lamella. Inferior lamella approaching the superior, and equally long inside. Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge. Principal plica lateral, about a half whorl long. Palatal plicee four, the upper longest, converging inward toward the principal plica, or parallel with it; the second and third either subequal and short, parallel to the upper plica, or the third plica may be reduced to an elevated point. Lower plica very obliquely descending, standing almost as a short, oblique and straight lunella. length 17, diam. 4 mm. Goto, Hizen. Types No. 82,644, A. N. 8. P., from No. 817 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. This species is based upon specimens which I listed under C. brevior as from ‘* Goto, Uzen.’’' Upon opening specimens I find that the palatal structure differs in a very characteristic manner. The exterior is almost exactly like C. brevior, but it is a less swollen shell than most specimens of that species ; but while C. brevior has a well-developed lower palatal plica about parallel 1These Proceedings for 1901, p. 653. 520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August, to those aboye it, in the present species that plica stands obliquely, like a lunella, though not quite near enough to the vertical posi- tion to be called a lunella. In C. addisoni I haye shown a lunella to exist, but in combination with a normally developed lower palatal plica. ©. addisoni is distinguished externally from C. plagioptyx by its stronger rib-striation. C. plagioptyx is a more solid shell than either brevior or addisoni. The clausilium had fallen out of the two specimens of this species sent by Mr. Hirase. C. brevior, as I stated in a former paper, is not known from south or southwest of middle Hondo. It is a species of the region about Tokyo. At this time we have no Stereophedusa of the brevior type in southwestern Hondo, Awaji, Shikoku or northern Kytshi. C. addisoni is found in Higo and Satsuma, in southern, and C. plagioptyx in Hizen, in western Kyushu. Clausilia stereoma var. hexaptyx nov. Shell somewhat larger than stereoma, and thinner, much less strong; dark reddish-brown or pale straw-yellow; palatal plicz six, the upper and lower long, curved, the intermediate ones strong (as in Megalophedusa), though more or less unequal. Length 24.4, diam. 7 mm. Length 24, diam. 7.1 mm. Length 22.2, diam. 6.8 min. Length 23, diam. 6.5 mm. Yaku-jima, Osumi. Types No. 83,302, A. N. S. P., from No. 670a of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Differs from the forms of stereoma already known by its strong Megalophzedusoid palatal folds. The clausilium is like that of C. stereoma. To what extent the forms of stereoma intergrade remains to be determined. Clausilia oostoma MOllendorff. Pl. X XVII, figs. 15, 16, 17, 18. 0. oostoma Mildff., Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LI, pt. 2, p. 4, Pl. I, fig. 2 (1882). Pilsbry, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 667. C. japonica var. suruge Pils., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 447, Pl. 14, fig. 4. ; CO. eurystoma var. brachyptychia Mildff., Nachrichtsbl. d. d. malak. Ges., 1901, p. 41. Shell rather solid, club-shaped, the upper three-fifths of the length tapering and somewhat attenuated, the outlines gently con- cave aboye; apex rather large; white under a yellow cuticle. 1902. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521 Surface glossy, densely striate, more or less worn above. Whorls 114 to 12, somewhat convex, the penultimate widest, convex, the last whorl flattened laterally, convex below. Aperture piriform, whitish within. Peristome thickened within and reflexed, white, very shortly free, and usually a trifle notched over the superior lamella. Superior lamella oblique and submarginal, continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates to the middle of the ven- tral side. Inferior lamella forming a conspicuous, subhorizontal fold in the aperture, approaching the superior lamella, ascending within with a broad spiral trend, and penetrating deeper than the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella emerging but not reaching the lip-edge. Principal plica short, arising about the middle of the dorsal side and extending past the middle of the right side, searcely or not deeper than the inner end of the upper palatal plica. Palatal plicee two or one, the upper plica strong, converging inward to the principal plica, the lower plica weak and low or wanting. Length 26, diam. 5.8 mm. Length 25, diam. 5 mm. Clausilium (Pl. X XVII, figs. 15, 16) broad below the middle, the distal fourth abruptly curved, nearly at a right angle with the middle portion, tapering to a rather acute, thickened apex, the palatal margin straight near the apex, and a trifle excised close to it. Above, it tapers to the filament, and is not excised or emar- ginate. Mikuriya, Suruga (Hirase; types of C. 7. swruge and C. e. brachyptychia). Hakone, Sagami (Hungerford; types of C. oostoma). This species has been the subject of several notices by Dr. O. von Mollendorff and myself, but it has not hitherto been ade- quately illustrated. Figures are now supplied for comparison with the related forms dactylopoma and goniapoma. The above descrip- tion and the figures are from the types of C. japonica var. suruge, which is undoubtedly specifically identical with C. oostoma. Clausilia oostoma var. dactylopoma noy. Pl. XXVII, figs. 19, 20. Specimens from Kashio, Awaji, are a little shorter, with 11 to 114 whorls, and haye the lower palatal plica well developed. They have the comparatively fine, even striation of the form from Miku- riya, Suruga. Length 22—25.5, diam. 5.2 mm. 522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August, Clausilium (Pl. X XVII, figs. 19, 20) with the apex strongly projecting, finger-like, the palatal margin near it being strongly excised and concave; and it is deeply excised on the palatal side of the filament. This form approaches var. goniopoma, but differs in the fine stri- ation, and somewhat in the shape of the clausilium. Clausilia oostoma var. goniopoma n.sp. Pl. XXVII, figs. 11, 12, 13, 14. Shell somewhat fusiform, the upper half tapering, attenuated, lower half somewhat swollen; dull light-yellow. Sculpture of rather strong and separated folds or ribs, the upper whorls smoother, worn. Apex small. Whorls 11 to 114, moderately convex, latter half of the last conspicuously compressed. Aperture subyertical, piriform, the peristome white, continuous and somewhat thickened. Superior lamella marginal, oblique, continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates to a point above the superior lamella. Inferior lamella forming a strong, subhorizontal fold, approaching the superior lamella; inside it ascends in a broad spiral, and penetrates deeper than the spiral lamella. The subcolumellar lamella emerges. The principal plica is short, rather weak and lateral. Palatal plicz two, the upper of moderate size or small, the lower larger. Length 21, diam. nearly 5 mm. Length 19.8, diam. 4.5 mm. ! Clausilium (Pl. XX VII, figs. 11, 12) very broad below, the apical end bent at a right angle to the rest of the plate, thickened, narrow and mucronate, excised and thin on the palatal side; above it is a little excised on the columellar side of the filament. Wakayama, Kii. Types No. 83,286, A. N.S. P., from No. 926 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. In general external shape, as well as in the lamell, this form resembles CO. oostoma Mlldff. (suruge Pils.), but it differs in the far coarser sculpture and in the peculiarly bent and attenuated distal end of the clausilium. Whether the forms oostoma, dactylopoma and goniopoma are to be regarded as distinctspecies or as subspecies remains a subject for further investigation, as each is yet known from a single locality, and is constant in its characters, so far as may be judged by the material before me. The salient characteristics of the three forms may be succinctly tabulated thus: 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523 Lower palatal plica weak or wanting. Palatal side of the clausilium straight distally, hardly excised, f oostoma Surface rather finely striate: } [ columellar side not ex- | L cised near the filament. dactylopama) Lower palatal plica well developed. Palatal side | of the clausilium deeply excised distally, the col- umellar side excised near J Surface coarsely plicate : goniopoma the filament. The shape of the clausilium is shown on the plate. In C. oos- toma it is not quite so strongly curved as in the other forins, there is only a slight trace of the excavation on the palatal side of the distal end, and there is no excision on the columellar side of the filament. In dactylopoma there is a deep excision on the palatal side of the distal end, which, however, passes gradually into the broadly dilated palatal margin. The latter is but slightly thick- ened, The columellar side is deeply emarginate or excised at the origin of the filament. In gontopoma the deep distal excision ter- minates somewhat abruptly at the end of a wide thickened rib which strengthens the rest of the palatal margin. The excision near the filament is slightly less deep than in dactylopoma. The excayation on the palatal side of the distal end of the clau- silium when retracted fits over the lower palatal plica in all of these forms. Section EUPHZDUSA Bttg. Euphedusa is one of the most sharply defined of the numerous sections into which Prof. Dr. Boettger divided the heterogeneous group Phedusa. At the time of the appearance of the classic Clausilienstudien but five Japanese species were known, placed by Boettger in two groups typified by Chinese species. The number of Japanese species has now been more than doubled, and requires the arrangement proposed in my Catalogue, p. 654. This arrange- ment was based upon the following characters : I.—Superior lamella present. a.—Lunella perfect, ee: Group of C. jos. b.—Lunella incomplete or wanting, palatal plicze present, Group of C. shanghaiensis. ce. -—Lunella and palatal plicze wanting, Group of C. subgibbera. 524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, II.—Superior lamella wanting, or represented by a slight thicken- ing of the peristome only. No lunella; 2 palatal plice. a.—Aperture piriform, . . Group of C. hungerfordiana. b.—Aperture oval, hardly narrower above than below, Group of C. euholostoma. The groups are successively more aberrant in the order given above, this phylum having its acme in the section Reinia. Two species, C. subgibbera and ©. expansilabris, described by Boettger from Rein’s collection, are not known to me by specimens, and their exact localities in Japan are unknown. All of the other species are represented in the collection of the Academy, and are described and figured in this paper and preceding ones of the series. Group of C. shang haiensis. Key to Species. I.—Superior lamella high ; inferior lamella forming a conspicuous convex fold in a front view of the aperture; subecolumellar lamella emerging; short upper and lower palatal plice, but no trace of a lunella, Shell glossy, dark purplish- brown. 11.5 by 83mm. Hachijo Island, Izu, . C. tryoni. II.—Superior lamella moderately developed; inferior lamella forming a low, convex fold in a front view, approaching close to the superior ; shell rib-striate. a.—Brown; length 13-14 mm., . . . ©. digonoptyx. a’.—Greenish- -corneous; palatal plicee short, lunella incon- spicuous, almost wanting; length 10 mm., —C.._ comes. I1I.—Superior lamella small or reduced to a low cord; inferior lamella showing in front as a low fold, not converging strongly toward the superior lamella; shell dull brown- ish, finely striate. a. Superior lamella small but distinct ; spiral lamella high; upper palatal plica long, connected in the middle with a J-shaped lunella, which is weak in the middle, and strengthened below into.a nodule, . . . .. Cita a’.—Superior and spiral lamelle reduced to a low cord; palatal plicz short. b.—Length 13-16, diam. 38-3.5 mm*; upper and lower palatal plicee weakly connected by a low, imper- fect lunella, visible as a whitish streak exter- nally, Kyushu,. = .+. . «. (C)evbacuhia b’.—Length 13.5, diam. 2.7 mm. ; small upper and lower ‘ palatal plicze, but no lunella. Yesso, C. rowlandi. 1902. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 525 Clausilia subaculus n.sp. Pl. XXVIII, 38, 39, 40. Clausilia aculus Benson, Boettger, Jahrbiicher d. deutschen malak. Ges., V, 1878, p. 49, Pl. 3, fig. 3a, b. Kobelt, Fauna moll. extramar. Jap., p. 71, Pl. 8, fig. 19. Not @. aculus Benson, ef. Boettger, Jahrbiicher, VI, 1879, p. 108. Clausitia proba A. Ad., Boettger, Jahrbiicher, VI, 1879, p. 108. Not @. proba A. Ad., Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), I, 1868, p. 471. Shell long-fusiform, the penultimate whorl widest, those above regularly tapering, the spire slender above, lateral outlines straight, apex rather acute; color varying from yellowish-brown to pale olive-brown. Surface glossy, distinctly and somewhat coarsely striate, the last whorl more strongly so. Whorls about 10, rather convex, the last shortly free in front. Aperture wide-piriform, the upper margin a little sinuate. Peristome white, somewhat thick- ened, expanded and narrowly reflexed. Superior Jamella merely a low cord terminating in a small thickening of the peristome, con- tinuous within with the spiral lamella, which penetrates nearly to the middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella receding, be- coming high within, only moderately approaching the superior lamella, and decidedly shorter inside than the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella barely emerging. Principal plica chiefly dorsal, being visible in the throat and extending to but hardly past the middle of the right side. Upper palatal plica moderately long, oblique, connected near its lower end with an arcuate lunella, which is very low or almost interrupted in the middle, becomes distinct again below, where it is recurved in a short lower palatal plica. Length 16, diam. 3.5 mm. Length 15, diam. 3 mm. Clausilium (Pl. XXVIII, figs. 41, 42) strongly curved, wide below, rounded and somewhat thickened at the apex, the margins converging somewhat upward, rather deeply excised on the colu- mellar side of the filament. Nagasaki, in western Kyasha. Types No. 60,372, A. N.S. P., received from Mr. B. Schmacker. Prof. Dr. Boettger has already pointed out the differences between this species and C. taw. The superior lamella in the former is lower, a mere cord; the striation is stronger, and the upper palatal plica smaller. The palatial structures do not shine white through the shell so conspicuously as in C. tau. Inside, the 526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August, spiral lamella is seen in C. subaculus to be much lower than in C. tau. This is well shown in the views of the interior from behind, fig. 89 (swbaculus) and fig. 43 (taw). In both species the subcolumellar lamella is noticeably dilated where it passes the lower palatal plica, shown in the same figures. C. digonoptyx is a more strongly striate shell, with the inferior lamella much more closely approaching the superior. This species was collected at Nagasaki in numbers by Prof. Dr. J. J. Rein, and at first (1878) identified by Prof. Boettger as C. aculus of Benson, a species originally described from Chusan. Subsequently (1879) Boettger recognized that the Japanese form was distinct from Benson’s Chinese species, but trusting to sup- posedly authentic specimens labeled C. proba A. Ad. in Dohrn’s collection, he substituted this name for the Nagasaki species. This determination, however, cannot stand, being contradicted by the terms of A. Adams’ diagnosis of C. proba. He describes that shell as 534 lines (11 mm.) long, with eight whorls, ‘‘ lamella supera valida, compressa,’’ whereas the Nagasaki species under - discussion is larger, with about 10 whorls, and a remarkably low, weak and inconspicuous superior lamella. Moreover, the locality of C. proba is far removed from Nagasaki, being in Awa province, east of the entrance of the Bay of Yeddo. Whatever C. proba may prove to be, it is surely not closely related to C. aculus. Under these circumstances it becomes necessary to rename the Nagasaki species; and in so doing I have considered it best to give a new description, in order that there may be in future no uncer- tainty about the exact form intended. Clausilia rowlandi n.sp. Pl. XXVIII, figs. 28, 29, 30. Shell fusiform-turrite, the spire slender, nearly straight-sided, tapering to a small apex; light-brown. Surface finely and rather sharply striate. Whorls 10, rather strongly convex, especially just below the suture, the last shortly free in front. Aperture narrowly piriform, the upper margin slightly sinuate at the position of the superior lamella, the well-marked sinulus a little retracted. Peristome white, thickened, expanded and reflexed. Superior Jamella merely a small cord, terminating in a rather wide thicken- ing of the margin of the peristome, continuous inside with the spiral lamella, which penetrates nearly to the middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella receding, becoming high within, approach- ing the superior lamella, shorter within than the spiral lamella. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 527 Subcolumellar lamella immersed, visible in an oblique view in the aperture. Principal plica visible in the throat, extending past the middle of the right side. Upper and lower palatal plice quite small, no lunella between them. Length 13.5, diam. 2.7 mm. Clausilium wide below, somewhat thickened at the apex, but angular there, almost mucronate, by reason of an excavation of the palatal side near the apex. The margins converge somewhat up- ward, and it is excised on the columellar side of the filament. Garukawa, 10 miles from Sapporo, Ishikari, island of Yesso; collected by Mr. Paul Rowland, and communicated to me by Mr. Addison Gulick. Similar to C. subaculus in the low, cord-like superior lamella continuous with the spiral lamella, but conspicuously distinct by its narrowly pear-shaped aperture, more slender contour, the reduction of the palatal plicee and the angular apex of the clausilium. C. monelasmus, of Ojima province, Yesso, is a smaller species with no superior lamella, there being only a marginal thickening of the peristome in its place. The shape of the mouth readily distinguishes this from all Japanese Hupheduse. The clausilium is also characteristic, no other Japanese Huphedusa having it subangular at the apex. It is named for Mr. Paul Rowland, who found the specimens and sent them to Mr. Addison Gulick. Clausilia tau Boettger. Pl. XXVIII, figs. 36, 37, 43, 44, 45. Boettger, Clausilienstudien, p. 58, footnote (1877); Jahrb. d. d. malak. Ges., V, p. 46, Pl. 3, fig. 2. Kobelt, Fauna moll. extramar. Jap., p. 70, Pl. 8, fig. 18. The shell is finely striate, becoming costulate-striate on the back of the last whorl, as in C. subaculus. The aperture is widely piri- form, the upper margin distinctly sinuate at the position of the superior lamella. The superior lamella is small, but decidedly higher than in C. subaculus. The principal plica is long, extend- ing inward beyond the lunella. The upper palatal plica is quite long, united in the middle with the lunella, which is low or inter- rupted in the middle, and curyes inward below, terminating in a nodular lower palatal plica. The whole structure, as seen from the inside, has been aptly compared by Boettger to the Greek letter cr. The palatal folds show whitish on the outside. Length 124-154 mm., diam. 3-34 mm. 528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, Kyoto (Rein, Hirase; type locality); Shirono, Buzen; Gojo and Nohara, Yamato; Takasaki, Kozuke (Y. Hirase); Yoko- hama and Tokyo (F. Stearns, purchased). Clausilia digonoptyx Boettger. Pl. XXVIII, figs. 81, 32, 33, 34, 35. Boettger, Clausilienstudien, p. 58, footnote (1877); Jahrb., V, p. 45, Pl. 3, fig. 1; Pl. 4, fig. a. Kobelt, Fauna, p. 69, Pl. 8, fig. 17. A more glossy shell than C. tau, finely rib-striate, the superior lamella higher than in C. tau, the inferior strong/y converging toward it in the throat. The upper palatal plica is shorter than in C. tau, and united with a very low lunella, interrupted in the middle, and curving inward below in a short lower palatal plica. The plicze and lamella together form an arch or bow rather than a z-shaped figure. It does not attain quite the size of C. tau, but is larger than C. comes. The conspicuous approximation of the lamellee and the rib-striation are its most striking features. The conspicuous striation unfortunately did not come out well in the re- production of my figure 32. The types were collected by Rein, exact locality unknown. Mr. . Hirase has sent specimens from the following localities: Manabe, Hitachi; Takasaki, Kozuke; Yamagachi, Tajima; Nishigo, Uzen. Section REINIA Kobelt. Clausilia variegata var. nakadai nov. Shell very much smaller than variegata or nesiotica, length 7, diam. 2 mm.; brownish, the upper whorls whitish or somewhat buff-streaked; whorls 64. Superior lamella short, widely separated from the spiral lamella, the other lamellee as in var. nesiotica. Hachijo-jima, Izu. Types No. 83,299, A. N.S. P., from No. 942 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Section PSEUDONENIA Bitg. So far as the Japanese species are concerned, it is difficult to see any important difference between Pseudonenia and Euphedusa. Each has a clausilium of the broad type, either rounded or some- what acuminate at the apex, and the lamelle and plicze are of the same type in both sections. The Japanese forms referred to Pxeudonenia I would therefore place under Euphedusa, but pend- ing a general revision of the groups in question, the generally accepted arrangement is here retained. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529 Clausilia sieboldi Pfr. C. sieboldtii Pfr., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1848, p. 111; Monographia Hel- Vaver U, p. 165; Conchylien Cabinet, Clausilia, p. 100, Pl. 11, figs. (Of sieboldé Pfr., Monogr., VIII, p. 520. Kobelt, Fauna moll. extra- mar. Jap., p. 73, Pl. 9, fig. 1. A species collected by Siebold, and described by Pfeiffer as corneous-brown, with 10 whorls, a deep, arcuate lunella, visible outside through the shell, and one moderate palatal plica. The type measures 18 mm. long, 4 wide in the middle. Kobelt described and figured specimens taken by Dr. Rein at Amakusa, and between Hiugo and Bugo (Bungo?). He gives the color as ‘‘dunkel hornbraun.’’ ‘‘ Die Principalfalte ist klein, haufig gar nicht zu erkennen, die Mondfalte ist klein oder breit, fast gerade, von der Principalfalte getrenni, und schicht unten einen Ast nach hinten; die Gaumenfalten fehlen oder es ist eine ganz kleine vorhanden, welche mit der Mondfalte zusammenhiingt.”’ The relation of this form to the next is a matter for further investigation, with more material than is at present available. Clausilia sieboldi var. diptyx nov. Pl. XXVIII, figs. 19, 20, 21. Shell fusiform or turreted, the greatest width being either near the middle or at the last whorl; the spire rapidly tapering above to a rather small, acute apex, the outlines of the terminal portion straight. Dark purple-brown, fading to pale or yellowish-brown above. Surface glossy, sculptured with strong, close rib-strie, narrower than their intervals. Whorls 94, convex, the last some- what flattened laterally, convex beneath, showing a pale or yellow- ish curved streak in the position of the lunella. Aperture ovate, dark within; peristome white, thickened within, rather widely reflexed, continuous, a little excavated at the sinulus. Superior lamella rather small, thin, and short, not reaching to the lip-edge; widely separated from the spiral lamella, which is a half whorl long, penetrating io the middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella subhorizontal, thin, not extending upon the expanded lip, ascending in a wide spiral within, penetrating as deeply as the superior lamella, Subcolumellar lamella very deeply immersed. Principal plica about a third of a whorl long, latero-dorsal. Upper and lower palatal plicee rather short, subparallel, the upper one curved; they are connected by a very low lunella, scarcely notice- 34 530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August, able, except for the absence of dark pigment in the shell wall at its position. Length 19, diam. 4-4.3 mm. Length 18, diam. 4.3 mm. Length 16.3, diam. 4 mm. Clausilium (Pl. XXVIII, figs. 22, 23) rather wide below, strongly curved, ihe apex somewhat acuminate, a little thickened; dilated on the palatal side; deeply excised on the columellar side of the filament. Nippon or Hondo Island: Toyonishikami, Nagato, type locality. Shikoku Island: Kashiwashima, Tosa. Kyushu Island: Yatsu- shiro, prov. Higo, and Sasebo, Hizen (Y. Hirase). This widely distributed form apparently differs from C. sieboldi as defined by Pfeiffer and Kobelt by its dark color, well developed principal plica, two distinct palatal pliee, and the very low lunella. It differs from C. neniopsis by the less approaching superior and inferior lamelle, the former widely separated from the spiral lamella, the very deeply immersed subcolumellar lamella, and other characters. The specimens figured (No. 79,137, A. N. S. P.) are from the type locality in Nagato province, southwestern Nippon. Those sent by Mr. Hirase from Kashiwashima, Tosa, and Sasebo, Hizen, are similar. Specimens from Yatsushiro, Higo, are quite thin, somewhat smaller, with 9 whorls and the spiral lamella approaches near the superior lamella. Length 15-164, diam. 4 mm. Clausilia neniopsis n.sp. Pl. XXVIII, figs. 24, 25, 26, 27. Shell fusiform, the penultimate whorl widest, the spire much attenuated above, the apex minute, first two whorls of about the same diameter, weakly convex, following whorls conyex and rather rapidly increasing, the last two whorls forming more than half the total length, last whorl compressed laterally. The last two whorls are blackish purple-brown or dull red, spire reddish, the earlier two whorls nearly white. Surface somewhat glossy, sharply and closely rib-striate. Aperture ovate-piriform, dark within. Peristome continuous and free, rather broadly reflexed, somewhat thickened, white on both face and reverse. Superior lamella mar- ginal, vertical, thin, continuous with the spiral lamella which penetrates past the ventral side. Inferior lamella prominent, 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 531 strongly spiral, approaching close to the superior lamella, and . penetrating as far. Subcolumellar lamella either barely visible from in front or wholly immersed. Principal plica rather small, lateral. Palatal plice two, lateral, the upper curved a. little further inward than the straight, oblique lower one. No lunella. Clausilium (PI. XXVIII, figs. 26, 27) very strongly curved, almost in a semicircle, wide, broadly rounded below, tapering above, not excised at the filament. Length 18, diam. 4 mm. ; length of aperture 4.6 mm. Oshima, Osumi. Types No. 83,305, A. N.S. P., from No. 932 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. This species 1s somewhat more slender and graceful than C. ste- boldi var. diptyx of Kyushu, with more attenuated early whorls; but it differs chiefly in the much closer approach of the inferior to the superior lamelle in the aperture, the continuity of the superior with the spiral lamella, and the deeper penetration of both spiral and inferior lamelle, As in C. sieboldi, the position of the wanting lunella is indicated by a pale area in the shell. The clausilium differs, being broadly rounded at the apex in C. neni- opsis, and without excision near the filament, while in @. sieboldi var. diptyx the apex is angular and there is an abrupt excision on the palatal side of the filament. The converging lamelle in the mouth remind one of Nenia or the allied genus Garnieria, ADDITIONS TO AND CORRECTIONS OF THE CATALOGUE oF JAPANESE CLAUSILID ».? Section MEGALOPH ADUSA Bttg. C. DUCALIS var. DECAPITATA Pils. Kashima, Harima. Section HEMIPH EDUSA Bttg. C. INTERLAMELLARIS y. Mart. (Cuatal., p. 648). The locality Kirishima, Kyushu, is given by Boettger, Syst. Verz., p. 57. C. PLATYDERA v. Mart. A var. elongata from Kobe is men- tioned by Bttg., Syst. Verz., p. 57. C. STRICTALUNA var. EMERSA Ancey. Hitozashi, C. acna Pils. Yakushima, Osumi, * See these Proceedings for 1901, pp. 647-656. 532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, €. caLopryx Pils. Yakushima, Osumi. C. pacuysprra Pils. Miyai, Kii. C. KurozuEns!s Pils. Kurozu, Kii. Section TYRANNOPH ZDUSA Pils. C. AURANTIACA var. PLICILABRIS A. Ad., Pils. Kashima, an island near Tanabe, Kil. (Syn.: C. a. var. hypoptychia Pils., Catal., p. 652; C. plicilabris A. Ad.) C. BILABRATA Sm. Forms minor and integra are listed by Dr. Boettger from Kyushu. A synonym is C. bilabiata Sowerby, Conch. Icon., XX, Pl. 14, fig. 135. Section STEREOPH_EDUSA Bttg. C. piaciopryx Pils. Goto, Hizen. The locality ‘‘ Goto, Uzen,’’ is to be deleted from the range given to C. brevior, p. 653. C. oosroma var. GontopoMA Pils. Wakayama, Kii. ‘ C. oosroma var. pAcTYLOPOMA Pils. Kashio, Awaji. C. STEREOMA var. HEXAPTYX Pils. Yakushima, Osumi. C. pzmonorvum Pils. Kikaiga-shima, Osumi. Section PSEUDONENTA Bttg, C. stEBOLDI var. pipTyx Pils. Southwestern Nippon, Shikoku and Kyushu. C. nentopsis Pils. Oshima, Osumi. Section EUPH ZDUSA Bttg. C. supacutus Pils. Nagasaki. This name replaces that of C. aculus Bens., Catal., p. 654, for the Kyushu form. C. rowLanpti Pils. Garukawa, near Sapporo, Yesso. Section REINIA Kobelt. C. VARIEGATA var. NAKADAI Pils. Hachijo-jima, Izu. Species incerle sedis. C, tewistr Ancey. Japan. . a 1902. ] ‘NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 533 EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXVII AND XXVIII. [Norz.—All figures of corresponding parts are drawn to the same scale. ] PLaTe XXVII, Figs. 1-3.—Clausilia kurozuensis. Kurozu, Kii. Fig. 4.—Diagram of palatal armature of another specimen. Figs. 5-7.—Clausilia pachyspira. Miyai, Kii. Figs. 8, 9.—Clausilia plagioptyx. Goto Hizen. Fig. 10.— Clausilia plagioptyx, Palatal armature of another spe- cimen. Figs. 11-14.— Clausilia oostoma var. goniopoma. Wakayama, Kii. Figs. 15-18.— Clausilia oostoma MNdtf. (Type of C. japonica var. surug@ Pils.) Mikuriya, Suruga. Figs. 19, 20.—Clausilia oostoma var. dactylopoma. Kashio, Awaji. PLATE XXVIII, Figs. 19-28.—Clausilia steboldi var. diptyz. Toyon- ishikami, Nagato. Figs. 24-27.—Clausilia neniopsis. Oshima, Osumi. Figs. 28-30.—Clausilia rowlandi. Garukawa, near Sapporo, Yesso. Figs. 31-35.—Clausilia digonoptyx. Manabe, Hitachi. Figs. 86, 37.—Olausilia tau. Clausilium of a specimen from Kyoto. Figs. 38-42.— Clausilia subaculus. Nagasaki. Figs. 43-45.—Clausilia tau. Nohara, Yamato. 534 PROCEEDINGS OF THF ACADEMY OF [ August, DESCRIPTIONS OF LYCOSIDEZ AND OXYOPIDZ OF PHILADELPHIA AND ITS VICINITY. BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, gR.* The present paper is based on a study of the following collections: that in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, a rich collection made by Mr. Witmer Stone, which was the basis of the first contribution on Pennsylvania Lycoside, Mr. Stone’s ‘*‘ Penn- sylvania and New Jersey Spiders of the Family Lycoside,’’ a small collection made by the Rev. Dr. H. C. McCook; and the author’s own collection, specimens mainly from West Chester, Pa., from Philadelphia and its close vicinity. I would express my indebted- ness to the Academy of Natural Sciences, and to my friend Mr. Stone in particular, for the use of its collections. The greater . number of the specimens examined are from Philadelphia and from Chester county, Pa., others from various parts of Pennsyl- vania, from New Jersey, New York State and one from Maryland. The present contribution probably does not include all the species around Philadelphia, and much less all of Pennsylvania and New Jersey. The figures represent the copulatory organs, drawn with great care in regard to the details, for these organs are undoubtedly of first diagnostic importance. The epigyna are frequently difficult to see clearly in all their parts; it is always necessary to denude them of the hairs to make them more discernible, and in some cases to dissect them away from the body and study them by transmitted light. The other characters of importance are the arrangement of the eyes (including the relative extent of the dorsal eye area), the relative proportions of the dimensions of the cephalothorax and its form, the relative length of the legs, and the relative length of the superior and inferior spinnerets. Form and dimensions of the abdomen are of little value. Color is quite constant in some spe- cies, but highly variable in others, and sometimes there is quite a 1 Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 535 marked sexual difference in the coloration. Only sexually mature individuals have been considered. Tt is very difficult to recognize the American species described by C. Koch and Walckenaer. I have examined Walckenaer’s descriptions very carefully, and believe that with the exception of a very few forms, e.g., Lycosa carolinensis, his Species must be regarded as unrecognizable. Walckenaer based his descriptions on the manuscript notes and drawings of Bose and Abbot; these drawings have never been edited, and until they are published they cannot rightly be granted any more priority rights than an unpublished description, unless we should grant manuscript drawings the value of type specimens. It would be as incorrect, in face of the generally accepted rules of nomenclature, to name species on the basis of unedited drawings as upon unedited deserip- tions. Hence these drawings are of no decisive importance at all until they are published, and Walckenaer’s meagre verbal deserip- tions comprise all we know of his species. Hentz’s descriptions are on the whole still less ample than Koch’s and Walckenaer’s, but Hentz has given figures which, in the main, are good, so that a considerable number of his species may be regarded as recognizable. It is right to be very thorough in endeavoring to recognize the species of a previous author, even when his deserip- tions are very scant; but when the description is so inprecise as 10 apply to any one of several Species occurring in the locality of the Specimens described, then the species based upon such a description must be considered unrecognizable and no further attention paid to it. If this rule is not followed, our nomenclature would be based upon a tissue of guesswork probabilities, and but for the date of the tenth edition of the Systema Nature, we should logically seek in some early source the names given by Adam, The works of the writers cited are arranged together in a list at the end of the paper. Family LYCOSIDA Characters of the Family.—Aranec with one pair of lung books and unpaired tracheal spiracle; with three claws on the feet, and legs in order of length generally 4, 1, 3, 2, or 4, 1, 2, 3; eyes in three rows, the first (most anterior) row of four small eyes, the second and third each of two larger eyes, 536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, Key to the Herein Described Genera of Lycoside. A.—Third eye-vow nearly on a line with the second. I.—Lateral eyes of the first row about equidistant from the second row and the anterior edge of the cephalothorax, Ocyale. IJ.—Lateral eyes of the first row at least twice as far from the anterior edge of the pee as from the second TOW iis - . Dolomedes. B,—Third eye-row not nearly on a line with the second. I.—Superior spinnerets not longer than the inferior, dorsal eye area usually considerably less than one-quarter the length of the cephalothorax, legs usuaily well clothed with hair, chelicera usually fully 14 times the length of the head in front, .. Efe Lyeosa. II.—Superior spinnerets slightly longer ‘than the inferior, dor- sal eye area fully or nearly one-quarter the length of the cephalothorax, legs slender with long spines and few hairs, chelicera not longer than 14 times the height of the headin front, . . . . Pardosa. II.—Superior spinnerets at least 14 times as long as the inferior, dorsal eye area Jess than one-quarter the length of the cephalothorax, legs well clothed with hairs, chelicera comparatively small; © 2995 9.) |.) san eeweeunata. Genus LYCOSA Latr. Following Simon, I have included in Lycosa, and not granted separate rank, the genera Trochosa Koch, Arctosa Koch and Tarentula Ohl. and Thor. In the species here described it is im- practicable to distinguish these genera, the interrelation of them is so close and intermediate forms so difficult to classify. When genera become more difficult to distinguish than the species which compose them, it is clearest to adopt one comprehensive genus for all. The following key will aid in distinguishing the species here described : A.—Cephalothorax not more than 2.5 mm. in length, without a distinct median light band. I.—Sternum nearly twice as long as broad,. . . . nigra. Ii.—Sternum nearly round, .. . . sublata. B.—Cephalothorax 2.7—4.6 mm. in length, with a distinct median light band. I.—Sides of cephalothorax brownish or yellowish, sternum not darker than legs. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537 1.—Submarginal light band of cephalothorax very dis- tinet, generally a dark annular mark on sternum, ocreata pulchra. 2.—Submarginal light band of cephalothorax indistinct, no dark markings on sternum, . . . relucens. JI.—Sides of cephalothorax blackish or dark-brown, sternum darker than legs. 1.—Sternum without hairs, under surface of coxze and abdomen black) see - sepulchralis. 2.—Sternum with hairs, under surface of coxse and abdo- men not black. (a)—Legs comparatively thick, fourth leg not four times the length of the cephalothorax, labium deep black its entire length, . charonoides. (6)—Legs very slender, the fourth leg at least four times the length of the cephalothorax, labium lighter at its distal end. iS (1)—Legs distinctly banded, dorso-median band of cephalothorax constricted at its middle eae = stoner. (2)—Legs not distinctly banded, dorso-median band of cephalothorax not constricted atitsmiddle, . . . . verisimilis. C.-- Length of cephalothorax 5 mm. or more. I.—Abdomen with a distinct broad dorso-median dark band along its entire length. 1.—First leg thickest, not 24 times the length of the cephalothoraxcy) sen arenicola. -2.—First leg not thicker than the others, more than three times the length of the cephalothorax. (a)—Sternum black, . . 2.) . ) . punctulata. (6)—Sternum yellow,. . . . . . scutulata. II.—Abdomen above without a distinct broad dorso-median dark band along its entire length. 1.—Venter light without dark markings, middle eyes of first row considerably larger than the lateral, cinerea. 2.—Venter dark or with dark markings, middle eyes of first row usually not larger than the lateral. 3 (a)—Cephalothorax not distinctly banded, or with a median band much narrower than the eye area, (1)—Middle eyes of the first row smaller than the lateral, . . . . carolinensis. (2)-—Middle eyes of the first row larger than the lateral. 538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, (2a)—Three dark bands on the venter converging toward the spin- nerets, . . . itnhonesta. (26)—Small dark spots 0 on the venter, no dark bands, . . . nidicola. (2c)—A broad transverse dark band on the venter behind the lung books, . . . baltimoriana. (b)—Cephalothorax with a median light band as broad anteriorly as the eye area. (1)—Abdomen with a light dorso-median band enclosing a shorter dark band ante- riorly, . . lepida. (2)—Abdomen above with a large black spot or stripe at each antero- lateral margin. (2a)-—- Posterior eyes largest, cephalo- thorax with a pair of black longitudinal bands, nigraurata. (2b)—Eyes of second row largest, cephalo- thorax without black bands. (2)—Abdomen below with a large blackish mark, first leg not more than 24 times the length of the cephalo- thorax, . . frondicola. (?)—Abdomen below usually without a distinct Elna: ish mark, first leg 2.9 times the length of the cephalothorax, purcelli. 1, Lycosa nigra (Stone). (Pl. XXIX, fig. 1.) Pardosa nigra Stone, 1890. nec Lycosa funerea Hentz, Banks, 1891. (2 2, types, Stone Coll., from Chester county, Pa. ) Eyes.—First row shorter than the second, its middle eyes higher and larger than the lateral; eyes of second row largest, less than their diameter apart; the third row widest, its eyes considerably nearer to the second row than to each other and placed upon tubercles. Dorsal eye area about one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax. All eyes relatively small. Form.—Sternum about double as long as wide in one specimen, not quite so long in the other. Cephalothorax highest at the level of the dorsal groove. Chelicera fully 14 times as long as the head 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539 is high in front. Maxille comparatively long and slender. Legs stout and short, without very long spines. Dimensions. —Length of cephalothorax 25 mm. Length of first leg 5.5 mm. Length of fourth lez 9 mm. Color.-—‘‘ Cephalothorax smooth and shining, uniform black with a reddish brown luster, no stripes whatever. Sternum and cox similar, somewhat lighter. Abdomen black, indistinctly mottled with olive brown or gray, without any distinct pattern, though there is a more or less distinct light median stripe on the anterior part reaching nearly io the middle. The sides of the abdomen are black, thickly speckled with small gray dots. Be- neath brownish, with no distinct markings. Mandibles and palpi shining dark reddish brown, front edge of cephalothorax, just below the first row of eyes, yellowish. Legs, femur dark shining like the cephalothorax, patella white; the first and second pairs have the other joints entirely yellowish white, the third pair are similar but with prominent black spines while the fourth pair have the tarsus banded with brown at the ends’’ (Stone). Comparisons.—A typical Iycosa in form of legs, small space oceupied by the eye area, and shortness of the superior spinnerets ; quite distinet from any other American species. 2. Lycosa sublata n.sp. (Pl. XXIX, fig. 2.) (1 8, type, Stone Coll., Sand Barrens, Pt. Pleasant, N. J.) Eyes.—First row fully as broad as the second, lateral eyes slightly higher. Eyes of second row not quite their diameter apart. Third row slightly wider than second, its eyes about the same size as those of the second row, and about equidistant from each other and from the second row. Dorsal eye area not one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax, and the eyes relatively small. Form.—Head low and sloping on the sides, length of chelicera more than twice the height of the head in front. Sternum very slightly longer than broad, nearly round. Legs stout and rela- tively short. Dimensions.—Length of cephalothorax, 2.5 mm. Length of abdomen, 2.5 mm. Length of first leg, 6.3 mm. Length of second leg, 5.9 mm. 540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, Length of third leg, 5.9 mm. Length of fourth leg, 9 mm. Color in Aleohol.—Cephalothorax clear reddish-brown, shining and without hairs, a little lighter on the antero-dorsal portion but with no distinct median stripe; a narrow black marginal line; forehead yellowish; the second and third eyes on black tubercles. Sternum with a brown margin, otherwise yellow like the inferior surface of the cox. Abdomen above dark greenish-b own, a nar- row yellow median stripe pointed at each end on the anterior half of the dorsum, and on either side of it two rows of large yellow spots converging toward the spinnerets; sides dark greenish-brown with numerous small yellow spots; venter yellow in front of and around the lung hooks, this yellow area ending posteriorly in a point anterior to the spinnerets, and to either side of it greenish- brown marbled with yellow. Epigynum reddish-brown. Chelicera reddish-brown; dabium black with yellow distal end; maxilla yel- low. Legs yellow, with distinct broad brown rings on all the joints except the metatarsi. Comparisons. —This species has some resemblance to DL. nigra (Stone), but differs from the latter in epigynum, form of sternum, and coloration of abdomen and legs. The epigynum is compara- tively small and simple, but evidently mature since it is distinctly elevated and dark colored. 3. Lycosa ocreata pulchra n. subsp. (Pl. XXIX, figs. 3, 4.) Lycosa ocreata Hentz, Keyserling, 1876. ? Lycosa ocreata Hentz, Emerton, 1888. Lycosa ocreata Hentz, Stone, 1890. ? Lycosa ocreata Hentz, Banks, 1892. (Specimens from Philadelphia, York Furnace and Luzerne county, Pa.) Eyes.—First row narrower than the second, lateral eyes slighily larger and Jower, middle eyes nearer to each other than to the lateral. Eyes of second row largest, less than their diameter apart. Eyes of third row circular, nearly as far from second row as from each other. Dorsal eye area less than one-quarter the length of the cephalothorax. : Form.—Cephalothorax rather narrow in outline. Length of chelicera about 14 times the height of the head in front. Sternum considerably longer than broad, pointed behind. Legs slender, rather scantily covered with hairs. 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541 Dimensions. 3.3 mm. Length of abdomen, o’, 2.8 mm.; ¢, 5.3 mm. Length of first leg, J, 8.9 mm.; 2, 9 mm. Length of second leg, 0, 8 mm.; 2, 8.5 mm. Length of third leg, 3, 7.3 mm.; 2, 8 mm. Length of fourth leg, 3, 10 mm.; 2, 12.5 mm. Color in Life.—Cephalothoraz in the @ with a broad buff median band widest at the middle and extending from the ante- rior eyes backward the whole length of the dorsum, and in ita short, very narrow darker line between the posterior eyes and a similar line at the dorsal groove; on each side of this band a broad dark-brown band, next a narrow buff line, then a submarginal band, composed of a single’row of dark-brown spots, finally a narrow buff marginal line. Sternum pale yellow-brown with a darker marking in the form of a closed curye, rounded anteriorly and pointed posteriorly, the extreme margin of sternum being brownish-black. Abdomen above a grayish-buff, with, on the anterior half, a median brown band pointed behind, there ending at about the middle, and including a lighter band; to each side of this a rather indistinct brown band extending about to the middle, and continued toward the spinnerets as a row of about five black spots with pale spots between them; sides of abdomen a lighter ground color, with numerous short brown stripes pointing caudad and a few dark-brown spots; venter grayish-white, with two pairs of longitudinal rows of small brown spots converging toward spin- nerets, the inner rows more pronounced in their anterior portions, the outer rows in their posterior portions. Legs yellowish, darker above, the palpi and mawille the same color, the chelicera darker, and the dabium black. Superior spinnerets pale gray, the inferior brown. In some females the dark stripes are lacking on the venter. The males are yery similar in coloration, but darker, particularly on the abdomen, and the tibia of the first leg is densely covered with long black hairs, resembling the arrangement of bristles on a test-tube cleaner. Comparisons. —I have made a new subspecies of this Pennsyl- vania form on the ground of the absence, in all the numerous specimens examined, of dark annulations on the legs. Hentz both Length of cephalothorax, 3, 2.7 mm.; 2, 542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, described and figured for his Z. oereata dark markings on the legs. His specimens were from North Carolina. JZ. rufa Keyserling is not the ? of this species, as Keyserling suggested it might be. 4. Lycosa relucens n.sp. (Pl. XXIX, figs. 5, 6.) (1 2, 2 HA, types, Stone Coll., Germantown, Philadelphia. ) Eyes. —First row straight, its eyes of equal size, narrower than the second row. Eyes of second row largest, more than their diameter apart. Third row widest, its eyes on black tubercles and slightly nearer second row than each other. Dorsal eye area about one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Cephalothorax pointed in front and rounded behind. Chelicera not quite 14 times as long as the head is high in front. Sternum a little longer than broad. Maxille more than twice as long as the labium. Legs stout. Dimensions.—Length of cephalothorax, ¢, 3.5 mm.; &, 3.4 mm. Length of abdomen, @, 3 mm.; 2, 3.2 mm. Length of first leg, J, 12.2 mm.; 2, 11 mm. Length of second leg, 3, 11.8 mm.; 2, 10.5 mm. Length of third leg, ¢', 10.1 mm.; 2, 10.3 mm. Length of fourth leg, 7, 16 mm.; 2, 14.5 mm. Color in Alcohol.—Cephalothorax in the @ light yellowish- brown, eyes surrounded by black; a yellow median band, as broad as the space between the posterior eyes, extending from the second eyes to the posterior end of the thorax; extreme margin black. Sternum yellowish. Abdomen above brownish and darker than the cephalothorax, an indistinct black mark at each antero-lateral angle, a black spot at the middle point of dorsum, and indistinct blackish spots on the margins of the posterior dorsum; sides yel- lowish-brown with darker spots posteriorly; venter lighter, yellow, with obscure dark markings on the margins near the spinnerets. Spinnerets yellow. Epigynum very pale reddish-brown. Chelicera reddish-brown, with a darker line formed of blackish hairs on the anterior aspect of each. Labium and mazille yellow. Legs pale yellowish-brown without darker markings, pa/pi similarly colored. In the @ the coloration is darker. Cephalothorax chocolate- brown; in one individual there pass from near the middle of each side of the median light band two radiating bands of the same color to the more indistinct submarginal band, one of these radi- 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543 ating bands following the line of the cephalo-thoracie groove, the other passing latero-caudad. Abdomen above in the brighter indi- vidual (type) with a large black spot at each antero-lateral margin, a black spot at the centre of the dorsum from which two very narrow black lines pass forward and diverge, and on each margin of the dorsum a row of about six smaller black spots, the most posterior incompletely connected with those of the opposite side by cross lines of minute black dots; in the other < these markings are very indistinct. Sides and venter as in 2. Legs and palpi darker than in 2. Comparisons. —This form is quite similar in general appearance to L. verisimilis n. sp.; both have also the line of hairs on the anterior surface of the chelicera; but the genitalia of the two are quite different, and relucens has much stouter legs. 5. Lycosa sepulchralis n.sp. (Pl. XXIX, fig. 7.) (1 &, type, author’s collection, Woodland Cemetery, Phila- delphia. ) Eyes.—First row very slightly broader than the second, its middle eyes slightly higher and larger than the lateral. Eyes of second row largest, more than their diameter apart. Third row slightly wider than second, its eyes nearer to the second row than to each other. Dorsal eye area only about one-sixth the length of the cephalothorax. All eyes relatively small. Form.—Head rather low in front and its sides oblique. Cephalo- thorax very broad in front, more than three-fifths its greatest diameter, highest just behind the posterior eyes. Sternum longer than broad. Chelicera massive, their length about twice the height of the head in front. Legs short, tapering in diameter from proximal to distal end. Dimensions.— Length of cephalothorax, 4.6 mm. Length of abdomen, 6.2 mm. Length of first leg, 12 mm. Length of second leg, 10.8 mm. Length of third leg, 10.4 mm. Length of fourth leg, 15 mm. Color in Life. —Cephalothorax black, a brown area surrounding the eye region and superior part of sides of head and forehead, this brown passing backward as a median band as broad as the eye area, constricted just anterior to the dorsal groove and forming a 544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, narrow line on each side of this grove; a narrow marginal line of brown. Sternum jet-black and shining, without hairs. Abdomen above brown, a slightly darker indistinct median band on the anterior half, a deep-black spot at each antero-lateral margin, and on each margin of the posterior half of the dorsum a row of five small spots of white hairs, the corresponding ones of opposite sides con- nected hy transverse lines of black; sides finely marbled with brown and gray; venter deep black including the epigynum and the region in front of the lung slits, this black area converging behind to the spinnerets and its lateral margins somewhat racemose. Chelicera, labium and maaille deep black and glistening as also the under surface of the cove; the chelicera with few hairs and with a reddish prominence at the supero-lateral angle. Legs shining reddish-brown except the cox which are black above and below, femora unbanded; first legs unbanded and darker than the others; distinct annulations of brown and black on the patellee, tibie and tarsi of the third and fourth legs, less distinct annula- tions on the second legs. Palpi blackish-brown. In alcohol the black on the venter shows indistinct lines of minute brown spots converging toward the spinnerets. Comparisons. —This species in the form of the head is somewhat intermediate between Trochosa and Tarentula. It is very close to Iyeosa (Tarentula) modesta (Keys. ), from which it differs: (1) slightly in the form of the epigynum; (2) in the middle eyes of the first row being much less than twice as large as the lateral, and in that the eyes of the second row are separated from each other by nearly their full diameter; (3) in the black color of the ster- num and cox and in different coloration of the dorsum of the abdomen. It shows also close resemblances to L. charonoides 0. sp., particularly in the shape of the legs and the coloration of the superior surface of the abdomen; but the head is much narrower and its sides steeper in charonoides, and the two species differ in the form of the epigynum and in the coloration of the lower parts. 6. Lycosa charonoides 2. sp. (Pl. XXIX, fig. 8.) (i, type, author’s collection, Woodland Cemetery, Phila- delphia. ) Eyes.—First row narrower than the second, its lateral eyes very slightly lower and a little smaller. Eyes of the second row about 14 times their diameter apart. Third row widest, its eyes as larg - 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545 as those of the second row, and about as far from them as from each other. Dorsal eye area less than one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Chelicera not 14 times the length of the head in front, sides of head comparatively steep. Sternum longer than broad. Legs stout and tapering. Dimensions. —Length of cephalothorax, 4.2 mm. Length of abdomen, 7 mm. Length of first leg, 12.5 mm. Length of second leg, 12 mm. Length of third leg, 12 mm. Length of fourth leg, 16 mm. Color in Life.—Cephalothorax with a narrow median stripe of long buff hairs extending from the second row of eyes to the pos- terior end of the thorax, its anterior two-fifths divided into two by a black line; the remainder of the cephalothorax black with short brown hairs, and a few scattered long buff hairs on the posterior aspects of the sides. Sternwnm black with scattered long white hairs. Abdomen above lighter than cephalothorax, very dark chocolate-brown, a tuft of long buff hairs at the anterior dorso- median edge and two very short stripes of similar hairs diverging backward from this tuft, between them a median blackish mark shaped like a spearhead and terminating in a point anterior to the middle, and on the outer side of each buff stripe an indistinct blackish band; to either side of the mid-line a row of 4—5 minute spots, each composed of a few thick snow-white hairs; sides paler chocolate-brown, with numerous small white spots; venter buff with two lines of blackish color, converging from the lung books to the spinnerets, and two less distinct dark lines converging from epigynum not as far back as the spinnerets, and numerous dark small spots on the remainder of the yenter. Lung books yellow, epigynal margins blackish, area around epigvnum brown, spin- nerets blackish-brown. Chelicera deep black, a nearly white knoblike projection at the supero-lateral angle of each. Labiwm deep black. Mawille rufous-black like the under surface of the cove. Legs deep rufous-brown with white hairs and black spines, femora a little lighter than the other joints. In alcohol the black of the thorax and sternum becomes a 35 546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (August, brownish-black, and an indistinct broad, paler marginal band becomes apparent on the thorax. Comparisons. —Ct. L. sepulchralis n. sp. 7. Lycosa stonei n-sp. (PI. XXIX, figs. 9, 10.) (Types of @ and & in author’s collection, from Philadelphia; numerous specimens from Philadelphia and its vicinity, and from West Chester, Pa.) Eyes. —First row shorter than the second, its middle eyes shghtly higher than the lateral. Eyes of second row largest, a little more than their diameter apart. Third row widest, its eyes nearly equi- distant from each other and from the second row. Dorsal eye area nearly one-quarter the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Chelicera fully 14 times as long as the head is high in front. Sternum longer than wide, rather pointed behind. Supe- rior spinnerets longer than the inferior. Legs long and slender, with short hairs and long spines. Labium barely half the length of the maxille and rather conically pointed at its distal end. Cephalothorax narrow, in front less than half its greatest trans- verse diameter, highest at third pair of eyes. Sides of head steep. Dimensions. — Length of cephalothorax, 3, 3.1 mm.; &, 3.1 mm. Length of abdomen, 3, 3mm.; ¢, 3.5 mm. Length of first leg, 3, 12.3 mm.; &, 10.1 mm. Length of second leg, 3, 11 mm.; &, 9.8 mm. Length of third leg, 3, 10.5 mm.; 2, 9 mm. Length of fourth leg, 3, 14.5 mm.; 9, 14 mm. An unusually large 2 has a total length of 9.5 mm. Sd. Color in Life.—Cephalothorax above glistening black, a median gray stripe (composed of long gray hairs which readily rub off) commencing anteriorly between the posterior eyes, where its width equals the distance between these eyes, and extending backward, usually with more or less of a middle constriction, to the posterior end of the thorax, where it is somewhat narrower; @ few similar light hairs around the middle eyes, and a narrow line of them at the extreme margin of the thorax. Sternum deep black with a narrow marginal line of short gray hairs. Abdomen above black with a broad median band, almost the width of the dorsum and broader than the thoracal band, composed of long gray- ish hairs and extending to the spinnerets ; sides black; venter black 1902. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547 but with grayish hairs, these most densely grouped on the margins of the posterior half where they compose two grayish bands. Lung books pale yellowish-white. Spinnerets dark at base and light at tips. Chelicera and labium deep black, maville brownish-black. Legs: First leg with the coxa, femur, patella and tibia deep black, tarsus and metatarsus yellowish-brown, the tarsus with a_ black ring at its proximal end, short black hairs hide the claws of the metatarsus, the tibia thickly covered with long black thick hairs implanted on all sides, but most numerous dorsally and ventrally, each tibia thus resembling a black brush (but the hairs relatively not as long as in Z. ocreata pulehra); second leg with the coxa, femur, patella and tibia black, tarsus yellowish-brown, with dark rings at the ends and one in the middle, metatarsus yellowish- brown ; third and fourth legs with the coxa and femur deep black, the patella rufous-black, the tibia, tarsus and metatarsus yellowish- brown with dark rings; the distal ends of all metatarsi black. Palpi black, except the tarsus, which is brownish-black. Tn alcohol the dorso-median thoracic appears red, that of the abdomen brownish. 2. Color in Life.— Cephalothorax black, a broad median band composed of long gray-buff hairs (not nearly white as in the 3) extending from the posterior eyes to the posterior end of the thorax, broadest anteriorly where it occupies the whole space between the second and even extends a little lateral to them, filling the space between the third eyes and with a slight constriction at this point, enlarging slightly at middle and here more or less distinctly notched, narrower behind. To each side of this band the black color is hairless, but on the lower sides with rather sparsely scattered white hairs, such hairs forming also a very narrow marginal band. Sides of head, forehead and celypeus rusty black. Sternum a rusty dark-brown with a narrow pale margin. Abdomen above at base, next to pedicel, with a transverse band of black, and when the abdomen is viewed strictly from the dorsum each end of this band appears as a large black spot at an antero- lateral margin, and in some individuals these spots are continuous with those placed posteriorly ; ground color of dorsum buff-brown, with large irregular spots of black on the margins converging toward the spinnerets, two pairs of these spots on the anterior half being particularly prominent, corresponding spots of opposite sides 548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (August, transversely connected by angular black lines each margined poste- riorly with a narrow line of white hairs, and at the middle point of each black transverse line a black spot; on the anterior half of the dorsum two small round spots, each black medially and white laterally, placed close together near the mid-line. Sides of abdo- men brownish with numerous small white spots. Venter pale gray, with small black spots converging more or less as curved lines toward the spinnerets and variable in number and size. Lung books pale yellowish-white and very distinct. Epigynum rusty brown. Labiun deep ferruginous, almost black; chelicera the same color on their anterior but a little paler on their posterior surface. Maxille pale yellowish-brown like the ventral surface of the core. All the legs distinctly banded with butf and black above and below on all the joints except the metatarsi, which are yellowish-brown. Papi similarly colored. In alcohol the buff markings and thoracal stripe in the 2 change to reddish, and the black of the cephalothorax, except around the eyes, to a deep reddish-brown. Comparisons. — This beautiful small woodland species I take pleasure in naming for my friend, Mr. Witmer Stone, who was the first to monograph the Lycosids of this vicinity. L. stonei shows a marked sexual difference in coloration, more than any other of the local forms, but as I have observed the copulation and mating, there is no doubt of the specific identity of the males and females here described. It is a very well-marked species, the thick brush of hairs on the first tibia of the co being shared only by the 3d of DL. ocreata, while the epigynum is easily distinguished by the great breadth of its median piece. In the slenderness and great Jength of the legs, as well as in the size of the dorsal eye area, it resembles Pardosa, put in all other characters is a typical Lycosa. 8. Lyoosa verisimilis 0. sp. (Pl. XXIX, figs. 11, 12.) (12, type, West Chester, Pa. 1 3, type, Philadelphia ; author's collection ). . Eyes.—First row shorter than second, the middle eyes slightly larger and higher and closer together than to the lateral eyes. Eyes of second-row circular and fully their diameter apart. Eyes of third row oval and nearer the narrower second row than each 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549 other. Eyes not black but clear in color. Dorsal eye area a little more than one-sixth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Length of chelicera fully twice the height of the head in front, a line of black hairs on the anterior face of each. Ster- num distinetly longer than broad. Legs long and slender with numerous fine hairs. Cephalothorax in front almost half its greatest transverse diameter, highest at middle, sides of head rather steep. Dimensions.—Length of cephalothorax, @, 3.2 mm.; 2, 4.2 mm. Length of abdomen, &, 2.8 mm.; 2, 4.1 mm. Length of first leg, o’, 9.9 mm.; 2, 12.5 mm. Length of second leg, f, 9 mm.; 2, 11.8 mm. Length of third leg, &, 9 mm.; 2, 12.1 mm. Length of fourth leg, o, 12.5 mm.; 2, 16.7 mm. 2, Color in Alcohol.—Cephalothorax very dark reddish-brown, eye region black, a broad buff median stripe arising between the posterior eyes, widest in its anterior third and most anteriorly containing a narrow black line, and extending caudad to the end of the thorax; and there is a much narrower, interrupted sub- marginal stripe. Sternwm dark reddish-brown, with a median lighter line anteriorly. Abdomen aboye considerably lighter than cephalothorax, brown and buff as follows: a dark-brown spot at each antero-lateral margin continued backward along the lateral margin of the dorsum as a brown line anteriorly and a row of brown dots posteriorly, between these brown margins a broad dark- buff band which, on the posterior half, is broken into 4—5 trans- verse buff arches separated by dark-brown dots, and in the anterior half contains a spearhead-shaped black mark terminating in a black spot just behind the middie of the dorsum; sides dark-buff with numerous brown spots; venter light buff with small black spots arranged in a U-shape, the opening of the U directed cephalad and its curve just anterior to the spinnerets, while the space en- closed by it contains a few minute black dots. Epigynwm and spinnerets dark reddish-brown; dung book and region anterior to epigynum pale brownish. Chelicera dark reddish-brown, almost black ; dabium blackish at base and yellow at tip; mawille reddish- brown, a little lighter at the distal end. Legs with black spines and short white hairs, reddish-brown and much lighter than the 550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August, sides of the cephalothorax, with distinct annulations on all joints except the metatarsi, the coxze beneath pale yellowish-brown. Palpi colored like the legs. 3. Color in Aleohol.—Much like the 2. Cephalothorax a very dark reddish-brown, median band clear reddish and broadest in its anterior third, extending from middle eyes to posterior end of thorax, in its anterior third divided by a median dark line broadest anteriorly, long whitish hairs being present on each side of this dark line; the median thoracal band is widest a little ante- rior to the middle of the cephalothorax (where it is not quite as wide as the distance between the eyes of the third row), is there constricted and narrower posterior to this constriction; there is also a rather indistinct broad submarginal band of reddish; black bands connect the eyes of the second and third rows. Sternum as in @. Abdomen above dull brown with a broad pattern of lighter yellowish-brown, this pattern broadest anteriorly, narrowing toward the spinnerets and enclosing in its anterior half a darker oval mark with narrow black border; sides dull brown with paler stripings ventrally; venter light reddish-brown, a line of indistinct small dark spots on each margin, a median dark band extending from the anterior edges of the lung books anteriorly to a distance of one-fifth the length of the abdomen from the spinnerets posteriorly, this median band concave anteriorly where it has a width equaling the distance between the yellow Jung books, and narrowed poste- riorly where it ends bluntly, and to either side of this band minute yellowish spots. Chelicera reddish-brown, /abiwn a little lighter at tip, maxille yellowish-brown like the coxe. Legs clear reddish- brown, without darker rings, metatarsi a little lighter. Palpi colored like legs. Comparisons. —A. quite distinct species, resembling superficially the young of LZ. frondicola Em. 9. Lycosa arenicola Scudder. (PI. XXIX, fig. 13.) Lycosa arenicola Scudder, 1877. Lycosa nidifex Marx, 1881. Lycosa nidifex Marx, Everton, 1835. * Lycosa arenicola Scudder, McCook, 1888. Lycosa arenicola Scudder, Marx, 1889. Lycosa arenicola Scudder, Stone, 1890. Lycosa domifex Hancock, 1899. (Specimens from Cape May and Pt. Pleasant, N. J., in Stone Coll., but no mature 3.) ee 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551 Eyes. —First row almost as broad as the second, the centres of the lateral eyes of the first row lateral to the centres of the lateral eyes of the second rows, middle eyes larger and slightly higher. Eyes of second row largest, more than their diameter apart. Third row widest, its eyes nearer to the second row than to each other. Dorsal eye area a little more than one-sixth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Cephalothorax very high in front, its posterior declivity very gradual and beginning anteriorly close to the posterior eyes, moderately sloping on the sides. Chelicera more than twice as long as the head is high in front, and with an elongate protuberance at the supero-lateral angle. Sternum longer than broad. First leg much thicker and stouter than the others. Dimensions of 2.—Length of cephalothorax, 10 mm. Length of abdomen, 11 mm. Length of first leg, 24 mm. Lengih of second leg, 23 mm. Length of third leg, 21 mm. Length of fourth leg, 27 mm. Colors in Alcohol, 2 2.—Cephalothorax above reddish-brown to almost black, a lighter median band as broad anteriorly as the eye area extending backward and constricted just anterior to the dorsal groove, narrow around this groove, constricted more deeply just behind it and enlarging again to the posterior edge of the thorax ; sides of the head sometimes as light as this band; extreme margin of thorax black. Sternum light-brown to blackish-brown. A bdo- men above light to dark-brown, a median darker band extending the whole length of the dorsum, but most distinct on the posterior part, its margins posteriorly deeply pectinate; sides yellowish-brown dorso-posteriorly and with a black longitudinal band ventro- anteriorly; venter yellowish-brown to blackish with a more or less distinct darker area from epigynum io spinnerets, and a dark semicircle around the spinnerets anteriorly. Epigynwm reddish- brown. Superior spinnerets lighter than the inferior. Chelicera deep reddish-brown to black, a reddish prominence at the supero- lateral angle. Labium and mazxille reddish-brown with lighter distal ends, labium somewhat darker than the maxilla. Legs: First leg darker than second, black in some individuals; second pair darker above than third and fourth, without annulations, 552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (August, distal ends of tarsi and metatarsi black. Palpi of the same color as the posterior legs. Comparisons. —Easily distinguished from all others of the genus by the great thickness of the first legs. This is a character, united with that of the great height of the cephalothorax in front, which would seem to warrant the establishment of a new genus for it. 10. Lycosa punctulata Hentz. (Pl. XXIX, fig. 14.) Lycosa punctulata Hentz, 1841. Lycosa punetulata Hentz, Emerton, 1885. nec Lycosa punctulata Hentz, Stone, 1890. Lycosa punctulata Hentz, Marx, 1889. (2 mature 22, Philadelphia, author’s collection. ) Eyes. —First row shorter than the second, lateral eyes slightly larger and sightly lower. Second eyes almost their diameter apart, slightly larger than third eyes. Third row slightly wider than second, its eyes nearer second row than each other. Dorsal eye area not one-iifth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Cephalothorax comparatively slender, in front highest and not quite one-half as wide as the greatest transverse diameter. Sides of head steep. Length of chelicera about 14 times the height of head in front. Sternum a little longer than broad. Legs rather stout, thickly covered with short hairs. A prominence on the supero-lateral angle of the chelicera. Superior spinnerets about as long as the inferior. Dimensions. —Length of cephalothorax, 6.8 mm Length of abdomen, 9 mm. Length of first leg, 19 mm. Length of second leg, 17.2 mm. Length of third leg, 16 mm. Length of fourth leg, 23 mm. Color in Life.—Cephalothorax aboye pale chocolate-brown, two broad, parallel black stripes on the dorsum, separated from each other by about their own width, and extending from (and embrac- ing) the second and third eyes to the posterior margin of the thorax ; a narrow buff Jine between the second eyes; a narrow black submarginal and a black marginal line on the thorax; region between the eyes blackish, and a narrow, short black line on each side just ventral to the dorsal eyes. Sternum black with pale hairs. Abdomen above with a broad dark-brown 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 553 median band extending the whole length of the dorsum, widest at the middle and anteriorly with a black edging on each margin of it, on each side of this median band paler grayish-brown with a rather indistinct large brownish spot at each antero-lateral margin ; sides mottled with gray and reddish-brown ; venter with a trans- verse row of three large black spots just behind the plane of the epigynum, and a blackish area extending from them and converg- ing toward but not reaching the spinnerets, this -black area bor- dered on each side by a line of contiguous buff dots; in the other 2 the venter shows this blackish area in the same position, and scattered assymmetrically upon and around it about 16 deep black spots of varying size. Epigynum black, region about it yellowish. Spinnerets brown. — Chelicera black, mazille and labium dark reddish-brown like the ventral surface of the cove. Legs light chocolate-brown without darker markings, the dorsal surface of the cox black. Comparisons. —A well-defined species, agreeing with Hentz’s description and figures. The specimens labeled by Stone ‘* pune- twlata’’ and described as such by him are individuals of L. seutu- lata in which the dorso-median band of the abdomen is not notched posteriorly. 11, Lycosa scutulata Hentz, (Pl. XXIX, figs. 15, 16.) Lycosa scutulata Hentz, 1841. Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Emerton, 1885. Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Marx, 1889. Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Stone, 1890. Lycosa punctulata Hentz, Stone, 1890. Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Banks, 1892. (Numerous specimens from Philadelphia, Chester county, York Furnace, Pa.; Pt. Pleasant, N. J.) Eyes,-—First row shorter than the second, the Jateral eyes con- siderably lower than the middle. Eyes of second row largest, less than their diameter apart. Third row widest, its eyes nearer second row than each other. Dorsal eye area about one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Cephalothorax narrow, in front not quite half its greatest transverse diameter, highest at the posterior eyes. Sides of head rather steep. Chelicera slightly more than 1} times as long as the head is high in front. Sternum longer than broad. Legs long and rather slender. 504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August, Dimensions. —Length of cephalothorax, 7, 7 mm.; 2, 7.5 mm. Length of abdomen, 3, 8 mm.; 2, 13 mm. Length of first leg, #', 28 mm.; 2, 25 mm. Length of second leg, 3, 25 mm.; 2, 23 mm. Length of third leg, &, 23 mm.; 2, 20 mm. Length of fourth leg, @, 33 mm.; 2, 31 mm. Color in Life, 2. Cephalothorax pale grayish-buff, a brown- black broad band on each side of the mid-line enclosing in front the eyes of the corresponding side and passing back to the end of the thorax, the buff line enclosed by these stripes much narrower than them and widest posteriorly; a narrow brown-black sub- marginal line, and a black vertical stripe from each lateral eye of the first row to the ventral margin of the head in front. Sternum pale yellowish with a darker margin. Abdomen above with a black-brown broad median band extending its whole length and widest at the middle, this band generally enclosing two or three oblique brown spots anteriorly and its margins indented by brown more posteriorly (though in some individuals such indentations are not present), and margined on each side by a narrower buff band: sides streaked black-brown and buff above, paler yellow with a few dark spots below; venter grayish-white with one or two pairs of narrow, longitudinal, slightly darker lines converging from the lung books to the spinnerets. Spinnerets dark, epigynum blackish, lung books grayish-white. Chelicera pale-brown with a reddish prominence at the supero-lateral angle, and a line of darker hairs anteriorly. Labiwn a paler brown, and maville yellowish. Legs pale-brown, darker below than above, metatarsi of all a little darker, as also the distal ends of the tibia and tarsus of the fourth pair. —Palpi colored like legs. In alcohol the dark-colored stripes appear dark reddish-brown, the legs reddish, and the buff and brown of the abdomen yellowish. Color in Life, 3.—Similar to the 2 except in following points: The anterior half of the medio-dorsal stripe of the abdomen a deep black; ihe first leg black on femur (almost whole extent ventrally, the distal half dorsally), patella, tibia and proximal two-thirds of the tarsus. Comparisons.—A clearly marked species, easily distinguished 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELVHIA, 059 from LZ. punctulata, with which it has sometimes been confounded, in both form and coloration. 12. Lycosa cinerea (Fabr.) (Pl. XXIX, figs. 17, 18). Araneus cinereus Fabricius, 1793. Lycosa cinerea Fabr., Emerton, 1885. Lycosa lynx Hahn, 1831. Lycosa halodroma C. Koch, 1848. Arctosa cinerea Idem. Arctosa lynx Idem. Trochosa cinerea Fabr., Marx, 1889. Trochosa cinerea (Fab.) Stone, 1890. Lycosa maritima Hentz, 1841, (Pt. Pleasant, Sea Isle, N. J.) Eyes.—First row as broad as the second, or the centres of its lateral eyes more lateral than the centres of the lateral eyes of the second row, its middle eyes from 14 to 14 times as large as the lateral. Eyes of second row largest, not quite their diameter apart, separated from the first row by the diameter of a lateral eye of the latter. Third row widest, its eyes a little nearer second row than each other. Dorsal eye area about one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax. Form. —Cephalothorax comparatively wide, its highest point a little anterior to the dorsal groove. Head Jow in front, height of forehead from the dorsal margins of the second eyes less than one- half the length of the chelicera, Legs slender. Sternum longer than wide. Epigynum very small, as also the tarsal joint of the @ palpus. Spinnerets long. Dimensions (specimens from Pt. Pleasant ).--Length of cephalo- thorax, 3, 6.5 mm.; 2, 6.5 mm. Length of abdomen, o’, 6.6 mm.; 2, 9.5 mm. Length of first lez, 7, 19 mm.; 2, 20 mm. Length of second leg, o, 18.8 mm.; 2, 18 mm. Length of third leg, J, 18.6 mm.; 2, 18.8 mm. Length of fourth leg, 3, 25.7 mm.; 2, 25.5 mm. Dimensions of S from Sea Isle.—Length of cephalothorax, 5 mm. Length of abdomen, 5 mm. Length of first lez, 15 mm. Length of second leg, 14.8 mm. Lenth of third leg, 13.9 mm. Length of fourth leg, 20 mm. 556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, Color in Life (3 from Sea Isle).—Cephalothorax marked intri- cately with white, gray-brown and black, as follows: Head white with a short black line passing downward and backward from each posterior eye; a broad dorsal area of white margined with grayish- brown and black in interdigitating patches; sides mainly white interrupted with grayish-brown lines, the extreme margin blackish. Sternum pale green. Abdomen with a medio-dorsal stripe of gray on the anterior half interruptedly margined with black, and on each side of the mid-line extending back to the spinnerets a row of 6-7 white spots margined with black and brownish; sides above white with black spots, below entirely white; venter immaculate white, Jung books faint yellow, spinnerets greenish-brown. Che- licera black with long white hairs on the anterior surface, and a pale prominence at the supero-lateral angle. Labium black. Maxille pale brownish. Legs white with distinct brownish annula- tions and blotches on all joints except upon the brownish metatarsi, and more distinct above than below. Palpi colored like the legs, but the tarsi blackish. The females are colored like the males. Comparisons.— The form here described is very probably the same as Hentz’s Lycosa maritima. Whether it exactly agrees with the European Z. cinerea I cannot decide from the descriptions of the authors, and have not had opportunity to see for myself speci- mens from Europe. If they should eventually prove not to be the same then Hentz’s name would be applicable. Banks (1891) regards maritima Hentz as a synonym of cinerea (Fabr. ). The single & I obtained at Sea Isle differs from ‘the ¢'c in the Stone collection from Pt. Pleasant in its much smaller size, and in that the first row of eyes is placed exactly upon the front edge of the head and not removed from it by a distance equaling the diameter of its smaller eyes. It is possible there may be two geographical varieties on the New Jersey coast. 18. Lycosa carolinensis Walck. (Pl. XXIX, figs. 19, 20.) Lycosa tarentula carolinensis Walckenaer (Bosc. MSS.), 1837. Lycosa (Tarentula) Carolinensis? Bosc. M.S., Hentz, 1841. Lycosa carolinensis Hentz, Emerton, 1885. > Lycosa carolinensis Walck., Marx, 1889. Lycosa carolinensis Walck., Stone, 1890. (Specimens from Chester county, Pa., and Essex county, N. J.) Eyes.—First row almost as broad as the second, the lateral larger than the middle eyes and slightly lower. Eyes of second 1902. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557 row largest, circular, not quite their diameter apart. Third row wider than the second, the distance between its eyes considerably greater than the distance separating them from the second row. Dorsal eye area not more than one-sixth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front a little more than one-half its greatest transverse diameter. Sides of the head steep. Chelicera less than twice the height of the head in front, massive. Sternum longer than broad. Legs stout, thickly covered with short hairs Dimensions.—Length of cephalothorax, o, 11 mm.; &, 12.5 mm. Length of abdomen, 3, 9 mm.; 2, 11 mm. Length of first leg, o’, 36 mm.; 2, 35 mm. Length of second leg, o', 33 mm.; 2, 32 mm. Length of third leg, &', 29 mm.; 2, 30 mm. Length of fourth leg, 3, 40 mm.; 2, 40 mm. Color in Alcohol, °.—Cephalothorax above dark reddish-brown without distinct markings, blackish around the eyes. Sternum black. Abdomen above dull brown, a median darker (sometimes indistinct) broad band on the anterior half, this band widest ante- riorly and terminating bluntly at the middle; sides above like the dorsum, below yellowish-brown; whole venter behind the lung books black, epigynwm reddish-brown as the spinnerets. Chelicera reddish-brown with black and orange hairs anteriorly and a bright red prominence at the supero-lateral angle. Labiwm and maxille black or deep reddish-brown with lighter tips. Legs dull reddish- brown, ventral surface of the coxze black, and each joint with darker ends. Palpi reddish-brown. Comparisons.— This is one of the few of Walckenaer’s species which can be recognized with some certainty. 14, Lycosa inhonesta (Keys.). (Pl XXIX, figs. 21, 22. Tarentula inhonesta Keyserling, 1876. Tarentula tigrina McCook, 1878. (Not valid as a diagnosis. ) Lycosa vulpina Emerton, 1885. - Lycosa tigrina (McCook), Stone, 1890. Lycosa vulpina Emerton, Banks, 1892. (Several specimens of both sexes from Chester county, Pa.; 1 2 from Vineland, N. J., labeled{in the handwriting of Dr. McCook, «« Tarentula tigrina,’’ may be his type. ) 558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, Eyes. —Fivst row slightly wider than the second, the lateral eyes slightly lower and slightly smaller. Eyes of the second row largest, not quite their diameter apart. Third row widest, its eyes circular and farther from each other than from the second row. All eyes very small for the size of the spider. Dorsal eye area less than one-seventh the length of the cephalothorax. Form. —Massive. Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front slightly more than one-half its greatest diameter. Sides of head moderately oblique. Length of the chelicera more than twice the height of the head in front. Sternum about as broad as long. Legs stout, thickly covered with hairs. Dimensions.—Length of cephalothorax, ¢’, 9.2 mm.; &, 12.8 mm. Length ot abdomen, co’, 8.8 mm.:; 2, 12 mm. Length of first leg, 7, 33 mm.; 2, 32 mm. Length of second leg, 3, 31 mm.; 2, 30.5 mm. Length of third leg, @, 29 mm.; 2, 28 mm. Length of fourth leg, 07, 35 mm.; 2, 37 mm. Color in Alcohol, °.—Cephalothorax above deep blackish- brown, in smaller individuals reddish-brown, a more or less distinct paler, very narrow median stripe from the middle eyes to the dorsal groove, a similar line on each side of the dorsal groove joining with its fellow to form an unpaired one posteriorly; there is also an indistinct and broader light submarginal band. Sternum blackish or deep brown. Abdomen above black in dark indi- viduals, in light ones with a pale spot at the anterior end of the dorsum; sides somewhat lighter; venter blackish in very dark individuals, yellowish-brown in lighter ones, with generally three longitudinal black bands converging backward toward the spinnerets (each line sometimes a row of spots) and with small black spots. Chelicera thickly covered with black hairs. Labiwm and mazille black. Legs deep reddish-brown, blackish in dark individuals, in lighter ones clearly annulated on all the joints except the metatarsi, these annulations indistinct but discernible in dark individuals; ventral surface of cox black in dark individuals. Pa/pi colored like the legs. The oo are colored like the lighter 22. In one o& the black stripes on the venter are very distinct, in another the venter shows only small black spots on a yellowish-brown ground. 1902.] "NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559 Comparisons.-—These specimens agree so closely with Keyser- ling’s description that I have no hesitation in regarding MeCook’s tigrina and Emerton’s vulpina as synonyms of inhonesta. My specimens do not agree with Keyserling’s description exactly in the form of the epigynum, but that organ shows considerable variation ; Keyserling also states the length of the cephalothorax to be only 8.7 mm., and does not describe any light median thoracal band. But he adds: ‘‘ In meiner Sammlung besitze ich mehrere Exem- plare, die angeblich aus Brasilien stammen, ober vollstindig mit dieser Art tibereinstimmen, sie sind nur betrichtlich grésser und haben ein ganz schmales Mittelband iiber den vorderen Theil des Cephalothorax, das yon hellen Hiirchen gebildet wird und bis zur zweiten Augenreihe reicht.’’ This species is similar in general appearance to L. carolinensis, its dark individuals particularly so, but they may be readily dis- tinguished by the relative sizes of the eyes of the first row. 15. Lycosa nidicola Emerton. (Pl. XXIX, figs. 23, 24.) Lycosa nidicola Emerton, 1885. Lycosa nidicola Emerton, Marx, 1889. Lycoea nidicola Emerton, Stone, 1890. Lycosa nidicola Emerton, Banks, 1892. Lycosa babingtoni Blackw., Banks, 1891. (Numerous specimens from Chester county, Lancaster county, York county, Pa.; Pt. Pleasant, N. J.) Eyes. — First row nearly as broad as the second, straight or the lateral eyes slightly higher, middle eyes decidedly larger. Eyes of the second row largest, fully their diameter apart. Third row broadest, its eyes farther from each other than from the second row. Dorsal eye area about one-sixth the length of the cephalo- thorax. Form.—Cephalothorax in front not quite one-half its greatest transverse diameter, highest at posterior eyes. Head oblique on the sides. Length of chelicera about 14 times the height of the head in front. Sternum longer than broad. Legs stout, well clothed with short hairs. Dimensions of specimens from Chester county, Pa.— Length of cephalothorax, 3, 6.8 mm.; 2, 8.6 mm. Length of abdomen, co’, 5mm.; ¢, 11 mm. Length of first leg, J, 24 mm.; 2, 24 mm. Length of second leg, &, 21.5 mm.; 2, 21.5 mm. 560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, Length of the third leg, &, 20 mm.; 2, 21.5 mm. Length of fourth leg, &, 27 mm.; 2, 29 mm. Dimensions of the largest of several 22 in the McCook collec- tion, from an unknown locality in Pennsylyania.—Length of cephalothorax, 9.2 mm. Length of abdomen, 10.5 mm. Length of first leg, 24 mm. Length of second leg, 23 mm. Length of third leg, 22.5 mm. Length of fourth leg, 31 mm. Color in Life, 2.—Cephalothorax above black, a very narrow brownish-buff’ median band extending from the anterior to the posterior eye-row, and continued as a somewhat broader band backward to the end of the thorax; a broader submarginal band of the same color, and some scattered buff hairs on the sides. Sternum deep black. Abdomen above deep dusky-brown, but not as dark as the cephalothorax, a black spot at each antero-lateral margin, between these and bounding them a light V-shaped mark. with its apex directed cephalad, and diverging backward from the limbs of this mark a series of indistinct small light spots, some of them connected by transverse lines of the same color; sides deep blackish with numerous short streaks of buff-brown; venter pale brown anterior to lung slits, margins of the Jatter and a spot at the posterior edge of the epigynum black, behind the gill slits buff- brown with numerous small black spots that become confluent at the spinnerets, the larger of them arranged mainly in three narrow lines converging toward spinnerets. Margins of epigynwm black. Spinnerets reddish-brown. Chelicera brownish-black, a red promi- nence at the supero-lateral angle. Labiwn and maxilla black. Legs brown with indistinct buff annulations on the femora, patelle and tibie; ventral surface of coxe black. Palpi brown like the legs, with very indistinct annulations. The oo are colored very much like the 22, but are somewhat more distinctly marked. The cephalothorax of one alcoholic speci- men has a short narrow buff band on each side parallel to the median stripe and extending from the posterior eyes to the middle of the cephalothorax. The sternum has sometimes a pale median line. The abdomen above dark brown with a broad black median band extending to behind the middle, and a pair of marginal 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561 bands of the same color extending to the spinnerets; the spots on the venter are often arranged very irregularly. Comparisons.—A_ well-marked species. Banks (1891) con- siders it to be synonymie with L. babingtoni Blackw. I cannot agree with this conclusion, for though the coloration of the two is quite similar, babingtoni is described as haying a thoracal length of two-fifths of an inch (a little more than 10 mm.), whereas the largest specimen I have seen of nidicola has a thoracal length of only 9.2 mm.; and in babingtoni the fourth leg is actually and proportionately shorter. Emerton mentions 9 mm. as the length of the cephalothorax in his specimens of nidicola, and presumably this is the measurement of his largest specimen. These are not great differences, but it is necessary to examine Canadian specimens of babingtoni before the identity of the two may be regarded as well established. 16. Lycosa baltimoriana (Keys.) (Pl. X XIX, fig. 25). Tarentula Baltimoriana Keyserling, 1876. Tarentula baltimoriana Keys., Marx, 1889. (1 3, Maryland, McCook Coll. ) Eyes.—First row slightly broader than the second, its lateral eyes lower and less than half as large as its middle eyes. Eyes of second row largest, not quite their diameter apart. Third row broadest, its eyes farther from each other than from the second row. Dorsal eye area less than one-sixth the length of the cephalo- thorax. Form.—Cephalothorax low for its diameter, head broad in front, and its sides rather oblique. Length of chelicera more than double the height of the head in front. Sternum longer than broad. Legs stout and hairy. Dimensions. Length of cephalothorax, 9 mm, Length of abdomen, 7.5 mm. Length of first leg, 31 mm. Length of second leg, 28.5 mm. Length of third leg, 26 mm. Length of fourth !eg, 33 mm. Color in Alcohol.—Cephalothorax reddish-brown, a narrow white median line in the eye area, a lighter reddish area from the eyes to the dorsal groove and from the latter in radiations to the sides, the reddish and the darker reddish-brown there intergrad- 36 562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, ing, extreme margin black. Sternwn black. Abdomen above light-brown with grayish-white markings that form a large spot at each antero-lateral angle, a pair of large spots just anterior to the middle, and a series of four broad, zigzag arches across the posterior dorsum; the brown forms on the anterior half of the dorsum a median band that ends posteriorly notched. Sides gray, streaked posteriorly with oblique brown stripes. Venter yellowish-gray, with a broad transverse band of deep chocolate- brown extending across its entire width and from the lung slits in front almost to the spinnerets behind. Spinnerets yellowish-brown. Chelicera deep reddish-brown with pale yellow hairs superiorly, the supero-lateral prominence also deep reddish-brown. Labium black, macille a little lighter. Legs clear reddish-brown, tarsi and meta- tarsi of the first and second darker, patellee of all legs dark-brown beneath, coxee below nearly as dark as the patelle, indistinct dark rings on the femora. Compuarisons.—This specimen agrees perfectly with Keyserling’s description, except that it is a little larger. ; 17. Lycosa lepida (Keys.). (Pl. XXIX, figs. 26, 27.) Tarentula lepida Keyserling, 1876. Lycosa communis Emerton, 1885. Lycosa communis Emerton, Marx, 1889. Tarentula lepida Keys., Marx, 1889. Lycosa communis Emerton, Stone, 1890. Lycosa communis Emerton, Banks, 1892. 2? Lycosa lenta Hentz, 1841, ? Lycosa erratica Hentz, 1841. (Numerous specimens from Philadelphia, Chester county, York Furnace, Pa.; Pt. Pleasant, N. J.) Eyes. —First row much shorter than the second, its lateral eyes slightly lower. Eyes of the second row more than their diameter apart, not larger than those of the third row. Third row widest, its eyes nearer the second row than each other. Dorsal eye area not more than one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Cephalothorax narrow, in front less than one-half its greatest transverse.diameter, equally high at the middle and at the third pair of eyes, Sternum longer than broad. Chelicera mas- sive, their length nearly twice the height of the head in front. Legs rather slender. Dimensions. — Length of cephalothorax, 3’, 5.2 mm.; &, 4 mm. (oy) 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 56 Length of abdomen, 3’, 5.2 mm.; 2, 8.5 mm. Length of first lee, 7, 19 mm.; 2, 19 mm. Length of second leg, 3, 17 mm.; 2, 18 mm. Length of third leg, %, 16.5 mm.; 2, 17.2 mm. Length of fourth leg, ¢, 23 mm.; 2, 23.3 mm. These are dimensions of unusually large individuals. In the same locality occur mature 9 2 with a cephalothoracal length of only 5.5 mm, Color in Life, S.—Cephalothorax above black, a grayish-brown median band from the posterior eyes to the end of the cephalo- thorax, a broader marginal band of the same color divided longi- tudinally in its anterior half by a black stripe, the ventral margin of the forehead and the space between the second eyes also gray ; all these grayish markings are due to long hairs. Sternwm nearly black, covered with grayish-brown hairs. Abdomen black on its anterior declivity, a broad light band extends on the dorsum from the anterior end nearly to the spinnerets where it ends in a point, this band buff-brown anteriorly and nearly white at its posterior end; in the anterior half of this band is a dark-brown mark edged with black and terminating bluntly at the middle of the dorsum, and on each side of the median light band is a row of large black spots; the sides are buff above and gray below; the venter nearly white with two black stripes diverging from the spinnerets forward, and each at its anterior end (just behind the lung slits) deflected mediad at a right angle so as almost to meet its fellow of the oppo- site side. Spinnerets reddish-brown, blackish at base. Chelicera almost black, with buff hairs anteriorly and a light prominence at the supero-lateral angle. Labiwm black. Maxille brown. Legs yellowish-brown with buff hairs on the femora, shorter white hairs elsewhere, the latter thickly grouped on the tarsi and metatarsi of the first and second legs. Palpi colored like legs. The 2 2 are colored somewhat less brightly than the jd’. The coloration is quite variable in this species. Sometimes the dark stripe included in the pale median band of the abdomen is lacking. The coloration of the venter is particularly variable; in four specimens the yventer from the epigynum to the spinnerets is en- tirely black with no buff markings; in four others there is a pair of buff spots in the black; two others have one large buff spot in the venter; others have the black in the shape of a U on a light ground, All these colorations are found in the same locality. 564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, Comparisons.—There are two of Hentz’s species which may be referred with considerable uncertainty to this one, namely denta and erratica ; but in my opinion his figures, and still more his descrip- tions, give too inadequate a diagnosis (compare Banks, 1891). 18. Lycosa nigraurata 0.sp. (Pl. XXX, fig. 53.) (1 &, type, Medford, Burlington county, N. J., Stone Coll.) Eyes.—First row shorter than the second, straight, its middle eyes slightly larger. Eyes of second row fully their diameter apart. Third row broadest, its eyes largest and considerably nearer the second row than each other. Dorsal eye area less than one- sixth the length of the cephalothorax, Form.—Cephalothorax in front not quite one-half its greatest transverse. diameter, highest behind the middle, rather low and flat. Sides of head rather oblique. Chelicera about twice the length of the height of the head in front. Sternum distinctly longer than broad. Legs rather stout. Dimensions.—Length of cephalothorax, 5.3 mm. Length of abdomen, 5.3 mm. Length of first leg, 18 mm. Length of second leg, 16.6 mm. Length of third leg, 16 mm. Length of fourth leg, 22 mm. Color in Aleohol.—Cephalothorax with a dull orange, broad median stripe extending from the second row of eyes to the poste- rior end of the thorax, constricted slightly just anterior to dorsal groove. widest around and narrowed behind this groove, and contain- ing anteriorly a pair of elongate black spots; on each side of this median band a black stripe extending from the posterior eye to the end of the thorax, narrowest anteriorly and its greater diameter not equaling that of the median band; a broad submarginal band of dull orange, interrupted by bands of black radiating from the black stripe; extreme margin of thorax with alternating orange and black; forehead dull orange, a large black spot at the ventral margin of each side of the head. Sternum pale yellowish-brown with a narrow blackish margin. Abdomen above dark yellowish- brown, a deep black band arises at each antero-lateral margin and is continued back to about the middle, and behind each of these bands some small black spots, one pair of which, about the middle of the posterior half of the dorsum, is particularly prominent; . 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565 sides lighter than the dorsum, finely mottled with buff and brown; venter with a broad blackish area (its lateral margins deep black ) extending from just behind the lung books to the spinnerets, the region of the genital orifice deep brown, the Jung books yellow. Chelicera almost black, witha pale prominence at the supero-lateral angle, and covered anteriorly with both black and yellow hairs. Labium black proximally, yellow distally; mazille yellowish. Legs above pale reddish-brown, indistinct mottlings of blackish on all the femora and on the fourth tibis, coxse and femora of all much paler below. Palpi like the legs, except that the tarsus is almost black. Comparisons. —This species differs from purcelli n. sp., frondicola Emerton, and kochit (Keyserling ), to all of which it shows resem- blances, in the posterior eyes being the largest, in the propor- tionately and absolutely larger size of the palpal organ, and in the black stripes on the cephalothorax. 19. Lycosa frondicola Emerton. (Pl. XXX, figs. 28, 29.) Lycosa frondicola Emerton, 1885. Lycosa frondicola Emerton, Marx, 1889. Lycosa frondicola Emerton, Stone, 1890. Lycosa frondicola Emerton, Banks, 1892. (Specimens from Philadelphia, Pa ; Pt. Pleasant, N. J.) Eyes.—First row fully as broad as the second, the lateral eyes slightly higher than the middle, the middle eyes approximated. Eyes of second row largest, their diameter apart. Third row broadest, its eyes nearer the second row than each other. Dorsal eye area less than one-sixth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Cephalothorax rather narrow, in front more than one- half its greatest transverse diameter, flat above, highest between the posterior eyes and the dorsal groove. Sides of head moder- ately oblique. Chelicera massive, their length more than twice the height of the head in front. Sternum longer than broad. Legs stout, thickly covered with short hairs. Dimensions.—Length of cephalothorax, <@%, 6.1 mm.; 2, 6.2 mm. Length of abdomen, 3, 5.5 mm.; 2, 8 5 mm. Length of first leg, &, 20 mm.; 2, 15.5 mm. Length of second leg, %, 17 mm.; 2, 14 mm. Length of third leg, 0, 16 mm.; 2, 15 mm. Length of fourth leg, 3’, 23 mm.; 2, 18 mm. 566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, Color in Alcohol, 2.—Cephalothorax dark reddish-brown, a broad median band of yellowish-brown (with white hairs) from the posterior eyes to the posterior end of the thorax, a narrow marginal line of white hairs, posterior eyes surrounded by black, sometimes an indistinct light submarginal band. Abdomen above brown or yellowish-brown, a pair of small black spots on the ante- rior third of the dorsum near the mid-line, a large black spot at each antero-lateral margin of the dorsum continued caudad as an indistinct. blackish band; sides lighter brown; venter yellowish with a broad blackish area extending from the epigynum to the spinnerets and not sharply bounded laterally, and indistinct black- ish spots in the lateral yellow area. Sternum reddish-brown with black hairs. Chelicera black or reddish-black, with a black prominence at the supero-lateral angle. Labium blackish. Max- ille blackish with yellow distal ends. Legs reddish-brown, with no distinet darker markings. Palpi colored like legs. The oS are colored similarly, but darker. The abdomen aboye is more grayish, with the black markings more distinct. The legs - also are darker than in the 2, and with darker markings on the femora. Comparison. —Compare Lycosa purcelli n. sp. 20. Lycosa Purcelli n.sp. (Pl. XXX, figs. 30, 31.) ? Lycosa kochii Keyserling, Emerton, 1885. Lycosa kochit Keyserling, Stone, 1890. Tarentula kochii Keys., Marx, 1889 (in parte). ? Lycosa kochi Keys., Banks, 1892. nec Tarentula Kochii Keyserling, 1876. (Types in Stone Coll., 2 from Philadelphia, % from Pt. Pleasant, N. J.; other specimens from Philadelphia and Chester county, Pa.; Waterford, N. J.) Eyes. —First row shorter than the second, lateral eyes slightly lower, middle eyes nearer the lateral than each other; eyes of the second row largest, about their diameter apart; third row broadest, its eyes a little farther from each other than from the eyes of the second row. Dorsal eye area about one-sixth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Cephalothorax flattened above, highest behind the mid- dle, in front nearly one-half its greatest transverse diameter. Head low in front and its sides rather oblique | Chelicera massive, 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567 their length more than twice the height of the head in front. Sternum distinctly longer than broad. Legs comparatively stout. Dimensions of types. —Length of cephalothorax, 7, 6 mm.; °, 7 mm. Length of abdomen, 3, 5 mm.; 2, 6.5 mm. Length of first leg, 7, 18 mm.; 2, 20 mm. Length of second leg, %, 17.3 mm.; 2, 18 mm. Length of third leg, #7, 15 mm.; 2, 17.5 mm. Length of fourth leg, 7, 21 mm.; 2, 24.5 mm. The smallest mature 2 has the following dimensions: Cephalo- thorax, 5.6 mm. ; abdomen, 6 mm.; first leg, 16 mm.; second leg, 14.5 mm. ; third leg, 14 mm. ; fourth leg, 20 mm. Color in Life, dark 2.—Cephalothorax blackish-brown, with paler brown hairs, these forming a broad median brown band which becomes narrower posteriorly and extends from the eyes of the second row to the posterior end of the thorax, at each side of its posterior portion (on the posterior declivity of the thorax) a large triangular black spot; all the hairs are short except those between the eyes. Sternwm nearly black, with brownish hairs. Abdomen above buff-brown with no distinct pattern except a pair of black spots at the anterior margin, and an indistinct blackish line along the margins of the dorsum; sides paler, yellowish-buff ; yenter rich buff with numerous small black spots, most abundant at each lateral margin where they form an indistinct longitudinal stripe. Epigynum black. Lang books yellowish. Chelicera, labium and maville almost black with lighter tips. Legs ferrugi- nous, the femora with buff annulations, and all joints sparsely covered with pale brownish hairs; ventral surface of the tarsi and metatarsi of the first and second pairs, and to less degree the meta- tarsi of the third and fourth pairs, paler owing to scopule of very short, whitish hairs. _Pa/pi colored like legs. Color in Alcohol, 2 2.—Cephalothorax light to dark brownish- yellow, the median band pale orange. Sternuwm and coxe yellowish. Abdomen above yellowish-brown, darker than the cephalo- thorax, the black markings quite distinct; sides mottled yellow and brown; venter brownish-yellow, a row of small brown spots on either side, and in the middle either a dark area or a pair of rows of small brown spots converging from the epigynum to the spin- nerets. Epigynum dark-brown. Chelicera reddish-brown, maz- 568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, ille and labiwm lighter. Legs yellowish-brown, without darker markings or with them on the femora only. Color in Alcohol, &o%.—Cephalothorax reddish-brown, the extreme margin black, a broad reddish median band of the same shape as in the , and in the region of the median groove radia- tions of the same color from it toa broad submarginal band com- posed of whitish hairs. Sternwm reddish-brown, with darker margin and black hairs. Abdomen above brown, a black stripe on either margin extending from the anterior end to behind the middle, and behind each of these stripes one or two dark spots; sides brownish; venter darker brown, lighter anterior to the lung slits. Chelicera black. Labiwm black at base only. Mazille clear reddish-brown, like the core. Legs reddish-brown. Palpi colored like the legs, the tarsus darker. Comparisons. —This species is very similar to Lycosa kochii Keys. in general coloration, dimensions and form. I have decided to separate them on the ground of the differences in the form of the epigynum. Keyserling’s figure shows the epigynum rounded ante- ~ riorly, the swollen portion of the median piece very large, and this median portion with a deep groove on each side of it. In all the specimens of puwrced/i, on the other hand, the epigynum is conically pointed anteriorly, the swollen portion of the median piece is less than half the length of this piece, there is not a deep groove all around the median piece, and the marginal pieces are quite different in form from those represented in Keyserling’s figure. Emerton has figured only a portion of the epigynum, so that I cannot decide whether he described kochii or purcelli ; and Banks has not given any description. In general coloration this species is very similar to LZ. frondicola Emerton, and some males of purcelli are as dark on the venter as the males of frondicola. The epigyna and & palpi offer good diagnostic differences, and the cephalothorax is more slender in frondicola. I dedicate this species to my old friend, Dr. W. F. Purcell, of the South African Museum, Capetown, who has written much of importance on the morphology and classification of different groups of the Arachnida. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569 Genus PARDOSA C. Koch. The following key will aid in determining the species here described : A.—Sternum darker than the coxe. I.—Light markings on the posterior half of the dorsum of the abdomen usually distinct, o palpus black on all the joints, . - . nigropalpis. I.—Light markings | on the posterior haif of the dorsum of the abdomen indistinet, the eaeatee of the o palpus white, . Sn mn TILLTULING = B.—Sternum not darker than the coxe. I.—Median light band of the cephalothorax bordered by black bands, . . seita. II.—Median light band of the cephalothoras: not bordered by black bands, . . . . 5 6 6 og) Baling 21. Pardosa nigropalpis Emerton. (Pl. XXX, figs. 32-34.) Pardosa nigropalpis Emerton, 1885. Pardosa nigropalpis Emerton, Marx, 1889. Pardosa nigropalpis Emerton, Stone, 1890. Pardosa nigropalpis Emerton, Banks, 1892. (Numerous specimens from Philadelphia, Chester county, Lan- easter county, Pa.; Pt. Pleasant, N. J.) Eyes.—First row shorter than second, its lateral eyes slightly higher. Eyes of the second row more than their diameter apart. Third row broadest, its eyes slightly smaller than those of the second row, and almost as far from each other as from the second row. Dorsal eye area fully one-quarter the length of the cephalo- thorax. Form.—Cephalothorax in front less than one-half its greatest transverse diameter, highest at the third pair of eyes, sides of the head vertical. Chelicera barely as long as the head is high in front, weak. Sternum distinctly longer than broad. Legs slender with long spines and few hairs. Superior spinnerets longer than the inferior. Dimensions. — Length of cephalothorax, %, 2.2 mm.; 8, 2.4 mm. Length of abdomen, o, 2.2 mm.; @, 2.5 mm. Length of first lez, 7, 7 mm.; 2, 8.2 mm. Length of second leg, 3, 6.6 mm.; 2, 7.2 mm. Length of third leg, 3, 6.2 mm.; 2, 7.2 mm. Length of fourth leg, #, 10 mm.; &, 12.1 mm. 570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August, Color in Life, 2.—Cephalothorax black, with a median brown band that commences anteriorly at the posterior eyes and there is nearly as broad as the eye area, is constricted a little before the middle, enlarges again around the dorsal groove but is narrowed behind it; there is a less distinct narrow submarginal brown band on the sides posteriorly, and brown on the sides of the head. Sternum black with white hairs and a lighter median line. Abdo- men above with a large black spot at each antero-lateral margin, a yellowish-brown broad median band on the anterior third continued back to the spinnerets as a narrower and less distinct brown band, and on the sides of it black and brown mottlings; sides brown and whitish; venter blackish-brown behind the epigynum, lung books bright yellow, epigynum black. Inferior spinnerets darker than the superior. Chelicera and labium black with a brownish tinge, maxille lighter. Legs distinctly annulated brown and blackish on all joints, except the metatarsi. Palpi colored like the legs. Color in Alcohol, 2 2°.—Cephalothorax blackish, a broad sub- marginal yellow band continuous posteriorly with that of the other _ side, median band yellow; eye area dark, but forehead light. Sternum in dark individuals black, in others black with yellow spots, or dark-brown with a yellow median line. Abdomen above blackish-brown mottled with minute yellowish dots, a yellow median stripe (margined by black) on the anterior half and ending in a point anterior to the middle, and behind it a series of 5-6 trans- verse, broad yellowish arches extending to the spinnerets, each edged broadly with black anteriorly, and each containing a pair of small black dots; in some individuals these arches are very dis- tinct, in others barely apparent, and they are clearer on alcoholic than on liying specimens; sides streaked with brownish-yellow and blackish; venter yellowish or brownish, sometimes with an indis- tinct darker longitudinal band (or a pair of darker lines) behind the epigynum. Lung books yellow. Epigynum yellowish with brownish-red margins. Spinnerets yellow. Legs yellow, banded more or less distinctly with brown. Color in Alcohol, 3'3.—Like the 9, but darker. Cephalo- thorax black, the yellowish median band extending forward, some- times little farther than the dorsal grooye, sometimes nearly as far as the posterior eyes, it is widest at its anterior end and constricted as in the 2; an indistinct yellowish submarginal band is sometimes » 2 6 aes 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571 present; forehead below the first row of eyes yellowish, or black with two or three yellow spots. Sternwn black. Abdomen above blackish, patterned as in the @; sides blackish; venter as in the 2. Legs as in the 2, except that the femora of the first pair are blackish proximally on the anterior edge. Padpi black on all the joints. Comparisons —-A distinctly variable form, particularly in the coloration of the abdomen and in the form of the epigynum, two types of which 1 have tigured. Females with the abdominal mark- ings obscure are often difficult to distinguish from females of L. minima, though the males of the two are readily separated. It is the most abundant local species of the family. 22. Pardosa minima (Keys.), (PI. XXX, figs. 35, 36.) Lycosa minima Keyserling, 1876. Pardosa albopatella Emerton, 1885. Lycosa minima Keyserling, Marx, 1889. Pardosa albopatella Emerton, Marx, 1889. Pardosa albopatella Emerton, Stone, 1890. Pardosa albopatella Emerton, Banks, 1892. Pardosa minima Keys., Banks, 1891. (A few specimens from Philadelphia and Luzerne county, Pa. ) Eyes. —First row shorter than the second, its lateral eyes slightly higher. Eyes of second row largest, more than 14 times their diameter apart. Third row a little broader than the second, its eyes farther from each other than from the second row. Dorsal eye area one-quarter the lengih of the cephalothorax., Form. —Cephalothorax flattened above, highest at third pair of eyes, in front not quite one-half its greatest transverse diameter, sides of head steep. Chelicera weak, little longer than the head is high in front. Sternum longer than broad. Legs slender with rather long spines and few hairs. Dimensions. — Length of cephalothorax, 3, 2.3 mm.; 2.4 mm. Length of abdomen, 3, 2.3 mm.; 2, 2.5 mm. Length of first leg, J, 7 mm.; 2, 75 mm. Length of second leg, 3, 6.5 mm.; 2, 6.6 mm. Length of third leg, 3, 6.5 mm.; 2, 6.7 mm. Length of fourth leg, 3, 10 mm.; 2, 10.5 mm. Color in Alcohol, 33.—Cephalothorax black, a rather narrow, pale median stripe arising behind the posterior eyes, broadest in front of and narrowed behind the median groove; a submarginal 572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (August, broad band of the same color, not extending to the head; forehead below the anterior eyes pale, with a black mark above each of the chelicera. Sternum black, sometimes with a narrow median pale stripe. Abdomen aboye gray, a yellow median band ending in a point anterior to the middle, and very indistinct yellowish trans- verse stripes behind it; sides gray; venter yellowish-brown, region of genital orifice black and a black median line continuing back from it to about the middle of the venter, and on each margin a row of small black dots. Lang books and spinnerets yellow. Chelicera mainly black, labium black, mawille yellow. Legs: First lee with the femur blackish above and below and with yellow distal end, the other joints yellow; second leg with the femur reddish-brown and blackish on its anterior edge only, the other joints yellow; third and fourth legs with the femora reddish-brown and the other joints yellowish; there is a dark spot on the upper surface of each coxa, but no annulations on the legs. Palpi black, except that the patella is white, and the distal end of the tarsus yellowish above. Color in Alcohol, 2 °.—Cephalothorax very dark reddish-brown, black between the eyes, a yellowish median stripe arising between the posterior eyes (where it is broadest), constricted anterior to and narrowed behind the dorsal groove, and dentate laterally on the sides of this groove; marginal line black, a broad submarginal band of yellowish, forehead yellowish with a black spot above each cheliceron. Sternum brownish-yellow with a pair of parallel longitudinal black stripes on its anterior half, and a single median one on the posterior half. Abdomen above dark greenish-gray with minute yellow spots, a median band of yellow (margined on each side by a narrow line of black) terminating in a point at or before the middle, and behind it about four indistinct yellow trans- verse arches; sides streaked with dark greenish and yellowish; venter in one individual yellow with a marginal narrow line of black on each side and an interrupted median line of black, while in another individual the venter is blackish behind the lung slits. Spinnerets yellow, epigynum orange with. black margins. Cheli- cera yellowish, maxille dark-brown, labium black. Legs reddish- brown, distinctly annulated with brown on all the joints except the metatarsi. Palpi annulated like the legs. Comparisons.—Compare P. nigropalpis Emerton. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 573 23. Pardosa scita n.sp. (Pl. XXX, figs. 37, 38.) (Types of J and 2 in author’s collection, from Philadelphia ; other specimens from the vicinity. ) Eyes.—The arrangement as in P. nigropalpis. Form.—Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, flattened above, in front not half its greatest transverse diameter. Sides of head steep. Chelicera about 14 times as long as the head is high in front. Sternum distinctly longer than broad. Legs slender, with long spines and few hairs. Dimensions of 3'.—Length of cephalothorax, 2 mm. Length of abdomen, 2 mm. Length of first lez, 7.8 mm. Length of second leg, 7.2 mm, Length of third leg, 7 mm. Length of fourth leg, 10.3 mm. Color in Life, &.— Cephalothorax black, with gray hairs arranged as follows: A broad median band extending from the eye area to the posterior end of the thorax and as broad anteriorly as the eye area, constricted just anterior to the dorsal groove and narrowed behind it; quite a distinct broad marginal stripe of these hairs; the hairs on the forehead almost white. Sternwm densely covered with long whitish hairs. Abdomen above with a black spot at each antero-lateral margin and two smaller spots posteriorly on a line with each of these, the remainder of the dorsum grayish ; sides and venter nearly white. Chelicera brownish, maxille and labium lighter. Legs pale grayish-brown with indistinct annula- tions on the femora. Palpi with femur, patella and tibia black with whitish hairs, tarsus black with black hairs. Color in Alcohol, 3&.—The sides and venter of the abdomen are clear yellow. The sternum clear yellow with a pair of indistinct darker longitudinal lines. Pa/pi with femur and patella greenish- yellow, tibia the same color but with black hairs, tarsus black. Color in Alcohol, 2.—Cephalothorax as in do. Sternum clear yellow with black spots on the lateral margins. Abdomen above grayish-green with a yellow pattern very similar to that of P. nigro- palpis, except that the median band is very broad anteriorly and the yellow transverse arches relatively larger and distincter, and that on each margin of the yellow pattern are two or three large black spots; venter yellow. Margins of epigynum reddish. Che- 574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, licera yellow like the forehead, maxille yellow, Jabium brownish with yellow tip. Legs pale greenish-yellow, with indistinct annu- lations. Palpi colored like the legs. Comparisons.—This species is very similar to P. nigropalpis; the differences in the copulatory organs of the two are slight, but seita is much lighter colored, is smaller, and the cephalothorax relatively wider and shorter. It also closely resembles P. pallida Emerton, but differs from it in the epigynum and in the coloration (e.g., the shape of the median cephalothoracie stripe, and the coloration of the abdominal yenter). 24. Pardosa solivaga n.sp. (Pl. XXX, fig. 39.) (2 2, types, Stone Coll., York Furnace, Pa. ) Eyes.—First row not as broad as the second, the lateral eyes barely two-thirds the diameter of the middle ones, and placed a little lower, eyes equidistant. Eyes of second row largest, about their diameter apart, placed on brownish prominences. Third row widest, its eyes also on brownish prominences and placed closer ~ to the second row than to each other. All eyes relatively large and . of a light color. Dorsal eye area a little less than one-quarter the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Cephalothorax in front fully one-half its greatest trans- verse diameter, highest just behind the middle. Head rather low in front, its sides moderately oblique. Length of chelicera about 14 times the height of the head in front. Sternum nearly as broad as long. Legs rather slender, with moderately long spines and few hairs. Superior spinnerets slightly longer than the inferior. Dimensions.—Length of cephalothorax, 3.9 mm. Length of abdomen, 4 mm. Length of first leg, 12 mm. Length of second leg, 11.5 mm. Length of third leg, 11.3 mm. Length of fourth leg, 16 mm. Color in Aleohol.—Cephalothorax clear reddish-brown, the only dark color being the prominences which bear the second and third eyes; a broad yellowish median stripe arises from the second row of eyes, is constricted in front of the median groove and narrowed posterior to this groove; an indistinct submarginal broad yellowish stripe is also present, and radiating areas of yellowish from it to the middle of the median band. Sternum yellowish with black 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 575 hairs. Abdomen dull orange-yellow above, with a brownish mark at each antero-lateral margin prolonged backward as an indistinct stripe, transverse lines of brown across the posterior half of the dorsum, and two longitudinal lines of brown on the anterior half meeting ata point in the middle; the sides streaked with dull orange and buff; venter paler yellow with small dark spots most distinct and numerous laterally and posteriorly. Epigynum reddish- brown, spinnerets pale yellow. Chelicera reddish-brown, mazille and labium yellow like the sternum. Legs clear reddish-brown, with indistinct buff annulations on the femora and tibia. Palpi colored like the legs. Comparisons. —This form resembles a Lycosa in relative stoutness of the legs, in the comparative shortness of their spines, and in the amount of hair upon them, and in comparative stoutness of the chelicera; the middle eyes of the first row are also decidedly larger than the lateral. Apparently, however, it should be con- sidered a Pardosa on account of the length of the legs, the greater Jength of the superior spinnerets, and the comparatively long extent of the dorsal eye area. Genus PIRATA Sund. The following key will help to distinguish the species here described : A.—Cephalothorax not more than 1.8 mm. long,. . humicolus. B.—Cephalothorax 2.2—2.8 mm. in length. I.—Femora usually annulated, submarginal light stripe of cephalothorax very distinct, yenter usually with longi- tudinal rows of dark spots,. . _ . liber. I1.—Femora not banded, submarginal light stripe of cephalo- thorax indistinct, venter w ‘ithout rows of dark spots. 1.—A large dark mark on the sides near the spinnerets, nigromaculatus. 2.—No large dark mark on the sides near the spinnerets, elegans. C.—Cephalothorax more than 3 mm. long. I.—Hyes of second row separated from the third row by about ‘their diameter, . . ee hanet. IIl.—Eyes of second row separated from the third row by twice their diameter, 4. procursus. 25. Pirata humicolus n. sp. (Pl. XXX, figs. 40, 41.) (Types of @ and &, and other specimens, author’s collection, Woodland Cemetery, Philadelphia. ) 576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ August, Eyes. —First row a little shorter than the second, the lateral eyes slightly lower. Eyes of second row largest, nearly their diameter apart. Third row widest, its eyes a little nearer the second. row than each other. Dorsal eye area about one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Superior spinnerets twice the length of the inferior. Cephalothorax in front one-third its greatest transverse diameter, highest at the dorsal groove. Sides of head vertical. Chelicera about 14 times as long as the head is high in front. Sternum longer than broad. Legs rather stout. Dimensions. — Length of cephalothorax, ¢, 1.7 mm., 9°, 1.8 mm. Length of abdomen, 3, 1.2 mm.; 2, 2.3 mm. Length of first leg, 2, 4.8 mm. Length of second leg, 2, 4.3 mm. Length of third leg, 2, 4.2 mm. Length of fourth leg, 2, 6 1 mm. Color in Life, °.—Cephalothorax black, a narrow white mar- ginal line not extending as far forward as the plane of the posterior eyes; from the posterior eyes two brownish lines pass caudad, unite at the dorsal groove, and are continued backward to the posterior end of the thorax as one median band. Sternum shining brownish-black. Abdomen above black, a rather irregular line of 5-6 white spots (the foremost two largest) on either side, and indistinct transverse lines of white on the posterior dorsum; venter dark-gray owing to scattered white hairs on a black ground, a narrow white semicircle around the anterior edge of the spinneret prominence. Chelicera, maxille and labium almost black. Legs pale-brownish, paler below, a black ring at the distal ends of the first and second femora. Palpi colored like the legs. Color in Alcohol, 2 ?.—Cephalothorax greenish-brown, at the anterior end of the median groove a dark triangular mark from the anterior end of which a narrow yellowish line, bordered on each side by a brown line, passes to the second eye row; a narrow yellow line arises on the lateral margin of the second eye row, passes around the lateral margin of the third eye row, and it and corresponding line of the opposite side converge caudad, border the triangular dark spot, and unite behind the latter as a narrow yellow line which passes to the posterior end of the cephalothorax; “= “4 = 1902. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. O77 eye region black ; a narrow marginal black line on the thorax, and above it a broader submarginal yellow band which is not continued along the head; there are also indistinct brownish-yellow markings radiating from the median groove. Sternwn pale yellowish-brown, with a narrow dark margin and a median yellow stripe. Abdomen above greenish or grayish-brown, a more or less distinct median yellow band terminating in a point anterior to the middle, on each side of it two lines of white spots extending to the spinnerets, the more median line with 6-7 spots of which the most anterior is largest and the more posterior connected by faint yellow cross lines with those of the opposite side, while the more lateral line is placed on the margin of the dorsum, sometimes only posteriorly, and the white spots which compose it somewhat elongate. The sides are greenish-brown or yellowish-brown. The venter from the lung slits to a short distance in front of the spinnerets yellow, this yellow sharply outlined laterally and posteriorly by the greenish-brown of the sides; sometimes there are one or more transverse lines of minute dots just anterior to the spinnerets. Epigynwm reddish-brown. Spinnerets greenish or yellowish, the superior ones darker. Chelicera dark reddish-brown, Jabiwm blackish-brown, mawxille yellowish. Legs greenish-brown with the cox and proximal portions of the femora yellow. Palpi greenish-brown, the proxi- mal joint yellow. Color in Alcohol, 3. — Considerably darker than the 9. Cephalothorax almost black, extreme marginal line yellow, no submarginal light band. Sternwm as in the 2. Abdomen also as in the 2, except that the venter is very dark by reason of closely approximated, transverse dark lines. Chelicera black. Legs yellow, the femora of the first and second blackish above and below, the other joints of these legs lighter than the third and fourth legs. Palpi with the femur blackish, the other joints yellowish-brown. Comparisons. —This species seems closely related to P. minutus Emerton; but the palpal organ of the o is proportionately larger in hwmicolus and shows some differences in details of structure, and in humicolus the cephalothorax is not ‘‘ gray, with a light line near the edge of the thorax and several radiating lines,’’ but in the o (and Emerton describes only the & of minutus) is nearly 37 578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, black in alcohol (probably deep black in life), the extreme margin yellow, and with a pair of yellow lines on the dorsum. It differs also from another closely related species, P. exiqua (correctly exiguus) Banks, in slightly greater size, in the structure of the epigynum, and to some extent in coloration. 26. Pirata liber n.sp. (Pl. XXX, figs. 42, 43.) ? Pirata piratica Clerck., Stone, 1890. (3, 2, types, Philadelphia, author’s collection ; numerous speci- mens from Philadelphia and vicinity. ) Eyes.—First row nearly as broad as the second, its lateral eyes slightly higher. Eyes of second row largest, about half their diameter apart. Third row broadest, its eyes much nearer the second row than each other. Dorsal eye area less than one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Superior spinnerets nearly twice the length of the inferior, Cephalothorax in front almost one-half its greatest transverse diameter, flattened above and highest at middle. Sides of head vertical. Chelicera about 14 times the height of the head in- front. Sternum longer than broad, its anterior margin straight. Legs rather slender. Dimensions. — Length of cephalothorax, ¢', 2.2 mm.; &, 2.8 mm. Length of abdomen, 3, 2.2 mm.; ¢, 2.8 mm. Length of first leg, 9, 7.5 mm. Length of second leg, 2, 6.6 mm. Length of third leg, 2, 7 mm. Length of fourth leg, 2, 9.3 mm. Color in Life, 2, type.—Cephalothorax longitudinally banded brown and yellowish, as follows: A narrow yellow median band extending from between the second eyes in front to not quite the middle of the cephalothorax behind, and bordered on each side by brown; two yellow lines starting at the lateral borders of the first and second eye rows, and becoming thicker converging backward to the sides of the dorsal groove, from whence they are continued back as one median line to the end of the thorax, and each of these bor- dered laterally by a brown band, the widest of all the bands, and with deeply scalloped lateral margin; lateral from the latter a yellow band, then a narrower and shorter brown band, then a still 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 579 narrower yellow submarginal line, finally a narrow black marginal line. The eye region black. Sternum yellowish-brown with a narrow brown margin, and a brown spearhead-shaped mark (composed of two converging dark lines) with the point directed eaudad. Abdomen above blackish, a narrow brown median band terminating in a point before the middle, a white line at each antero-lateral margin of the dorsum, and small white spots on the posterior two-thirds of the dorsum arranged in two lines of 5-6 spots each, the most posterior in each line largest; sides brown above, below yellowish-brown streaked with white hairs; venter with a broad brownish band extending the whole length and con- taining indistinct darker dots. Lung books yellow. Spinnerets brown. Chelicera, masxille and labiwm reddish-brown, the last nearly black at the base. Epigynum reddish-brown. Legs pale yellowish-brown with indistinct darker annulations on the femora, patellee and tibiz. Color in Alcohol, 2 2.—The ground color of the dorsum of the abdomen greenish-brown, a yellow median band ending in a point at the middle, on each side a row of about five elongated yellow spots, becoming confluent at the spinnerets with its fellow of the opposite side, and more laterally on each side a row of 4-5 minute yellow spots; venter yellowish with a median and two pairs of lateral confluent dark spots which do not extend to the spinnerets, the more median rows longer and curved. Legs more or less distinetly banded. @olor in Alcohol, 3S\.—Cephalothorax as in the 2, but sternum sometimes without dark lines. Abdomen asin the 2. Legs clear reddish-brown, femora yellowish proximally and ventrally, femora and tibize indistinctly banded. Palpi reddish-brown, tarsi darker. Coloration otherwise as in the 2. Comparisons. —This species differs from P. elegans Stone mark- edly in the structure of the epigynum and in the annulations of the legs. From the other most nearly related form, P. insuluris Emerton, it differs in smaller size, in the coloration of the abdo- men, and in the structure of the epigynum. 27. Pirata nigromaculatus n. sp. (Pl. XXX, figs. 44, 45.) (od, 2, types, Harvey’s Lake, Luzerne county, Pa., Stone Coll. everal other specimens collected at the same place. ) Eyes.—First row nearly as broad as the second, ifs lateral eyes 580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, slightly larger and very slightly higher. Eyes of second row largest, their diameter apart. Third row widest, its eyes nearer the second row than each other. Dorsal eye area less than one- quarter the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Superior spinnerets about 1} times the length of the inferior. Cephalothorax in front less than one-third its greatest transverse diameter, highest at the anterior edge of the median groove. Chelicera about 14 times the height of the head in front. Sternum little longer than broad. Legs rather stout. Dimensions.—Length of cephalothorax, o, 2.2 mm.; &, 2.8 mn. Length of abdomen, &%, 1.8 mm.; &, 3.3 mm. Length of first lez, 2, 7 mm. Length of second leg, 2, 6.5 mm. Length of third leg, 2, 6.4 mm. Length of fourth leg, 2, 9.2 mm. Color in Alcohol, 2° 2.—Cephalothorax reddish-brown, a narrow buff band from between the second pair of eyes to the dorsal: groove, a broader buff band on each side arising at ihe posterior eye, with its fellow of the opposite side conyerging back to the sides of the median grooye, where the three buff bands unite and pass caudad as one median band to the end of the thorax; a broader submarginal buff line is present in some specimens, but in most there is no trace of it; eye region black. Sternum yellowish, its margins darker, usually a median broad light band bordered by narrow lines of darker. Abdomen pale yellowish-brown®@ a little darker above; on the dorsum a lancet-shaped yellowish mark bordered on each side by a brown line and ending in a point at the middle, and with more or less distinctness about five transverse brown arches behind it and extending to the spinnerets where they are smallest, and in some specimens lighter spots at the lateral ends of these transverse markings; on each side, close to the spinnerets, a dark mark, sometimes black and very distinct, sometimes very indistinct, and sometimes ventrally connected ,with its fellow by a iransverse dark band just anterior io the spinnerets; venter pale yellowish-brown, lightest in the mid-line but without markings. Epigynum blackish-red, spinnerets like the venter. Chelicera pale reddish-brown ; mavillw and labium like the sternum. Legs yellow without darker annulations, as are the palpi. 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 581 Color in Alcohol, 3.—Cephalothorax as in the 2, but} darker and without a submarginal light stripe. Stermwm darker than in 2, brownish with a narrow median light stripe. Abdomen also darker above, with the same general pattern but the light spots larger and more conspicuous; sides brownish streaked with yellow, no dark spots near the spinnerets; venter brownish-yellow. Legs yellow, femora of the first and second pairs deep brown above and below. Padlpi yellow, femora deep brown. Comparisons. —Quite closely related to P. elegans Stone, but the epigyna are quite different. The 22 also show considerable resemblance to those of P. liber, while the o'% are readily distin- guished both by color and by the structure of the palpus; but there is a difference in the epigynum, the submarginal light thoracal stripe is distinct in /iber, which has generally dark markings on the abdominal venter and lacks the large dark spot near the spinnerets. 28. Pirata elegans Stone. (PI. XXX, fig. 46.) Pirata elegans Stone, 1890. (4 2, types, York county, Pa., Stone Coll. ) Eyes.—First row shorter than the second, its lateral eyes lower and slightiy larger, its middle eyes approximated. Eyes of second row largest, their diameter apart. Third row widest, its eyes on slight tubercles (as are the second eyes) and nearer the second row than each other. Dorsal eye area a little more than one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Superior spinnerets double the length of ihe inferior. Cephalothorax flattened above, highest at the posterior eyes, in front not more than one-third its greatest transverse diameter. Chelicera rather weak, their length not much more than 14 times the height of the head in front. Sternum distinctly longer than broad. Legs rather stout. Dimensions.—Length of cephalothorax, 2.5 mm. Length of abdomen, 3 mm. Length of first lez, 6 mm. Length of second leg, 5.5 mm. Length of third leg, 6 mm. Length of fourth leg, 9.3 mm. Color in Aleohol.—Cephalothorax clear reddish-brown, an inter- rupted narrow blackish submarginal stripe just above the yellow margin, and fine black lines radiating from the dorsal groove; a 582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, buff median band, narrowest at the posterior edge of the thorax, enlarging from the median groove forward, and reaching ante- riorly in the mid-line to in front of the posterior eyes and on the sides to the first eye row, this buff band divided into three ante- riorly by two darker lines which converge from the posterior eyes to the dorsal groove; on each side is a black line from the second to the third eyes. Sternum yellowish with narrow black margin, and sometimes two broader, rather indistinct darker longitudinal bands. Abdomen above dark yellowish-brown, variable in color; in two specimens marbled with yellow and brown on the anterior part of the dorsum, in the third with three pairs of black spots, in the fourth with a broad yellow median band on the anterior half narrowing suddenly just behind the middle and continuing to the spinnerets, while the posterior half of the dorsum has a few trans- verse yellow and brown lines; sides brownish or yellowish; venter yellowish, lighter than the sides, without distinct spots but with an indistinet dark mark behind the epigynum. Epigynum reddish- brown. Chelicera light reddish-brown. Labium and maville — yellowish-brown. Legs and palpi pale yellowish-brown. Comparison.—See P. nigromaculatus. 29. Pirata marxi Stone. (Pl. XXX, fig. 47.) Pirata marazi Stone, 1890. (1 2, type, York county, Pa., Stone Coll. ) Eyes.—First row fully as broad. as the second, its lateral eyes higher. Eyes of second row largest, about their diameter apart. Third row broadest, its eyes much nearer the second row than each other. Dorsal eye area less than one-sixth the length of the ceph- alothorax. Form:—Superior spinnerets fully double the length of the inferior. Cephalothorax in front about one-half its greatest diameter, highest about the middle. Chelicera about 14 times as long as the head is high in front. Sternum longer than broad. Legs rather stout. Dimensions.—Length of cephalothorax, 3.4 mm. Length of abdonien, 4.5 mm. : Length of first leg, 11.5 mm. Length of second Jeg, 11 mm. Length of fourth leg, 14 mm. Color in Aleohol.— Cephalothorax clear reddish-brown, a yellow- ish submarginal band not extending to the head, a narrow buff aaa 9 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585 median band from the middle eyes to the dorsal groove and on each side of the posterior half of it a yellowish area. Sternum light reddish-brown, with a darker brown margin from which pointed lines radiate centrad. Abdomen above with a yellowish band attenuating from in front to the spinnerets, its posterior half segmented by brownish transverse lines, in the anterior half of this band a narrower band ending in a point at its middle and darkest laterally ; to each side of the median band a brownish band flecked anteriorly with small yellow spots, and containing in its posterior half a row of 4-5 larger yellowish spots. Sides yellowish, marbled and streaked with brown posteriorly. Venter yellow, just behind the epigynum two, posteriorly slightly converging, rows of four small brown spots, the length of each row not much more than the width of the epigynum. Hpigynum reddish-brown, and the region in front of it is darker than the region behind it. Spinnerets yellowish-brown. Chelicera reddish-brown. Mazille brownish, the dabium is the same color at the tip but blackish at the base. Legs reddish-brown, as are the palpi. Comparisons. —This form comes nearest Pirata piraticus Clerck., the coloration and size of the two are quite similar (judging from Emerton’s description), but the epigyna are different (compare Emerton’s fig. 76, Pl. XLVIIT). 30. Pirata procursus n.sp. (Pl. XXX, fig. 48.) (2 2, types, Stone Coll., Harvey’s Lake, Luzerne county, a) Eyes.—First row about straight, nearly as long as the second. Eyes of the second about 14 times their diameter apart. Third row widest, its eyes nearly as large as those of the second row, and considerably nearer the second row than each other. Dorsal eye area Jess than one-quarter the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Superior spinnerets about double the length of the infer- ior. Cephalothorax broad, in front about one-half its greatest diameter, highest at the posterior eyes, its posterior declivity grad- ual. Sides of head steep. Length of chelicera about 14 times the height of the head infront. Sternum a little longer than broad, its anterior margin slightly concave. Legs slender. Dimensions.—Length of cephalothorax, 3.6 mm. Length of abdomen, 4 mm. Length of first leg, 11.2 mm. d84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, Length of second leg, 10 mm. Length of third leg, 11.2 mm. Length of fourth leg, 16 mm. Color in Alcohol.—Cephalothorax dark reddish-brown, eye region black with whitish hairs; an indistinctly banded, broad, lighter median band extends from the middle row of eyes back- ward to the end of the thorax, it is as broad anteriorly as the eye area, constricted in front of and again behind the median groove, and narrowed in its posterior portion ; the forehead is lighter than this band; the extreme margin of the thorax is blackish. Sternum dark reddish-brown. Abdomen above rather indistincily marked with blackish and dark buff, as follows: a narrow buff median band anteriorly, to each side of it a narrower buff band, all these on the posterior dorsum breaking into large, ill-defined buff spots that reach to the spinnerets; at each antero-lateral mar- gin of the dorsum a black spot; sides brownish, streaked longitudi- nally with narrow buff lines; venter yellowish-brown and quite sharply delimited from the color of the sides, without distinct mark- ings. Epigynum dark reddish-brown and yellow. Spinnerets yellowish, the superior ones darker. Chelicera clear reddish- brown, dabium and maxille lighter. Legs reddish-brown, distinctly mottled and annulated with buff on all the joints. Palpi colored like the legs. Comparisons.—This form is well marked by three peculiar features—the structure of the epigynum, the equality in length of the first and third legs (unique, to my knowledge, in this family), and in that the posterior eyes are almost as large as the middle ones. In the length of the legs it resembles a Pardosa, as also in the wide separation of the eyes of the second row. I have decided to class it as a Pirata on the ground of the great length of the superior spinnerets, of the rather close approximation of the second and third rows of eyes, and of the hairiness of the legs. Genus OCYALE Sav. and Aud. (Pl. XXX, fig. 49.) 31. Ooyale undata (Ientz). Micrommata undata Hentz, 1841. ? Micrommata serrata Hentz, 1841. nec Micrommata carolinensis Hentz, 1841. Ocyale undata Emerton, 1885. Ocyale undata Hentz, Marx, 1889. Ocyale undata (Hentz), Stone, 1890. Ocyale undata Hentz, Banks, 1892. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585 (Numerous specimens, but no mature (4, from Philadelphia and Chester county, Pa.) Eyes.—First row broader than the second by more than the diameter of one of its eyes, lateral eyes larger and a little higher. Eyes of second row about their diameter apart. Third row broadest, its eyes a little larger than those of the second row, about their diameter behind that row, and placed ‘on tubercles. Dorsal eye area about one-sixth the length of the cephalothorax. Form.—Cephalothorax broad and flat, highest at the posterior eyes, in front more than one-half its greatest transverse diameter. Length of chelicera about 1? times the height of the head in front. Sternum nearly as long as broad, nearly straight in front, pointed behind. Legs slender. Superior spinnerets twice the length of the inferior. Dimensions, °.—Length of cephalothorax, 5.5 mm. Length of abdomen, 8.5 mm. Lengih of first leg, 24.5 mm. Length of second leg, 24.5 mm. Length of third lez, 20 mm. Length of fourth leg, 24 mm. Color in Life, °.—Cephalothorax above brownish-yellow, with a broad brown median stripe from the posterior eyes to the end of the thorax, an interrupted brown submarginal stripe on each side, extreme margin of head brown; all these brown areas are due to the absence of hairs upon them, the yellowish-brown to the presence of hairs which are longest on the sides of the head; posterior eyes on black tubercles. Sternum light yellowish-brown, margins a little darker. Abdomen above with a pale and indistinctly bounded reddish-brown stripe, which is nearly as broad as the dorsum, extends its entire length, and is scalloped along its posterior half; bounding each side of the anterior third of this stripe is a narrow yellow stripe, and on the posterior half of the dorsum on each side a row of five yellow spots (in a line with these yellow stripes), of which the most anterior are elongated and largest; in the median line of the anterior half of the broad reddish-brown dor- sal stripe is a slightly darker brown stripe, also bordered anteriorly with narrow yellow lines, and with a row of five yellow spots behind each of these lines. The sides are indistinctly streaked with yellow and brown. The venter pale yellowish-brown, with a 586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF { August, rather indistinct, broad, darker median stripe containing a nar- rower light one. Spinnerets brown. Epigynum black. Lung books yellow. Chelicera pale reddish-brown. Mazille and labium pale brown, the latter with darker base. Legs reddish-brown with buff hairs and black spines, but no distinct annulations. Palpi colored like the legs. Comparisons.—Hentz’s Micrommata carolinensis cannot be con- sidered a synonym of wndata, as Emerton and Marx haye done, since Hentz placed carolinensis in the tribe of the Biarcuate, in which the ‘‘ upper and lower rows of eyes [are] bent and opposed.”’ Genus DOLOMEDES Tatr. The following key will help to distinguish the species here described, but the structure of the copulatory organs is the only sure diagnostic character; there is one 2 of what is probably D. sexpunctatus Hentz in the Stone collection, but I have not included it since it is not mature: A.—Posterior portion of the abdomen with transverse yellow markings of the shapeof a W, . . . . . wrinator. B.—Posterior portion of the abdomen not so marked, . idoneus. 32. Dolomedes urinator Hentz. (Pl XXX, fig. 50.) Dolomedes urinator Hentz, 1841. ? Dolomedes tenebrosus tientz, Emerton, 1885. Dolomedes urinator Hentz, Marx, 1889. Dolomedes tenebrosus Hentz, Stone, 1890. ? Dolomedes urinator Hentz, Banks, 1892. (22, but no od’, from Philadelphia, Chester county, Bucks county, Lancaster county, York Furnace, Pa. ) Eyes.—First row broader than the second by less than the diameter of one of its lateral eyes, lateral eyes slightly larger and higher. ~Eyes of the second row slightly more than their diame- ter apart. Third row broader than first, its eyes fully as large as the eyes of the second row. Form.—Cephalothorax flat and broad, rounded, its greatest diameter equaling the length from the third eye row backward, in front more than one-half its greatest transverse diameter, highest behind the middle. Chelicera less than twice the height of the head in front. Legs slender. Sternum broader than long. Dimensions. Length of cephalothorax, 10.5 mm. Length of abdomen, 14 mm. Length of first leg, 42 mm. ig 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 587 Length of second leg, 43 mm. Length of third leg, 40 mm. Length of fourth leg, 43 mm. Color in Alcohol.—Cephalothorax brown or deep reddish-brown, a pair of wedge-shaped black spots close together just in front of the median yroove, a narrow pale median line between these which is sometimes continued forward as far as the plane of the posterior eyes, and generally backward around the median groove to the posterior end of the thorax; on each side a curved yellow line extends from the posterior eye backward to the wedge-shaped spot of the corresponding side, the space enclosed by these two lines being oval and widest behind and redder than the rest of the cephalothorax ; the extreme margin of the thorax black, on each side a more or less distinct, broad, yellowish submarginal band, sometimes broken into large spots, and with yellow bands radiating from it to the median groove; a small black mark at the posterior margin of each posterior eye. Sternwn yellowish or reddish- brown, with either a lighter median line or a triangular lighter area. Abdomen above deep brown, with yellowish and blackish markings as follows: A rather broad yellowish median stripe extending to about the middle, enlarged at its middle and forked at its posterior end, a pair of narrow and short lines of the same color connecting with it at an angle on each side, and all these edged laterally with black; on the posterior half of the dorsum transverse yellow markings, each edged anteriorly with black, of angular form and with the convexity directed forward, or more or less of the shape of a W; they are 4-6 in number and the more anterior ones are wider. In specimens from West Chester the whole dorsum is much darker, the yellow and black markings very obscure, while on the posterior half are 4-5 pairs of small white spots. Sides of the abdomen brownish. Venter with a yellowish or yellowish-brown mark extending in front from the lung slits, where it is as broad as these, backward to the spinnerets where it is much narrower, this light area banded on each side by a row of minute blackish dots, and sometimes containing narrow dark lines. Epigynum reddish-brown, the region in front of it yellowish. Chelicera dark reddish-brown, mazil/e and labium of the same color, but their distal ends yellow. Legs brownish below; above darker reddish-brown with buff markings on the femora and more 588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, obscure rings on the other joints, the distal ends of the tibiz and tarsi black. Palpi annulated buff and reddish-brown. Comparisons. —Of all the species of Dolomedes described by Hentz D. urinator is most similar to this one. It agrees with his fig. 3, Pl. XVI, in the eyes and the general coloration, but his description is very meagre. Whether the form described by Emer- ton is tenebrosus Hentz I cannot decide from his description, and Emerton’s figure of the epigynum (9c, Pl. X LIX) shows differ- ences from the species described by me. 33. Dolomedes idoneus n.sp. (PI. XXX, fig. 51.) (2, type, West Chester, Pa., author’s collection; another mature 2 from Harvyey’s Lake, Luzerne county, Pa., Stone Coll. ) Eyes.—First row broader than the second by about half the diam- eter of one of its lateral eyes which are slightly higher and slightly smaller. Eyes of the second row not quite their diameter apart. Third row widest, its eyes about as large as those of the second row. Form.—Cephalothorax much of the same form as in wrinator. Chelicera massive, their length less than twice the height of the ~ head in front. Legs stouter than in uwrinator. Sternum a little longer than broad. Dimensions.—Length of cephalothorax, 10.2 mm. Length of abdomen, 12.5 mm. Length of first leg, 40 mm. Length of second leg, 39.2 mm. Length of third leg, 37 mm. Length of fourth leg, 41 mm. Color in Alcohol, type.—Cephalothorax reddish-brown, its mark- ings very similar to those of D. wrinator, but no black mark at the posterior eyes, and the wedge-shaped marks just in front of the dorsal groove very indistinct. Sternwm yellowish with blackish margin. Abdomen above yellow and brownish-black, the yellow forming a median stripe on the anterior third of the dorsum ending posteriorly in a blunt point, a large spot on the middle, irregular arches on the sides -of the dorsum, and a median row of indistinct spots on the posterior dorsum; sides dark-brownish, somewhat streaked with yellowish; venter behind the lung slits brown, lighter than the sides, with two parallel dark lines on each side of the mid-line. Epigynum black, except the Jarge rounded part which is bright red. Lung books paler than the venter. Chelicera deep 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 589 black, dabiwm and mawille black basally but yellowish distally. Legs distinctly marked and annulated with deep reddish-brown and yellowish on all the joints except the metatarsi, which are black- ish. The palpi are colored like the legs. Comparisons. —This form differs markedly in the epigynum from the form here described as urinator, but is otherwise very similar. I have been obliged to describe it as a new species, though the same form may haye been previously described, for the following reasons: of the described American larger species of Dolomedes, those of Walckenaer and C. Koch are altogether insufficiently characterized. Of Hentz’s species, tenaz and hastulatus are ex- cluded by the character of their eyes, and sexpunctatus by its smaller size and very different coloration, and scriptus, albineus and Janceolatus by their different coloration. There remains D. tenebrosus, Hentz’s full description of which is as follows: “« Livid brown; abdomen and cephalothorax varied with blackish angular markings; feet annulated with blackish; frequently meas- uring over four inches from ihe extremity of the first pair of legs to that of the fourth pair; male with legs 1, 2, 4, 3.’’ This form may be identical with my idoneus, but Hentz’s description charac- terizes no better than do any of Walckenaer’s, and Hentz’s figure of the eyes (fig. 12, Pl. XIX) does not agree with the eye arrangement in idoneus ; and further, Hentz states that tenebrosus ““ does not seek the vicinity of water, near which it was never seen, but dwells generally in elevated dry places,’’ while both specimens of idoneus were found near water. Hentz’s description is not adequate in this genus where the structure of the copulatory organs is a necessary diagnostic, and it is best to regard tenebrosus as insufficiently characterized, to drop the name, and thus avoid future futile attempts to recognize it. D. idoneus is readily distinguished in its epigynum from the form described by Emerton as ‘‘D. tenebrosus Hentz,’’ yet Hentz’s de- scription applies equally well to Emerton’s specimens as to those of idoneus. Banks states of D. scriptus Hentz: ‘‘ What has been taken as D. tenebrosus Hentz is this species. What I feel sure is D. scriptus H. has the epigynum as figured by Emerton for D. tenebrosus and very similar to that of D. scapularis as figured by Keyserling. 590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, D. tenebrosus H. has a much broader epigynum and a broad sep- tum, which does not, however, cover ihe cavity.” I do not understand how we may feel confident of ever identifying tene- brosus, and Keyserling’s figure of the epigynum of seapularis is quite different from mine of idoneus. Family OXYOPID #. Characters of the Family.—The same characters as in the Lyco- side, except that the eyes are arranged in three rows or four rows, 2. 2. 4., or 2. 2. 2. 2. The eyes of the first row are never largest. Genus OXYOPES Latr. 34. Oxyopes salticus Hentz. (Pl. XXX, fig. 52.) Oxyopes salticus Hentz, 1841. Oxyopes gracilis Keyserling, 1876. Oxyopes salticus Hentz, Marx, 1889. Oxyopes astutus Hentz, Banks, 1891. (2 mature 2 2 from Philadelphia, Pa., author’s collection. ) Eyes.—Eyes of the first row smallest, more than their diameter apart, much nearer the second row than to the edge of the fore- head, removed less than their diameter from the second row. Eyes of second row largest, separated 14 times their diameter. Third row broadest, iis eyes separated by less than their diameter from the second row. Fourth row slightly broader than the second, its eyes about double their diameter apart. The eyes of the second, third and fourth rows on black tubercles. Form.—Cephalothorax broad and short but high, highest at the middle, in front more than one-half its greatest transverse diame- ter. Length of the chelicera not quite the height of the head in front. Sternum longer than broad. Superior and inferior spin- nerets of equal length. Legs slender with very long spines. Dimensions.—Length of cephalothorax, 2.9 mm. Length of abdomen, 3 mm. Length of first leg, 10.4 mm. Length of second leg, 9.5 mm. Length of third leg, 9.7 mm. Length of fourth leg, 9 mm. Color in Aleohol.—Cephalothorax above light yellow, two blackish-brown stripes arise at the posterior eyes and pass caudad and unite at the very indistinct median groove, and a pair of 7 , - 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 591 similarly colored broader stripes arise at the third pair of eyes and, arching backward on the sides, unite dorsally behind the median groove; all these stripes composed of hairs which readily rub off, the thorax elsewhere being hairless; from each eye of the first row a narrow black stripe passes ventrad across the forehead and nearly to the end of the chelicera; there are two small black spots and, most dorsally, a short black stripe on each lateral margin of the head; the region between the second and third eye rows is blackish. Sternuwm yellow with blackish spots on the margins. Abdomen above with a broad lancet-shaped mark, margined (espe- cially posteriorly) by black, ending pointed at the middle of the dorsum, this stripe is surrounded on each side by a narrower clear yellow band, these two yellow bands joining just behind the middle and continuing back to the spinnerets as a single median line, and this median yellow line is margined on each side by a blackish stripe; the remainder of the dorsum is yellow or yellowish-brown. Sides of the abdomen streaked with black lines which continue backward to the spinnerets, but do not extend anteriorly beyond the transverse plane of the epigynum. Venter pale yellow or orange, a longitudinal median black mark (with lighter centre) in one specimen, in the other a pair of short parallel longitudinal black stripes, in neither specimen do these black markings extend along the whole extent of the venter behind the epigynum. Epigynum nearly black. Chelicera and mazille pale yellow like the sternum, dabium darker. Legs pale greenish-yellow with black spines, the ventral surface of femora I-III with a longitudinal black line. Padpi colored like the legs, but with no black stripe. LITERATURE CITED. 1891a. Banks, N. Notes on some Spiders described by Hentz. Hnto- molog. News. Philadelphia, 2. 18916. Jdem. Synonymical Notes in Spiders. Ibid. 1892. Jdem. The Spider Fauna of the Upper Cayuga Lake Basin. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia. 1846. Buiackwauu, J. Notice of Spiders captured by Professor Potter in Canada. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. XVII. 1757. Cumrex, C. Svenska Spindlar. eee 15 a 14 os Iheneth of ears. 7.)s sete ae 18:5) st LEK A short. time ago Dr. J. Perey Moore, of the University of Pennsylvania, submitted to me an alcoholic specimen of a species of Nyctinomus from the Bahamas. A hasty examination and com- parison with available material revealed the fact that it represented a distinct form. Later, after speaking to Mr. G. S. Miller, Jr., of the U. S. National Museum, regarding the animal, he kindly turned over to me a series of skins of this species from Little Abaco, which had been submitted to him by the British Museum. OO6 % Seek xX Ky kX HX =. |o ={*000 = |00009 Fig. 5. AA. Zone of Hibiscus moscheutos L., Panicum virgatum L.: BB. Zone of Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene, mature; CC. Zone ot Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene, less mature; DD. Zone of Salicornia herbacea L., Salicor- nia Bigelovii Torr., Spartina patens (Ait.) Muhl., Limonium curolini- anum (Walt.) Britton. ; EE. Zone of Spartina stricta (Ait.) Roth. On the ground in the forest the botanist finds Mitchella repens L., Rhus radicans L., ete. Crossing the railroad, which runs through 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 655 the forest at this place, a strip of higher ground runs out some distance upon the meadow. The tension lines are well demarcated here. Juniperus virginiana L. is the only tree which borders directly the sali marsh. A rounded dune occurs on the edge of the marsh, From it a closer prospect of the salt marsh is to be had. Juniperus virginiana L., Rhus glabra L., Myrica cerifera L., Sassafras sassafras (L.) Karst., Ilex opaca Ait., Rhus radicans L., with the climbing Willoughbea scandens (L.) Kuntze form the vegetal covering of this eminence. The outer zone of the salt marsh is characterized by the presence of Hibiscus mo-cheutos L. On the marsh proper occurs in several well-marked zones Dis- tichlis maritima (1...) Greene in the more elevated portions, while Salicornia herbacea L., S. bigelovit Torr., Spartina patens (Ait. ) Muhl., and Limonium carolinianum (Walt.) Britton grow in the wetter areas. Along the edge of the thoroughfare® through which the tidal water circulates is found a pure association of Spartina stricta (Ait.) Roth. The accompanying figure (fig. 5) shows the zonal distribution of the salt-marsh plants on Seven-Mile Beach. Near the outer edge of the marsh Hydrocotyle umbelluta L. is found, while on exposed sand slopes Opuntia opuntia (Li. ) Coult. is at home with a rose and a willow forming nearby thickets. COMPARISON OF THE DuNES aT PIERMONT AND AT SEA SIDE PARK. The dune formation of the New Jersey coast, as previously men- tioned, reaches its culmination at Piermont, where sand hills forty to fifty feet high are met with. The western slope of the dunes at Piermont are precipitous, while the eastern slope (a gradual incline) grades off into the lower dunes of the dune com- plex. The dunes at Sea Side Park range in elevation from ten to twenty feet, and the eastward or seaward slope is much the steepest. The causes which have brought about this difference are the following: The waye-made embankments on the sandy beaches differ in their form and in the conditions of their construction from ihose which are made up of pebbles.*| The sand, owing to the fineness of its grains, is easily blown about by the wind. When ihe tide retires, a broad expanse of this material is left for some hours exposed to the sun. The surface dries, and the gales from ® Also spelled thorofare. 7Cf. SHaLEr, Sea and Land, pp. 49-51. 656 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., the sea sweep the particles up the slope until they arrive at the crest wall, where they are caught in the tangle of beach grasses and other plants, and are protected from ihe currents of air. When the movement of sand is most rapid, it may bury these plants out of sight, but most of them are tolerant of this covering of sand, and quickly grow upward and make a new entanglement for the moving sand. ‘Such plants are Ammophila arenaria (L:) Link, Prunus maritima Wang. and others previously described. In this manner, the crest of the beach grows upward and the lee slope of the sand hill is always the steepest one. The dunes of the New Jersey coast are not so marked as some in other parts of the world (as, for example, at Eccles, in England, where one of these dunes in the last century invaded the village and buried the dwellings and the parish church so that even the top of the spire was hidden) for the reason that the prevailing winds of New Jersey are from the west; and the sand swept up from the sea- margin by the ocean storms and easterly breezes is, to a great extent, carried back by ihe off-shore winds. Even these dunes would have a precarious existence were it not for the fact that the vegetation, generally quite tuxuriant, holds the sand in place. The prevalent west winds and the absence of protecting trees account for the character of the dunes at Sea Side Park, where the frontal dune slopes gradually up from the windward or landward side to the crest of the aune, the leeward or ocean side being quite steep and declivitous. At Piermont, on the contrary, the western or windward slope of the dune is the steepest. Here a forest, formerly five hundred feet wider, is being engulfed by the drifting sand. The sand, carried by eddies of the prevailing western winds, but more especially by the winds of ocean storms, ascends the surface of the dune and falls over its erest into the forest. When a stiff breeze is blowing, the sand skims along like drifting snow sufficiently strong to decor- ticate trees. The forest, choked with undergrowth composed of climbing plants and shrubs, as previously mentioned, prevents the access of the western breezes that are prevalent and which are inimical to dune upbuilding, and the sand, therefore, moves relent- lessly carried by the eastern winds that now and then blow upon the forest that engendered the dune. ‘The presence of this forest, therefore, explains the peculiarities of the dune formation at Pier- mont, as contrasted with that at Sea Side Park. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 657 Tsar Apsecon (ATLANTIC Crry) Brac Srranp. Dr. Thomas S. Githens has furnished me with the results of some observations upon the flora of Absecon Beach. The coast in the neighborhood of Atlantic City is occupied largely by human habitations, so that the flora has been modified except at several places about two to four miles south of Absecon Inlet. The geog- raphy of the island may be shown by the accompanying diagrams in fig. 6. Absecon Beach Fig. 6. The upper figure is an outline map of Absecon Beach with the eco- logic lines A, B, C, D drawn across it. The lower figure represents cross-sections of the beach along the lines A, B, C, D, and shows the relative elevations along each line. The letters and numerals designate different zonal areas, where the plants designated by similar numerals are referred to the several zones in the accompanying list, made by Dr. Thomas 8. Githens. The region, botanically considered, has been divided by Dr. Githens in his notes* as follows: Area I.—Beach. Zone (a)—Tide Beach. Zone (6)—Second Beach. ®*These notes confirm the observations of the writer, published in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia for 1900, but the terminology is somewhat different. 42 658 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Area I1.—Low Dunes. Area IIT.—High Dunes. Zone (a)—Juniper Thickets. Zone (b)—Myrica Thickets. Zone (¢)—Hudsonia Formation (bare places). Zone (d) —Iex Thicket. Zone (e)—Border of Marsh. Area IV.—Sand Flats (always damp). Area V.—Marsh. Zone (a)—Drier Marsh. Zone (6)—Boggy Marsh. Zone (c)—Tidal Flats. Zone (d)—Lakes and Thoroughfares. Zone (e)—Thoroughfare Borders. Area VI.—Island. Zone (a«)—Marsh Border. Zone (b)—Treeless Space. Zone (¢)—Wood. Zone (d)—Back Marsh Border. Area VII.—Made Land. It will be observed that the author of the noles confuses botani cal and physiographic features. The classification should be either based on the floral make-up of the region, or be arranged accord- ing to its physiography. Thus, for example, this botanist has juniper thickets and dry marsh and boggy marsh zones. Barring these inadvertencies the classification of areas is a natural one. The first beach, according to Dr. Githens, supports no plants except occasionally Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hook. The outer (Low . Dune) is held in place by the character grass (Ammophila arenaria (L.) Link). The outer edge of the dune complex (Second Beach ) is occupied by the Atlantic City and Longport Railroad, but in places Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hook., Ammophila arenaria (L ) Link, Cenchrus tribuloides L., Salsola kali L. are found. The captured dunes (High Dunes of the classification) are covered with thickets of Juniperus virginiana L. and Myrica cerifera L., interspersed with bare spaces on which Hudsonia tomentosa Nutt., as a character plant, grows. Prunus maritima Wang. and P. virginiana Li. grow in all the sheltered places. The landward 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 659 slope is characterized by the presence of holly, Zdex opaca Ait., the height of the dune being determined by the height of the protect- ing trees, 7.e., twenty-five feet. The island is about two miles long, and is set in the middle of the marsh about half a mile inland from the high dunes. It is covered mainly by pine and oak trees which are quite large on its highest parts. Inside of this marsh island there is a comparatively dry marsh, in which all plants except grasses, rushes and sedges do better than in the larger marsh outside. At the ends of this island in the marsh, and on the landward side, are low-lying sandy plains, low enough to be saturated at high tide with salt water and which support a characteristic growth of Buda and similar succulent species. In the list, which is rather cumbersome, the numbers refer to the areas marked on the map represented in fig. 6, and the lower-case letters of the alphabet refer to the zones into which the several areas are divided. The plants, therefore, in the list occur in the areas and zones designated. A dagger (+) signifies that the plant is represented in the herbarium of Dr. Githens. The plants in the list are named according to the sixth edition of Gray’s Manual, but for convenience of reference the writer, who has edited the notes of Dr. Githens, has added the names found in Britton’s Manual of the North United States and Canada. The orders follow the sequence of Engler and Prantl’s Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien. The planis not given in the list published in «« An Ecological Study of the New Jersey Strand Flora’’® are designated by an asterisk. The commingling of the ‘plants of different zones may be repre- sented as follows: II to Ia and 1d. III to II and Id. YV to IV. IITe to IV and V. VI to Ve. Vid to V. List or Species AND{ZoNEs OccupreD By, TaEM. Vie. Pinus rigida* Mill. Illa. Juniperus virginiana L. ° Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, pp. 661-671. Iild. *1II, VI}. TVEL. Var. Vat. IIT8. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Typha latifolia L. Typha angustifolia L. Ruppia maritima L. Zostera marina L. Ammophila arundinacea Hast. (Ammophila aren- aria (L.) Link). Cenchrus tribuloides L. Panicum crus-galli L. (Echinochloa erus-galli (1. ) Beauv. ). Panicum proliferum Lam. Panicum sanguinale lL. (Syntherisma sanguinalis (L.) Nash). Panicum virgatum L. Setaria glauca Beauy. Spartina cynosuroides [1.] Willd. Carex straminea Willd. Cyperus nuttallii Torr. [Eddy]: Cyperus ovularis Torr. [(Michx. ) Torr. }. Cyperus speciosus Vahl. Fimbrystylis spadicea Vahl. Scirpus maritimus L. Scirpus pungens Vahl. (S.. americanus Pers. ). Juncus bufonius L. Juncus canadensis J. Gay. Juncus dichotomus Ell. Juncus gerardi Loisel. Juncus seirpoides Lam. Juncus tenuis Willd. Commelyna sp. Oakesia sessilifolis Watson ( Uvularia sessilifolia L.). Polygonatum giganteum Dietr. (P. commutatum (R. and S.}) Dietr. ). Smilax glauca Walt. Smilax rotundifolia L. Tris versicolor L. Spiranthes cernua Richard (Gyrostachys cernua (L.) Kuntze). Myrica cerifera L. 1902.] Vie. Vie. *VIe. Vie. *VIT. Vil. Valle IIet. *I Ile, IV. *VIT. *VIT. *Ver. VIL. “VIL. *VILt. Voy. Vot. Voy. Ila and 8. Vet. «VII. Vil. VIL. Ulay. IVt. IV}. IV. *ITId+. VII. *VIe;. Var. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 661 Quercus alba L. Quercus faleata Michx. (Q. digitata (Marsh), Sud- worth). Quercus tinctoria Gray (Q. velutina Lam. ). Quercus ilicifolia Wang. (Q. nana (Marsh) Sar- gent). Polygonum acre H. B. KK. (P. punctatum Ell. ). Polygonum incarnatum Watson [ Ell. ]. Polygonum persicaria L. Polygonum ramossissimum Michx. Polygonella articulata Meisn. [1..]. Rumesx acetosella L. Rumex erispus LL. Atriplex patulum L. var. hastata Gray (A. hastata 1%): Chenopodium album L. Chenopodium ambrosioides L. Chenopodium anthelminthicum Gray. Salicornia ambigua Michx. Salicornia herbacea L. Salicornia mucronata Bigel. (iS. Bigelovii Torr. ). Salsola kali L. Suceda linearis Mog. (Dondia americana (Pers. ). Britton ). Amaranthus paniculatus L. (A. hybridus panicu- latus (L.) Uline and Gray). Amaranthus retroflecus 1. Mollugo verticillata L. Arenaria lateriflora L. (Mehringia lateriflora (1. ) Fenzl. ). Arenaria peploides L. (Ammodenia peploides (L. ) Rupr. ). Buda marina Dumont (Tissa marina (L.) Brit- ton). Sagina decumbens Torr. and Gray. Silene stellata Ait. Portulaca oleracea L. Aquilegia canadensis L. Ranunculus cymbalaria Pursh. ( Oxygraphis eym- balaria (Pursh.) Prantl). 662 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., ae UDG Sassafras officinalis Nees (8. sassafras (.) Karst). ibe Us Cakile americana Nutt. (C. edentula (Bigel.) Hook. ). *VIT}. Cardamine hirsuta L. Illa, Wid}. Gewn album Gmel. (C. canadense Jacq. ). *TITB. Pyrus arbutifolia L. f. (Aronia arbutifolia (L.) Ell. ) II. Prunus maritima Wang. *TIL. Prunus serotina Ehrh. or UL. Prunus virginiana L, Ille, Vid}. Rosa carolina L. VIby. Rubus canadensis L. *V Ie. Amphicarpea monoica Nutt. (Faleata comosa (L.) Kuntze). Viat. Cassia chamecrista L. *V Tat. Cassia nictitans L. *VIcf. Desmodium canadense D. C. (Meibomia canescens (L.) Kuntze). Vie. Desmodium paniculatum D. C. (Meibomia panicu- lata (lu.) Kuntze). Ill, VI}. = Strophostyles angulosa Ell. (S. helvola (L. ) Britton ). *IV. Trifolium arvense L. *VII. Trifolium hybridum L. *VIT. Geranium carolinianum L. IId}. Geranium robertianum L. *Vat. Linum virginianum L. *Vat. Polygala eruciata Li. LY, Tile: Euphorbia polygonifolia L. Ile. Rhus copallina L. Ila, VI. Rhus radicans L. ILI. Tlex opaca Ait. *VId. Celastrus scandens L. *VIe. Euonymus americanus L. Ill, VI}. Ampelopsis quinquefolia Michx.. (Parthenocissus quinquefolia (1. ) Planch. ). III. Vitis estivalis Michx. 4 GO Vitis labrusea Li. Vid. Hibiscus moscheutos L. Vid}. Kosteletzkya virginica [L.] Gray. 1902.] Va. *II Tey. ITey. Ile. Tid. Vie. *VIe. Ill}. Vat. Ia, Ib. Vat. Va. *VIT. *VIB. Iley. Tet. Ulery. *VII. Ile. *I Tey. Tiley. Ile. *VIT. Vil. *VITT. VIilt. Vat. Vat. Tle, Vay. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 663 Hypericum mutilum L. Helianthemum canadense [.] Michx. Hudsonia tomentosa Nutt. Lechea minor var. maritima Gray (Lechea mari- tima Leggett). Opuntia vulgaris Mill. (Opuntia opuntia (L.) Coult. ). LInudwigia palustris Ell. (Isnardia palustris L.). Gnothera biennis L. (Enothera pumila L. (Kneifia pumila (L.) Spach. ). Discopleura capillacea D. C. (Ptilimnium capilla- ceum (Michx.) Hollick). Osmorr hiza sp. Chimaphila maculata [.] Pursh. Gaultheria procumbens L. Vaccinium corymbosum L. Statice limonium L. (Limonium carolinianum (Walt. ) Britton). Trientalis americana Pursh. Samolus valerandi L. (S. floribundus H. B. K.). Sabbatia stellavis Pursh. Apocynum cannabinum L. Asclepias tuberosa L. Aselepias inecarnata L. Calystegia sepium L. ( Convolvulus sepium L.). Cuscuta gronovii Willd. Ipomea purpurea Lam. [(L.) Roth]. Verbena hastata L. Lycopus virginicus L. Monarda punctata L. Teucrium canadense L. Trichostema dichotomus L. Datura sp. Solanum duleamara L. Solanum nigrum L. Gerardia maritima Rot. Gerardia purpurea L. Tinaria canadensis [L.] Dumont. 664 *VIT. j06 1001, *TIla, ILLb+. Illa, 1+. Vie, Tay. *IIle, Vid. IT}. *Vie. VIl+. Vit}. VIL. WADE *VIct. Var. Via. Ve. *ITTef. Ile, Vid. *Vert. Vet. *VITt. *VIbF. *IT}. *VIa. Il Tey. *VIct. Wet. *VIay. *VIb, Vet. Va, Vet. *VIct. Vict. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Plantago major L. Diodia virginiana L. Galium cireezans Michx. Galium pilosum Ait. Mitchella repens L. Sambucus canadensis L. Viburnum dentatum L. Sicyos angulatus L. Achillea millefolium L. Ambrosia artemisicefolia L. Ambrosia trifida L. Anthemis cotula D. C. Aster diffusus Ait. (A. lateriflorus (.) Britton). Aster subulatus Michx. Aster tenuifolius L. Baccharis halimifolia L. Bidens bipinnata L. Cnicus horridulus Pursh. ( Carduus spinossissimus Walt. ). Eelipta alba [1.| Hassk. Erechtites hieracifolia Rof. Erigeron canadense 1. (Leptilon canadense (L.) Britton). Eupatorium teucrifolium Willd. (E. verbencefolium Michx. ). Gnaphalium polycephalum Michx. ( G. obtusifolium L. ). Gnaphalium purpureum L. Helianthus giganteus L. Hieracium aronovii L. Iva frutescens L. Kuhnia eupatorioides L. Liatris graminifolia Willd. (Lacinaria cylindracea (Michx. ) Kuntze). Pluchea camphorata (.] D. C. Prenanthes alba L. ( Nabalus albus (.) Hook. ). Sericocarpus conyzoides Nees. (S. asteroides (LL. ) lsh jee) Solidago odora Ait. 1902. ] *V Tet. Vat. Vary. *VIL. VIL. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 665 Solidago puberula Nutt. Solidago sempervirens L. Solidago tenwifolia Pursh. (Euthamia caroliniana (L.) Greene). Sonchus oleraceus L. Xanthium strumarium L. AppitionaL List or New JERSEY STRAND PLANTS. The data for the following list was obtained from two sources: (1) The collections made by the writer since 1900 on the New Jersey coast, and (2) the names on the sheets in the herbarium of the late J. Bernard Brinton, M.D., now at Biological Hall, Uni- versity of Pennsylvania. Those collected by the writer are unmarked, while those plants collected by Dr. Brinton are marked by an asterisk. The orders are arranged according to the system of Engler and Prantl. FunGI. Fuligo ( Aithalium) septica Gmel. Sea Side Park. Gymnosporangium Ellisii Berk. (on white cedar). South Sea Side Park. Thelephora terrestris Fr, Sea Side Park. Clitocybe trullisata Ellis. Sea Side Park. Polyporus versicolor Fr. South Sea Side Park. Astreus stellatus. Sea Side Park. Iycoperdon turneri E. and E. Sea Side Park. Musct. Polytrichum commune L. Island Beach Life Saying Station. OPHIOGLOSSACEZ. *Botrychium dissectum Spreng. Ocean Beach. *Botrychium obliquum Muhl. (B. lunarioides var. obliquum). Ocean Beach, Cape May. LycopopriacEe®. Lycopodium carolinianum Li. Island Beach Life Saving Station. 666 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct. , CONIFER 2. Chamecyparis thyoides (.) B. 8. P. (C. spheroidea Spach. ). Island Beach Life Saving Station. TYPHACER. “Typha angustifolia L. Cape May. GRAMINE®. *Andropogon furcatus Muhl. Anglesea. *Elymus canadensis L. Anglesea. *Panicum dichotomum L. Ocean Beach. CYPERACER. * Carex muhlenbergii Schk. Anglesea. *Carex festucacea Willd. (C. straminea var. brevior Dewey). Avalon. * Oyperus filiculmis Vahl. Atlantic City. * Oyperus cylindricus (Ell. ) Britton (C. Torreyi Britton). Angle- sea. * Eleocharis palustris glaucescens (Willd. ) A. Gray. Anglesea. * Eleocharis rostellata Torr. Cape May. Scirpus sylvaticus L. *Stenophyllus capillaris (u.) Britton (Fimbrystylis capillaris A. Gray). Anglesea. LEMNACEZ. Lemna minor 1. Wildwood. TRIDACER. Tris versicolor Lu. Sea Side Park. ORCHIDACER. Pogonia ophioglossoides (.) Ker. Sea Side Park. ' “FaGacem. : Quercus alba L. Wildwood. ULMACEZ. Celtis occidentalis L. Piermont. 1902. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 667 Morace&. Morus rubra Li. Piermont. Broussonetia papyrifera (i. ) Vent. Sea Side Park, Piermont. POLYGONACER. *Rumex patientia L. Avalon. *Rumex verticillatus L. PHYTOLACCACER. Phytolacea decandra LL. Piermont. AIZOACER. Mollugo verticillata 1. Sea Side Park, Piermont. PORTULACACES. Portulaca oleracea L. Stone Harbor. CRUCIFERZ. Lepidium virginicun L. Sea Side Park. Rosacez. *Gieum canadense Jacq. ( G. album Gmel. ). Pyrus malus L. Sea Side Park (planted). *Rubus villosus Ait. Anglesea. LEGUMINOS&. *Bradburya virginiana (L.) Kuntze (Centrosema virginianum Benth. ). Anglesea—the only station in New Jersey. Gleditschia triacanthos L. Sea Side Park. Strophostyles umbellata (Muhl.) Britton (S. peduneularis Ell. ). Sea Side Park. ILIcacE®. Ilex glabra (.) A. Gray. Sea Side Park. ACERACEZ. Acer saecharinum L. ( Acer dasycarpum Ehrh.). Sea Side Park (planted). 668 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., HYPERICACE. “Hypericum adpressum Bart. Cape May. CISTACES. *Lechea racemulosa Michx. Barnegat. CAcTACE®. Opuntia vulgaris Mill. (O. opuntia (L.) Coult.). Sea Side Park, Piermont. ONAGRACER. Onagra biennis (L.) Scop. (CGnothera biennis L.). South Sea Side Park. ERICACE®. Azalea viscosa L. South Sea Side Park. * Chimaphila maculata (L.) Pursh. Anglesea. Clethra alnifolia L. South Sea Side Park. Gaylussacia resinosa [(Ait.)] T. & G. CuscUTACE®. Ouseuta Gronovii Willd. Sea Side Park. LABIATA. *Kellia verticellata (Michx.) Kuntze (Pyenanthemum Torryet Benth. ). Ocean Beach. Mentha spicata L. (Mentha viridis L.). South Sea Side Park. SoLANACE. *Solanum nigrum L. Atlantic City. ScROPHULARIACE®. *Gerardia tenuifolia Vahl. Cape Ann, Mass. Linaria canadensis (L.) Dumont. Sea Side Park. BIGNONIACE. Tecoma radicans (L.) D. C. Piermont. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 669 RUBIACEZ. *Cephalanthus occidentalis L. Anglesea. *Galium pilosum Ait. Anglesea. *Galium trifidum L. Cape May. Mitchella repens L. Wildwood. Composit 2. *Aster multiflorus Ait. Anglesea. *Aster nova belgit L. var. litoreus A. Gray. Avalon. *Aster patens L. Ocean Beach. *Aster surculosus Michx. Ocean Beach. *Deellingeria umbellata (Mill. ) Nees. (Aster wmbellatus Mill. ). Ocean Beach. Eupatorium perfoliatum L. South Sea Side Park. Euthamia caroliniana (LL. ) Greene (Solidago tenuifolius Pursh. ). Sea Side Park. Helenium autumnale L. Sea Side Park. Helianthus sp. Sea Side Park. * Hieracium scabrum Michx. Anglesea. Lactuea scariola L. South Sea Side Park. *Rudbeckia hirta L. Anglesea. Solidago puberula Nutt. South Sea Side Park. 670 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,. A COLLECTION OF BIRDS FROM SUMATRA, OBTAINED BY ALFRED C. HARRISON, JR., AND DR. H. M. HILLER. BY WITMER STONE. The present paper is based upon a collection of bird skins col- lected on the Island of Sumatra by Mr. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller, and presented by them to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The collection, representing 138 species, is the most extensive ever brought to America from this island and adds materially to our knowledge of the distribution and relationship of a number of species. Collecting was carried on at three different points: (1) At Batu Sangkar, Tanah Datar, in the highlands east of Padang, at from 1,500 to 3,000 feet elevation, during August and September, 1901; (2) at Goenong Soegi, in the Lampong district of south- eastern Sumatra, at an elevation of Jess than 500 feet, during Octo- ber and November, 1901, and (3) in the vicinity of Padang. No further data accompanies the specimens, but the collectors inform me that the apparent presence of a species exclusively at one locality, as shown by the specimens, does not necessarily indicate its absence from another, as species well represented in the Padang collection were in some instances passed byin Lampong. In conse- quence of this the fact that of 94 species obtained in Lampong and 59 in Padang, only 33 were secured in both places loses mucn of its significance. Moreover, upon comparing the published lists of Su- matra birds we find that the Marquis of ‘Tweeddale’s report, based upon a Lampong collection (Ibis 1877), contains 81 species not found in the present series, while our material includes 35 not men- tioned by Tweeddale. While information is still inadequate to form generalizations upon the details of the distribution of birds on the island, it would seem that the majority of the species range from the lower Malay peninsula throughout Sumatra and many into Java without mate- rial differentiation; and a comparison of the combined lists from Deli, in the northwestern extremity of the island, with those of 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 671 Lampong, in the southeastern corner, show that the majority of the species occur at both points. In fact, the high mountains of the south-central part of Sumatra seem to be the only region where a conspicuously different avifauna exists. The materials are, how- ever, far too limited to warrant any positive statements on the matter. In the following list the material in collection of the Academy has been used for comparison, and also several skins loaned by the U. 8. National Museum, through Dr. C. W. Richmond, for which the author expresses his thanks. All references given below have been verified except a few which are marked with an asterisk. Asarcornis scutulata (S. Miill.). Anas scutulata 8. Muller, Verh. Land en Volkenk., p. 159, 1839-44. Java. Two specimens from Lampong have the head, rump and breast white, and white feathers in the wing. The breast has also a strong rusty suffusion and some black feathers scattered here and there. Bubulcus coromandus (Bodd.). Cancroma coromanda Boddaert, Tabl. Pl. Enl., p. 54, 1783. Three specimens from the highlands of Padang. Amaurornis phenicura (Forster). Rallus phenicurus Forster, Zool. Ind., p. 19, Pl. IX, 1781. Ceylon. One example from the Padang highlands. Actitis hypoleuca (Linn.). Tringa hypoleucos, Linnzus, Syst. Nat., X, p, 149, 1758. Four specimens from Lampong. Charadrius dominicus fulvus (Gm.). Charadrius fulous Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, p. 687, 1788. Tahiti. Four specimens from the highlands of Padang. Caloperdix oculea sumatrana (Grant). Caloperdiz sumatrana Grant, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, No. 11 (Nov. 1, 1892), Ibis, 1893, p. 118. Sumatra and Java. Two adults and two downy young from the highlands of Padang. Argusianus argus (Linn.). Phasianus argus Linneus, Syst. Nat. (XII), I, p. 272. 1766. Tar- tary. One male from Lampong. 672 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct. Gallus gallus (Linn.). Phasianus gallus Linnus, Syst. Nat. (X), p. 158, 1758. India Ori- entale. One from Lampong and another from the Padang highlands. Carpophaga zenea (Linn.). Columba enea Linneeus, Syst. Nat. (XII), I, p. 288, 1766. Moluccas. One specimen, Lampong. Treron nipalensis (Hodgs.). Toria Nipalensis Hodgson, Asiat. Res. XIX, p. 164, Pl. IX, 1836. Nepal. ; Two examples from the Padang highlands. Osmotreron vernans (Liun.). Columba vernans Linneus, Mantissa, p. 526, 1771. Philippines. One from Padang and four from the highlands to the east. Treron griseicapilla Schleg., N. T. D., I, p. 70 (1862), from Sumatra, is separated mainly on account of the grayness of the head, but this seems to be a phase of plumage probably due to age. Osmotreron olax (Temm.). ‘ Columba olax Temminck, PI]. Col., 241, 1828. Sumatra. Five specimens from Lampong. Osmotreron fulvicollis (Wagl.). Columba fulvicollis Wagler, Syst. Av. Columba, Species 8, 1827. Philippines. One male from Lampong. Turtur tigrinus (Temm.) Columba tigrina Temminck and Knip Pigeons, I, Pl. 43, 1808-11. China and South Sea Islands. Two specimens from Lampong and one from the Padang high- lands. Turtur turtur (Linn.). Columba turtur Linneus, Syst. Nat. (X), 165, 1758. One specimen from Padang, very light in color; no doubt a domesticated bird. . Microhierax fringillarius (Drapiez). Drapiez, Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat., VI, p. 412, Pl. V, 1824* Three specimens from Padang and two from the adjacent high- lands. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 673 Elanus hypoleucus Gould. Elanus hypoleucus Gould, P. Z. § , 1859, p. 127. Celebes. Two specimens from the highlands of Padang are probably refer- able to this species. The original description gives the under-wing coverts as pure white, but in these examples the ends of the longest of these feathers near the edge of the wing are clouded with slaty black. The wing measurements are: Ketupa ketupa (Horsf.). Strix ketupa Uorsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 141, 1821. Java. One example from Padang and two from Lampong. Huhua orientalis sumatrana (Rafil.). Striz sumatrana Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 279, 1822. Sumatra. Two specimens from the highlands of Padang. Raffles described a young bird, but both Schlegel and Hartert consider the Sumatra form distinct from H. orientalis Horsf. of Java, and this name must therefore be adopted. Psittinus incertus (Shaw). Psittacus incertus Shaw, Nat. Misc., Pl. 769, 1790. Cage speci- men, supposed to have come from India. Four examples from Lampong. Loriculus galgulus (Linn.). ld aad galgulus Linnzus, Syst. Nat., I (XII ed.), p. 150, 1766. ndia. Two from Padang and one each from the highlands and from Lampong. Palzornis longicauda (Bodd.). periieus longicaudus Boddaert, Tabl. Pl. Enl., p, 53, 1783. Ma- acca. 3 Four specimens from Lampong. Eurystomus calonyx “ Hodgs.,’’ Sharpe. Coracius calonyx ‘‘Hodgs.,’’ Sharpe, P. Z. 8., 1890, p. 551. Hima- layan Terai. Three specimens from Padang and one from Lampong district. These birds seem in some respects intermediate between the figures given on PI.II, Vol. XVII of the Catalogue of Birds, representing E. orientalis and E. calonyx, but are closer to the latter. None of them have the terminal part of the tail plain black as shown in the figure of orientalis, but, on the contrary, the outer webs are 43 674 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., strongly shaded with purplish-blue almost to their tips. At the base is an area of greenish-blue of greater or less extent, some- times suffusing the inner web nearly to the tip, and in other exam- ples almost entirely concealed at the extreme base of the feather. Compared with other material before me, these specimens agree well with one from Siam, but differ markedly from a Philippine speci- men in the much smaller bill and in color pattern, the latter matching Sharpe’s figure of orientalis exactly. Sharpe credits both forms to Borneo, ealonyx being a winter visitor, and it is pos- sible this is also the case in Sumatra. Pelargopsis capensis (Linn,). Alcedo capensis Linneus, Syst. Nat. (XII), 1766, p. 180. ‘Cape of Good Hope ”’ prob.=Java. Four specimens from Lampong. The unfortunate complication of names which exists in this group has given rise to a great diversity of treatment by different authors. The facts in case are briefly as follows: Linneus (1753) gave the name capensis to a kingfisher described by Brisson from the Cape of Good Hope, but which we now know must have come from the Malay region. Boddaert (1783) proposed the name javana for the bird figured by Daubenton (Pl. Enl., 757) as from Java, but which we now know is the Bornean species. Gmelin (1788) based a name Jeucocep hala on the same plate. Pearson (1841) described a species gurial from Bengal. In the light of our present knowledge it is possible to fix the name javana upon the bird from Borneo (ef. Hartert, Nov. Zool., IX, p. 202), and the other two names upon races of a closely allied group found from India to Java. The name gurial with a definite type locality is easily disposed of, which leaves capensis Linn. for one of the remaining races. Sharpe (1870) was the first to designate these by name, pro- posing floresiana for the bird from Flores, burmanica for the Burmah form, and malaccensis for that of the Malay peninsula. At the same time he states that he considers Brigson’s description, upon which Linneus’ name eapensis was mainly based, to apply to the Javan bird, but that Daubenton’s plate, also quoted by Linnzeus, represents his floresiana. Subsequently (Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus., XV, p. 106) he considers Daubenton’s plate to have been 1902.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 675 based upon Brisson, which seems to fix capensis more firmly than ever upon the Javan bird. Sharpe did not adopt the name capen- sis solely because of the incongruity, and so proposed the name fraseri for it (1870). The adoption of capensis is, I think, inevitable. Hartert (Nov. Zool.; IX, p. 202) claims that all the blue and green-backed species of Pelargopsis should be treated as subspecies of one widely spread group, which plan seems to sim- plify the matter materially, though the name Pelargopsis capensis javana for a Bornean bird will not meet with much favor from those who still believe in the propriety of ignoring names which are geographically misleading. Alcedo meninting Horsf. Alcedo meninting Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 172, 1821. Java. Two males from Lampong and a female from the Padang high- lands. Alcedo euryzonia Temm. Alcedo euryzonia Temminck, Planch. Col., text to livr. 86, 1830. One male from Padang. Ceyx rufidorsa Strickl. Ceyx rufidorsa Strickland, P. Z. S., 1846, p. 99. Malacca. One example from Lampong. Sharpe renames this bird euerythra (Cat. Birds, XVII, p. 179) on the ground that Strickland’s specimen is intermediate between this and tridactyla. Carcineutes pulchellus (Horsf.). Dacelo pulchella Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 175, 1821. Java. ‘© Five males and three females, representing all the localities. Halcyon concreta (Temm.). Dacelo concreta Temminck, Pl. Col., IV, Pl. 346, 1825. . Male and female from the highlands of Padang. Halcyon chloris (Bodd.). Alcedo chloris Boddaert, Tabl. Pl. Enl., p. 49, 1783. Five specimens from the Padang highlands. One of these (No. 38,928, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) has the black on the ear coverts and collar replaced almost entirely by green, while the wings are brighter blue. This would seem to be the subspecies 676 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., armstrongi Sharpe (Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XVII, p. 277), but it is unlikely that two forms would occur together unless one was a migrant, and it is possible that the peculiarities shown by this specimen may haye something to do with season or age. Buceros rhinoceros Linn. Buceros rhinoceros Linnus, Syst. Nat. (X), I, p= 104, 1758. India. One male from the highlands of Padang. Anthracoceros convexus (Temm.). Buceros convecus Temminck, Pl. Col., Pl. 530, 1832. Five specimens from Lampong and one from the Padang high- lands. One of the males has the casque laterally swollen anteriorly to a width of nearly two inches, so that it overhangs the bill on either side. Anthracoceros malayanus (Rafll.). Buceros malayanus Raffl., Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 292, 1822. Malacca. One male from Lampong. Rhytidoceros undulatus (Shaw). Buceros undulatus Shaw, Gen. Zool., VII, p. 26, 1811. Batavia. One specimen from Lampong which has the base of the bill only slightly wrinkled, but with the black throat bar present; wing measures 19 inches. Merops sumatranus Raffi. Merops sumatranus Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 294, 1821. Sumatra. One young bird from Padang. Merops philippinus Linn. Merops philippinus Linnieus, Syst. Nat. CXIII ed.), I, p. 183, 1787. Philippines. Three examples from Padang and one from Lampong. There seems to be considerable variation in the amount of blue above, No. 38,852 being quite blue on the crown and with seat- tered’ blue feathers on the back. i Alcemerops amicta (Temm.). Merops amicta Temminck, P}. Col., IV., Pl. 310, 1824. Four specimens from the Padang highlands and one from Lam- ong. No. 38,918 is molting, probably from the juvenal plumage, 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 677 and shows the new bright-colored feathers coming in on the throat. The black bands on the end of the tail are not well defined and the belly is buff. My friend, Dr. C. W. Richmond, has pointed out to me that the name NVyctiornis usually applied to this genus is antedated by Nyctornis Nitzsch (Pterylographie Avium Halle, 1833, p. 21 = Nyctibius Vieill.), consequently we must adopt Geoffroy’s name as above. Caprimulgus affinis Horsf. Caprimulgus afinis Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 142, 1821. Java. One specimen from Padang. Macropteryx comata (Temm.), Cypselus comatus Temminck, P}. Col., Pl. 268, 1824. Sumatra. Four specimens from Lampong. Macropteryx longipennis (Rafin.). Hirundo longipennis Rafinesque, Bull. Soc. Philom., III, p. 153, 1804.* Three examples from Padang. Pyrotrogon duvauceli (Temm.). Trogon duvauceli Temminck, Pl. Col., 291, 1824. Three specimens from Lampong. Pyrotrogon diardi neglectus Forbes and Robinson. Trogon diardii neglectus Forbes and Robinson, Bull. -Liverpoo!l Museum, II, p. 34 (1899). One example from Lampong. Though I have been unable to consult the above reference I follow Hartert in adopting this name for the Sumatran bird. Surniculus lugubris (Horsf.). Cuculus lugubris Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 179, 1821. Java. Two specimens from Lampong, which have the tail nearly square. Hierococcyx fugax (Horsf.). Cuculus fugax Horstield, Trans. Linn. Soe., XIII, p. 178, 1821. Java. One specimen from the highlands of Padang. Cuculus intermedius Vahl. Cuculus intermedius Vahl, Skriv. af Natur. Selsk., IV, 58, 1797. Tranquebaria. Three specimens from Lampong. The synonymy of this species as given in the British Museum 678 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct. Catalogue of Birds, Vol. XTX, is very extensive, and it is prob- able that several forms are confused, but I have not the material at hand to warrant the consideration of this point. Chalcococcyx xanthorhynchus (Horsf.). Cuculus wanthorhynchus Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIU, p. 179, 1821. Java. One adult male from Lampong. Cacomantis merulinus (Scop.). Cuculus merulinus Scopoli, Del. Flor. et Faun. Insubr., Il, p. 89, 1786. India, One immature specimen from Padang and another from Lam- pong, the latter being much more rufous above. It is probable that several forms are merged under this species in the British Museum Catalogue which should be entitled to recognition. Centropus javanious (Dum.). Centropus javanicus Dumont, Dict. Sci. Nat., XI, p. 144, 1818.* One example from the highlands of Padang. Centropus sinensis (Steph.). Polophilus sinensis Stephens, Gen. Zool., LX, p. 51, 1815, China. Three specimens from Lampong and one from the highlands of Padang. Zanclostomus javanicus (Horsf.). Phenicophaus Javanicus Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 178, 1822> Java. One example from Lampong. L Rhinortha chlorophea (Rafll.). Cuculus chloropheus Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 288, 1822. Sumatra. Two male specimens from Padang, one from the highlands and one from near the coast, and a female specimen from Lampong. Rhopodytes elongatus (S. Miill.). Phenicophaus elongatus S. Mill., Tijdschr. Nat. Gesch., p. 342, 1835. Sumatra. Four specimens from the highlands ‘of Padang, four from the coast and one from Lampong. Urococeyx erythrognathus (Hartl.). Phenicophaus erythrognathus Hartlaub, Verz. Mus. Brem., 1844, p. 95.* One example from the highlands of Padang and two from Lampong. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 679 Calorhamphus hayi (J. E. Gray). Bucco hayi J. &. Gray, Zool. Misc., p. 33, 1832. Molucea. Four examples from Padang and one from Lampong. Chotorhea chrysopogon (Temm.). Bucco chrysopogon Temm., Pl. Col., LIT, 1824, p. 285. Ten specimens from the highlands of Padang. Cyanops oorti (S. Muller). Bucco oorti S. Miill., Tijdschr., Nat. Gesch., II, p. 341, Pl. 8, fig. 4, 1835. Sumatra. Male and female from the highlands of Padang. Cyanops mystacophanes (Temm.). Bucco mystacophanes Temm., Pl. Col., III, p. 315, 1824. *“ One young individual from Lampong. Mesebucco duvauceli (Less.). Bucco duvauceli Less., Traité, p. 164, 1831. Sumatra. “ Two from the highlands of Padang and one from Lampong. Xantholema hemacephala (Miill.). Bucco hemacephalus P. L. S., Muller, Syst. Nat. Anhang, p. 88, 1776. Philippines. One specimen from Padang and two from the highlands of the same province. Gecinus puniceus observandus Hart. Gecinus puniceus observandus Hartert, Nov. Zool., III, p. 542, 1896. Sumatra. One specimen from Lampong. Chrysophlegma mentale humii (Hargitt). Ohrysophlegma humii Hargitt, Ibis, 1889, p. 231. Malacca. Vhree males from the highlands of Padang and three females from Lampong. Chrysophlegma miniatum malaccense (Lath.). Licus malaccensis Latham, Ind. Orn., I, p. 241, 1790. Malacca. One example from the highlands of Padang.” Yungipicus moluccensis (Gm.). Picus moluccensis Gmelin, Svst. Nat., I, p. 489, 1788. Moluccas. Three specimens from Lampong and one from the Padang highlands. 6380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Meiglyptes grammithorax (Mahl.). Pheopicus grammithorax Mahjherb, Picide, I, p. 12, Pl. XLVIII, figs. 4and 5, 1862. Malay Peninsula and Sunda Islands. Two examples from Lampong. Meiglyptes tukki (Less.). Picus tukki Lesson, Rey. Zool., 1839, p. 167. Sumatra. Two specimens from Lampong. Micropternus brachyurus (Vieill.). Ficus brachyurus Vieillot, Nov. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., XXVI, p. 103, 1818. Java. One example from the highlands of Padang. In the Catalogue of Birds Mr. Salvadori makes this a subspecies of M. phaoceps Blyth, published in 1845! Tiga javanensis (Ijung). Picus javanensis Ljung, Mem. Ac. Roy. Stockh., 1797, p. 134. Java. Four specimens from the highlands of Padang. Xylolepes validus (femm.). Picus validus Temm., Pl. Coil., IV, 878 ¢, 402 9, 1825. Two young birds from Lampong. Thriponax javanensis (Horsf.). Picus javanensis Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XII, p. 175, 1821. Java. Three from Lampong. Calyptomena viridis Raffi. Calyptomena viridis Rafiles, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 295, 1822. Sumatra. Four specimens from Lampong. Eurylaimus javanicus Horsf. Eurylammus jacanicus Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 170, 1821. Java. ' One specimen from Lampong. Corydon sumatranus (Raf_l.). Coracias sumairanus Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 303, 1822. Sumatra. ' Seven specimens from Lampong. Cymborhynchus macrorhynchos lemniscatus Rafll. Eurylaimus lemniscatus Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 296, 1822. Sumatra. Seven specimens representing all three localities. 1962. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 681 Eucichla boschi (Miill. and Schl.). Pitta boschii Miller and Schlegel, Verh. Zool., Pitta, p. 16, t. 1, 1839-1844. Sumatra. Three males and a female from Lampong. Sharpe’s description of this bird in Vol. XIV of the Catalogue of Birds, p. 447, fails to mention the bars of black on the breast. As a matter of fact, each feather is banded with black, orange and purple, always in this order, there being several bands of each, though the orange bands are obsolete toward the base of some feathers. Hirundo rustica gutturalis (Scop.). Hirundo gutturalis Scopoli, Del Flor et Faun Insubr., IT, p. 96, 1786. Three specimens from Lampong. Hirundo javanica Sparrm. Hirundo javanica Sparrman, Mus. Carls., II, Pl. 100, 1789. Java. One from the Padang highlands and one from Lampong. Terpsiphone affinis (“ Hay,” Blyth). Tchitrea affinis ‘‘Hay,’’ Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, XY, p. 292. Malay Peninsula. Two adults from Lampong. Terpsiphone incei (Gould). Muscipeta incet Gould, Birds of Asia, Pt. 4. Nov., 1852, A pair of adults from Lampong. Iam not at all satisfied that the relationship of the birds of this genus is properly understood. The seasonal plumages and those due to age seem so complicated that it is quite possible that more of the current species will have to be relegated to synonymy. Siphia cantatrix (Temm.). Muscicapa cantatriz Temminck, Pl. Col., III, Pl. 226 ¢ Muscicapa elegans Temminck, Pl. Col., III, Pl. 596 (3 Three specimens from Lampong. As the plate of the female was obviously issued long before that of the male, although now bound in the same volume, I see no course but to adopt the name based upon the former. 2). ). Artamides sumatrensis (S. Miill.). Ceblepyris sumatrensis S. Miller, Verh. Nat. Geschied. Land und Volken, p. 190.* Two females and one male from Lampong and a female from Padang. 682 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Pericrocotus xanthogaster (Rafil.). Lanius xcanthogaster Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 309, 1822. Sumatra. One male from the highlands of Padang. Lalage dominica (Miill.). Turdus dominicus P. L. S. Miller, Syst. Nat. Anhang., p. 145, 1776. “*St. Domingo.” = Turdus terat Boddaert, Tabl. Pl. Enl., p. 17, 1783. Two specimens, one from Lampong and one from Padang. Lalage culminata (Hay). Ceblepyris culminatus A. Hay, Madr. Jour., XIII, p. 157. Malacca. A female from Padang. Chloropsis zosterops Vigors. Chlorepsis zosterops Vigors, App. Mem. Life of Rafiies, p. 674. Sumatra. Four specimens, three from Lampong and one from the highland of Padang, all males. Chloropsis media (Bp.). Phyllornis media ‘Mill.’ Bp., Consp., I, p. 396. 1850. Sumatra. Two maies and a female from Padang highlands. Chloropsis icterocephala (Less.). Phyllornis icterocephalus Lesson, Rey. Zool., 1840, p. 164. Sumatra, Borneo and India. Two males and a female from Lampong. Chloropsis cyanopogon (Temm.). Phyllornis cyanopogon Temm., Pl. Col., 512, fig. 1. Two from Lampong, one from Padang. Irena criniger Sharpe. Irena criniger Sharpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., III, p. 267. Sumatra and Borneo. Thirteen specimens from Padang highlands and the Lampong district, both males and females. One specimen (No. 38,966, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) from the Padang region differs from the series of females in having the plumage much bluer with little of the green cast, the tail and edge of the wings especially being dark-blue. This may be a young male, but it shows no signs of the black or enameled-blue feathers of the adult. 1902. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 683 Euptilotus eutilotus (Jard. and Selby). Brachypus eutilotus Jard. and Selby, Il. Ornith., 1V (m. s.), Pl. Ill. Singapore. One specimen from Lampong. Microtarsus melanoleucus Eyt. Microtarsus melanoleucus Eyton, P. Z. S., 1839, p. 102. Malay region. One example from Lampong. Microtarsus melanocephalus ((m.). Lanius melanocephalus Gmelin., Syst. Nat., I, p. 309, 1788. Sand- wich Islands. Two specimens from Lampong and five from the Padang high- lands. Criniger phzocephalus (Hartl.). Ixos (Trichizvos Less.) pheocephalus Hartlaub, Rey. Zool., 1844, p. 401. Malacca. Six specimens from Lampong. Tricholestes criniger (Blyth). Brachypodius (2) criniger Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, XIV, p. 577. Malacca. One from Padang. Trachycomus ochrocephalus (Gm.). Turdus ochrocephalus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, p. 821. Ceylon and Java. Four from the Padang highlands and two from Lampong. Pycnonotus simplex Less. Picnonotus simplex Lesson, Rey. Zool., 1839, p. 167, Sumatra. Four from Lampong and one each trom Padang and the adja- cent hichlands. Three of these specimens are smaller and some- what lighter than the others, but not appreciably different in other respects. They are possibly distinct. Pycnonotus analis (Horsf.). Turdus analis Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 147, 1821. Java. Two from Lampong, five from the Padang highlands, and one from the coast. Pycnonotus plumosus Blyth. Pycnonotus plumosus Blyth, Jour. As, Soc. Bengal, XIV, p. 567. Malacca. Two from Lampong. 684 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Rubigula dispar (Horsf.). Turdus dispar Worsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 150, 1821. Java. Two from Lampong and two from the Padang highlands. Copsychus saularis musicus (Raffl.). Loanius musicus Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 307, 1822. Sumatra ? Two from the Padang highlands and one from Lampong. Raffles states that this is the ‘‘ Turdus mindanensis of Gmelin and the Gracula saularis of Linnzeus, now with more propriety placed in the genus Lanius. It is one of the few singing birds of India.’’ Whether this name is not a pure synonym of saularis is an open question; though Raftles probably had the Sumatran bird in mind he does not say so, nor is his diagnosis sufficient to iden- tify it. Our specimens show considerable variation, one having only four black feathers in the tail, and the next pair white for a space of one inch. This bird exactly matches a Siam example in the Academy collection. From the material at hand this race does not seem very well defined. Cittocincla macrurus suavis (Sclater). Copsychus suavis Sclater, P. Z. S., 1861, p. 185. Borneo. Five specimens from Lampong. Sharpe (Cat. Birds, VII, p. 88) states that the name C. macrurus should not be used, as it is not identifiable ; the white outer tail feathers of Latham’s plate would indicate the Bornean bird, while the type locality, ‘‘ Pulo Condore,’’ would almost certainly yield true ‘‘ tricolor.’’ ‘The present series from Sumatra shows much variation in the extent of white on the outer tail feathers. In one it is £ in., measured along the mid-rib, and in another 23. Hydrocichla ruficapilla Temm. Knicurus ruficapillus Temminck, Pl. Col., III, Pl}. 534, 1832. Three specimens from the Padang highlands. Hydrocichla velata Temm. Enicurus velatus Temminck, P). Col., II, P). 160, 1823. One from the Padang highlands. Hydrocichla frontalis Blyth. Enicurus frontalis Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, XVI, p. 156, 1847. Malay Peninsula. Three specimens from Lampong. 1902. ] NATURAL SC{ENCKES OF PHILADELPHIA. 635 Garrulax bicolor Hartl. Garrulax bicolor ““S. Miull.’’ Hartlaub, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 402. Sumatra. One from the Padang highlands. Rhinocichla mitrata (Miull.). Timalia mitrata 8. Miller, Tijdschr, Nat. Gesch., 1855, p. 345, Pl. 5, fig. 3. Java. Six specimens from the Padang highlands. Mixornis gularis (Rafil.). Motacilla gularis Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 312, 1822. Sumatra. Seven specimens from Lampong. Mixornis erythroptera (Blyth). Timalia erythroptera Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, XI, p. 794, 1842. Malay region. One specimen from Lampong. Macronus ptilosus Jard. and Selby. Macronus ptilosus Jardine and Selby, Ill. Ornith., Pl. 150, 1835. Java and Sumatra. Three specimens from Lampong. Trichastoma buttikoferi Vorderm. Trichostoma Bittikoferi YVorderman, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Indie, 1892, p. 230. Lampong, Sumatra (Ref. from Buttikofer),. One specimen from the Lampong district which agrees exactly with the description of Vorderman’s hitherto unique bird. The present specinen (No. 39,204, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) measures: wing 70 mm., tail 54, tarsus 27, culmen 15. The “narrow black edgings’’ to the feathers of the crown, while clearly apparent, are really an optical effect produced by the loose-vaned feathers lying over one another. In Mr. Biittikofer’s excellent paper in Notes from the Leyden Museum, XVII, p. 65, 1895, I am unable to appreciate the impor- tance of the character upon which he bases his primary division of the genus Trichastoma (p. 87), 7.e., the presence or absence of “* concealed white longitudinal shaft streaks on the feathers of the back and rump.’”’ The specimen above mentioned has the basal portion of ihe shafts of these feathers white, yet it is placed in the section with no white concealed streaks; while the type of 7. celebense Strick- land, which is now before me (No. 17,370, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. 686 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct. , Phila. ), seems to show less of these white shafts than does 7. biittikoferi, yet it falls in the other division. Malacopteron erythrote of Sharpe I had already decided to be congeneric with 7. biittikoferi before consulting Mr. Buttikofer’s paper, and I find he has reached the same conclusion, regarding it as a synonym of Trichastoma pyrrhogenys Temm., which it evi- dently is. There may be some question, however, as to the geo- graphic distribution of the species, as our two specimens are labeled Sumatra. On p. 84 of Mr. Biittikofer’s paper he refers Brachypteryx polyogenys Strickl. with a query to Anuropsis malaccensis (Hartl. ). With Strickland’s type before me I have no hesitation in confirm- ing this identification. Another of Strickland’s types, also in the Academy’s collection, brings to light a curious error which has been perpetuated in all the works on the Timalie, and which involves a change in the name of the well-known Rhinomyias pectoralis. Among the many type specimens secured for the Academy by Dr. Thomas B. Wilson is the original of Napothera umbratilis ‘©Temm.’’ Strickland (Cont. Orn., 1849, p. 128, Pl. 31). This name being quoted by Sharpe, Oates and Biittikofer as a synonym of Trichastoma rostratum Blyth, I made an examination of the Strickland specimen, regarding it as typical of the genus Tricha- stoma, but soon became convinced that it had nothing whatever to do with the latter, and subsequently, with the aid of Dr. C. W. -Richmond, it was identified as Rhinomyias pectoralis Salvad.! Strickland’s name having many years’ priority must be adopted, and the species will then stand as Rhinomyias umbratilis (Strickl. ). Dr. Richmond has sent me for comparison some specimens of Rhinomyias from the U. 8. National Museum collection, collected in Linga and Mandalar Islands, Western Sumatra, which he had identified as ‘‘ R. pectoralis.’’ These, however, differ from the type of R. wmbratilis, of which pectoralis becomes a synonym, and seem worthy of separation as a distinct race, for which I would propose the name of Rhinomyias umbratilis richmondi subsp. nov. . Type 170,8 0, U. S. Nat. Mus., Mansalar Island, west coast of Sumatra, March 12, 1902. Dr. W. L. Abbott. Size and proportions apparently similar to R. wmbratilis (= pee- toralis Auct.). Coloration similar, but of a decided olivaceous —— 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 687 east, which color is entirely lacking from the type specimen of R. umbratilis. Nearly uniform olive-brown above (intermediate between mummy-brown and olive of Ridgway’s Nomenclature of Colors), edges of wings and tail more tawny; sides of the face and neck like the back, lores whitish and feathers behind the eye dis- tinctly grayish. Below pure white, sides of body under the wings pale olive, and a pronounced pectoral band of olive-brown darkest at the sides. <‘‘ Bill black. Iris brown. Feet purplish-fleshy ’’ ( Abbott ). Length (in flesh) 62 inches = 162 mm.; wing, 74 mm. ; tar- sus, 18 mm. Another specimen, obtained by Dr. Abbott on Linga Island, July 14, 1899, is essentially similar, and from both of them the type of R. wmbratilis differs in its distinetly tawny-brown coloration. Prinia olivacea (Rafil.). Mo acilla olivacea Rafiles, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 318, 1822. Two specimens from Lampong. In his description of this bird in the Catalogue of Birds, Dr. Sharpe states that the head of the adult is brown, and again that in the young or winter plumage the head is ‘‘ brown, not gray.’’ The specimens before me, which I take to be adult, have the head distinctly gray all around in contrast to the olive back, throat pure white and a broad gray collar joining the gray of the sides of the neck and separating the white throat from the yellow abdo- men. Two other examples from Java, kindly loaned by the U. 8. National Museum, have the appearance of being young birds in juvenal plumage, with shorter biils and duller coloration. Head uniform olive-brown like the back, lores and stripe to the top of the eye white. Orthotomus cineraceus Blyth. Orthotomus cineraceus Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, XIV, p. 589, 1845. Malacca. A male and female from Lampong. Orthotomus atrigularis Temm, Orthotomus atrigularis Temminck, Pl. Col., III, text to livr. 101, 1836. One female from Padang. Lanius superciliosus Lath. Lanius superciliosus Latham, Ind. Orn. Suppl., p. 20, No. 14, 1801.* One adult male from Lampong. 688 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Lanius tigrinus Drapiez. Lanius tigrinus Drapiez, Dict. Class. Hist. Nat., XIII, p. 523, 1828.* Two specimens from Padang and one from Lampong, represent- ing young and adult in winter plumage. Artamus lencorhynchus (Linn.). Lanius leucorhynchus Linnzus, Mantissa, p. 524, 1771. Manilla. Ocypterus leucogaster Valenc, Mem. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., VI, p. 21, 1820. One from the highlands of Padang, two from the coast and two from Lampong. Diceum sumatranum Cab. Diceum sumatranum Cabanis, Jour. fir Orn., 1878, p. 101. Sum- atra. One from the Padang highlands. Anthreptes malacensis (Scop.). Certhia malacensis Scopoli, Del Flor. et Faun. Insubr., II, p. 91, 1786. Malacca. : Two specimens from the Padang highlands and four from Lampong. Cinnyris brasiliana (Gm.). Certhia brasiliana Gmel., Syst. Nat., I, p. 474, 1788. ‘‘ Brazil.’’ Nectarinia hasseltiti Temm., Pl. Col., 376, 1825. One from Lampong. Motacilla boarula melanope (Pall.). Motacilla Melanope Pallas, Reis. Russ. Reichs, UI, App., p. 696, 1776. Dauuria. One from Padang and another from the adjacent highlands. Anthus rufulus malayensis (Eyt.). Anthus malayensis Eyton, P. Z. 8., 1839, p. 104. Malay region. One specimen from the highlands of Padang and one from the coast. Phyllopneuste borealis (Blas.). Phyllopneuste borealis Blasius, Naumannia, 1858, p. 313. One specimen from Lampong. Uroloncha leucogastra (Blyth). Amadina leucogastra Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, XV, 286, 1846. Malay region. Three adults from Lampong. 1902. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 689 Uroloncha leucogastroides (Moore). Munia leucogastroides Moore, Catalogue Birds East Ind., Comp. Museum, IT, p. 010, 1856. Java. One specimen from Lampong, which has the white belly mottled with brown transverse lines and crescents. Munia punctulata nisoria (Temm.). Munia nisoria Temminck, PI. Col:, III, Pl. 500, fig. 2 1830. One adult and two young from Lampong. Munia maja (Linn.). Loxia Maja Linnezus, Syst. Nat., I, p. 301, 1766. India, Orient. Two specimens from Lampong and one from Padang. Ploceus megarhynchus Hume, Ploceus megarhynchus Hume, Stray Feathers, 1875, pp. 153 ana 406 (1878). Nynee Tal and Dacea, Two females from the Padang highlands and one from the coast, This bird js usually designated Plocens atrigula *« Hodgs.”’ Gray, but I cannot see that Hodgson’ s unpublished drawings haye any Status so far as nomenclature is concerned, nor that Gray’s pub- lished name, which is not accompanied by any description, can be considered. Eliminating these references the next name available is that of Hume, as given above. Oriolus Maculatus Vieill. Oriolus maculatus Vieillot, Noy. Dict. d’ Hist, Nat., XIII, p. 194, Java. Five specimens from the highlands of Padang. Oriolus xanthonotus Horsf. Oriolus Xanthonotus Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 152, 1821. Java. Two males and a female from Lampong. Buchanga cineracea Horsf. Hdolius cineraceus Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XII, p. 145, 1821, Java. Six specimens from the Padang highlands, Chaptia malayensis “Hay ” Blyth. Chaptia malayensis Hay” Blyth, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, XV, Pp. 294. Malacca. One from Padang. 44 690 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Dissemurus platurus (Vieill.). Dicrurus platurus Vieillot, Nov. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. IX, 1817, p. 588. Malabar? Two specimens from Lampong and two from the highlands of Padang. It does not seem clear just where Vieillot’s bird came from, but from what material I have examined, it would seem that the birds of Jaya, Sumatra and Borneo are identical, and that the names malayensis Blyth and brachyphorus Bp. are consequently synonyms of the above. Eulabes javanensis (Osbeck). Corvus javanensis Osbeck, Voyage [English Transl.], p, 157, 1771. Six specimens from Lampong. I fail to see how this species can be cited from Osbeck’s original work which dates from 1757. In the German translation (1765) the name is changed to C. religiosa Linn., but in the English trans- lation (1771) the original name is restored, consequently, inasmuch as Linnzeus’ name seems applicable to the Indian bird, we can use javanensis Osbeck, 1771, for this one. Lamprocorax chalybea (Horsf.). Turdus chalybeus Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 148, 1821. Java. Two examples from the Padang highlands and five from Lam- pong. This species is described under three different names in the same yolume of the Linnwan Transactions. On the same page as the above Horsfield describes the female as Turdus strigatus, but in accordance with the A. O. U. code, we should giye precedence to the name based on the male, even though the other stands first. Sturnopastor jalla (Horsf.). Pastor jalla Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 155, 1821. Java. Three specimens from Lampong. Corvus macrorhynchos Wagl. Corvus Macrorhynchos Wagler, Syst. Av. Corvus, Sp. 3. Sumatra and Java. Two specimens from Lampong, just completing the post-juvenal molt. 1902.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 691 Dendrocitta Occipitalis (Mull.). Glancopis occipitalis Miiller, Tijdschr, Nat. Gesch., 1835, p. 343, Pl. ID- Cae ws Three specimens from the Padang highlands. Platylophus coronatus (Rafil.). Lanius coronatus Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIII, p. 306, 1829. Sumatra, Four specimens from Lampong and one from the Padang high- lands, Platysmurus leucopterus (Temm.). Glaucopis leucopterus Temminck, P], Col., 265. _ Five specimens from Lampong and one from the highlands of Padang. 5 692 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., NovEMBER 4. Mr. Arruur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Thirty-one persons present. A paper entitled ‘‘ Synopsis of the Carditacea and of the Ameri- can Species,’’ by William Healy Dall, was presented for publica- tion. NoveEMBER 11. The President, SamurL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. Fifteen persons present. A paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on the Orthoptera of New Mexico and Western Texas,’’ by James A. G. Rehn, was presented for publi- cation. The deaths of Thomas C. Price and Dr. Frederick Packard, members, were announced. NovemMBer 18. Mr. Arruur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Fourteen persons present. A paper entitled ‘‘ Hymenoptera from Southern California and New Mexico, with Description of a New Species,’’ by H. Viereck, was presented for publication. NOVEMBER 25. The President, SAmurt G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. . Twenty-six persons present. Herman T. Wolf and Lilian VY. Sampson were elected members. The following were ordered to be printed: 1902. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 693 A LIST OF THE REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS IN THE HARRISON- HILLER COLLECTION FROM SUMATRA. BY ARTHUR ERWIN BROWN. The reptiles and batrachians collected in Sumatra in 1901 by Mr. Alfred Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller, through the generosity of these gentlemen are now the property of the Academy. They were obtained at Goenong Soegi, Lampong District, below the elevation of 500 feet; and at Batu Sangkar, Tanah Datar, in the forest region of Padang, between 1,500 and 3,000 feet. In the following list of the species represented, these localities are respectively indicated by the letters L. and P. REPTILIA. CHELONTA. Trionyx subplanus Geoff. L., P. Trionyx cartilagineus (Bodd.). L. LACERTILIA. Hemidactylus frenatus (Schl.). Re Draco volans L. es In both of the specimens, cand ¢, the color is very dark- brown, so dark as to render all markings obscure. The ventral surface and under side of the wing membranes have a purplish tinge, with black spots on the latter which tend to run together transversely. In all details of scutellation they correspond to undoubted specimens of the present species. Draco fimbriatus Kuhl. P: Draco hematopogon Gray. 1, Calotes cristatellus (Kuhl.). 1 ae Varanus salvator (Laur.). 1 Be 2s In No. 15,032, 380 mm. long, the ventral scales are perfectly smooth. In No. 14,492, 440 mm. long, they begin to show faint keels. Tachydromus sexlineatus Daud. 12) 694 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., OPpHIDIA. Tropidonotus trianguligerus Boie. L., P. In seven specimens which present the scutellation of this species, there is considerable variation in color. No. 15,040, from Goenong Soegi, has the general color dark olive and the spaces between the black lateral blotches are colored like the back. This specimen has the postoculars 2 and the temporals $—3. Tropidonotus chrysargus Schl. P Macropisthodon rhodomelus (Boie). L Macropisthodon flaviceps (D. and B.). L. Zaocys carinatus (Gunth.). Mi Zamenis korros (Schl.). Ti Dendrophis pictus (Gm.). L., P. Dendrelaphis caudolineatus (Gray). P. Calamaria leucocephala D. and B. P: The single specimen of this species is blackish above, yellowish beneath, a broad band of the light ventral color extending across the nape and the parietals. Psammodynastes pulverulentus (Boie). L. Compared with Bornean examples, this specimen has the ventral surface thickly speckled with black, forming four quite regular series in longitudinal lines. Dryophis prasinus Boie. L. Dryophis fasciolatus (Fisch.). P Chrysopelea ornata (Shaw). - F. No. 15,006 has each scale with a conspicuous yellow spot. Ven- trals black-edged. Platurus laticaudatus (L.). L. BATRACHIA. EXCAUDATA. Rana tigrina Daud.